Full text of "The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization"

S-.

^^"1

THE

ANIMAL KINGDOM

ARRANGED IN CONFORMITY WITH ITS ORGANIZATION,

BY THE BARON CUVIER,

PERPETUAL SECRETARY TO THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ETC. ETC. ETC.

THE CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES AND INSECTA,
BY P. A. LATREILLE,

MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ETC. ETC. ETC.

TRANSLATED FROM THE FRENCH,

WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS,

BY H. M'MURTRIE, M.D. &c. &c.

IN POUR VOLUMES, WITH PLATES.

VOLUME II.

-as*^'

NEW YORK :
G. & C. & H. CARVILL

MDCCCXXXI.

Entered according to the act of congress, in the year one thousand eight hundred and
thirty-one, by G. & C. & H. Carvill, in the clerk's office ot the southern district of
New York,

Philadelphia :
Printed by James Kay, Jun & Co.
Printers to the American Philosophical Society,
No. 4, Minor Street.

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

REPTILIA 1

CHELONIA 4

Testudo 6

Testiulo proper 6

Emys 7

Cistuda 8

Chclonura 9

Chelonia 9

Sphargis 10

Chelys 11

Trionyx 11

SAURIA 12

CROCODILIDA 13

Crocodilus 13

Gavial 14
Crocodilus proper 15

Alligator 16

LACERTINIDA 18

Monitor 18

Monitor proper 18

Crocodilurus 20

Sauvegardes 20

Ameiva 21

Lacerta 22

Algyra 23

Tachydromus 23

IGUANIDA 23

Agamida 23

Stellio 24

Cordylus 24

Stellio proper 25

Doryphorus 25

Uromastix 25

A gam a 26

Agama proper 26

Tapayes 27

Trapelas 28

Leiolepis 28

Tropidolepis 28

Leposoma 28

Calotes 28

Lophyriis 29

Gonocephalus 30

Lyriocephalus 30

Brachylophus 30

Vol. II (2)

Physignathus

Istiurus

Draco

Sitana

Pterodactylus
Iguanida proper

Iguana

Ophryessa

Basiliscus

Polychrus

Echphimotus

Oplurus

Anolius
GECKOTIDA

Gecko

Platydactykis

Hemidactylus

Thecadactylus

Ptyodactylus

Sphxriodactylus

Stcnodactylus

Gymnodactylus

Phyllurus
CHAMiELEONIDA

Chamaeleo
SCINCOIDEA

Scincus
Tiliqua

Seps

Bipes

Chalcidcs

Chirotes
OPHIDIA

AlfCUINA

Anguis

Pseudopus
Ophisaurus
Anguis proper
Acontias
Serpentia
Amphisbsense

Amphisbaena

52
52
52
52
53
S2,
54,
54,
55
55

290]

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Leposternon

Typhlops

Serpentes proper

Non-venomous

Tortrix

Uropeltis

Boa

S Cytale

Erix

Erpeton

Coluber

Python

Cerberus

Xenopeltis

Heterodon

Hurria

Dipsas

Deiulrophis

Dryinus

Dryophis

Oligodon

Coluber proper

Acrochordus

Venomous, with simple fangs

Crotalus

Trigonocephalus

Vipera

Naia

Elaps

Micrurus

Platurus

Trimeresurus

Oplocephalus

Acanthophis

Echis

Langaha

Venomous, with fangs 8c other

teeth

Bungarus

Hydrus

Hydrophis

Pelamis

Chersydrus

NUDA

Csecilia

BATRACHIA

Ran a

Rana proper

Ceratophris

Dactylethra

Hyla

Bufo

Bombinator

' 83

Bhinellus

Otilophis

Breviceps

Pipa

Salamandra

Salamandra proper

Triton
Menopoma
Amphiuma
Axolotus
Menobranchus
Proteus
Siren
PISCES

ACANTHOPTERYGII
PERCOIDES
With thoracic ventrals.

Seven branchial rays, two
dorsals.
Perca
Labrax
Lates

Centropomus
Grammistes
Aspro
Huro
Etelis
Niphon
Enoplosus
Diploprion
Apogon

Cheilodipterus
Pomatomu3
Ambassis
Lucio-Perca
With a single dorsal,
two canine tee'th.
Serranus

Serranus proper
Anthias
Merra
Plectropoma
Diacope
Mesoprion
With a single dorsal,
teeth small and
crowded.
Acerina
Rypticus
Polyprion
Centropristis
Gristes
With less than seven
branchial branches.
A single dorsal, two
canine teeth.
Cirrhites
A single dorsal, teeth
small and crowded.
Chironemus
Pomotis

86
88
88
89
89
89
90
91
96
97

100

101

102

102
102
103
103
105
105
105

106
106
106
107
107

107

108
108

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Vll

Centrarchus

Priacanthus

Dules

Therapon
Datnia

Pelates

Heloles
With two dorsals.

'J'richodon

Sillago
With more than seven
branchial rays.

Holocetitrum

Myripristis

Beryx

Trachicthys
With jugular ventrals.

Trachinus

Percis

Pinguipes

Percophis

Uranoscopus
With abdominal ventrals.

Polynemus

Sphyrsena

Paralepis

MuUus

Mullus proper
Upeneus
BUCCiE LORICATE

Trigla

Trigla proper
Prionotus
Peristedion
Dactylopterus

Cephalacanthus

Cottus

Cottus proper
Aspidophorus

Hemitripterus

Hemilepidotus

Platycephalus

Scorpsena

Scorpsna proper

T8enianotes

Sebastes

Pterois

Blepsias

Apistus

Agriopus

Pelor

Synanceia

Monocentris

Gasterosteus

Oreosoma

108

SCIENOIDES

126

108

With

two dorsals.

108

Scisena

126

109

Scisena proper

126

109

Otolithus

127

Anc}lodon

127

109

Corvina

127

109

Johnius

127

Umbrina

128

109

Pogonias

128

110

Eques

129

With

one dorsal, seven bran-

chial rays.

110

Haemulon

129

111

Pristipoma

129

111

Diagramma

130

111

Less

than seven branchial

ray

s, and the lateral line

111

continuous.

112

Lobotes

130

112

Cheilodactylus

130

113

Scolopsides

131

113

Micropterus

131

Less

than seven branchial

113

rays, and the lateral line

114

interrupted.

115

Amphiprion

131

115

Premnas

132

115

Pomacentrus

1S2

115
llfi

Dascyllus

132

116

Glyphisodon

132

117

Heliasus

132

118

SPAROIDES

133

118

Sparus

133

118

Sargus

133

119

Chrysophris

134

119

Pagrus

134

119
120
120
121

Pagelus

135

Dentex

135

Pentapoda

136

1 'W 1

Lethrinus

136

121
121
122
122

Boops

136

Oblada

136

MiENIDES

137

122

Msena

137

122

Smaris

138

122

Caesio

138

123

Gerres

138

123

SQUAMIPENNES

138

124

Chsetodon

139

1 ^ ^

124

Chsetodon proper

139

Chelmon

140

124

Heniochus

140

125

Ephippu3

140

125

Taurichtes

141

Vlll

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Holacanthus

Pomacanthus

Platax
Psettus
Pimelepterus
Dipterodon
Brama
PeiTtipheris
Toxotes
SCOMBEUOIDES
Scomber

Scomber proper

Thynnus

Orcynus

Auxis

Sarda

Cybiura

Thyrsites

Gempylus
Xiphias

Xiphias proper

Tetrapturus

Makaira

Istiophorus
Centronotus

Naucrates

Elacates

Lichia

Trachinotus

Rhynchobdella

Macrognathus
Mastacembelus

Notacanthus

Seriola

No mens

Temnodon

Caranx

Carangue
Citula

Vomer

Olistus

Scyris

Blepharis

Gallus

Argyreiosus

Vomer proper

Zeus

Zeus proper

Capros

Lampris

Equula

Mene

Stromateus

Pamples

Peprilus

Luvarus
Seserinus
Kurtus

141
141

142
142
142
143
143
143
144

144
144

145

146

147

148

149

150

150
151
151

151
151
152
152
152
153
154

154
154
154
154
154
155
155

155
155
155
156
156
156

157
157
157
157
158
158

Coryplisena 158

Coryphrena proper 159

Caranxomorus 159

Centrolophus 159

Astrodermus 159

Pteraclis 160

TiENIOIDES 160

The snout elongated, teeth

strong.

Lepidopus
Trichiurus
The snout short, mouth
small.

Gymnetrus
Stylephorus
The snout short, mouth cleft,
head obtuse.
Cepola
Lophotes
THEUTYES
Siganus
Acanthurus
Prionurus
Naseus
Axinurus

Priodon
LABYIIINTHIFORM PHA
IIYNGEALS

Anabas
Polyacanthus
Macropodius
Helostoraa
Osphromenus
Trichopodus
Spirobranchus
Ophicephalus
MUGILOIDES
Mugil

Tetragonurus
Atherina
GOIUOIDES
Blennius

Blennius proper

Pholis

Myxodes

Salaris

Clinus

Cirrhibarba
^ Murdxnoides

Opistognathus

Zoarcus
Anarrhichas
Gobius

Gobius proper

Gobioidcs

Txnioides

160
161

161
163

163
163
164
164
165
165
165
166
166

166
166
167
167

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Pcrioplhalmus

180

Eleotris

180

Callionymus

181

Trichonotus

182

Comephorus

182

Platypterus

182-

Chirus

183

PECTORALES PEDICU-

LATI

183

Lophius

183

Lophius proper

184

Chironectes

184

Malthe

185

Batrachus

185

LABROIDES

186

Labrus

187

Labrus proper

187

Cheilinus

188

Lachnolaimus

188

Julis

189

Anampses

190

Crenilabrus

190

Coricus

191

Epibulus

191

Clepticus

191

Gomphosus

192

Xirichthys

192

Chromis

193

Cychla

193

Plesiops

194

Malacanthus

194

Scarus

194

Calliodon

195

Odax

195

FISTULARID^

195

Fistularia

196

Fistvilaria proper

196

Aulostomus

196

Centriscus

197

Centriscus proper

197

Amphisile

197

MALACOPTERYGir AB-

DOMINALES

198

CYPRINIDiE

198

Cyprinus

198

Cyprinus proper

199

Barbus

200

Gobio

201

Tinea

201

Cirrhinus

201

Abramis

201

Labeo

202

Catostomus

202

Leuciscus

202

Chela

203

Gonorhynchus

203

Cobitis

204

Anablcps

205

Psecilia 205

Lebias 206

Fundulus 206

Molinesia 206

Cyprinidou 206

ESOCES 206

Esox 207

Esox proper 207

Galaxias 207

Alepocephalus 208

Microstoma 208

Slomias 208

Chaiiliodus 208

Salanx 209

Belone 209

Scomberesox 209

Hemiramphus 210

Exocetus 210

Mormyrus 212

SILURIDjE 213

Silurus 213

Silurus proper 214

Schilbe 214

Mystus 215

Pimelodus 215

Bagrus 215

Pimelodus

proper 216

Synodontis 217

Ageniosus 217

Doras 217

Heterobranchus 218

Macropteronotes 218

Plotosus 219

Callichthys 219

Malapterurus 219

Platystacus 220

Loricaria 221

Hypostomus ' 221

Loricaria proper 221

SALMONLDES 222

Salmo 222

Salmo proper 222

Osmerus 224

Mallotus 225

Thymallus 225

Coregonus 225

Argentina 226

Characinus 227

Curimata 227

Anostomus 228

Gasteropelecus 228

Piabucus 228

Serrasalmus 228

Tetragonopterus 228

Chalceus 229

Myletes 229

Hydrocyon 229

Citharlnus 230

Saurus 231

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Scopelus

232

Aulopus

232

Sternoplyx

233

CLUPE^

233

Clupea

233

Clupea proper

234

Alosa

235

Chatoessus

236

Odontognathus

236

Pristigaster

237

Notopterus

237

Engraulis

237

Tliryssa

238

Megalops

238

Elops

238

Bulirinus

239

Chirocentrus

239

Hyodon

240

Erythrinus

240

Amia

241

Sudis

241

Osteoglossum

241

Lepisosteus

242

Polypterus

242

MALACOPTERYGII SUB

RACHIATI 243
GADITES 243
Gadus 243
Morrhua 244
Merlangus 245
Merluccius 245
Lota 245
Motella 246
Brosmius 246
Brotula 246
Phycis 247
Raniceps 247
Macrourus 247
PLANI 248
Pleuronectes 248
Platessa 249
Hippoglossus 250
Rhombus 250
Solea 252
Monochirus 252
' Achirus 253
Plagusia 253
DISCOBOLI 253
Lepadogaster 253
Lepadogaster pro-
per 253
Gobiesox 254
Cyclopterus 254
Lumpus 254
Liparis 255
Echeneis 255
MALACOPTERYGII

APODES 256

ANGUILLIFORMES 256

Mursena 256
Anguilla 257
Anguilla pro-
per 257
Conger "257
Opliisurus 258
Mursena proper 259
Spagebranchus 260
Monopterus 260
Synbranchus 260
Alabes 261
Saccopharynx 261
Gymnotus 261
Gymnotus proper 262
Carapus 263
Sternarchus 263
Gymnarchus 263
Leptocephalus 264
Ophidium 264
Ophidium proper 264
Fierasfer 265
Ammodyles 265
LOPHOBRANCHII 266
Syngnathus 266
Syngnathus proper 267
Hippocampus 267
Solenostomus 268
Pegasus 268
PLECTOGNATHI 268
GYMNODONTES 269
Diodon 270
Tetraodon 271
Cephalus 272
Triodon 273
SCLERODERMI 273
Balistes 273
Balistes proper 274
Monocanthus 275
Aluteres 275
Triacanthus 276
Ostracion 276
CHONDROPTERYGII 277

With free branchiae.

STURIONES 278

Acipenser 278

Spatularia 280

Chimsera 280

Chimsera proper 281

Callorhynchus 281

With fixed branchiae.

SELACHU 282

Squalus 283

Scyllium 283

Squalus proper 284

Carcharias 285

Lamna 286

Galeus 286

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Mustelus

286

Helicostega

317

Notidanus

287

Helicostega

Selache

287

nautiloidea

317

Cestracion

287

Helicostega

Spinax

288

ammonoida

318

Centrina

288

Helicostega

Scymnus

288

turbinoida

318

Zygsena

289

Stycostega

318

Squatina

290

Enallostega

318

Pristis

290

Agathistega

319

Raia

Entomostega

319

290

PTEROPODA

320

Rhinobatus
Rhina

291
291

Clio

320

Torpedo

292

Cymbulia

321

Raia proper

292

Pneumodermon

321

Tryg-on

294

Limacina

321

Anacanthus

294

Hyalea

322

Myliobatis

Rhinoptera

Cephaloptera

sucTomi

295
295
295
296

Cleodora

Cleodora proper
Creseis

322
322
322

Petromyzon
Myxine

297

Cuvieria
Psyche

323
323

298

Eurybia

323

Heptatremus

298

Pyrgo
GASTEROPODA

323

Gastrobranchus

299

324

PULMONEA

328

[OLLUSCA

303

PUIMONEA TeRRESTKIA

329

CEPHALOPODA

306

Limax

Limax proper

329
329

Sepia

308

Arion

329

Octopus

309

Lima

330

Polypus of

Vaginulus

330

Arist.

309

Testacella

331

Eledon of

Parmacella

331

Arist.

309

Helix

331

Argonauta
Bellerophon

309
310

Helix proper
Vitrina

331

332

Loligo

310

Bulimus

333

Loligopsis

311

Hulimus pro-

Loligo proper

311

per
Pupa
Chondrus

Onychotheuthis

311

353

Sepiola

311

334

Chondrosepia

311

Succinea

334

Sepia proper

312

Clausilia

334

Nautilus
Spirula

Nautilus proper
Lituus

312
312
313
314

Achatina

PuLMONEA AatJATICA

Onchidium

335
335
336

Belemnites

314

Planorbis

336

Actinocamax

315

Limnaeus

337

Ammonites

315

Physa

337

Ammonites proper

315

Scarabaeus

338

Planites

315

Auricula

338

Ceratites

315

Conovulus

338

Orbulites

315

NUDIBRANCHIATA

339

Scaphltes

316

Doris

339

Baculites
Hamites

316
316

Onchidora

340

Turrilites

316

Plocamoceros

340

Camerines

316

Polycera

340

Siderolithes

317

Tritonia

340

XI 1

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Thcthys

341

Scyllsa

341

Glaucus

342

Laniogerus

342

Eolidia

342

Cavolina

342

Flabellina

343

Tergipes

343

Busiris

343

Placobranchus

343

INFEUOJJRANCHIATA

343

Phyllidia

344

Diphyllidia

344

TECTIBRANCHIATA

344

Pleurobranchus

345

Pleurobranchsea

345

Aplysia

346

Dolabella

347

Notarchus

347

Bursatella

347

Akera

348

Bull sea

348

Bulla

348

Akera proper

349

Gastroptei'on

349

Gastroplax

350

HETEROPODA

351

Pterotrachea

352

Carinaria

352

Atlanta

352

Firola

352

Timorienna

Monophoi-a

03j

Phylliroe

<^ n

o5o

PECTINIBRANCIIIATA

354

Tkochoida

355

Trochus

355

Tectarlum

356

Calcar

356

Rotella

356

Cantharis

356

Infundibulum

356

Telescopium

356

Trochus

357

Solarium

357

Evomphalus

357

Turbo

357

Turbo proper

357

Delphinula

358

Pleurotoma

358

Turritella

358

Seal aria

359

Cyclostoma

359

Valvata

360

Paludina

360

Littorina

361

Monodon

361

Phasianella

362

Ampullaria

362

Lanista

362

Helicina

363

AmpuUina

363

Olygira

363

Melania

363

Rissoa

363

Melanopsis

363

Pirena

364

Actseon

364

Pyramidella

364

Janthina

364

Nerita

365

Natica

365

Nerida proper

365

Velata

365

Neritina

365

Clithon

366

Capttloida

366

Capulus

366

Hipponyx

366

Crepidula

367

Pileolus

367

Septaria

367

Calyptrsea

368

Siphonaria

368

Sigaretus

368

Coriocella

369

Cryptostoma

369

BUCCINOIDA

369

Conus

370

Cypraea

370

Ovula

371

Ovula proper

371

Volva

371

Tercbcllum

371

Voluta

372

Oliva

372

Volvaria

372

Voluta proper

373

Cymbium

o7j

Voluta

Margin ell a

373

Colombella

373

Mitra

374

Cancellaria

374

Buccinum

374

Buccinum proper

374

Nassa

375

E burn a

375

Anclllaria

375

Dolium

375

Dolium proper 376

Perdix

376

Harp a

376

Purpura

376

Monoceros

376

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Xlll

Kiciiiula
Concholepas
Cassis
Morio
Terebra
Cei-ithium
Potamida

Murex
Murex

Murex propel"
Bronlis
Typhis
Chichoracea
Aquilla
Lotorium
Trltonium
Trophona
* Ranella

Apolles
Fusus

Fusus proper
Lathira
Struthiolaria
Pleiirotoma
Clavatula
Pyriila
Fulgur
Fasciolaria
Tui'binella
Strombus

Strombus proper
Pterocera
Rostellaria
Hippocrenes
TUBULIBRANCHIATA
Vermetus
Magilus
Siliquaria
SCUTIBR ANC HIATA
Halyotis

Halyotis proper
Padolla
Stomatia
Fissurella
Emarginula
Parmophorus
CYCLOBRANCHIATA
Patella
Chiton
ACEPHALA

TESTACEA

OSTHACEA

Acarda

Radiolites

Sphserulites

Calceola

Hippurites

Batolithes

Ostrea

Ostrea proper

Vol. II. (3)

377
377
377
377
378
378
378
379
379
379
379
379
379
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
380
381
381
381
381
381
381
381
382
382
382
382
382

383
384
384
385
385
385
386
386
386
387
387
387
388
388
390
391
392
393
393
393
393
393
393
394
394

Gryphsea
Pecten
Lima
Pedum
Hinnita
Plagiostoma
Pachytes
Dianchora
Podopsis
Anomia
Placuna
Spondylus

Plicatula
Malleus
Vulsella
Perna

Crenatula
Gervilia
Inoceramus
Catillus
Pulvinites
Etheria
Avicula

Pintadina
Avicula proper
Pinna
Area

Area proper
CucuUaea
Pectunculus
Nucula
Trigonia
Mytilacea
Mytilus

Mytilus proper
Modiolus
Lithodomus
Anodonta
Iridina
Dipsas
Unio

Hyi'ia
Castalia
Cardita
Cypricardia
Coralliophaga
Venericardia
Crassatella
Chamacea
Chama

Tridacpa

Tridacna pro-
per 410
Hippopus 410
Chama proper 410
Diceras 411
Isocardia 41 1
Cardiacea 421

395
395
395
396
396
397
397
397
397
397
398
398
399
399
399
399
400
400
400
400
401
401
401
401
401
402
402
403
403
403
404
404
404
405
405
405
406
406
407
407
407
407
408
408
408
408
408
409
409
409
409

XIV

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Cardium

412

Hemicardium

412

Don ax

412

Cyclas

413

Cyrena

413

Cyprina

413

Galathsea

414

Corbis

414

Tellina

414

Loripes

415

Lucina

415

Venus

416

Venus proper

416

Astarte

416

Cytherea

417

Capsa

417

Petricola

417

Corbula

418

Mactra

418

Mactra proper

418

LavigTion

418

IsrCLTJSA

419

Mya

419

Lutraria

419

Mya proper

420

Anatina

420

Solemya

420

Glycymeris

420

Panopea

421

Pandora

421

Byssomia

421

Hiateila

421

Solen

422

Solen proper

422

Sanguinolaria

422

Psammobia

422

Psammothea

423

Pholas

423

Teredo

423

Fistulana

424

Gastrochsena

424

Teredina

425

Clavagella

425

Aspergillum

425

ACEPHALA NUDA

426

Serkegata

426

Biphora

426

Thalia

428

Biphora proper

428

Ascidia

428

Aggregata

429

Botryllus

430

Pyrosoma

430

Polyclinum

431

BRACHIOPODA

432

Lingula

432

Terebratula

433

Spirlfer 433

Thecidea 434

Orbicula 434

Discina 434

Crania 434

CIRRHOPODA 435

Anatifa 436

Pollicipes 437

Cineras 437

Otion 437

Tetralasmis 437

Balanus 437
Balanus proper 438

Acasta 438

Conia 438

Asema 438

Pyrgoma , 438

Octhosia 438

Creusia 438

Coronula 439

Tublcinella 439

Diadema 439

ARTICULATA 442

ANNULATA 446

TUBICOLA 448

Serpula 448

Spirorbis 449

Sabella 450

Terebella 451

Amphilrite 452

Syphostoma 453

Dcntalium 453

DORSIBRANCHIATA 454

Arenicola 454

Amphinome 455

Chloeia 455

Pleione 455

Euphrosine 455

Hipponoe 455

Eunice 456

Lysidice 456

Aglaura 456

"Nereis 457

Phyllodoce 457

Alciopa 458

Spio 458

Syllis 458

Glycei-a 458

Nephthys 459

Lumbrinera 459

Aricia 459

Hesione 459

Ophelina 460

Cirrhatulus 460

Palmyra 460

Aphrodita 460

Halithea 461

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Polynoe

461

Sigalion
Acoetes

462
462

Chaetopterus
ARRANCHIATA

462
463

Abranciiiata Setibeha

463

Lumbricus

463

Liimbricus proper
Enterion

463
464

Hypogseon
Ti'ophonia

464
464

Nais

465

Clymena

465

Abhanchiata Abetiof.ra

466

Hirudo

466

Sanguisiiga

Ha;mopis

Bdella

467
467
467

Nephelis
Trochetia

467
468

Aulastoma

468

Branchiobdella

468

Hsemocharis

468

Albiona

469

Branchellion

469

Clespine
Phylline
Malacobdella

469
469
469

Gordius

47Q

FIRST GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL

KINGDOM.

CLASS IIL

REPTILIA.

The disposition of the heart in Reptiles is such, that at each
contraction^, a portion only of the blood it has received from
the different parts of the body is transmitted to the lungs, the
remainder returning to those parts without having passed
through the pulmonary organs, and without having respired.

The result of this is, that the action of oxygen upon the
blood is less than in the Mammalia, and that if the quantity of
respiration in the latter, in which all the blood is compelled
to pass through the lungs before it returns to the rest of the
body, be expressed by a unit, that of Reptiles will be ex-
pressed by a fraction of a unit, so much the smaller, as the
quantity of blood transmitted to the heart at each contraction
is less.

As it is from respiration that the blood derives its heat, and
the fibre its susceptibility of nervous irritation, the blood of
reptiles is cold, and the muscular energy less than that of
Quadrupeds, and much less than that of Birds ; thus we find
their movements usually confined to crawling and swimming ;
for, though at certain times several of them jump and run
with considerable activity, their habits are generally lazy,
their digestion excessively slow, and their sensations obtuse.
' Vol. II. a

2 REPTILIA.

In cold or temperate climates almost all of them pass the win-
ter in a state of torpor. Their brain, which is proportionally
very small, is not so essentially requisite to the exercise of
their animal and vital facultiesj as to the members of the two
first classes ; their sensations seem to be less referred to a
common centre, for they continue to live and to exhibit volun-
tary motions, long after losing their brain, and even after the
loss of their head. A communication with the nervous sys-
tem is also much less necessary to the contraction of their
fibres, and their muscles preserve their irritability after being
severed from the body much longer than those of the pre-
ceding classes ; their heart continues to pulsate for hours
after it has been torn away, nor does its loss prevent the body
from moving for a long time. The cerebellum of several has
been observed to be extremely small, a fact which tallies with
their slight propensity to motion.

The smallness of the pulmonary vessels permits reptiles to
suspend the process of respiration without arresting the course
of the blood ; thus they dive with more facility, and remain
longer under v^ater than either the Mammalia or Birds. The
cells of their lungs, being less numerous, because they have
fewer vessels to lodge on their parietes, are much wider, and
the organs themselves sometimes resemble simple sacs with
scarcely any appearance of cells.

Although some of them are incapable of producing audible
sounds, they are all provided with a trachea and larynx.

Their blood not being warm, there was no necessity for
teguments capable of retaining heat, so that they are covered
with scales or simply with a naked skin.

The females have a double ovary and two oviducts; the
males of several genera have a forked or double penis, those
of the last order, the Batrachians, have none.

No reptile hatches its eggs, and in several genera of the
Batrachise, they are fecundated after their exclusion from the
female, in which case the egg is enveloped by a membrane
only. The young of this latter order, on quitting the egg,
have the form and branchiae of Fishes, and some of its genera

REPTILIA. O

preserve these organs, even after the development of their
lungs. In several oviparous reptiles, the Colubers particu-
larly, the young animal in the egg is formed and considerably
advanced at the moment of its exit from the mother ; and there
are even some species which may be rendered viviparous by
simply retarding that epoch. (1)

The quantity of respiration in Reptiles is not fixed like that
of the Mammalia and Birds, but varies with the proportion of
the diameter of the pulmonary artery compared to that of the
aorta. Thus Tortoises and Lizards respire more than Frogs,
&c.; and hence a much greater difference of sensibility and
energy than can exist between one of the Mammalia and ano-
ther, or between Birds.

Reptiles accordingly present an infinitely greater variety of
forms, motions, and properties than are to be found in the two
preceding classes, and it is in their production that Nature
seems to have amused herself by imagining the most fantastic
shapes, and by mndifying in every possible way the general
plan she has followed in the construction of the Vertebrated
animals, and in the Oviparous classes especially.

The comparison, however, of their quantity of respiration
and of their organs of motion, has enabled M. Brogniart to
divide them into four orders,(2) viz.

The Chelonia, or Tortoises, whose heart has two anri-
cles, and whose body, supported by four feet, is enveloped by
two plates or bucklers formed by the ribs and sternum.

The Sauria, or Lizards, whose heart has two auricles,
and whose body, supported by four or two feet, is covered
with scales.

The Ophidia, or Serpents, whose heart has two auricles,
and whose body always remains deprived of feet.

The Batrachia, whose heart has but one auricle, and
whose body is naked, most of which pass, with age, from the

(1) The Colubers, for instance, when deprived of water, as proved by the ex-
periments of M. Geoffroy.

(2) Al. Brogniart, Essai d'une Class'ijication NatureUe dcs Ecptiks, Paris, 1805,
and in the M4m. des Savants Etrang., torn. 1, p. 587.

REPTILIA.

form of a Fish respiring bybranchisBj to that of a Quadruped
breathing by lungs. Some of them, however^, always retain
their branchiae^ and a few have never more than two feet.(l)

ORDER I.
CHELONIA.

The Chelonia, better known by the name of Tortoises, have
a heart composed of two auricles, and of a ventricle divided in
two unequal cavities, which communicate with each other.
The blood from the body is poured into the right auricle, that
from the lungs into the left, but the two streams become more
or less mingled in passing through the ventricle.

These animals are distinguished at the first glance by the
double shield in which the body is enveloped, and which al-
lows no part to project except their head, neck, tail, and four
feet. The shell (or upper shield) is formed by the ribs, of
which there are eight pair, widened and reunited by denticu-
lated sutures, and with plates adhering to the annular portion
of the dorsal vertebra, so that all these parts are rendered
fixed and immovable. The inferior shell is formed of pieces,
usually nine in number, analogous to a sternum. (2) A frame
composed of bony pieces, which have been considered as pos-
sessing some analogy with the sternal or cartilaginous portion

(1) The Sauria and Ophidia are differently arranged by some others, Merrem,
for instance. They detach the Crocodiles, to form a separate order, and unite
the first family of the Ophidia or Anguis to the remainder of the Sauria, a dis-
tribution which is founded on some peculiarities in the organization of Crocodiles,
and on a certain resemblance of Anguis to the Lizards. We merely indicate
these affinities, which are almost wholly internal, preferring a division more easily
applied.

(2) See Geoff. An. du Mus. t. XIV, p. 5; and on the entire osteology of the
Tortoises, my Kech. sur les oss. foss. torn. V, 2e partie. [N.B. It is well to re-
mark, that I shall hereafter designate the upper shell by the single word shell
(testa) and the inferior by sternum. Am, Ed.]

CHELONIA. O

of the ribs, and which' in one subgenus always remains in a
cartilaginous state, surrounds the shell, uniting and binding to-
gether all the ribs which compose it. The vertebrae of the
neck and tail are consequently the only ones which are mov-
able.

These two bony envelopes being immediately covered by
the skin or by plates, the scapula? and all the muscles of the
arm and neck, instead of being connected with the ribs and
spine, as in other animals, are attached beneath : the same ar-
rangement is found in the bones of the pelvis and all the mus-
cles of the thigh, so that in this respect the Tortoise may be
said to be an inve?'ted a.nmm].

The vertebral extremity of the scapula is articulated with
the shell ; and the opposite limit, which may be considered
analogous to a clavicle, is joined to the sternum. So that the
two shoulders form a ring through which pass the oesophagus
and trachea.

A third bony branch, larger than either of the others, and
directed downwards and backwards, represents, as in Birds,
the coracoid apophysis, but its posterior extremity is free.

The lungs have considerable extent, and are situated in the
same cavity with the other viscera.(l) The thorax, in most
of them, being immovable, it is by the play of its mouth that
the Tortoise respires, which it effects by keeping the jaws
closed, and alternately raising and depressing the os hyoides.
The former of these motions permits air to enter through the
nostrils, the tongue then closes the internal orifice of those
apertures, when the latter forces the air into the lungs. (2)

Tortoises have no teeth ; their jaws are invested with horn
like those of Birds; the Chelydes excepted, where they are
covered with skin only. Their tympanum and palatine arches

(1) Observe that in all those reptiles in which the lung penetrates into the ab-
domen (and the Crocodile is the only one in which it does not) it is enveloped like
the intestines by a fold of the peritoneum, which separates it from the abdomi-
nal cavity.

(2) AVith respect to this mechanism, which is common to Tortoises and to the
Batrachians, see the Mem. of llobert Townson, Lond. 1779.

b REPTILIA.

are fixed to the cranium and are immovable ; their tongue is
short and bristled with fleshy filaments ; their stomach simple
and strong; their intestines of a moderate length and destitute
of a caecum. Their bladder is very large.

The penis of the male is simple and large, and the eggs laid
bv the female are invested v^ith a hard shell. The former is
frequently known by its exterior from the concavity of its
sternum.

They possess great tenacity of life, and instances are on
record in which they have been seen to move for several weeks
after losing their head. They require but little nourishment,
and can pass whole months and even years without eating.

The Chelonia were all united by Linnaeus in the genus

Testudo, Lin.

They have since been divided into five subgenera, chiefly from the
forms and teguments of their shell, and of their feet.

Testudo, Brog.(l)

The land Tortoises have the shell arched and supported by a
solid, bony frame, most of its lateral edges being soldered to the
sternum; the legs, as if truncated, with very short toes, which are
closely joined as far as the nails, all susceptible of being withdrawn
between the bucklers; there arc five nails to the fore-feet, the hind
ones have four, all stout and conical. Several species live on vege-
table food.

T. grseca^ L.; Schaepf. pi. viii, ix, is the species most com-
mon in Europe; it is found in Greece, Italy, Sardinia, and ap-
parently all round the Mediterranean. It is distinguished by
its wide and equally arched shell; by its raised scales or plates,
which are granulate in the centre, striated on the edges, and
marbled with large yellow and black spots; and by its poste-
rior edge in the middle, of which there is a prominence slightly
bent over the tail. It rarely attains the length of a foot, lives
on leaves, fruit, insects, and worms, excavates a hole in which
it passes the winter, and breeds in the spring, laying four or
five eggs similar to those of a Pigeon.
Among the species foreign to Europe there are several from the

(1) Merrem has changed this name into Chehbine.

CHELONIA. 7

East Indies, of an enormous size, and three feet, and upwards, in
length. One of them in particular has been called the

Test, indica, Vosm.; Schoepf. 'J'ort. pi. xxii. (The India Tor-
toise.) Its shell is compressed in front, and its anterior edge is
turned up above the head. Its colour is a deep brown.

Some of them are remarkable for the beautiful distribution of
their colours; such are,

T. geometrica, L. ; Lacep. I, ixj Schoepf. x. (The Geometrica.)
A small Tortoise, each plate of whose shell is regularly orna-
mented with yellow lines, radiating from a disk of the samei
colour.

T. radiata, Shaw, Gen. Zool. Ill, pi. ii; and Daud. II, xxvi.
(The Coui.) A New Holland species, ornamented with nearly as
much regularity as the Geometrica, but which attains a much
larger size.(l)

In some species, the Pyxis, Bell., the anterior part of the ster-
num is movable like that of the Box-Tortoises; others again,
the KiNixYs, Id., can move the posterior portion.(2)

Emys, Brongn.(3)

The fresh-water Tortoises have no other constant characters by
which they can be distinguished from the preceding ones, than the
greater separation of the toes, which are terminated by longer nails,
and the intervals occupied by membranes; even in this respect
there are shades of difference. They likewise have five nails be-
fore and four behind. The form of their feet renders their habits
more aquatic. Most of them feed on insects, small fishes, &c.
Their envelope is generally more flattened than that of the land
Tortoises.

(1) Add: T.stellata, Schospf. XXV; T. angulata, Schweig; T. areolata, Sch.,
XXIII; T. marginata, Sch. XII, 1, 2;T. denticulata, Sch., XXVIII, 1; Tl cafra,
Schweig; T. signata, Schvv.; T. carbonaria, Spix, XVI; T. Hercules, Id.. XIV;
T. cagado. Id. XVII; Tl tabulata, Sch., XIII; T. sculpta, Spix, XV; 71 nigra,
Quoy and Gaym. Voy. de Freycin. Zool. XXXVII; T. depressa, Cuv.; T.bigut-
lata. Id.; T. Carolina, Le Conte, &c.*

(2) See the paper of M. Bell., in the Lin. Trans. Vol. XV, part 2, p. 392; in
two of these Kinixys which we have seen living, the edges of the joint in the
shield were worn away, or as if carious, and to such a degree as to induce a sus-
picion that there was something morbid in this conformation.

(3) From e/^tyc, Tortoise.

* This is a mistake of our author; it is the T. Carolina, Gmel., the T. polyphemus
of others. Am. Ed.

8 REPTILIA.

Test, europeea, Schn. ; T. orbicularis, L. ; Schoept". pi. 1(1)
(The Fresh-water Tortoise of Europe), is the most universally
diffused species; it is fouiil in all the south and east of Europe
as far as and in Prussia^ Its shell is oval, but slightly convex,
tolerably smooth, blackish, and every where dotted with yellow-
ish points arranged in radii. It attains the length of ten inches;
its flesh is used as food, and it is reared for that purpose
with bread, young vegetables, &c. Marsigli says, its eggs are
a year in being hatched.
Test, picta^ Schoepf. pi. iv (The Painted Tortoise), is one of

the most beautiful species; it is smooth and brown, each plate
being surrounded with a yellow band, which is very broad on
the anterior edge. It is found in North America along the
shores of brooks, on rocks or trunks of trees, whence it plunges
into the water on the first alarm. (2)
Among the fresh-water Tortoises we should remark

The Box-Tortoises, (3)

The sternum of which is divided by a movable articulation into
two lids, which, when the head and limbs are withdrawn, com-
pletely encase the animal in its shell.

In some the anterior lid only is movable. (4)

In others both are equally so.(5)

(1) It is the same as the verte et jaune, Lacep. pi. vi, and his ronde, pi. v, see
the Monog-. of this species by M. Bojanus, Vilna, 1819, fol.

(2) Add Em. lutaria, ha.ce]p., IV; Em. Mansonii, Schweig-; Em.senegalensis,
Dumer.; E7n. subrufa, 'Lacep., XIII; Em. contrada, Schweig-; Em. ptmctafa,
Schoepf. V; Em. reticulata, Daud. ; Em. rubriventris, Le Conte; Em. serrata,
Daud. II, xxi; Em. concinna, Le Conte, or geometrica, Lesueur; Em. geogra-
phica, Lesueur; Em. scriptq, Schcepf., Ill, 4; Em. cinerea. Id. II, 3; Em. ceii-
trata, Uaud. or terrapen, Schoepf., XV; Em.concentrica, Le Conte; Em. odoraia.
Id.; J^7n./itsca, Lesueur; Em. leprosa, Schw.; Em.nasuta, Id.; Em.dorsata,
Schoepf.; Em. pulchella, Schoepf., XXVI, or insculpta, Le Conte; Em. lutescens,
Schw.; Em. expansa. Id.; Em. Macquaria, Cuv.

M. Fitzinger separates under the name of Ciielodi>-a, and M. Bell under that
of Htdraspis, those species which have a more elongated neck, such as the Em.
Imgkollis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. Ill, part. I, pi. xvi;Em.planiceps, Schcepf , XXVII,
or canaliculata, Spix, YIiI;Em. plaiicephala, Menem; Em. depressa, Spix, III,
2; Em. carunculata, Aug. St. Hil. ; Em.tritentaculata, Id.

(3) This subdivision gave Merrem his genus Terrapene, Spix his Kinoster-
NON, and Fleming his Cistuda. The European species, and others already par-
take of this movability, which i-enders the task of limiting the genus a difficult
matter.

(4) Test, subnigra, I, vii,2; 71 clausa, Schoepf., VII.

(5) La Tortile d boite d'Jmboine, Daud. II, 309; Test, tricarinata, Schoepf., II;_
Test. pennsylvanica, I, d. xxiv. [To which may be added T. odorata, Daud. Am. Ed.]

CHELONIA. y

There are some Fresh -water Tortoises, on the contrary, whose
long tail and voluminous members cannot be completely retracted
within the shell. This approximates them to the following sub-
genera, and particularly to the Chelydes, and renders them conse-
quently worthy of distinction.(l) Such is,

Test, serpentina, L.; Schoepf. pi. vi. (The Snapper.) Easily
recognised by its tail, which is nearly as long as its shell, and
bristled with sharp and dentated crests, and by its pyrami-
dically elevated plates. It is found in the warm parts of North
America, where it destroys numbers of fishes and aquatic birds,
wanders far from rivers, and sometimes weighs upwards of
twenty pounds.

Chelonia, Brongn.(2)

The envelope of the Sea Tortoises(3) is too small to receive their
head, and particularly their feet, which are very long (the anterior
ones most so,) and flattened into fins. The toes are all closely united
in the same membrane, the two first ones of each foot being alone
furnished with pointed nails, one or other of which at a certain age
is usually lost. The pieces of their sternum do not form a conti-
nuous plate, but are variously notched, leaving considerable inter-
vals which are filled with cartilage only. The ribs are narrowed and
separated from each other at their external extremities; the circum-
ference of the shell, however, is surrounded with a circle of pieces
corresponding to the ribs of the sternum. The temporal fossa is
covered above by an arch formed by the parietal and other bones,
so that the whole head is furnished with an uninterrupted osseous
helmet. The internal surface of the oesophagus is every where
armed with sharp cartilaginous points which incline towards the
stomach.

Test, mydas, L.;(4) T. viridis, Schn. ; Lacep. I, 1 (The
Green Tortoise), is distinguished by its greenish plates, thirteen
in number, which are not arranged like tiles; those of the mid-
dle range are almost regular hexagons. It is found from six to
seven feet long, and weighing from seven to eight hundred

(1) This subdivision has furnished M. Fitzinger with his genus Cheltdra, and
M. Fleming with that of Chelgnura.

(2) Chelonia, from ;^sm3v. Merrem has preferred the barbarous name of Ca-

HETTA.

(3) Commonly, but absurdly, termed Turtle,- they might, with equal propriety,
be called Doves. <Sm. Ed.

(4) This name of Jfyc^os was taken by Linnaeus from Niphus. Schneider con-
siders it as a corruption of tf^u;.

Vol. ILB

10 REPTILIA.

pounds. Its flesh is highly esteemed, and furnishes a wholesome
and palatable supply of food to the mariner in every latitude of
the torrid zone. It feeds in large troops on the sea-weed at the
bottom of the ocean, and approaches the mouths of rivers to
respire. The eggs it deposits in the sand to receive the vivify-
ing influence of the sun, are excellent food; its shell is of no
value.

In a neighbouring species, Chel. maculosa, Nob., the middle
plates are twice as long as they are broad, and of a fawn-colour,
marked with large black spots. In a second, Chel. lachrymaia,
Nob., whose middle plates are similar to those of the maculosa,
the last is so raised as to form a knob, and the fawn colour is
marked with black streaks. The shell is employed in the arts.

Test, imhricata^lu.; Le Caret; Lac. I, 11; Schoepf. XVIII, A.
Smaller than the viridis, has a longer muzzle and denticulated
jaws; there are thirteen fawn-coloured and brown plates which
overlap each other like tiles; its flesh is disagreeable and un-
wholesome, but the eggs are delicious, and it furnishes the finest
kind of shell employed by comb-makers, 8cc. It inhabits the
seas of hot climates.

There are also two species which approximate to the imbri-
cata, Chel. virgata, Nob.; Bruce, Abyss., pi. xlii, whose plates
are less elevated, the middle ones equal, but with more acute
lateral angles, and marked in radii with black specks; and Chel.
raiUata, Schcepf. xvi, B, which only differs from the preceding
in the increased breadth of the last middle plate; it is perhaps
a mere variety.

Test, caretia, Gm.; La Caouane; Schoepf. pi. xvi, is more
or less brown or red, and has fifteen plates, the middle ones of
which are ridged, particularly towards their extremities; the
point of the upper mandible is hooked, and the anterior feet are
longer and narrower than in the neighbouring species, preserv-
ing two larger nails. It is found in different seas and even in
the Mediterranean; it feeds on shell-fish; the flesh is not eaten,
and its shell is of little value, but it yields good lamp-oil.
Merrem has recently distinguished, by thenameof Sphargis, those
Chelonise whose shell is destitute of plates, and merely covered
with a sort of leather. (l) Such is

Test, coriacea, L.; Le Luth; Lacep. I, iii; Schoepf. xxviii. A
very large species of the Mediterranean. Its shell is oval
and pointed behind, exhi^biting three projecting longitudinal
ridges.

(1) Fleming calls them Coriuho; Lesueiir, Dermochzljs.

(2) Add Dermochdis allantica, Lesueur.

CHELONIA. 11

Chelvs, Dum.(l)

The Chelj'des resemble fresh water Tortoises in their feet and
nailsj their envelope is much too small to contain their head and
feet, which are very large, and their nose is lengthened out into a
small snoutj their most dominant character, however, consists in
their mouth, which opens crosswise, being unarmed with the horny
beak common to the other Chelonic^, and similar to that of certain
Batrachians, the Pipa in particular.

Test, fimbria, Gm.; La 3Iatamata; Brug. Journ. d'Hist. Nat.
I, xiii; Schoepf. xxi. The shell studded with pyramidal eleva-
tions, and the body edged all round with a pinked fringe. It is
found in Guiana.

Trionyx, Geoff.

The Soft-shelled Tortoises have no scales, the shell and sternum
being simply enveloped by a soft skin; neither of those shells is
completely supported by bones, as the ribs do not extend to the
edge of the upper one, and are united with each other only for a
portion of their length, the parts analogous to the sternal ribs being
simple cartilage, and the sternal pieces partially notched as in the
sea-tortoises, not covering the whole lower surface. After death,
the very rough surface of the ribs may be perceived through the
dried skin. Their feet, like those of the fresh-water Tortoises, are
palmated Avithout being lengthened, but only three of their toes are
possessed of nails. The horn of their beak is invested externally
with fleshy lips, and their nose is prolonged into a little snout. Their
tail is very short. They live in fresh water, and the flexible edges
of their shell aid them in swimming.

Trionyx aegyptiaciis, Geoff. Ann. du Mus. XIV, 1; Test, tri-
unguis, Forsk and Gmel. (The Tyrse), is sometimes three feet
in length, and of a green colour spotted with white; its shell is
but slightly convex. It devours the young Crocodiles the mo-
ment they leave the egg, and is thus of more utility to Egypt
than the Ichneumon. (2)

Test.ferox^Gm.; Phil. Trans., LXI, x, 1 3; cop., Lacep. I,
vii; Schoepf. xix (The Soft-shelled Tortoise of America), in-
habits the rivers of Carolina, Georgia, the Floridas, and of
Guiana. It remains in ambush under roots of reeds, Sec. whence
it seizes birds, reptiles. Sec, devours the young Alligators,

(1) Merrem prefers calling this genus by the barbarous name of AlAXAMAXii.

(2) Sonnini, Voy. en Egypte, torn. II, p. 333.

12 REPTILIA.

and is devoured in turn by the old ones. Its flesh is highly
esteemed.(l)

ORDER II.

SAURIA.(2)

The Saurians have a heart like that of the Chelonise, com-
posed of two auricles and a ventricle, sometimes divided by
imperfect partitions.

Their ribs are movable, partly connected with the ster-
num, and rise and fall in respiration.

Their lung extends more or less towards the posterior ex-
tremity of the body ; it frequently penetrates very far into
the lower part of the abdomen, whose transverse muscles pass
under the ribs, and even towards the neck, to clasp it. Those
in which this organ is very large, possess the singular faculty
of changing the colours of their skin according to the excite-
ment produced in them by their wants or passions.

Their eggs are enveloped by a covering more or less hard,
and the young always retain the form in which they quit
them.

Their mouth is always armed with teeth, and their toes,
with very few exceptions, are furnished with nails ; their skin
is covered with scales, more or less compact, or at least with
scaly granules. They all have a tail more or less long, and
generally very thick at base : most of them have four legs, a
few only having but two.

(1) Add Trionyxjavanicus, Geoff. Ann. du Mus. XIV; TV. carinatus. Id.; Tr.
stellatus,U.;Tr. euphraticus, Olivier, Voy. en Turquie, Sec. pi. xlii; Tr. gan-
geticus, Duvaucel; Tr. granosus. Leach, or Test, granosa, Schoepf. xxx,
A and B.

N.B. The Tortue de Bartram, Voy. Am. Sept. tr. fr. I, pi. 2, appears to me to
be the T. ferox, to which, throutfh a mistake, two nails too many have been added
to each foot.

(2) From s-aw^oc, (Lizard) animals analogous to Lizards.

SAURIA. 13

Linnaeus included them all in two genera^ the Dragons
and the Lizards : but it has been found necessary to divide
the latter into several, which so far differ in the number of
feet, &c. the shape of the tongue, tail and scales, that we are
even compelled to distribute them in several families.

FAMILY L

CROCODILIDA.
This family contains the single genus

Crocodilus, Br.

Crocodiles are large animals, with a tail flattened on the sides,
five toes before and four behind, of which only the three internal
ones on each foot are armed with nails, all more or less united by
membranesj a single range of pointed teeth in each jawj the tongue
fleshy, flat, and adhering close to its edges; a circumstance which in-
duced the ancients to believe that they had nonejl the back and tail
covered with very stout, large, square scales or plates, relieved by a
ridge along their middlej a deeply notched crest on the tail, which
is double at its base. The plates on the belly are smooth, thin, and
square. Their nostrils, which open on the end of the muzzle by two
small crescent-shaped fissures closed by valves, communicate with
the extremity of the hind part of the mouth, by a narrow canal which
traverses the palatine and sphenoidal bones.

The lower jaw being continued behind the cranium, the upper one
appears to be movable, and has been so described by the ancients;
it only moves, however, with the entire head.

They have the power of closing the external ear by means of two
fleshy lips, and there are three lids to their eyes. Six small holes,
orifices of as many glands, may be observed under the throat, from
which issues a kind of musk-scented pomatum.

The vertebrae of the neck rest on each other through the medium
of small false ribs, which renders all lateral motion difficult, and does
not allow these animals to deviate suddenly from their course; con-
sequently it is easy to escape from them by pursuing a zig-zag direc-
tion, or by running round them. They are the only Saurians that
are destitute of clavicles, but their coracoid apophyses are attached
to the sternum, as in all the others. In addition to the common and
false ribs, there are others which protect the abdomen, without

14 REPTILIA.

reaching lo the spine, and which appear to be produced by the ossi-
fication of the tendinous inscriptions of the recti muscles.

Their lungs do not dip into the abdomen like those of other rep-
tiles, and some fleshy fibres, adhering to that part of the peritoneum
which covers the liver, give them the appearance of a diaphragm,
which, in conjunction with the division of their heart into three
chambers, where the blood from the lungs does not mingle so per-
fectly with that from the body as in other reptiles, appproximates
them somewhat nearer to the hot-blooded quadrupeds.

The tympanum and pterygoid apophyses are fixed to the cranium
as in the Tortoises, Their eggs are as large and hard as those of a
Goosej and Crocodiles are considered, of all animals, those which
present the greatest difference in size. The females keep careful
watch over their eggs, and tenderly protect their young for some
months. They inhabit fresh water, are extremely ferocious and car-
nivorous, cannot swallow under water, but drown their prey, and
place it in some submerged crevice of a rock, where they allow it to
putrefy before they eat it.(l)

The species, which are more numerous than they were thought to
be previous to my observations, are referable to three distinct sub-
genera.

J.
Gavial, Cuv. -'

The muzzle slender and very long; the teeth nearly equal; the
fourth ones below passing, when the jaws are closed, into notches,
and not into holes, in the upper one; the external edges of the hind
feet are notched, and the feet themselves palmated to the very ends
of the toes; two large holes in the bones of the cranium behind the
eyes may be felt through the skin. They have as yet been found in
only the eastern continent. The most common is,

Lac. gangetica, Gm.; Gavial du Gange; Faujas, Hist, de la
Mont.' de St Pierre, pi. xlvi; Lacep. I, xv. A species which
attains a great size, and which, besides the length of its muzzle,
is remarkable for a stout cartilaginous prominence which encir-
cles its nostrils, and then inclines backwards.(2)

(1) Crocodiles differ so much from Lizards that several authors have recently
thought it proper to form them into a separate order. They are the Louicata,
Merrem and Fitzinger; the Emtdosauria, Blainv.

(2) This prominence is the foundation of Elian's remark (Hist. an. LXII, c.
41), that the Ganges produces Crocodiles which have a horn on the end of the
muzzle. See its figure and description by Geoff. St Hillaire, Mem. du Mus. XII,
p. 97.

Add, the Petit Gavial (Croc, tenuirostris, Cuv.), Faujas, loc. cit. pi. xlviii, should
it prove to be a distinct species.

N.B. The calcareous schist of Bavaria has produced a small fossil Gavial of a

SAURIA. 13

Crocodiles,(1) properly so called.

Have an oblong; and depressed muzzle, unequal teeth, the fourth
ones below passing into notches, and not into holes of the upper
jaw, and all the remaining characters of the preceding subgenus.
They are found in both continents.

Lac. crocodilus^ L.; Crocodile du Nil., GeofFr. Descr. de I'E-
gypte, Rep. II, 1; Ann. Mus. X, iii, 1; Cuv. lb. X, pi. 1, f. 5
and 11, f. 7, and Oss. foss. V, part 2, same plate and figure
(The Crocodile of the Nile), so celebrated among the ancients,
has six rows of square and nearly equal plates along the whole
length of the back. (2)

peculiar species, described by ScEmmeringinthe Mem. of the Acad, of Munich, of
1814.

I have described the crania and other parts of fossil Crocodiles allied to the
Gavials found at Caen, Honfleur and other places, and marked those points in
which the osteology of their cranium differs from that of the Gavial now in exist-
ence. See Oss. foss, V, part 2. Similar observations have also been made in
England by M. Conybeare. In consequence of these differences, which all relate
to the hind part of the palate, M. Geoffrey has thought proper to form two genera
of these lost animals, which he calls Tueleosaurtjs and Steneosaurus, notwith-
standing which, he appears to think they may be the stock of the present Gavials,
and that the said differences may have resulted from atmospheric changes. Mem.
da Mus., XII.

(1) K/x/xciTs/Ao?, which fears the shore, a name given by the Greeks to a common
Lizard of their country; they afterwards. In their travels through Egypt, applied
it to the Crocodile from the mutual resemblance. Herodot. Lib. II. Merrem has
changed the name of this subgenus to that of Champses, which, according to
Herodotus, was the Egyptian name of this animal.

(2) From the Senegal to the Ganges, and beyond it, we find Crocodiles very
similar to the common one, some of which have a rather longer and narrower
muzzle, and others, a difference In the plates or scales which cover the top of
their neck; but It Is very difficult to arrange them as distinct species, on account
of their intermediate gradations. The small Insulated scales which form a trans-
verse row immediately behind the cranium, vary from two, to four and six; the
approximated scales which compose the shield of the neck are generally six in
number, but sometimes there is a smaller one at but little distance from each of
the anterior angles of this shield, and at others It Is contiguous to it, in which
case it (the shield) consists of eight plates or scales. M. Geoffroy calls those
which have a longer and narrower muzzle, Croc, suchus; those whose row of scales
behind the cranium consists of six pieces. Croc, margmatus., among which some
have six plates In the shield, and others eight; Croc, lacunosus, an Individual spe-
cimen which only presented two scales behind the cranium, and six plates in the
shield; and, finally, another specimen whose characters are referable to some
proportions of the head. Croc, complanatus.

These various Crocodiles also differ In some of the details of the form of the
muzzle, and in the lateral scales of the back, but as regards this, and the muzzle
particularly, the varieties are still more numerous, and M. Geoffroy acknowledges
that nothing is more fugitive than the fo)-nis of Crocodiles. This is so much the case.

16 REPTILIA.

Croc, biporcatus, Cuv. ; Le Crocodile a deux aretes, Ann. Mus.
X, 1, 4 and 11, 8, and Oss. foss. 2d part, same plates and fig.,
has eight rows of oval plates along the back, and two projecting
crests on the upper part of the muzzle. It is found in several
islands of the Indian Ocean, and most probably exists in the
two peninsulas.

Croc, acutus, Cuv.; Crocodile a museau effile, Geoff. Ann. Mus.
II, xxxvii, has a longer muzzle, arched at base; the dorsal
plates arranged in four lines; the external ones disposed irre-
gularly, and with more salient ridges. From St Domingo and
the other great Antiles. The female places her eggs under
ground, and uncovers them at the moment they are about to be
hatched.(l)

Alligator, Cuv.(2)
Alligators have a broad obtuse muzzle and unequal teeth, the

that I dare not elevate the Crocodiles sent from Bengal by M. Duvaucel to the
rank of species, although they have a more convex head than any of the others.

There is another point in which I am compelled to differ from the learned natu-
ralist I have just named. He supposes that the variety or species with the nar-
row muzzle remains smaller, is gentle and inoffensive, and that the smallness of
its size causes it to be soonest thrown upon the shores by inundations, of which it
is thus the precursor, and, from these ideas, is of opinion that it was the object of
the religious honours of the Egyptians, and that Suchus, or Suchis, was its specific
appellation. On the contrary, I think I have proved, both by Aristotle and Cicero,
that the Crocodiles venerated by the Egyptians were not less ferocious than the
others; it is also very certain, that the species with the narrow muzzle was not the
exclusive object of priestly care, for, from the very exact researches of M. Geoff-
roy himself, it appears that the three embalmed Crocodiles now in Paris are not
the Suchus, but tlie complcmatus, the marginatus, and the lacunosus; in fine, I am
forced to believe that Souc, or Souchis, which, according to M. Champollion, was
the Egyptian name of Saturn, was also the specific name of the Crocodile fed at
Arsinoe, just as Apis was the naijne of the sacred bull at Memphis, and Mnevis tliat
of the bull of Hermopolis. With respect to this point of ancient history, see the
various writings of M. Geoffroy, and particularly in the great work on Egypt, as
well as my Oss. foss. tom. V, part 2, p. 45. This last article having been written
previous to that of the great work on Egypt, I could not profit by the argument
drawn from the difference of the embalmed Crocodiles, an argument furnished me
by M. Geoffroy, and one which seems to me strongly to corroborate my view of
the matter.

(1) The Croc, acutus has been particularly observed by M. Descourtils. Add
the Croc, rhombjfer, Cuv. Ann. Mus. XII, pi. 1, 1; the Croc, d casque {C. gakatus).
Perrault, M6m. pour servir a I'Hist. des An. pi. Ixiv, if it should prove (being
only known by this figure) a constant species; the Croc.bisgutatus, Cuv. Ann.
Mus. X, 11, 6, and Oss. foss., t. V, part 2, pi. 11, f. 6, of which only one or two
specimens have ever been seen; the Croc, cataphractus, Cuv. Oss. foss. V, part
1, pi. V, f. 1 and 2.

(2) Or Caiman, the name given to Crocodiles by the negroes of Guinea. The

SAURIA. 17

fourth lower ones entering into iioles in the upper jaw, and not into
notches^ their feet are only semi-palmate and without emargination.
They have hitherto only been certainly found in America.

Croc, sclerops, Schn. ; Seb. I, civ, lOj Cuv. Ann. Mus. X, 1,
7 and 16 and 11, 3 (The Spectacle Alligator), so named from
a transverse ridge, which unites in front the salient borders of
its orbits, is the most common species in Guiana and Brazil.
Its neck is defended by four transverse bands of strong plates.
The female lays in the sand, covers her eggs with straw or
leaves, and defends them courageously. (I)

Croc, lucius, Cuv.; Caiman a museau de brocket, Ann. Mus.
X, 1, 8 and 15, and II, 4, so called from the shape of its muzzle,
is also distinguished by four principal plates on its neck. It
inhabits the southern parts of North America, forces itself into
the mud in severe winters, and remains torpid. The female
deposits her eggs in alternate layers with beds of earth.(2)

French colonists employ it to designate the species of Crocodile most common
about their plantations. The word Alligator is used by the English and Dutch
colonists in the same sense. It is a corruption of the Portuguese word Lagarto,
which is itself derived from Lacerta.

(1) Thei'e are also several sorts of Caimans or Alligators, which have this trans-
verse ridge front of the orbits, and which, like the Crocodiles, allied to the com-
mon one, perhaps form distinct species, but difficult to chai'acterize.

Some of them have a shorter and more rounded muzzle; the transverse ridge
concave before, and extending to the cheek on each side. They have thirteen
teeth on each side above; their cranium is not widened behind; their body is green
clotted, and spotted with black, with black bands on the tail.

Others have the same kind of head and the same teeth, but their body is black,
witli narrow bands that are yellowish, as in the Jacare noir, Spix, pi. iv.

Others again have a muzzle less broad, and the concave ridge does not extend
so far: they have fifteen teeth, and their neck is more completely defended by
plates; I should willingly consider them as the Cr. Jissipes of Spix, pi. iii.

Finally, there are some with a still narrower muzzle, and the cranium somewhat
widened behind, whose transverse ridge is convex in front, and does not extend
on the cheek; the ridge of their dorsal plates is less salient, and the bands on
their tail are more faintly marked: can they be the Cr. pundulatus o( Spix, pi, ii '
That gentleman, unfortunately, has not insisted upon the characters drawn from
the transverse ridge.

(2) Seethe paper of Dr Harlan, Ac. of Nat. Sc. of Philad. IV, 242. Add the
Caiman a paupieres osseuses, {Croc, palpebrosus, Cuv.) Ann. Mus. X, pi. 1, 6 and
7 and 11, 2; and the Croc . trigonatus, Schn., Seb., I, cv, 3; or the Jacaretinga mos-
chifer, Spix, pi. i. The whole thickness of the eye-lid in this species is occupied
by three osseous lamellx, of which, in other Crocodiles, there is scarcely a
vestige.

Vol. II. C

18 REPTILIA.

FAMILY II.

LACERTINIDA.(l)

This family is distinguished by the tongue, which is thin,
extensible, and terminates in two threads, like that of the
Coluber and Viper; the body is elongated; the walk rapid;
each foot has five toes separate and unequal, the hind ones
particularly so, all armed with nails ; the scales on the belly
and round the tail are arranged in transverse and parallel
bands; the tympanum is level with the head, or but slightly
sunk and membranous. A production of the skin with a lon-
gitudinal slit which is closed by a sphincter, protects the eye,
under whose anterior angle is the vestige of a third eye-lid ;
the false ribs do not form a complete circle ; the male organs
of generation are double, and the anus is a transverse slit.

The species being very numerous and various, we subdivide
them into two great genera.

Monitor, by a singular error called Tupinambis.(2)

This genus contains species of the largest sizej they have two
teeth in both jaws, but none in the palate; the greatei- number are
recognized by their laterally compressed tail, which renders them
more aquatic. The vicinity of water sometimes brings them in the
neighbourhood of Crocodiles and Alligators, and it is said that by
whistling they give notice of the approach of these dangerous ani-
mals. This report is most probably the origin of the term Sauve-
garde or Monitor applied to some of their species, but the fact is
very uncertain. They are divided into two very distinct groups.
The first, or that of the

Monitors, properly so called,
Is known by numerous and small scales on the head and limbs,

(1) Lacerta, & Lizavd.

(2) Marcgrave, speaking of the Sauvegarde of America, says that it is called
Teyu-guagu, and among the Tupinambous, Temapara {Temajmm tupinambis).
Seba has mistaken the latter name for that of the animal, and all other naturalists
have copied it from him.

SAURIA. 19

under the belly and round the tail; on the top of the latter is a carina
formed by a double row of projecting scales. The range of pores
observed on the thighs of several other Saurians is not found in
these. They are all from the eastern continent.(l) Two species are
found in Egypt which may be considered as the types of two subdi-
visions.

Lac. nilotica, L.; Monitor du Nil.; Ouaran of the Arabsj Mus.
Worm. 313; Geoflf. St. Hil., great work on Egypt; Rep. pi. 1,
f. 1. Strong conical teeth, the posterior of which become round-
ed by age; brown, with pale and deeper coloured dots, forming
various compartments, among which we observe transverse rows
of large ocellated spots that become rings on the tail. The lat-
ter round at base is traversed above by a carina which extends
almost from root to tip. It attains a length of five and six feet.
The Egyptians pretend it is a young Crocodile hatched in a
dry place. It was engraved upon the monuments of that coun-
try by its ancient inhabitants, and possibly, because it devours
the eggs of the Crocodile.(2) The other species,

Lac. scincus^ Merr.: Monitor terrestre cl'Egypte; Ouaran el
hard of the Arabs, Geoffr. Egypt. Rept. Ill, f. 2, has compress-
ed, trenchant, and pointed teeth; the tail almost without a keel
and round much farther from the root; its habits are more ter-
restrial, and it is common in the deserts in the vicinity of Egypt.
The jugglers of Cairo, after extracting its teeth, employ it in
their art. It is the Land Crocodile of Herodotus, and as Pros-
per Albin remarks, the true Scincus of the ancients. (3)

India and Africa produce a great number of Monitors Avith
trenchant teeth like those of the preceding species, but whose
tail is more compressed than even that of the Lac. nilotica. The
one most common in the Indian archipelago is the

Zac. bivittata, Kuhl, which is white above, black beneath,
with five transverse rows of white spots or rings. A white band
extends along the neck, and there is an angle formed by the

(1) Seba, and from him Daudin, describe some true Monitors as American; it is
a mistake.

(2) To this species, both by the form of the teetliand the arrangement of the
spots, which, by-the-bye, are similar in almost all the Monitors, must be referred
the 71/. orn^ {M. ornatu's, Daud. )> Ann. Mus. II, xlviii, Lac. capensis, Sparm. and
the M. albogularis, Daud. l{ept. Ill, pi. xxxii.

It is from this subdivision that M. Fitzlnger has made his genus "VAnANus,
under whicli name Merrem comprized all tlie Monitors.

(3) This species constitutes the genus Psammosatikus of M. Fitzinger.

20 REFTILIA.

while on the breast which reaches obliquely over the shoulder.

Specimens have been found three feet in length. (1)
In the other group of the Monitors, there are angular plates on
the head, and large rectangular scales on the belly and round the
tail. The skin of the throat, covered with small scales, is doubled
into two transverse folds. There is a row of pores on the under
part of their thighs. (2) This group is also susceptible of subdivi-
sions: the first forms the genus

Crocodilurus, Spix,(3)

Whose distinguishing character consists in scales relieved by
ridges, as in the Crocodiles, forming crests on the tail, which is com-
pressed.

Mon. crocodilimis, Merr. ;Z Grande Dragonne, L.s.cGp. Quadr.
Ovip. pi. ix, has ridged scales scattered also along the back.
Its back teeth become rounded with age. It attains a length of
six feet, and lives in burrows near marshes. Found in Guiana,
where its flesh is eaten.

Lac.bicarinata, L.; Le Lezardet, Daud.; Crocodilurus mnazon-
icus, Spix, pi. xxi, is smaller, and has none of the aforesaid
kind of scales on the back. It is found in several parts of South
America. In the second, or

Sauvegardes, Cuv. Teius, Merr.

None of the scales of the back and tail carinate: the teeth are
notched, but with age the back ones also become rounded.(4)

(1) With this species, from the distribution of colours, are connected the T.
bigare, Uaud. {Lac. varia, Shaw, Nat. Misc. 83, J. White, 253); a neighbouring
species of Manilla (M marmoratus, C): the T. elegant and the T. etoile, Daud.
Ill, xxxi, and Seb., I, xcxiv, 1, 2, 3, xcxviii, xcix, 2; II, xxx, 2, xc, cv, 1, &c. all
of which are but one species, originally from Africa. We must add the T. cepedien,
Daud. Ill, xxiv, or Lac. exunthematica, Bosc, Act. Soc. Nat. Par.pl. v, f. 3,
ocellated throughout; the M. dotted with brown of Bengal [M. lengalensis.
Daub.); the black M. spotted with green of the Moluccas {M. indicus, Daud.); a
species of a uniform black from Java, M. nigricans, Cuv., &c.

All things considered, I have now reason to believe that the fig. of Seba, I, pi.
ci, f. 1, of which Linnjeus made his Lacerta dracaetia, but which is very different
from the Dragonne of Lacep. , is the M. bengalensis. Seba's original is in the
Museum.

To these species with a compressed tail, M. Fitzinger applies the generic name

ofTuPIKAMBIS.

(2) Merrem has made his genus Teius from this second group.

(3) M. Gray has changed this name into Ada.

(4) It is to such that M. Fitzinger particularly applies the name of Monitor.

SAURIA. 21

Some of them, more particularly termed Sauvegardes, have a tall
that is more or less compressed; the scales on the belly are longer
than they are l)road. They live on the banks of rivers, &c. Such is
Lac. teguixin, Lin. and Shaw; Ze Grande Sauvegarde d'jlme-
riqice; Teyu-guazu; Teniapara, &c.; Seb. I, xcvi, 1, 2, 3, xcvii,
5, xcix, 1. Yellow dots and spots disposed in transverse bands,
on a black ground above, and a yellowish one beneath; yellow
and black bands on the tail.(l) Found in Guiana, where it at-
tains the length of six. feet. It moves rapidly on shore, and
when pursued hastens to the water for refuge, where it dives, but
does not swim. It feeds on insects, reptiles, eggs, Sec, and lays
in holes which it excavates in the sand. Both flesh and eggs
are edible.(2)
Others, called Ameivas(3) only differ from the preceding in the
tail, which is round, and nowise compressed, furnished, as well as
the belly, with transverse rows of square scales; those on the belly
are more broad than long. They are American Lizards, tolerably
similar, externally, to those of Europe; but besides the want of mo-
lars, most of them have no collar, and all the scales of the throat
are small; their head also is more pyramidal than that of the Euro-
pean Lizards, and they have not, like the latter, a bony plate on the
orbit.

Several species have been confounded under the name oi La-
certa ameiva, some of which it is still very difficult to distin-
guish. The most common, Teyus ameiva, Spix, XXIII; Pr.
Max. de Wied. liv. V, is a foot long or more; green; the back
more or less dotted and spotted with black, and vertical rows
of white ocellated spots bordered with black, on the flanks.

There is another, Teyus cya?ieus, Merr.; Lacep., I,xxxi, Seb.
II, cv, 2, about the same size, of a bluish colour, with round
white spots scattered over the flanks and sometimes on the
body. The young of these animals, and of some others of the

(1) Dried specimens, or those preserved In sph-its, assume a greenish or bluish
tint in those parts where the colours are light, and it is thus that they are repre-
sented by Seba; but while alive, and as we have seen it, the light parts are more or
less yellow. Pr. Max. de Wied has given a good picture of it in his eleventh No.
(2) Add the Tupin. d iaches veries of Daud. , if it be not a'simple variety of Sauve-
garde. Spix calls it Tup. monitor, pi. xix; it is his T. nigropundatits, which is
the true Sauvegarde.

(3) According to Marcgrave, the term Ameiva designates a Lizard with a forked
tail, a circumstance which can only be the result of accident; Edwards having had
m liis possession an individual of the above division, in which this accident was
observed, applied that term to the whole species. Marcgrave compares his indi-
vidual to his Tumguira, which, from his description, is rather a Polychrus.

22 REPTILIA.

same subdivision, have blackish stripes on the sides of the back,

a fact worth remembering' to avoid an undue multiplication of

species. (l)

We may separate from the Ameivas certain species, all the scales

of whose belly, legs, and tail, are carinated,(2) and others in which

even those on the back are similarly relieved, so that the flanks only

are granulated. (3) A collar under the neck also approximates these

species to the lizards. (4) The

LacertAj properly so called,

Or true Lizards, form the second genus of the Lacertians. The ex-
tremity of their palate is armed with two rows of teeth, and they
are otherwise distinguished from the Ameivas and Sauvegardes by
a collar under the neck, formed of a transverse row of large scales,
separated from those on the belly by a space covered with small
ones only, like those under the throat; and by the circumstance that
a part of the cranium projects over their temples and orbits, so as
to furnish the whole top of the head with a bony buckler.

(1) Such, it appears to me, is the Teyiis ocellifer, Spix, xxv.

Add the Am. litterata, Daud. Seb., I, Ixxxiii; Jim. cceruleocephala, Id. Seb. I,
xci, 3; .im. laterisiriga, Cuv. Seb. I, xc, 7; Am. lemniscata {Lacert. lemnis, Gm.),
Seb. I, xcii, 4; Teius irit^iiatus, Spix, xxi, 2; T. cyanomelas, Pr. Max.
Liv. V. [Add Jim. sex-lineata, Catesb. 68. Jim, Ed."]

It is impossible to say from what confusion of synonymes Daud. has placed the
Am. litterata in Germany; like all the others, it is from America. The Am. gi'a-
phique, Daud. Seb. I, Ixxxv, 2, 4, is the Dotted Monitor; his Am. argus, Seb. I,
Ixxxv, 3, is the 3Tu7i. cepedien,- his goitreux, Seb. II, ciii, 3, 4, does not differ from
the litterata; finally, his tete rouge, Seb. I, xci, 1, 2, is a common Green Lizard.
He was probably led into error by the coloured plates of Seba. The Lac. 5-li-
neata appears to me to be a L. coeruleocephala, a part of whose broken tail had
grown again with small scales, as is always the case when that accident happens;
the axis of this new portion of the tail is always, also, a cartilaginous stem with-
out vertebrse. It is impossible to characterize species by similar accidental cir-
cumstances, as Merrem has done in his Teyus monitor and cyaneus.

(2) In one sex of one of these species, there are two small spines on each side
of, the anus, which circumstance gave rise to the genus Centroptx of Spix,
XXII, 2.

(3) The Lezard stri^ of Surinam, Daud., Ill, p. 347, of which Fitzinger makes
his genus Psetido-Ameiva.

(4) It appears to me that even the Centropyx has palatine teeth; these two
sorts of Lizards, liowever, have the head of an Amelva, no bone on the oi-bit, &c.
N.B. Fitzinger makes a genus (Tetus) of the Lezard teyou, Daud. which should
have but four toes to the hind feet; its only foundation, liowever, is an imperfect
description of Azzara, and it does not seem to me sufficiently authentic.

SAUIIIA. 23

They are very numerous. Europe produces several species
confounded by Linnaeus under the name oi Lacerta agilis. The
most beautiful is the Grand Lizard vert ocelle, Lac. ocellata,
Daud.j Lacep., I, xx; Daud. Ill, xxxiii, from the south of
France, Spain, and Italy. It is more than a foot long, with lines
of black dots, forming rings or eyes and a kind of embroidery;
the young according to M. Edwards is the Lezard gentil, Uaud.,
Ill, xxxi. The Lac. viridis, Daud., Ill, xxxiv, of which the
Lac. bilineaia, Id. xxxvi, 1, according to the same gentleman,
is a variety; the Lac. sepium, Id. lb. 2, of which the Lac. are-
nicola, Id., xxxviii, 2, is a variety; and the Lac. agilis^ Id.,
xxxviii, 1, are found in the environs of Paris. The south of
France produces the Veloce, Pall., to which must be referred the
Vosqiden, Daud. xxxvi, 2, and some new species.(l)

Algyra, Cuv.

The tongue, teeth, and femoral pores of the Lizards, but the scales
of the back and tail are carinated, those of the belly smooth and im-
bricated. The collar is wanting.(2)

TACHyDROMus,(3) Daud.

Square and carinated scales on the back, under the belly, and on
the tail; no collar nor femoral pores, but on each side of the anus
is a small vesicle opening by one of the latter. The tongue still
like that of the Lizards, and the body and tail very much elongated.

FAMILY III.

IGUANIDA.(4)

This third great family of Saurians possesses the general
form; long tail^ and free and unequal toes of the Lacertians ;

(1) I add, but v/ith hesitation, the Lac. cericea, Laur., 11,5} argus. Id. 5; ter-
restris. Id., Ill, 5. The tiliguerta of Daudin is made up of an American Amei-
va and the green Lizard of Sardinia, from a bad description by Cetti. The crM-
leocephala, the lemniscaia, tlie quinquelineata, are Amdvas. The sexlineata,
Catesb., XLVIII, is a Seps.

N.B. With due submission to our author, this appears to be a mistake, the seX'
lineata, Catesb., is most certainly an Ameiva. .Am. Ed.

(2) Lac. alegyra,h\n.

(3) loL^vi and J'pufAov, Quick-runner.

(4) Igtiane, a name according- to Hernandez, Scaliger, &c. originating in St Do-

24 REPTILIA.

their eye, ear^ &c. are also similar, but their tongue is fleshy,
thick, non- extensible, and only emarginated at the tip.

They may be divided into two sections ; in the first, or
that of the Agamians, there are no palatine teeth. In this
section we place the following genera,

Stellio, Cuv.

In addition to the general characters of the family of the Iguanida,
the tail is encircled by rings composed of large and frequently spiny
scales. The subgenera are as follows:

CoRDYLUs, Gronov.(l)

The tail, belly and back covered with large scales arranged in
transverse rows. The head, like that of the common lizards, is pro-
tected by a continuous bony buckler, and covered with plates. In
several species the points of the scales on the tail form spiny circles;
there are small spines also to those on the sides of the back, on the
shoulders, and outsides of the thighs, on which latter there is a line
of very large pores.

The Cape of Good Hope produces several species long con-
founded under the name of Lacerta cordylus, L. These Saurians,
whose armour so completely defends them, are a little larger
than the common Green Lizard of Europe, and feed on insects. (2)

ming'o, whose Inhabitants must have pronounced it Hiuana, or Jgoana. Accord-
ing to Bontius it originated in Java, where the natives call it Leguan. In this
case the Portuguese and Spaniards carried it to America transformed to Iguana.
They apply it there now to a Sauvegarde, as a true Iguana. This name, as well as.
that of Guano, has occasionally been given to Monitors of the eastern continent.
The reader of travels should bear this in mind; I even consider the Leguan of Bon-
tius as a Monitor.

(1) According to Aristotle, "the Cordylus is the only animal possessing feet
and branchiae. It swims with its feet and tail, the latter of which, as far as large
things can be compared with small, is similar to that of a Silurus. This tail is soft
and broad. It has no fins: it lives in marshes, like the Frog: it is a quadruped,
and leaves the water: sometimes it is dried up and dies."

It is evident that these characters can only belong to the larva of the aquatic
Salamander, as M. Schneider has very justly observed. Belon has described this
Salamander by the name of Cordyle, but his printer, by mistake, annexed to it the
figure of the Lac. nihtica., L. Rondelet has applied this name to the great Stellio
of Egypt, or Caudiverbera of B61on, mistaking the ear, in the figure, for a gill
opening. Between Rondelet and Llnnasus, then, Cordylus has passed for the
synonyme of the Caudiverbera. Its special application to the above subgenus is alto-
gether arbitrary. Merrem has changed it to Zondhds.

(2) Daudin has referred several synonymes of Stellio to Cordylus, just as he has

SAURIA. 25

Stellio, Daud.(l)

The spines of the tail moderate: the head enlarged behind by the
muscles of the jaws; the back and thighs bristled here and there
with scales larger than the others, and sometimes spiny; small groups
of spines surrounding the ear; no pores on the thighs; the tail long,
and terminating in a point. But one species is known.

Lac. stellio, L. ; the Stellio of the Levant; Seb. I, cvi, f. 1, 2;
and better Tournef. Voy. au Lev. I, 120; and Geoff. Descr. de
I'Egypte, Rept. II, 3; Koscordylos of the modern Greeks; Har-
dun of the Arabs. A foot long; of an olive colour shaded with
black; very common throughout the Levant, and particularly so
in Egypt. According to Belon it is the faeces of this animal
which are collected for the druggists under the names of cor-
dylea, crocodilea or stercus lacerti^ which were formerly in vogue
as a cosmetic; but it would rather appear that the ancients at-
tributed this name and quality to those of the Monitor. The
Mahometans kill the present Stellio wherever they see it, be-
cause, as they say, it mocks them by bowing the head, as they
do when at prayer.

DoRTPHORUS, CuV.

The pores wanting as in the Stellios, but the body is not bristled
with small groups of spines.(2)

Uromastix,(3) Cuv. Stellions Batards, Daud.
Mere Stellios, whose head is not enlarged, all the scales of their

referred to Stellio several synonymes of the Geckotte. There are four species in
France: Cui-d. griseus. Nob., Seb. I, Ixxxiv, 4; the C. niger, the ridges of whose
scales are more blunt, Seb., II, Ixii, 5; the C. dorsalis; the C. microlepidotus.

There are also some Cordylesat the Cape of G. Hope, whose scales, (even those
on the tail) are almost destitute of spines (C. bsvigatus,lsi oh.).

(1) The Stellio of the Latins was a spotted Lizard that lived in holes of walls.
It was considered the enemy of man, venomous and cunning'. Hence the term
stellimiate, or Fraud in the contract. It was probably the Tarentok, or the Gecko
tuberculeux of the south of Europe, Geckotte of Lsicep., as conjectured by various
authors, and lately by M. Schneider. There is nothing to justify its application
to the present species; Kelon, if I am not mistaken, was the first who abused it
thus.

(2) Stellio brevicaudatus, Seb., II, Ixxii, 6; Daud., IV, pi. 47. St. azureus,
Daud., Id. 46.

(3) Caudiverbera and is/!o//tar<| are not ancient names. They were coined by
Ambrosinus for the great Egyptian species, of which Belon had said " cauda aire-
cissime diverberare creditur. " Linnsus was the fii'st who applied it to a Gecko, and

Vol. ILD

26 REFT I LI A. ,

body being small, smooth and uniform, and those of the tail still
larger and more spiny than in the common Stellio; but there are
none beneath. There is a series of pores under their thighs.

Stellio spinipcs, Daud.; Fouette-queue iVEgypte^ Geoff. Rept.

d'Egyp. pi. II, f. 2. Two or three feet long; the body inflated;

altogether of a fine grass green; small spines on the thighs; the

tail only spiny above. Found in the deserts which surround

. '. (Egypt; it was formerly described by Belon, who says, but with-

,' '.out adducing proof, that it is the terrestrial Crocodile of the

ancients, (l)

Agama, Daud. (2)

The Agamae bear a great resemblance to the common Stellios,
particularly in their inflated head; but the scales of their tail, which
are imbricate and not verticillate, distinguish them from that genus.
Their maxillary teeth are nearly similar, and there are none in the
palate. In the

Common Agama,

The scales are raised in points or tubercles; spines either singly
or in groups bristle on various parts of the body, the vicinity of the
ear especially. A row of them is sometimes found on the neck, but
without forming that palisado-like crest which characterizes the
Calotes. The skin of the throat is lax, plaited transversely, and sus-
ceptible of being inflated.

In some species are found femoral pores. The

Jig. barbata^ N. is very remarkable for its size and extraor-
dinary figure; a suite of large spiny scales extend along its back
and tail in transverse bands, and approximate it to the Stellios.

other authors have given it to different Saurians. Add Urom. griseus of New
Holland; Ur. reticulatus of Bengal; Ur. acantinurus. Bell. Zool. Jour., I, 457, if
it be a distinct species.

N.B. The flat-tailed Stellio of New Holland, Daud. is a Phyllurus.

(1) It is a Uromastix that is described by M. de Lacep. Rept. II, 4:97, under
the name of Quetzpako, which is that of another Saurian, to be spoken of here-
after. Add, Ur. ornatus, Ruppel.

(2) Jlgama, from a.yaifjm, bachelor. Why Linnseus gave this name to one of
these Lizards, it is impossible to conjecture; Daudin has extended it to the whole
of the subgenus to which this species belongs, and thinks that Agama is the name
given to it in the country of which it is a native.

A new species called .tonpiata has lately been described by Messrs Peale and
Green, Jour. Acad. Nat. So. Philad. Vol. VI, p. 231, from Mexico, which they con-
sider as approaching the nigricoUis, Spix. Am. Ed.

SAURIA. 27

The throat, which can be greatly inflated, is covered with elon-
gated and pointed scales, which constitute a sort of beard.
Similar scales bristle on the flanks, and form two oblique crests
behind the ears; yellowish spots edged with black under the
belly. We must not confound with it the

Lac. muricata^ Sh. ; ihe Muricaied Jigama of the same country,
Gen. Zool., Vol. Ill, part 1, pi. Ixv, f. xi; White, p. 244, in
which the raised scales are disposed in longitudinal bands, be-
tween which are two series of spots paler than the ground,
which is a blackish brown. It usually attains a large size.
Other species have no femoral pores.

Jig. colonorum, Daud.; Seb. I, cvii, 3.(1) Brownish, with a
long tail; a small row of short spines on the neck; from Africa,
and not, as is asserted, from Guiana.

There is a smaller Agama at the Cape, with a moderate tail,
varied with brown and yellowish, bristled above with raised
and pointed scales, the Jig. aculeata, Merr. ;(2) Seb., I, viii, 6,
Ixxxiii, 1 and 2, cix, 6; its belly sometimes assumes an inflated
form, which leads to the

Tapayes Agames Orbiculaires, Daud. in part,
Which are mere Agamae, with an inflated abdomen and a short
and thin tail. Such is

Lac. orbicularis, L.; Ta-payaxin of Mexico, Hern. 327. The
back is spinous, and the belly sprinkled with blackish points. (3)

(1) Nothing can surpass the confusion intliesynonymes quoted by authors with
respect to the different species of Lizards, and chiefly of the Agamse, Calotes and
Stellios. As regards the Agama, for instance, Daudin quotes from Gmelin, Seb.,
I, cvii, land 2, which 'are Stellios; Sloane, Jam., If, cclxxiii, 2, which is an
Anolis, Edw. ccxlv, 2, which is also an Anolis; and the same fig. is again quoted
by him and Gmel. for the Polychrus. Shaw even copies it to represent that
same animal, with which it has nothing in common. Seb., I, cvii, 3, which is the
true Ag. co/onarww, Daud., is cited by Merrem as .^g'. superdliosa; and Seb., I,
cix, 6, which is his aculeata, is quoted as orbicularis, &c.

(2) The Agame a pierre^-ies, Daud. IV, 410; Seb. I, viii, 6, is merely the young
of this spiny Agama of the Cape, whose colours are more various tlian those of the
adult. Add V Agame somhrc {Ag. atra\ Daud., Ill, 349; rough, blackish; a yel-
lowish line along the back; the Ag. ombre {Lac. umbra) Daud., which is not the
Lac. umbra, Lin. but distinguished fi'om it by five lines of very small spines, which
extend along the back, &c.

(3) 1 do not think the subgenus of the Tapayes can be preserved; the species
of Hernandez {Lac. orbicularis, L.), Hern., p. 327, does not appear to differ'From
the Agama cornutu of Harlan, Phil. Ac. Nat. Sc. IV, pi. xlv, or, if at all, only from
the sex. Daudin has put in its place, tom. Ill, pi. xlv, f 1, the adult of the Tup.
segyptius.

2S REPTILIA.

Trapelus, Cuv.

The form and teeth of the Agamae, but the scales are small and
without spines; no pores on the thighs.

Trap. .Mgyptius; Le Changeant d'Pgypte, Geoff. Rep. d'Eg.
pi. V, f. 3, 4; the adult, Daud. Ill, xlv, 1, under the name of
Orbiculaire, is a little animal whose body is also sometimes in-
flated, and remarkable for changing its colours even more sud-
denly than the Chameleon. When young it is entirely smooth;
there are some larger scales scattered among the small ones on
the body of the adult. (1)

Leiolepis, Cuv.

The teeth of an Agama, the head less inflated, and completely
covered with very small, smooth, and compact scales. Pores on the
thighs.(2) The

Tropidolepis, Cuv.

Still similar to the Agamae in teeth and form, but regularly co-
vered with imbricated and carinated scales. The femoral portjs
are strongly marked.(3) The

Leposoma, Spix Tropidosaurus, Boie,
Only differs from Tropidolepis, by having no pores.(4)

Calotes, Cuv.(5)
The Calotes differ from the Agams in being regularly covered

(1) It is difficult to establish precise limits between this subgenus and certain
short, thick Agamx, that have but few spines.

(2) There is a species in Cochin China that is blue, with white stripes and
spots, and a long tail {Leil. guttatus, Cuv.).

(3) Mg- undulata, Daud., a species that is found throughout America, remark-
able for a white cross under the throat, on a black-blue ground. The .Sg. nigrl-
collaris, Spix, XVI, 2, and cydurus, XVII f, f. 1, are at least closely allied to it.

(4) Spix has not expressed himself with precision in saying that the scales of
his leposoma are verticillate, and this it is which has deceived M. Fitzinger. The
genus Tropidosaurus was made by Boie from a small species from Cochin China,
which is in the Cabinet du Hoi .

(5) Pliny says that the Stellio of the Latins was called by the Greeks Gakotes,
Calotes, and Askalabotes, It was, as we have seen, the Geckotte of Lacep. Its appli-
cation by Linnaeus to his Lac. calotes is arbitrary, and was suggested to him by
Seba. Spix comprises our Calotes in his genus Lophthus, which is not the same
as tliat of Dumeril.

SAURIA. 29

with scales, arranged like tiles, frequently carinated and terminating
in a point on the body as well as the limbs and tail, which is very
long; those on the middle of the back are more or less turned up,
and compressed into spines forming a crest of variable extent. They
have no visible pores on the thighs, which, added to their teeth, dis-
tinguishes them from the Iguanae.

The most common species, Lac. calotes, L.; Seb. I, Ixxxix, 2;
xciii, 2; xcv, 3 and 4; Daud., Ill, xliiij Agama ophiomachiis,
Merr., isof a pretty light blue with transverse white streaks on
the sidesj there are two rows of spines behind the ear. From
the East Indies. It is called a Chameleon in the Moluccas, al-
though it does not change its colours. The eggs are fusi-
form.(l) In the

LoPHYRUs, Dumeril,

The scales on the body are similar to those of the Agamse; there
is also a crest of palisado-like scales still higher than that of the
Calotes. The tail is compressed and the femoral pores are wanting.
A remarkable species is,

Agama gigantea,(2) Kuhl; Seb. I, c. 2, whose dorsal crest is
placed very high on the neck, and is formed of several rows of
vertical scales; two bony ridges, one on each side, extend from
the muzzle to the eye, where they terminate in a point, and join

(1) Add the .Sg. gutturosa, Merr. or cristatella, Kuhl; blue, without bands, and
small scales on the back; Seb., I, Ixsxix, 1; the Ag. cristata, Merr., Seb. I, xciii,
4, and II, Ixxvi, 5, a reddish brown, with blackish brown scattered spots, of which
the Jgame arlequine, Daud. Ill, xliv, is the young; the Ag. vultuosa, Harl. Phil.
Ac. Nat. Sc.lV, xix.* All these species are from the East Indies; the Lophyrus
ochrocollaris and margaritaceus, Spix,XII, 2, are American Calotes; the first is the
same &s the Agama pida, Pr. Max.; the Loph. panthera, Spix, pi. xxiii, f. 1, is the
young of the same. Add to these American Calotes Loph. rhoinbifer, Spix, xi,
of which the Loph. albomaxillaris. Id., XXIII, f. 2, is the young; Loph. auroni-
tens, Spix, pi. xiii. We might separate from the other Calotes a species from
Cochin China, with a smooth back, without any visible scales; the belly, limbs and
tail covered with carinated scales {Cal. lepidogaster. Nob.); the Ag. catenata, Fr.
Max. liv. V, may belong to this group.

N.B. The designer of Seba's plates has given to most of his Iguanse, Agamse,
Calotes, &c. extensible and forked tongues, drawn from imagination.

(2) It is difficult to imagine the reason that induced Kuhl to call this Saurian
gigantic, as it is not larger than its most closely allied Agamae and Calotes.

* From the observations of Major J.e Conte, it would seem that what is here
called the Ag. vultuosa is the young of another species. Am. Ed.

30 REPTILIA.

on the temple. This singular Saurian appears to belong to In-
dia. The

GoNocEPHALUs, Kaup.

Is closely allied to Lophyrusj the cranium also forms a sort of
disk by means of a ridge which terminates in a notch above each
eye. There is a dewlap and a crest on the neck. The tympanum
is visible. (l)

Lyriocephalus, Merr.

In addition to the characters of a Lophyrus, the species of this
subgenus have a tympanum concealed under the skin and muscles,
like that of the Chameleon: they also have a dorsal crest and a ca-
rinated tail.

In the species known, Lyrio margaritaceus, Merr.; Lacerta
scutata, L.; Seb. cix, c, the bony crest of the eye-brows is still
larger than in the Ag. gigantea, and terminates behind, on each
side, in a sharp point. Large scales are scattered among the
small ones on the body and limbs; imbricated and carinated
scales on the tail; a soft, though scaly enlargement on the end
of the muzzle. This truly singular species is found in Bengal
and other parts of India. (2) It feeds on grain.

Brachylophus, Cuv.

Small scales; the tail somewhat compressed; a slightly salient crest
on the neck and back; a small dewlap, a series of pores on each thigh,
and, in a word, a strong resemblance to the Iguan?e; but they have
no palatine teeth; those of the jaws are denticulate. Such is

L'Jguane a bandes, Brong., Essai et Mem. des Sav. Etr. I,
pi. x,f. 5, From India. It is a deep blue, with light blue bands.

(1) Isis, 1825, I, p. 590, pi. iii.

(2) From this Lyriocephalus, the Pjteustes of Merrem and the rHRxu-ocEPHA-
iTJs of Kaup, Fitzinger forms a family called Pxeustoidea, which he approximates
to that of the Chameleons. The Pneustes depend altogether on a vague and im-
perfect description of Azzara, II, 401, on which, also, Daudin had established his
Agame d queue prenante, III, 440; Azzar. says that its ear is not visible, probably
because it is very small. The Prtnocepiialtjs is composed of the Lac. guttata and
the Lac. uraknsis, Lepechin. Voy. I, p. 317, pi. xxii, f. 1 and 2, which form but
one species. Kaup asserts that ithas no external tympanum (Isis of 1825, I, 591).
Not having seen these animals, I hesitate as to their classification. Another sub-
genus will probably have to be made of the Lezard d m-eilks {Lac. aurita. Pall.),
Daud., Ill, xlv, remarkable for the faculty it possesses of inflating the two sides
of the head under the ears: I have not, however, been able to examine it.

SAURIA. 31

Physignathus, Cuv.

The same teeth, scales, and pores; the head very much enlarged
behind, and without the dewlap; a crest of large pointed scales on the
back and tail, which is strongly compressed.

Ph. cocincinus, Nob. is a large species from Cochin China;
blue, with stout scales, and some spines on the enlargements of
the sides of the head. It lives on fruit, &c.

IsTiuRUS; Cuv. LopiiURAj Gray.(l)

The distinguishing character of this genus consists in an elevated
and trenchant crest, which extends along a part of the tail, and which
is supported by high spinous apophyses of the vertebrae; this crest
is scaly like the rest of the body; the scales on the belly and tail are
small, and approach somewhat to a square form; the teeth are strong,
compressed, and without denticulations: there are none in the pa-
late: there is a series of femoral pores. The skin of the throat is
smooth and lax, but Avithout forming a dewlap.

Lac. amboinensis, Gm. ; Le Porte-Crete, Lacep. ; Schlosser,
Monog., cop. Bonnat. Erpet. pi. v, f. 2, The crest confined
to the origin of the tail; some spines on the front of the back;
lives in water, or on the shrubs about its shores; feeds on seeds
and worms. We have discovered in its stomach both leaves and
insects. It is sometimes found four feet in length. Its flesh is
edible.

Draco, L.(2)

The Dragons are distinguished at the first glance, from all other
Saurians, by their first six false ribs, which, instead of encircling
the abdomen, extend outwards in a straight line, and support a pro-
duction of the skin, forming a kind of wing that may be compared
to that of a Bat, but which is not connected wiih the four feet; it
acts like a parachute in supporting them, when they leap from one
branch to another, but has not sufficient power to enable them to

(1) I have changed this name of Lophura, which is too much like that of Lo-
phyrus.

(2) The term J'pa.x.iev, draco, generally designated a large Serpent; Dragons,
with a crest or beard, are spoken of by ancient writers, a description which can
only apply to the Iguana,- Lucian is the first who mentions Flying Dragons, allud-
ing, no doubt, to the pretended Flying Serpents treated of by Herodotus; St Au-
gustine, and other subsequent authors, ever after described Dragons as having
wings.

32 REPTILIA.

rise like a Bird. They are small animals, completely invested with
little imbricated scales, of which those on the tail and limbs are ca-
rinated. Their tongue is fleshy, but slightly extensible, and some-
what emarginate. A long pointed dewlap hangs under their throat,
supported by the tail of the os hyoides; there are also two smaller
ones on the sides attached to the horns of the same bone. The tail
is long; there are no porous granules on the thighs, and there is a lit-
tle notch on the nape of the neck. Four small incisors are found in
each jaw, and on each side a long and pointed canine, and twelve
triangular and tribolate grinders.

They consequently have the scales and dewlap of the Iguanse, with
the head and teeth of the Stellio.

All the known species are from the East Indies; they were con-
founded for a great length of time, but Daudin has accurately
determined their specific differences.(l)

SiTANA, Cuv.(2)

Teeth of the Agamas and four canini; body and limbs covered
with imbricated and carinated scales; no pores on the thighs; but
their ribs are not extended outwards. It is distinguished by an
enormous dewlap which reaches to the middle of the belly, and
which is twice the height of the animal.

Sit. ponticeriana, Cuv. is the only known species, and is from
the East Indies. It is small, fawn-coloured, and has a series of
broad, brown, rhomboidal spots along the back.

It is perhaps to this tribe of Agamians that we should ap-
proximate a very extraordinary reptile which is only to be
found among the fossils of the old Jura limestone formation.

Pterodactylus, Cuv. (3)

It had a short tail, an extremely long neck, and a very large head;
the jaws armed with equal and pointed teeth; but its chief charac-
ter consisted in the excessive elongation of the second toe of the
fore-foot, which was more than double the length of the trunk, and
most probably served to support some membrane which enabled the
animal to fly, like that upheld by the ribs of the dragon.

The second section of the Iguanian family, that of the Igua-

(1) The Dragon ray e; the Drag, vert, Daud., Ill, xli; the Drag. brun.

(2) Sitan is the name of the species on the Coast of Coromandel.

(3) See my Oss. foss. 2d ed. Vol. V, p. 2, pi. xxiii.

SAURIA. 33

NiANS proper, is distinguished from the first by having teeth
in the palate.

Iguana, Cuv.

In Iguana, properly so called, the body and tail are covered
with small imbricated scales; along the entire length of the back, is
a range of spines, or rather of recurved, compressed, and pointed
scales; beneath the throat a pendent, compressed dewlap, the edge
of which is supported by a cartilaginous process of the hyoid bone;
a series of porous tubercles on their thighs as in the true Lizards;
the head covered with plates. Each jaw is surrounded with a row
of compressed, triangular teeth, whose cutting edge is denticulate;
two small rows of the same on the posterior edge of the palate.

Ig. tuber culata, Laur.; Lac. Iguana, L.; Seb. I, xcv, 1, xcvii, 3,
xcviii, 1. (The Common American Iguana. )(l) Yellowish green
above, marbled with pure green; the tail annulated with brown;
preserved in alcohol it appears blue, changing to green and vio-
let, and dotted with black; paler beneath; a crest of large spini-
. form dorsal scales; a large round plate under the tympanum at
the angle of the jaws; sides of the neck furnished with pyramidi-
cal scales scattered among the others; anterior edge of the dewlap
denticulate like the back; from four to five feet in length: com-
mon in South America where its flesh is esteemed delicious, al-
though unwholesome, particularly for syphilitic patients. It
lives mostly on trees, occasionally visits the water and feeds on
fruit, grain, and leaves; the female lays her eggs in the sand,
they are the size of those of a Pigeon, agreeable to the taste and
almost without white.

VIguane ardoise, Daud.; Seb. I, xcv, 2, xcvi, 4. (The Slate-
coloured Iguana.) A uniform violet blue, paler beneath; the
dorsal spines smaller; otherwise, similar to the preceding, both
of them having an oblique whitish line on the shoulder. The
latter is from the same country as the former, and is probably
a mere variety of age or sex.(2)

Ig. nudicollis, Cuv.; Mus. Besler. tab. XIII, f. 3; Ig. delicatis-
sima^ Laur., resembles the common one, particularly in its dor-
sal crest, but has no infra-tympanal plate, nor the scattered tu-

(1) The Mexicans call it Aquaguetzpallia, Hernand. ; the Brazilians, Senembi,
Marcgr.

(2) I have every reason to think that this same conclusion should be extended
to the Iguanas of Spix, pi. v, vi, vii, viii, and ix: they seem to me to be nothing
more than various ages of the common species.

Vol. II. E

34 REPTILIA.

bercles on the sides of the neck. The top of the cranium is
furnished with arched platesj the occiput is tuberculous; the
dewlap is moderate, and has but few indentations, and those only
before. Laurenti says its habitat is India, but he is mistakenj
we have received it from the Brazils, and from Guadaloupe.(l)

Ig. cornuta, Cuv.; Ig. comu cle St Domingue, Lacep.; Bonnat.
Encyc. Method. Erpetolog. Lezards, pi. iv, f. 4. (The Horned
Iguana.) Similar to the Common Iguana, and still more so to
the preceding species, but is distinguished by a conical, osseous
point between the eyes, and by two scales raised up over the
nostrilsj the infra-tympanal plate is deficient as well as the tu-
bercles on the neck, but the scales on the jaws are embossed.

Ig. cychlura,C\xv. (The Carolina Iguana.) No infra-tympanal
plate or small spines on the neck, but carinated scales, rather
larger than the rest, form cinctures on the tail at separate
intervals.(2)

Ophryessa, Boie.

Small imbricated scales; a slightly salient dorsal crest, extending on
the tail, which is compressed; denticulated maxillary teeth, and teeth
in the palate: circumstances which approximate them to Iguana;
but they have no dewlap, nor femoral pores.

Lac. superciliosa, L. ; Seb. I, cix, 4; Lophyrus xiphuruSj Spix,
X, so called from a membranous carina which forms its eye-
brow, is an American species, of a fawn colour, with a festoon-
ed brown band along each flank.

BasiliscuSj Daud.

No pores; palatine teeth; the body covered with small scales; on
the back and tail a continuous and elevated crest supported by the
spinous apophyses of the vertebrse, like that on the tail of the Is-
tiuri.

The species known, Lacertabasiliscus, L., Seb. I, c. 1; Daud.
Ill, xlii, is recognized by the hood-like membranous prominence
of its occiput, that is supported by cartilage. It attains a large
size, is bluish, with two white bands, one behind the eye, the

(1) I suspect the .Smblyrhynchus cristatus, Bell. Zool. Journ. 1, Supp. p. xii, is
a badly prepared specimen of my nudicollis.

(2) It also appears to me that this Iguana is the same which Dr Harlan (Journ.
Acad. Nat. So. of Phil. IV, pi. xv,) calls Cychlura carinata,- but in this case there
must be some mistake, as in the Amblyrhynchus, relative to the palatine teeth.
These teeth exist in all my Iguanas.

SAURIA. 35

Other back of the jaws, which are lost on the shoulder.(l) It
is from Guiana, and feeds on grain.

POLYCHRUS, CuV.

Teeth in the palate as in Iguana, and femoral pores, though the
latter are not strongly marked^ but the body is covered with small
scales, and is destitute of a crest. The head is covered with platesj
tail long and slender; throat very extensible, so that a dewlap is
formed at the will of the animal, which, like the Chameleon, possesses
the faculty of changing colour; the lungs, consequently, are very vo-
luminous, occupy nearly the whole trunk, and are divided into seve-
ral branches; the false ribs, like those of the chameleon, surround the
abdomen by uniting so as to form perfect circles.

Lac. marmorata, L.; Marhr6 de la Giciane, Lacep. I, xxvi;
Seb. II, Ixxvi, 4; Spix, XIV. Reddish-grey, marbled with irre-
gular transverse bands of a brown-red, sometimes mixed with
blue; the tail very long. Common in Guiana.(2)

EcPHiMOTus, Fitzinger.

Teeth and pores of a Polychrus, but small scales on the body only;

on the tail, which is very thick, they are large, pointed, and carinate;

the head is covered with plates. Their form is somewhat short, and

flattened, more like that of certain Agamse than of a Polychrus.

The most common species, Jlgama tuberculata, Spix, XV, 1,
or Tropidurus torquattis, Pr. Max. (3) is ash-coloured, sprinkled
with whitish drops, and has a black semi-collar on each side of
the neck. It inhabits Brazil.

Oplurus, Cuv.(4)

Teeth of a Polychrus and the form of an Agama, but no pores on
the thighs, and the pointed and carinated scales of the tail ally it to
that of a Stellio; the dorsal scales also are pointed and carinate, but
very small. One species only is known-

(1) It is on the authority of Seba that this species has hitherto been considered
as inhabiting' India it does not inhabit that country.

(2) Add, Pol. acutirostres, Spix, XIV.

(3) The Tropidurus of Pr. Max. deWied. is not, as he imagined, the Quetzpaleo
of Seba, although it is also marked with black semi-collars.

(4) The name of Quetzpaleo, given by Seba to the above species, seems to be a
corruption of the Mexican Aqua quetz pallia, which appears to be a name of the
Iguana; the Quetzpaleo of Lacep., Rept. 4to, II, 497", is a Uromastix; but the figure
quoted is that of Seba's animal.

36 REPTILIA.

Opl. torquatus, Cuv. (The Black-collared Grey Quetzpaleo.)
A black half collar on each side of the neck. From Brazil.

Anolius, Cuv.(l)

In addition to all the peculiarities of form of the Iguana, and par-
ticularly of the Polychrus, these animals have a very peculiar and
distinctive character: the skin of their toes is spread out under the
antepenultimate phalanx into an oval disk transversely striated be-
neath, which assists them to attach themselves to various surfaces,
to which, independently of this, they cling with great pertinacity by
means of their nails, which are very much hooked. Their body and
tail, moreover, are uniformly roughened with small scales, and most
of them have a dewlap under the throat, which under the excitement
of passion becomes inflated and changes colour. Several enjoy the
faculty of changing the colour of their skin, to an equal degree with
the Chameleon. Their ribs form entire circles like those of the
Polychrus and Cameleon. Their teeth are trenchant and denticulate,
as in Polychrus and Iguana, and they are even found in the pa-
late. The skin of their tail is doubled into slight folds or depres-
sions, each of which contains some circular rows of scales. This
genus appears to be peculiar to America.

The tail of some is ornamented with a crest supported by the spi-
nous apophyses of the vertebrae, as in Istiurus and Basiliscus.(2)

M7i. velifer, Nob. (The Great Crested Anolis.) A foot long;
a crest on the tail occupying half its length, supported by from
twelve to fifteen rays; the dewlap extends under the belly. Its
colour is a blackish ash-blue. From Jamaica and the other
Antilles. We have found berries in its stomach.

Lac. bimaculata, Sparm. (The Little Crested Anolis.) Half
the size of the preceding; the same crest; greenish, dotted with
brown about the muzzle and on the flanks. From North Ame-
rica and several of the Antilles.
^n. equestrisy Merr. Fawn-colour, shaded with an ashy lilac;

(1) Anoli, Anoalli, the name of these Saurians in the Antilles; Gronovius, \ery
gratuitously, has applied it to the Amdva. Fiochefort, from whose work it was
taken, only gives a copy of tlie Teyuguagu ofMarcgrave, or the Great Sauvegarde
of Guiana. Nicholson seems to assert that this name is applied to several species,
and the one he describes appears to be the Jn. roquet, which, in fact, was sent to
the Museum from Martinique under the name of Jlnolis. MM. de Tonnes has
even ascertained that it is the only one by which it is now known.

(2 They have been confounded with each other, and with some of the following
ones, under the names of Lac. principalis and himaculata.

SAURIA. 37

a white band on the shoulder; tail so fleshy that the apophyses
of its crest cannot be perceived; a foot long.
Others again have a round tail, or one that is merely a little com-
pressed.

Their species are numerous, and have been partly confounded
under the names of Roquet, Goitreux, Rouge-gorge, and Mnolis,
^-Lac. strumosa and bullaris, L. They inhabit the hot parts of
America and the Antilles, and change colour with astonishing
facility, particularly in hot weather. When angry, their dewlap
becomes inflated and as red as a cherry. These animals are
not so large as the Grey Lizard of Europe, and feed on insects
which they actively pursue; it is said that whenever two of them
meet, a furious combat inevitably ensues.

The species of the Antilles, or the Roquet of Lacep. I, pi.
xxvii, which is more particularly the Lac. bullaris, Gm., has a
short muzzle speckled with brown, and salient eye-lids; its
usual colour is greenish. Its round tail excepted, it closely re-
sembles the Lac. bimaculata. The Mnolis raye, Daud. IV,
xlviii, 1, only differs from it in a series of black lines on the
flank. It seems to be identical with the Lac. strumosa, L. Seb.
II, XX, 4, and is somewhat longer than the preceding species.

The Carolina knolls, Jguane goitreux, Brongn. Catesb. I,
Ixvi, is of a fine golden green; a black band on the temple and
a long and flattened muzzle give it a peculiar physiognomy
and render it a very distinct species.(l)

It is to this family of the IguansB with palatine teeth, that be-
longs an enormous fossil reptile known by the name of the
Maestricht Animal, and for which the new name of Mosasau-
Rus has recently been coined. (2)

(1) Add the Molls d points blancs, Daud- IV, xlviii, 2; An. viridis, Pr. Max. lib.
VI; An. gracilis. Id. and several other species, of which, unfortunately, I have no
figures to cite.

(2) See Oss. foss. Vol. V, part. II.

Many large reptiles have been discovered in a fossil state, which it appears
should be approximated to this family, but their characters are not sufficiently
known to enable us to class them with precision. Such are the Geosaurds discOT
vered by Sremmering, the Mebalosaurus of M. Buckland, the Iguaxodon of M.
Mantell, &c. See Oss. Foss. ut sup.

38 REPTILIA.

FAMILY IV.

GECKOTIDA.

This family is composed of nocturnal lizards which are so
similar that they may be left in one genus.

Gecko, Daud. Askalarotes, Cuv. Stellio, Schn.(l)

The Geckos are Saurians which do not possess the elongated
graceful form of those of which we have hitherto spoken, but on the
contrary are flattened, the head particularly. Their feet are mode-
rate, and the toes almost equal; their gait is a heavy kind of crawl-
ingj very large eyes, whose pupil becomes narrowed at the ap-
proach of light, like that of a cat, render them nocturnal animals,
which secrete themselves during the day in dark places. Their very
short eye-lids are completely withdrawn between the eye and the
orbit, which gives them a different aspect from other Saurians.
Their tongue is fleshy and non-extensiblej their tympanum some-
what sunk; their jaws every where furnished with a range of very
small closely-joined teethj their palate without teethj their skin is
studded above with very small granular scales, among which are
often found larger tubercles, and beneath, covered with scales some-
what smaller, which are flat and imbricated. Some species have
the femoral pores. There are circular plaits on the tail as on that
of an Anolis, but when broken, it grows without these folds, and
even (where there are any naturally) without tuberclesj circum-
stances which have led to an undue multiplication of species.

This genus is numerous and disseminated throughout the warm
portions of both continents. The melancholy and heavy air of the
Gecko superadded to a certain resemblance it bears to the Salaman-
der and the Toad, have rendered it the object of hatred, and caused
it to be considered as venomous, but of this there is no real proof.

The toes of most of them are widened along the whole or part of
their length, and furnished beneath with regular plaits of skin, which
enable them to adhere so closely, that they are sometimes seen
crawling along ceilings. Their nails are variously retractile, and
preserve their point and edge, which, conjointly with their eyes, au-

(1) Gecko, a name given to a species in India, in imitation of its cry, just as ano-
ther one is termed Tockaie at Siam, and a third Geitj'e at the Cape; <tTx*-
Cetht, the Greek name of the Geckotte, Lacep.

SAURIA. 39

thorize us lo say, that the Gecko, as compared to other Saurians, is
what the Cats are to the Carnivorous Mammaliaj but these nails
vary according to the species, and in some are entirely wanting.

In the first and most numerous division of the Geckos, which I
will call the

PLATYDACTYLI,

The toes are widened throughout, and covered beneath with trans-
verse scales.

Some have no vestige of a nail, and their thumbs are very small.
They are beautiful species, completely covered with tubercles, and
painted with the most lively colours. Those known are from the
Isle of France.

In others, the femoral pores are deficient.(l)

One of them, G, inungiiiSy Cuv. is violet above, white beneath,
with a black line on the flank. Another, G. ocellatus, Oppel.
is grey, completely covered with ocellated brown spots with a
white centre.

In some again these pores are very strongly marked. (2) Such
is the Gecho cepedien, Peron, of the Isle of France^ pale yellow,
marbled with blue; a white line along each flank.

I am not sure, however, that the pores in this first subgenus
are not sexual indications.
Other Platydactyli have no nail to their thumb, nor to the second
and fifth toes of all the feet^ the femoral pores are also deficient.(3)
Such is,

Gecko fascicularis^ Daud. Lacert. facetanus, Aldrov. 654, Ta-
rente of Provencej Tarentola, or rather Terrentola of the Ita-
lians; Stellio of the ancient Latins; Geckotte, Lacep. A dark
grey; rough head; the whole upper surface of the body studded
with tubercles, each of which consists of three or four smaller
ones; the scales on the under part of the tail similar to those on
the belly. It is a hideous animal, which hides in holes of walls,
heaps of stones, 8cc., covering its body with dust and filth. The
same species appears to exist every where about the Mediterra-
nean, and in Provence and Languedoc.

There is a neighbouring species in Egypt and in Barbary,

(1) M. Gray appropriates the name of Platydactylus to this division.

(2) It is from this division that M. Gray has made his genus Fhelsuma,- the La-
certagietje of Sparm. should belong to it. They are considered very venomous at
the Cape.

(3) This division forms the genus Tarentola of Gray.

40 REPTILIA.

with simple round tubercles, which are more salient on the
flanks, G. xgyptiacus. Nob. Egypt., Rept., pi. v, f. 7.(1)
The nails are only deficient in the four thumbs of the greater num-
ber of the platydactile Geckos. They have a range of pores before
the anus. (2) Such are,

Gecko, Lacep. I, xxix; Stellio Gecko, Schneid.j Le Gecko d.
gouttelettes, Daud.; Seb. I, cviii, the whole plate. Rounded,
slightly salient tubercles over the upper surface of the body,
whose red ground is sprinkled with round white spots; tail fur-
nished beneath with square and imbricated scales. Seba says
it is from Ceylon, and pretends that it is to this identical spe-
cies that the name of Gecko is applied in imitation of its cry;
but long before him it was attributed by Bontius to a species
of Java. It is probable that the cry and the name are common
to several species. We have ascertained that this one is found
throughout the Archipelago of India.

Lac. vittata, Gm.; Le Gecko a bandes; Lizard Fandang, at
Amboina; Daud. IV, 1. Brown; a white band on the back
which bifurcates on the head and on the root of the tail; tail
annulated with white. From the East Indies: found at Am-
boina on the branches of the shrub called the Pandang.(3)
There are some of these four-nailed Platydactyli whose body is
edged with a horizontal membrane, and which have palmated feet.
One of the most remarkable is

Lac. homalocephala, Crevett., Soc. of Nat. of Berlin, 1809,
pi. viii, the sides of whose head and body are augmented by a
broad membrane, which is scalloped into festoons on the sides
of the tail. Its feet are palmated. Found in Java, in Bengal. (4)

There is another species in India with a bordered head and
body, and palmated feet, but in which the festoons on the tail,
and the pores near the anus, are deficient, Pteropleura Hors-
Jieldii, Gray, Zool. Jour. No. X, p. 222.

Finally, some Platydactyli have no nails to all their toes.

There is a smooth species with palmated feet in France, ./?.
LeachianuSy Nob.
In a second subdivision of the Geckos, which I call the

(1) This fig-, entitled Var. du Gecko annulaire, has too many nails.

(2) This division is the GecA'o proper of M. Gray.

(3) N.B. Daudin erroneously gives nails to the thumbs of these two Geckos.

(4) This bordered Platydactylus forms the genus Ptychozoon of Fitzinger. M.
Gray also separates his Pteropleura from them on account of the absence of the
pores.

SAURIA. 41

Hemidactyi-i,

The base of the toes is furnished with an oval disk formed beneath
by a double row of scales, en chevron; from the middle of this disk
rises the second phalanx, which is slender, and has the third or the
nail at its extremity. The species known have five nails, and a
series of pores on each side of the anus. The sub-caudal scales form
broad bands like those on the belly of Serpents.

There is one species in the south of Europe, O. verruculaius,
Nob., of a reddish grey; the back covered with little conical
tubercles, somewhat rounded; circles of similar tubercles round
the tail; found in Italy, Sicily and Provence like th^ G.fasci-
cularis.

A very similar species, G. ?na6m'a. Nob., with still smaller
tubercles, those of the tail more pointed; grey, clouded with
brown; brown rings on the tail, abounds throughout the hot
portions of America, where it enters the houses. It is known
in the French colonies by the name of Mabouia des murailles.(l)
There are others at Pondicherry and Bengal so very similar
that we are almost induced to believe that they have been carried
there in vessels. (2)

A Hemidactylus with a bordered body, G. margiJiatus, Nob.
is also found in India; its feet are not palmated; the tail is hori-
zontally flattened, and its edges are trenchant and somewhat
ciliated. It was sent from Bengal by M. Duvaucel.
In the third division of the Geckos, which I will call

Thecadactyli,
The toes are widened throughout, and furnished beneath with
transverse scales; but these scales are divided by a deep longitudinal
furrow, in which the nail can be completely concealed.

In those species which are known to me the nails are deficient on
the thumbs only; the femoral pores are wanting, and their tail is
covered above and beneath with small scales.

G. laevis^ D.; Stellio perfoliatus, Schn.; Lac. rapicauda, Gm.j
Le Gecko lisse, Daud. IV, li. Known in the French colonies as
the Mabouia des bananiers. Grey, marbled with brown; finely

(1) So far a3 we can judge from the figure, the Thecadadylus poUcaris and the
Gecko aculeatus, Spix, XVIII, 2 and 3, seem to be different ages qf this Mabouia des
murailles. MM. de Jonnes has given a monograph of them, but he confounds it
with different species.

(2) To this division, also belong the G.a tubercules tri^dres and the G. d queue
epineme of Daud. ; the first is identical with the Stell. mauritanieus of Schn. The
^tell. platyurus, Schn. is al^q closely allied to it.

Vol. II. F

42 REPTILIA.

granulated, but without tubercles above; small scales beneath;
its naturally long tail, which is encircled with plaits as usual,
is easily broken, and the new one that succeeds is sometimes
considerably enlarged, resembling a small radish. It is from
these accidental monstrosities that it has received the name of
G. rapicauda.^l)
In the fourth division of the Geckos, or

PTy0DACTYLIj(2)

The ends of the toes only are dilated into plates, the under sur-
face of which is striated so as to resemble a fan. The middle of the
plate is split and the nail placed in the fissure. Each toe has a
strongly hooked nail.

The toes of some are free, and their tail round.

Lac. gecko, Hasselq. ; Gecko lobatus, Geoff. Rept. Egyp. Ill,
5; Stellio Hasselquistii, Schn. Smooth; reddish-grey dotted with
brown; the scales and tubercles very small; common in houses
on the south and east of the Mediterranean. At Cairo it is
called the Moic burs (Jsiihev of leprosy), on account of its com-
municating that disease by poisoning (as they say) the salted
provisions and other aliments with its feet, in crawling over
them. In passing over the skin it occasions a redness, but this
is perhaps solely owing to the fineness of its nails. Its cry
somewhat resembles that of a Frog.
In others, each side of the tail is edged with a membrane, and the
feet are semi-palmate; they are probably aquatic, and are the Uro-
PLATEs of Dumeril.

Stellio fimbriatus, Schn.; Le Gecko frange; Tete plate, Lac, or
Famo-Cantrata oi Madagascar, Brug.; Lacep. I,xxx; Daud. IV,
lii. The membrane on the sides of the tail extending along the
flanks where it is slashed and fringed. Found in Madagascar
upon trees, where it leaps from branch to branch. The natives,
though without any reason, hold it in great fear. (3)

Lac. caudiverberu, L.; Gecko du Perou, Feuillee, I, 319. No
fringe on the sides of the body, it being confined to those of the
tail on which there is also a vertical membranous crest. Feuillee
found it in a spring in the Cordilleras. It is blackish and
more than a foot long.

(1) The G. squalidus, Herm. if not the same as the loevis, belongs to this divi-
sion. The Gecko de Surinam, Daud. is only a younger and better coloured speci-
men of the laevis.

(2) From vlvov, fiin.

(3) According to Brugl^re's description, the Sarroubd ol' Madagascar has all the
characters of the Famo-cantrata, except the fringe and a deficiency of the thumb
in the fore feet. M. Fitzinger has taken it for his genus Sarruba.

SAURIA. 43

We may make a fifth division, the

SpHERIODACTYLI,

Of certain small Geckos, the ends of whose toes terminate in a
little pellet without folds, but always with retractile nails.

When this pellet is double or emarginated in front, they are
closely allied to the simple Ptyodactyli. The species known are
from the Cape or from India: such is the

G. porphyria Daud. Reddish-grey, marbled and dotted with
brown.(l)
Most generally the pellet is simple and round. The species are
all American: such is the

G. sputateur a bandes, Lacep., Rept. I, pi. xxviii, f. 1. A
small species, prettily marked with transverse brown bands
laid on a red ground: common in the houses of St Domingo
where it is also called the Mabouia. There is a neighbouring
species in the same island, but which is of a uniform ash-co-
lour. Id., lb. f. 2.
Finally, there are some Saurians which, possessing all the cha-
racters of Geckos, have no enlargement of the toes. Their five nails
however are retractile.

Some of them have a round tail, and the toes striate beneath and
indented along the sides, constituting the

Stenodactyli.

There is one in Egypt, Sten. guttatus, Egyp., Rept. pi. V, f.
2.(2) Smooth, grey, sprinkled with whitish spots.
Others have naked and slender toes: those which have a round
tail form the

Gymnodactyli, Spix.

Some of these are found in America with regular suites of small
tubercles. The Gymnodactylus geckoides, Spix, X, viii, 1, also ap-
pears to be one of them.

Others again have their tail flattened horizontally, so as to resem-
ble the shape of a leaf.

Phyllurus.
Only one species is known, and that is from New Holland,

(1) Daudln was mistaken in considering this Gecko as an American species, and
synonymous with the mabouia,

{2\ Under t?ie improper name of ,3game pondue. It is reproduced in the Supp.
pi. 1, f. 2; and a neighbouring species, f. 4.

44 REPTILIA.

Stellio phyllurus, Schn. ; Lacerta platura, White, New South
Wa., p. 246, f. 2.(1) Grey marbled with brown abovej com-
pletely covered with small pointed tubercles.

We are compelled to establish

FAMILY V^
CHAM^LEONIDAj
For the single genuS)

CHAMiELE0,(2)

Or the Chameleons, which is very distinct from all other saurian
genera, and is not even easily intercalated in their series.

Their skin is roughened by scaly granules, their body compressed,
and the back if we may so express it trenchant; tail round and
prehensile; five toes to each foot, but divided into two bundles, one
containing two, the other three, each bundle being united by the skin
down to the nails; the tongue fleshy, cylindrical, and susceptible of
great extension; teeth trilobate; eyes large, but nearly covered by
the skin, except a small hole opposite to the pupil, and possessing
the faculty of moving independently of each other; no visible ex-
ternal ear, and the occiput pyramidically elevated. Their first ribs
are joined to the sternum; the following ones are extended each to
its fellow on the opposite side, so as to enclose the abdomen by an
Entire circle. Their lungs are so enormous, that when inflated,
their body seems to be transparent, a circumstance which induced
the ancients to believe that they fed on air. They live on insects
which they capture with the viscid extremity of their tongue, the
only part of their body which seems to be endowed with quickness
of motion, as in every thing else they are remarkable for their ex-
cessive slowness. The great extent of their lungs is probably the
cause of their faculty of changing coloUr, which takes place, not as
is thought in conformity with the hue of the bodies on which they rest,
but according to their wants and passions. Their lungs, in fact,
render them more or less transparent, compel the blood in a greater
or less degree to return 10 the skin, and even colour that fluid more

XI) Referred by Daudin to Slellio; why, it is difficult to say.
(2) Xet/uctixim (Little Lion), the Grecian name of this animal. Aristotle, whc^
\ises it, has also given an excellent description of it. Hist, An. Lib. II, cap. xi.

SAURXA. 45

ov less vividly in proportion to the quantity of air they contain.
They always remain on trees.

Lac. africana, Gm.; CamSlSon ordinaire^ Lacep., I, xxii; Seb.
I, Ixxxii, 1, IxXxiii, 4.(1) (The Common Chameleon.) The
hood pointed and relieved by a ridge in front; the granules on
the skin equal and close; the superior crest indented as far as
half the length of the back, the inferior to the anus. The hood
of the female does not project so much and the denticulations of
her crests are smaller. From Egypt, Barbary, and even the
south of Spain, and India.

Cham, tigris, Cuv. Another similar species from the Se-
chelles with a hood resembling that on the female of the pre-
ceding; the granules on the skin fine and equal; it is distin-
guished by a denticulated and compressed appendage under the
extremity of its lower jaw. The body is sprinkled with black
points.

Cham, verrucosus^ CuV. A third neighbouring species from
the island of Bourbon, marked by granules larger than the
others which are scattered among them, and by a series of
Avarts, parallel to the back at about two thirds of its heights.
The hood is like that on the female of the common one; the
-notches on the back are deeper, those on the belly the reverse.

Cham, pumilus, Daud. IV, liii; Lacerta pumila, Gm.; Cham,
margaritaceus, Merr; Seb. Ixxxii, 4, 5. The hood directed back-
vv^ards; warts scattered on the flanks, limbs and tail; numerous,
compressed, finely notched appendages (lambeaux) under the
throat, which vary in each individual. Found at the Cape, Isle
of France and the Sechlles.(2)

Ch. planiceps, Merr., Seb. I, Ixxxiii, 2; Laccrta chamselion,
Gm. The hood flattened, and almost destitute of a ridge; its
figure is a horizontal parabola. Found in Senegal, Barbary, and
even in Georgia.

Ch. pardalis, Cuv, The hood flat like that of the Senegal spe-
cies; but there is a little prominent edge to its muzzle, in front
of the mouth; larger granules scattered among the smaller ones,
and the body irregularly marked with round black spots, edged
with white. From the isle of France.

Ch. Parsonic Cuv. Phil. Trans. LVIII. Another species, with
a flat hood, which is slightly truncated behind; crest of the eye-

(1) The Cam.trapu, Egyp. Rept. IW, 3; Ck carinatus, Merr., Ck. subcroceus,

(2) I believe the Cham, seichellensis of Kuhl to be a female of the pumilus.

46 REPTILIA.

brow prolonged and turned up, on each side of the end of the muz-
zle, into an almost vertical lobe. The granules are equal, and
there is no emargination either above or beneath.( 1 ) Finally, the
Ch. bifurcus, Brongn.j Cameleon des Moluques a nez fourchuj
Daud. IV, liv, has a semicircular flat hoodj two large compress-
ed, salient prominences in front of the muzzle, which varies in
length; probably a sexual difference. The granules are equal,
the body is sprinkled with closely set blue spots, and at the
bottom of each flank is a double series of white ones.

FAMILY VI.

SCINCOIDEA.

Known by their short feet, non-extensible tongue, and the
equal scales which cover the body and tail, like tiles.

SciNcus, Daud.

Four short feet; the body and tail almost one continued and uniform
piecej no enlargement of the occiput; without crest or dewlap, and
covered with uniform, shining scales, arranged like tiles, or those of
a Carp. Some of them are fusiform; others, more or less elon-
gated, resemble Serpents, the Unguis particularly, to which they are
related by several internal afiinities, and which they connect with the
family of the Iguanida, by an uninterrupted suite of transitions. Their
tongue is fleshy, but slightly extensible and emarginate; the jaws
every where furnished with small, closely set teeth. In the anus,
eye, ear, Ecc, they bear a greater or less resemblance to the Iguanae
and Lizards; the feet are furnished with free and unguiculated toes.
Certain species have palatine teeth, and an emargination on the
anterior edge of the tympanum.

Among this number, on account of its trenchant and some-
what raised muzzle,(2) we should distinguish the

Seme, officinalis, Schn.; Lae. scineus, Lin.; El Mda of the
Arabs; Le scinque des pharmaeies, Lacep. I, xxiii; Bruce, Abyss.
pi. 39; Egypt. Rep. Suppl. pi. 2, f. 8. Six or eight inches long;
the tail shorter than the body; the latter of a silvery yellow;
transverse blackish bands; inhabits Nubia, Abyssinia, and Ara-

(1) I do not know the Cham, dilepis, Leach, or bilobus, Kuhl.

(2) This species alone composes the genus Scincus of Fitzinger, the others
constitute his genus Mabouia.

SAURIA. 47

bia, whence it is sent to Alexandria, and from there distributed
throughout Europe. It possesses a surprising facility of burying
itself in the sand when pursued.(l)

Among those which have blunt muzzles we may observe a spe-
cies diffused throughout Indian the Sc. rufescens, which is green-
ish, with a yellowish line along the flanks; each scale has three
small ridges.

There is one from the south of Africa, very common in the
vicinity of the Capej the Sc. trivittatus, brown; three paler lines
along the back and tail; black spots between the lines.(2)

But above all we should remark the great Levant species,

Sc. cyprius, Cuv.; Lac. cyprius sincoides, Aldrov., Quadr.,Dig.

666; Geoff. Eg. Rept. pi. iii, f. 3, under the name of Jlnolis gi-

gantesque, which is greenish, with smooth scales; the tail longer

than the body, and a pale line along each flank.

In others, the Tilirua of Gray, the palatine teeth are wanting.

There is one of these very common in the south of Europe,
Sardinia, Sicily, and Egypt; Sc.variegatas, Sc.ocellatus, Schn.;
Daud., IV, Ivi; Geoff. Eg. Rept. pi. v, f. 1, under the name of
Jlnolis niarbre; and better, Savigny,Ib., Supp. pi. ii, f. 7, which
has small, round black spots, each marked with a white streak
on the back, flanks, and tail. There is most commonly a pale
line along each side of the back.

The French Antilles produce several species, one of which is

(1) The Greeks and Latins called the Terrestrial Crocodik, Scincus; it was con-
sequently a Monitor to which they attributed so many virtues; but since the mid-
dle century, the above species is usually sold under this name, and for the same
purposes. Eastern nations, in particular, consider it as a powerful aphrodisiac.

(2) Add Sc. erythrocephalus, Gilliams, Ac Nat. Sc. Phil. I, xviii [or the Scorpion
Lizard, Penn. .Am. Ed.].Sc. bicobr, Harlan, lb. IV, xviii, l;Sc. multiseria.
tus. Nob. ; Geoff. Eg. Rep. IV, f. 4, under the name of Jlnolis pav^We also think
it proper to refer to this subdivision, although we have not been able to procure
the animal, the great Scincus, called in Jamaica the Galley-Wasp; Sloane, II,
pi. 273, f 9 {Lac. ocddua, Sh.).

[N.15. A new species of Scincus has lately been described by Messrs Peale and
Green, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. Vol. VI, f. 233, under the specific appellation
of ventralis. It is about fifteen inches in length, and is thus designated, " Scincus
ventralis. Cauda longa: corpore supra olivacea, cum maculis nigi-is, subtus albeo;
squamis dorsalibus carinatis et imbricatis; plica maculata in utroque latere corpo-
ris: palmis et plantes pentadactylis."

Tliough the descrlbers of this species prefer considering it a Scincus, they think
it might very properly constitute a new genus under the name of Ptekogastebcs.
It inhabits Mexico, and is called Escorpion by the natives of that country, who
consider it extremely venomous- Am. Ed. ]

48 REPTILIA.

improperly called there the Jlnolis de terre, and Mabouia; La-
cep. pi. xxiv; it is smoothj of a greenish brown, and has black-
ish points scattered along the backj a brown band imperfectly
terminated, reaching from the temple over the shoulder, and
beyond it.(l)

The Moluccas and New Holland produce some species of this,
division, which are remarkable for their thickness. (2)

Seps, Daud.(3)

Seps only differs from Scincus in the more elongated body, which
is exactly similar to that of an Anguis, and in the still smaller feet,
the two pairs of which are further apart. Their lungs begin to
exhibit some inequality.

There is one species, -S". scincoides, Nob., with five toes, of
which the posterior are unequal.

One with five nearly equal and short toes, .Unguis quadrupes,
L. ; Lacerta serpens, Gm. j Block, Soc. of Nat. of Berl. vol. II,
pi. 2.(4) From the East Indies.

One with four toes, the posterior of which are unequal? (Te-
tradactylus decresiensis, Per.;(5) and one with three, very simi-
lar otherwise to the preceding, the Tridactylus decresiensisy Per.
Both are from the island of Cres, and are viviparous.

A fifth, with three short toes, and very small feet, called in
Italy

Cecelia or Cicigna, Lac. chalcides, L., is grey, with four longi-
tudinal brown stripes, two each side of the back. It is vivipa-

(1) The fig. of Lacep. is exact, the tail excepted, which is too short, it having
been broken in the original, an accident which frequently occurs to all Lizards.
Add the Sc. a Jlancs noirs, Quoy and Gaym. Voy. de Freyc. pi. 42; Sc. bistri-
atus, Spix, XXVI, 1.

(2) Lac. scincoides, White, 242;-t-*S'c. nigrolufeus, Quoy et Gaym. Freyc, 41;
Sc. crotaphomelas, Per. and Lacep. &c. N.B. I have given but few species of
Scincus, because they are so badly characterized by authors, that it is almost im-
possible to indicate their synonymes with any certainty. There is no genus
which stands more in need of a monograph than this.

(3) Seps and Chalcis were the ancient names of an animal which some consider
as a Lizard, and others a Serpent. It is very probable that they designated the
three-toed Seps of Greece and Italy. Seps is derived from ar>itsniv, to corrupt.

(4) It forms the genus Ltgosoma of Gray; Fitzinger leaves it among his Mabuia,
or Scinci without palatine teeth.

(5) It is to this species that Fi(;zinger appropriates the generic name of Se^St^
hQ call^ it Seps Peronii.

SAURIA. 49

rous also, and moves with rapidity without the aid of its feet;
lives in meadows, and feeds on spiders, snails, 8cc.(l)

The southern provinces of France produce a sixth very simi-
lar to the preceding, but with eight or nine brown stripes
placed at equal distances apart, Zygnis striata, Fitz.

We might separate from the rest a species whose carinated
and pointed scales are nearly verticillate5(2) Lac. anguina, L.
Lac. monodactyla, Lacep., Ann. Mus. II, lix, 2, and Vosmaer,
Monog. 1774, f. 1, under the name of Serpent-Lizard. Its feet
are merely small undivided spurs. Inhabits the environs of the
Cape of Good Hope.

BiPES, Lacep.

A small genus, only differing from Seps in the entire absence of fore
feet, having the scapulae and clavicles concealed beneath the skin,
the hind feet alone being visible. There is but a step from it to
A^nguis.

Some of them have a series of pores before the anus. (3)
I dissected one of them brought from New-Holland by the
late M. Peron, the Bipeds lepidopode, Lacep., An. du Mus. tom.
IV, pi. Iv, which has carinated scales on the back, and a tail
twice the length of the body.(4) Of its feet, nothing is exter-
nally visible but two small oblong and scaly plates; but by dis-
section we find a femur, a tibia, a fibula, and four metatarsal
bones forming toes, but without phalanges. One of its lungs is
half the size of the other. It lives in the mud.
This series of pores is wanting in others.
A small species, described a long time ago, is found at the
Cape, Unguis ftipes, L.; Lacerta bipes, Gm.; Seb. I, Ixxxvi, 3,
each of whose feet is terminated by two unequal toes. (5)

(1) Merrem, on the contrary, had made his genus Seps from this single species.
Fitzinger now calls it Ztgisis, in imitation of Oken, and adds to it the Tridadylus
decresiensis of Per. which is much more nearly allied to the I'etradadylus of the
same island.

(2) It is the genus Monodacttlus, Merr., or Chamjbsaura, Fitz.

(3) They form the genus Ptgopus, Merr.

(4) The fig. of Lacep. is drawn from an individual the tail of which had been
broken oflFand reproduced; we are very liable, generally speaking, to be mistaken
in the proportionate length of the tail in all this class.

(5) It is the genus Bipes, Merr. or Scelotes, Fitz. The Seps grmovien, or
monodadyk of Daudin, of which Merrem has made his genus Ptgodactylus, was
merely a badly preserved specimen of the same, so that this genus must be
stricken out as Merrem anticipated. The Seps sexlineata, Harl. &c. Nat. So. Phil.
IV, pi. xviii, f. 2, is a mere variety of it.

Vol. II. G

50 REPTILIA.

Brazil produces another, Pygopus cariococca, Spix, xxviii, 2,
larger, with undivided feet like those of the lepidopode, Lacep.,
but more pointed, and with entirely smooth scales. It is green-
ish, with four longitudinal blackish lines.(l)

Chalcides, Daud.

Elongated Lizards resembling Serpents; but the scales, instead
of being arranged like tiles, are rectangular, forming transverse
bands, which do not encroach on each other like those on the tails
of ordinary lizards.

Some of them have a furrow on each side of the trunk, and a still
apparent tympanum. They are allied to Cordylus just as Seps is
connected with Scincus, and lead in many points to Pseudopus and
Ophisaurus.

A five-toed species is known, Lac. seps, L. which inhabits the
East Indies.

Another with four toes, Lac. tetradactyla, Lacep. Ann. du
Mus. II, lix, 2.(2)
III others the tympanum is concealed, leading directly to Chi-
rotes, and thence to the Amphisbsenae.

There is one species with five toes,(3)

A second in Brazil with four anterior and five posterior, the
Heterodactylus imbricatus, Spix, xxvii, 1.
A third with four to each foot. (4)

A fifth, whose toes, to the number of five before and three
behind, are reduced to such small tubercles, that it has at one
time been considered as having three, and at another but one.(5)
From Guiana.

Chirotes, Cuv.

Similar to Chalcides in their verticillate scales, and still more so
to the Amphisbaenae in the obtuse form of their head; but distin-
guished from the former by the absence of hind feet, and from the

(1) The Pyg. striatus, Spix, XXVIII, 1, appears to me to be the young of the
same species.

(2) It is the g-enus Tetradacttlus of Men*, or Saurophis of Fitzinger.

(3) This species forms the genus Chai-cides of Fitzinger.

(4) The genus Brachxpus, Fitz.

(5) In the first case it is the Chalcide, Lacep. pi. sxxii, the Chamxsaura
cophias, Schn., the genus Cuaecis, Merr. and the genus Cophias, Fitz.; in the
second it is the Chakide monodadyle, Daud. or the genus Colobus, Merr.; but
all these genera are reducible to one single species.

SAURIA. 51

latter by the presence of the anterior feet. One species only is

known.

Chamsesaura projms, Schn.; Lac. lumbrico'ides, Shaw; Bipede
cannele, Lacep. I, xli. Two short feet, four toes to each, with
a vestige of a fifth, their internal organization tolerably perfect,
connected by scapulae, clavicles and a small sternum; but the
head, vertebrae, and in fact the whole remainder of the skeleton
resembling that of the Amphisbaenae.

It is from eight to ten inches long, and about the thickness of
the little finger; flesh coloured; the back invested by about
two hundred and twenty half rings; there are as many on the
belly, which meet alternately on the side. It is found in Mexi-
co, where it feeds on insects. Its slightly extensible tongue ter-
minates in two small horny points; eye very small; tympanum
covered by the skin, and invisible externally; two series of pores
before the anus. I found but one large lung, and a vestige of a
smaller one, as in most Serpents.(l)

(1) The genera which terminate this order of Saurians interpose themselves in
so many various ways between the ordinary Saurians and the genera placed at
the head of the Ophidians, that several naturalists now think it improper to sepa-
rate the two orders; or they establish one, comprizing, on the one hand, the Sau-
rians minus the Crocodiles, and the Ophidians of the Anguis family on the other.
But among the fossils of the ancient calcareous formations, we find two much
more extraordinary genera, which, to the head and trunk of a Saurian, add feet
attached to short limbs, and formed of a multitude of little articulations collected
into a species of oar or fin, similar to the fins or fore feet of the Cetacea.

One of these genera, Icthyosaurus, had a thick head attached to a short neck,
enormous eyes, moderate tail, an elongated muzzle armed with conical teeth
fastened in a groove. Different species, some of them very large, have been dis-
inten-ed in England, France and Germany.

The other, Pi.esiosaurus, had a small head attached to a long serpentlike neck,
composed of a greater number of cervical vertebrae than is found in any other
animal known; its tail was short; some of its remains have also been found on the
continent.

These two genera, for the possession of which we are chiefly indebted to the
exertions of M. Home, Conybeare, Buckland, &c. inhabited the sea. They form
a very distinct family, but what is known of their osteology approximates them
much more closely to the common Saurians than to the Crocodiles, with which
Fitzinger has associated them in his family of theLoRicATA; and so much the more
gratuitously, as neither their scales nor their tongue, the two characteristic parts
of the Loricata, are known.

52 REPTILIA.

ORDER III.

OPHIDIA.(l)

Serpents are reptiles without feet, and consequently those
which best merit that appellation. Their extremely elongated
body moves by means of the folds it forms when in contact
with the ground. They are divided into three families.

FAMILY I.

ANGUINA.(2)

The Angues still have an osseous head, teeth, and tongue,
similar to those of a Seps; their eye is furnished with three
lids, &c., and, in fact, if we may so express it, they are Sepes
without feet ; they are all comprised in the genus

Anguis, Lin.

Characterized externally by imbricated scales, with which they are
completely enveloped. They have been separated into four subge-
nera; in the three first we still find beneath the skin the bones of the
shoulder and pelvis.

PsEUDOPUs, Merr.

The tympanum visible externally, and on each side of the anus a
small prominence(3) which contains a little bone analogous to the
femur, connected with a true pelvis concealed under the skin. The
anterior extremity hardly shows itself externally, its only mark be-
ing a fold not easily detected; it has no internal humerus. One of its
lungs is a fourth less than the other. The scales are square, thick,
and semi-imbricate, some of which, between those on the back and
those on the belly, being smaller, occasion a longitudinal furrow on
each side.

(1) 0<|><f, a Serpent.

(2) Anguis, the Latin generic term for Serpents.

(3) Pseudopus, i. e. false foot. 1 have never been able to discover any division
of the extremity of this very small vestige of a foot. M. Schneider has been
equally unsuccessful.

OPHIDIA. 53

Pallas has described a species of the south of Russia, which
is also found in Hungary, and in Dalmatia; the P. Pallasii, Nob.;
Lacerta apoda, Pall. Nov. Com, Petrop. XIX, pi. ix, f. 1; from
twelve inches to two feet in length; scales on the back smooth;
those on the tail carinated.

M. Durville has discovered another in the Archipelago, Ps.
Durvillii, Nob., whose dorsal scales are rough and carinate like
those on the tail. The

Ophisaxjrus, Daud.(l)

Only differs from the preceding subgenus in the entire deficiency
of any external appearance of posterior extremities; the tympanum,
however, is still visible, and the scales also form a fold on each side
of the body. The small lung is one third as large as the other.

The most anciently known species, Oph. ventralis; Sng. ven-
tralis^ L., Catesb. II, lix, is common in the United States. It
is of a yellowish-green, spotted with black above; the tail longer
than the body; so easily broken that it is commonly termed the
Glass-Snake. (2)

Anguis, Cuv.

No external appearance whatever of an extremity; the tympanum
even being concealed under the skin; the maxillary teeth compressed
and hooked, but none in the palate. The body is surrounded with
imbricated scales, but has no fold on the side. One of the lungs half
the size of the other.

One species is very common throughout Europe; Anguis fra-
gilis, L. ; Lacep. II, xix, 1, which has very smooth, shining
scales, silvery yellow above and blackish beneath; three black
lines along the back, which change by age into various series of
points, and finally disappear. Its tail is as long as the body, the
whole animal being a foot and some inches; it feeds on lumbrici
and insects, and produces its young living.(3)
These three genera still have an imperfect pelvis, a small ster-
num, a scapula and clavicle, hidden under the skin. The absence
of all these bony parts compels us to separate the subgenus I call

(1) From !>4>K a Serpent, and c-av^cc, a Lizard.

(2) Add Ophis pundatus; Oph. striatulus, Nob. two new species.

(3) The Anguis enx, L. is merely a young specimen of the fragilis, in which the
dorsal lines are still well marked; the A. clivicus, of which Daudin makes an Erix,
no one knows why, is an old animal of the same species, with a truncated tail. It
is only quoted from Gronovius, who cites the Coluber of Gesner. This Coluber
is an old fragilis.

54 REPTILIA.

ACONTIAS, CUV.(I)

Which still resembles the preceding in the structure of the head,
and in the eye-lids, but in which there is no sternum, nor vestige
of a shoulder or pelvis. The anterior ribs unite with each other
beneath the trunk, by cartilaginous prolongations. I have only found
one moderate sized lung, and another that is very small. The teeth
are small and conical, and I think I have perceived them in the pa-
late. These animals are easily recognized by their muzzle, which is
enclosed as in a sort of mask.

The well known species, Anguis meleagris, L., Seb. II, xxi,
lj(2) inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. It resembles the A.fra-
gilis, but its obtuse tail is much shorter; eight longitudinal rows
of brown spots decorate its back. The same country produces
other species, one of which is completely blind, the Jlc. csecus,
Cuv.

FAMILY II.

SERPENTIA.

The true Serpents, which are by far the most numerous,
comprise the genera without a sternum, and in which there
is no vestige of a shoulder, but where the ribs still surround
a great part of the circumference of the trunk, and where the
body of each vertebra is still articulated by a convex surface
to a cavity in the succeeding one ; the third eye-lid and the
tympanum are deficient ; but the malleus of the ear exists un-
der the skin, and its handle passes behind the tympanum.
There is still a vestige of a posterior limb, concealed under
the skin, in several of this family, and which in some of them
shows its extremity externally in the form of a small hook. (3)

(1) Acontias (javelin) the Greek name of a Serpent, which was believed to
dart upon the passenger, from a.Kovlt^m, jaculor.

(2) Daudin has also made an Erix of the Unguis meleagris, but v/ithout any
reason, for its inferior scales are not larger than the others. I have ascertained
by dissection that this Serpent has no sternum, so that the supposition of M.
Oppel to the contrary is erroneous.

(3) Seethe dissertation (German) of M. Mayer on the posterior extremities of
the Ophidians, in the twelfth vol. des Curieux de la Nature of Bonn.

OPHIDIA. 55

We subdivide them into two tribes.

That of the AMPHiSBiEN^E, as in the preceding reptiles, still
has the lower jaw supported by a tympanal bone directly arti-
culated with the cranium, the two bunches of this jaw soldered
together in front, and those of the upper one fixed to the
cranium and to the intermaxillary bone, circumstances which
prevent that dilatation of the mouth w hich obtains in the suc-
ceeding tribe, and which occasions a uniformity of the head
and body, a form which enables them to move backwards or
forwards with equal facility. The bony frame of the orbit is
incomplete behind, and the eye very small ; the body is cover-
ed with scales, the anus close to its extremity, the trachea
long, and the heart very far back. They are not venomous.

They form tvi^o genera, one of which is allied to Chalcides
and Chirotes, and the other to Anguis and Acontias.

Amphisb^na, L.(1)

The whole body surrounded with circular ranges of quadrangular
scales, like the Chalcides and the Chirotes among the Saurians; a
series of pores before the anus, a few conical teeth in the jaws, but
none in the palate. There is but one lung.

Two species have long been known, Atnph. alba, Lacep. II,
xxi, 1; and Jlmph. fuliginosa, L., Seb. II, xviii, 2, C. 3 and Ixxiii,
4, both from South America. They feed on insects, and are
often found in ant-hills, which has occasioned a belief among
the people that the large ants are their purveyors. They are
oviparous. (2)

There is another in Martinique entirely blind, Amph. cseca^

Cuv.(3)

The Leposternon, Spix, are Amphisbaenas, the anterior part of

whose trunk has a collection of plates above which interrupts the

rings. They have no anal pores, their head is short, and tlieir

muzzle somewhat elongated. (4)

(1) From *^^(c and Qu-ivuv, walking- both ways. The ancients attributed two
heads to it- This name has been erroneously applied to some American Serpents,
which it is impossible the ancients could have known.

(2) The Amiph. Jlavescens, Pr. Max. Lib. IX.

(3) May it not be the A, vermiculans, Spix, XXV, 2? he says, "occuli vix con-
spicui" I can see none. He employed the same expression for his A. oxyura.

(4) Lep. microcephalus, Spix, or Amph. punctata, Pr. Max.

56 REPTILIA.

Typhlops, Schn.(l)

The body covered with small imbricated scales like Anguis,
with which they were long classed^ the projecting muzzle fur-
nished with plates;(2) tongue long and forked^ the eye resembling
a point hardly visible through the skin; the anus close to the very
extremity of the body; one of the lungs four times larger than the
other. They are small serpents, at the first glance resembling
earth-worms; they are found in the hot portions of both continents.

In some of them the head and body are of one uniform appear-
ance, the former obtuse. They resemble pieces of slender twine.(3)

Most of them have a depressed and obtuse muzzle, furnished be-
fore with several plates. (4)

The front of the muzzle in some is covered with a single large
plate, the anterior edge of which is somewhat trenchant.(5)

Finally, there is another whose muzzle is terminated by a little
conical point, and which is entirely blind. Its posterior extremity
is enveloped with an oval and horny shield.(6)

In the second tribe, that of the Serpentes, or Serpents,
properly so called, the tympanal bone or pedicle of the lower
jaw is movable, and is itself always suspended to another bone,
analogous to the mastoid process, attached to the cranium by
muscles and ligaments, which allow it some motion. The
branches of this jaw are not so closely united with each other,
and those of the upper one are merely connected with the in-
termaxillary bone by ligaments, so that they can separate to a

(1) Tu^xce-^, rv^Kivn, blind, were the names of the Anguis (slow-wontis) among
the Greeks. Spix has substituted Stenostoma.

(2) I could find no teeth in those I examined.

(3) T. braminus, Nob. or Rondos-talaloopam, Russel, Serp. Corom. XLIII, or
Eryx braminus, Daud. or Tortrix Russelii, Merr.

(4) 'ing. reticulatus, Sch., phys. sacr. pi. dccxlvii, 4; Typhlops septemstriatus,
Schn.; T. crocotatus, Id.; T. kucorhous, Oppel., &c. Seb. I, vi, 4, is a species
of this subdivision.

(5) ^ng. lumhricalis, Lacep. II, pi. xx, Brown, Jam., XLIV, 1, Seb. I, Ixxxvi,
2; T. albifrons, Opp. In this genus, as in all others where the species are very
similar, the latter have not been well determined; it is well worthy of a mono-
graph. We are acquainted with at least twenty species.

(6) Typhlops philippinus. Nob. Eight inches long, all blackish. The T. ox-
yrhynchus, Schn. must be closely allied to it.

OPHIDIA. 57

greater or less extent, which enables these animals so to dilate
their mouths as to swallow bodies larger than themselves.

Their palatine arches participate in this facility of motion,
and are armed with sharp pointed teeth which curve back-
wards, the most predominant and constant character of the
tribe. Their trachea is very long, their heart very far
back, and most of them have but one large lung with a vestige
of another.

Serpents are divided into venomous and non-venomous;
and the former are subdivided into such as are venomous with
several maxillary teeth, and those which are venomous with
insulated fangs.

In such as are not venomous, the branches of the upper
jaw as well as those of the lower one, and the palatine arches,
are every where furnished with fixed and solid teeth ; there
is then four equal rows of these teeth in the upper part of the
mouth, and two below.(l)

Those which have the mastoid processes comprized in the
cranium, the orbit incomplete behind, and a thick, short
tongue, still retain much similitude to the Ainphisbwnse in
the cylindrical form of their head and body, and were for-
merly united with Anguis on account of their small scales.
They constitute the

ToRTRix, 0ppel.(2)

And are otherwise distinguished from the Anguina, even exter-
nally, inasmuch as the scales which form the range along the belly
and under part of the tail are a little larger than the others, and the
tail itself is extremely short. They have but one lung.

(1) The common opinion respecting them is, that those which are destitute of
the pierced fangs in front of the jaws are not venomous, but I have some reason to
doubt its correctness. They all have a maxillary gland, which is frequently very
large,',and their back molars exhibit a groove which may serve to convey some fluid.
It is very certain that several of the species in which the back molars are very large,
are accounted extremely venomous in the countries they inhabit, and that the ex-
periments of Lalande and Leschenault have served to confirm that opinion; their
repetition is much to be desired.

(2) They are the Aniucs, Oken, the ToaaDATaix, Gray, and the Ilybia,
Hemprich and Fitzinger.

Vol. II. H

58 REPTILIA.

The species known are from America, the most common
must be

Anguis scytale, L. Seb. II, xx, 3. Two feet long, irregularly
annulated, white and black.(l) The

Uropeltis, Cuv.

Is a new genus allied to Tortrix, in which the tail is still shorter
and obliquely truncated above, the truncated surface flat and studded
with granules. The head is very small, the muzzle pointed; there
is a range of scales along the belly somewhat larger than the others,
and a double range of them under their stump of a tail. (2)

In those non-venomous Serpents, on the contrary, where
the mastoid bones are detached, and the jaws are susceptible
of great dilatation, the occiput is more or less enlarged, and
the tongue forked and very extensible.

They have long been divided into two principal genera,
Boa and Coluber, distinguished by the simple or double
plates on the under part of the tail. The genus

Boa, Lin.(3)

Formerly comprized all those Serpents, venomous or not, the un-
der part of whose body and tail is furnished with uninterrupted,
transverse scaly bands, and which have neither spur nor rattle at
the end of the tail. As they are rather numerous, even after de-
ducting the venomous species, the others have been again subdi-
vided.

. The Boa, properly so called, has a hook on each side of the anus,
a compressed body, thickest in the middle, a prehensile tail, and
small scales on the head, at least on its posterior portion. It is in this
genus that are found the largest serpents on the globe; certain spe-

(1) Add Jlng. coralUnus, Seb. II, Ixxlii, 2. 1, 3, which is perhaps a mere variety
oithescytule; -ing. ater,\d. XXV,'l, and VII, 3; Tortr. rufay Merr., which seems
to me a variety of the atra; Ang. maculatus and tessellatus, Seb. II, c. 2; F. latta,
N. Seba, II, xxx, 3; Russel, XLIV; Tor^ punctata. Nob., Seb. II, 11, 1, 2, 3, 4,
and VI, 1, 4.

(2) Uropeltis a i/lanicus, Nob. ; Urop. philippinus, two new species similar to the
Tortrices even in colour.

(3) Boa, the name of certain Italian Serpents of great size, most probably the
four striped Coluber, or Serpent of Epidaurus of the Latins. Pliny says they
were thus named, because they sucked the teats of Cows. The Boa, 120 feet
long, which it is pretended was killed in Africa by the army of Reg-ulus, was pro-
bably a Python. See Pliny, lib. VIII, cap. xiv.

OPHIDIA. 59

cies attain a length of thirty or forty feet, preying on dogs, deer,
and even oxen, which they manage to swallow entire, after having
crushed them in their folds and covered them with saliva. This
operation requires much time and an enormous dilatation of their
jaws and throat. Their small lung is but half the length of the
other.

The integuments of the head and jaws of these serpents furnish
materials for a still further subdivision.

1. In some the head down to the tip of the muzzle is covered with
small scales similar to those on the body, and the plates on the jaws
are not pitted. Such is the

Boa constrictor, L; Le Devin, Lacep. II, xvi, 1; Seb. I, xxxvi,
5, liii, 11, Ixxxviii, 5, xcix, 1, ci; Devin or Boa empereur of
Daudin.(l) Known by a broad chain, which extends along the
back, formed alternately by large, blackish, irregularly hexa-
gonal spots, and by pale oval ones, the two ends of which are
emarginate.

2. In others there are scaly plates from the eyes to the end of
the muzzle, but no fossulae on the jaws.

JSoa scytale and miirina, L. ; Anaconda, Seb. II, xxiii, 1, and
xxix, 1; B. aquatica, Pr. Max. liv. II. Brown; a double suit of
round black spots along the back; ocellated spots on the flanks.

3. Some have scaly plates on the muzzle, and little pits or fossulae
on the lateral plates of the jaws.

Boa cenchris, h.^Mojna and Porte Anneau, Daud.; Seb. I, Ivi,
4, II, xxviii, 2, and xcviii; Boa cenchrya, Pr. Max. liv. VI.
Fawn coloured with a suite of large brown rings along the back,
and variable spots on the flanks.

These three species, which attain a nearly equal size, inhabit
the marshy grounds of the hot parts of South America; winding
their tail round some aquatic tree, they dart their floating body
upon the quadrupeds which come there to drink.

4. Some have plates on the muzzle, the side of the jaw being

(1) Daudin thinks that the Bevin is to be found in the eastern continent, but it
is certainly from Guiana. Vaillant and Humboldt have procured it there. Pr.
Max. has found it in Brazil. The two succeeding species were also brought from
Surinam by M. Le Vaillant, and it is well known that the Bojohi inhabits Brazil. I
do not think there is any large Boa, properly so styled, in the eastern world. The
gi-eat Serpents of Africa and India are Pythons. The name Bevhi arises from the
cu-cumstance of having improperly applied to this Serpent what is stated respect-
ing certain large Colubers, which constitute the Fetiches of some negro tribes-

60 REPTILIA.

grooved so as to resemble a slit beneath the eye, and further
back.(l)

5. Finally, there are others in which the fossulae are wanting,
but whose muzzle is furnished with slightly prominent plates,
cut obliquely from behind forwards, and truncated at the end,
so that they terminate in a wedge. Their body is greatly com-
pressed, and their back carinated. These inhabit the East In-
dies, and may constitute a distinct subgenus. (2) Schneider has
separated from Boa his

PsEUDO-BOA. ScYTALK, Merr.

Which has plates like the Coluber, not only on the muzzle, but
also on the cranium; no fossulae, a round body, and the head and
trunk one uniform piece, as in Tortrix.(3) Daudin also has sepa-
rated from it the Erices, or

Erix, Daud.(4)

Which differ in the tail, it being short and obtuse, and in the
ventral scales which are narrower. Their head is short, and nearly
of one uniform piece with the body; these characters would approxi-
mate them to Tortrix if the conformation of their jaws did not for-
bid it; besides, the head is only covered with small scales. There
is no hook near the anus. We may approximate to these the

Erpeton, Lacep.(5)

Very remarkable for two soft prominences covered with scales on
the end of the muzzle. The head is furnished with large plates,
those on the belly have but little breadth, and the sub-caudal ones

(1) The Bod broderie {B. hortulana, L.), Seb., II, Ixxxiv, 1, and the elegant,
Daud. V, Ixiii, 1, which is the same; the Bojobi [B. canina, L. ) Seb., II, Ixxxi
and xcvi, 2, or Xiphosoma araramhoja, Spix, XVI. The B. hipnale, Seb. II, xxxiv,
1, 2, and Lacep. II, xvi, 11, appears to be nothing more than a young Bojobi; the
B. Merremii, Schn., Merr. betyr. II, ii, or Xiphosoma dorsale, Spix, XV, of which
Daud. has made'his genus Coralie, from the probably accidental and individual
character of the two first plates under the neck being double.

(2) The B. carinata, Schn., or the ocellata, 0pp.; the B. viperina, Sh. llussel,
pi. iv. N.B. These two subdivisions form the genus Xiphosoma, Fitz. the Cest-
cHKis of Gray.

(3) Scyl. coronata, Merr., Seb. IT, xli, 1, Pr. M. liv-VlI. N.B. The Scytaleof
MeiTem must not be confounded with that of Daudin, which is the Echis of
Merrem.

(4) Erix (hair), name applied by Linnseus to a species of Anguis.

(5) B-pianro;, Serpent.

OPHIDIA. 61

hardly diflFer from the rest; the tail itself, however, is long and
pointed. (l)

Coluber, Lin. (2)

This genus comprised all those serpents, venomous or not, whose
sub-caudal plates are divided in two, that is, which are arranged by
pairs.

Independently of the subtraction of the venomous species, their
number is so enormously great, that naturalists have had recourse
to all sorts of characters to subdivide them. We may separate in
the first place the

Python, Daud.

Hooks near the anus and narrow ventral plates as in Boa, from
which these serpents only differ in their double sub-caudal plates.
The end of the muzzle is furnished with plates, and their lips are
pitted.

Some species are as large as any Boa: such is the Vlar-Sawa
or Great Coluber of the Sunda Islands, Col.javanicus, Sh., which
has been found more than thirty feet in length. Seb. I, Ixii;
II, xix, 1; xxviii, 1; xcix, 2.(3)
The last caudal plates in some of these Pythons, and the first in
others, are simple.(4) This may sometimes be an accidental dif-
ference.

Cerberus, Cuv.

Nearly the whole of the head, as in the Pythons, covered with
small scales, and no plates but what are found between and before
the eyes; but the hooks at the anus are wanting. Sometimes there
are simple plates at the base of the tail. (5)

(1) Erpetmi tentacule, Lacep. Ann. Mus. II, 1, a name given to this genus by
Lacep. who first described it; Merrem has substituted Rhinopihus.

(2) Coluber, a generic name for Serpents among the Latins.

(3) This Ular-sawa or Python amethiste, Daud., Boa amethystina, Schn., of
which we possess one great skeleton and several skins, brought from Java by M.
Leschenault, is at least closely allied to the Pedda-poda of Bengal {Pytlwn tigre,
Daud.), Russel, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, Col. boaeformis, Sh., oa castanea and albi-
cans, Schn.^ and it appears to us that all the pretended species of Boa of the eastern
continent are in fact Pythons. Ular-sawa, in the Malay language, signifies the
River- Serpent. The B. reticulata, ordinata, rhombeata, Schn. are all Pythons.

(4) The Bora, Russ., XXXIX {Boa orhiculata, Schn.).

(5) We have seen these plates simple in one individual, and double in others
of the same species, a proof of the little importance of this character. To this

62 REPTILIA.

Xenopeltis, Reinw.

Large triangular and imbricated plates behind the eyes, becoming
confounded with the succeeding ones, which merely decrease in

size. (l)

Heterodon, Beauv.

The usual plates of a Coluber, but the end of the muzzle is one
single piece, short, and resembling in form a slightly elevated trie-
dralpy ramid, one ridge being above; from which circumstance they
have been called Hog-noses. (2)

HuRRiA, Daud.

Small Colubers of India, in which the plates on the base of the
tail are always simple, and those on the point doublej these anoma-
lies, however, merit but little attention. (3)

DiPSAS, Laurent. Bungarus, Oppel.

The body compressed, much narrower than the headf scales of
the spinal range larger than the others, a circumstance which we
shall find again in Bongarus. Such is the

D, indica, Nob.| Coluh. bucephalus, Sh.j Seb. I,xliii.(4) Black,
ringed with white.

group belong the Col. cerberus-, Daud., Russel, pi. xvii; Homohpsis obtusatus,
Reinw. and the neighbouring species.

(1) Xenopeltis concolw, Reinw.

(2) The Heterodon noirdti-e, Beauv., heteroden,'Q.\\d., and the hiUredvn tachet^
{Cenchris molceson, Daud. ) belong to this genus-, but Beauvois has established it on a
character which is found in a great many Colubers, viz. tlmt of the posterior max-
illary teeth being the largest; and Daudin appears to have known his Mokeson by a
drawing only, we mean the Hog-nose of Catesby, II, pi. Ivi, which Daud. himself has
cited. A part of its tail-plates is sometimes entire; but at the base, and not near
the point, as Daud. describes it. Linnaeus had correctly indicated this Serpent
in his tenth edition, under the name of Coluber constrictor: why he changed it in the
twelfth to Boa contortrix, is not known. [N.B. The author in tliis note seems to
have confounded three species of Serpents which are indubitably distinct the
Heterodon, the Trigonocephalus tisiplione or Mockason Snake, and the Coluber con-
strictor or Black Snake. The Heterodon is a harmless animal, and has the plates
on the top of the head arranged 3, 2, 3, 2. ^m. Ed.]

(3) Hurriah, a barbarous name, taken from tliat which designates the species,
Russ., XL, copied Daud. V, xlvi, 2. Another, Merr. II, iv.

(4) Dipsas, the Greek name of a Serpent whose bite was thought to cause a
fatal thirst, from S'i-^ct, thu-st The fig. of Conrad Gesner, at the word Dipsas, is
precisely of this subgenus. The Dip. indica is altogether different from the

OPHIDIA. 63

Dendrophis, Fitz. Ah(etulla, Gray.

The scales of the spinal range larger, as in Dipsas, and those
along the flanks narrower; but their head is not broader than the
body, which is very long and slender: the muzzle obtuse.(l)

Dryinus, Merr. Passerita, Gray.

The body as long and slender as in the preceding subdivision; but
there is a little slender and pointed appendage to the end of the
muzzle.(2)

Dryophis, Fitz.

The same elongated form, the muzzle pointed, but no appendage;
scales equal.(3)

Oligodon, Boie.

Small Colubers, vs'ith a short, narrow, obtuse head, in which the
palatine teeth are wanting.

The various remaining subgenera which have been separated
from that of Coluber, appear to us less worth retaining; they are
founded upon slight variations in the proportions of the head, thick-
ness of the trunk, Sec. (4) After all these divisions, the Colubers are
more numerous in species than any other genus of Serpents. Seve-
ral are found in France, such as

Col. natrix, L.; Coulevre a collier, Lac. II, vi, 2. (The Ringed
Snake.) Cinereous, with black spots along the flanks, and
three white ones on the neck, forming a collar; scales cari-
nate, that is ridged. Very common in meadows and stagnant

Vipera atrax, Mus. Ad. Fred. XXII, 2, with which Linnaeus, Laurentini and Dau-
din have confounded it.

(1) Col. ahastulla; Col. decorus, Shaw; Col. caracaras. Id., {Bungarus JiUfor-
mis, Oppel. ) to which I add the Sibok, Fitz.; at least in the Col. catenulatus,
Russ. pi. XV, the dorsal scales are rhomboidal and larger, as in the ahsetulla.

(2) Col. nasutus, Euss. Serp. pi. xii and xiii.

(3) Col.fulgidus, Daud., VI, Ixxx, Seb., II, liii, 9; Dryinus seneus, Spix, III.

(4) By this I particularly mean the Ttria, Maipolox, Psammophis, Coronelia,
Xeitodok andPsEUDOELAPSof Fitzinger. At most, we could only adopt his Dubek-
HiA, where the head is short, obtuse, and on one uniform line with the body as in
EiAPs; and his Homalopsis, in which the eyes are rather more vertical than in the
other Colubers. I have separated Cerberus. Laurentini had previously endea- .
voured to divide the Colubers into Coluber and Coeonella; the latter were
those in which the scales on the sides of the temporal plates are large enough to
be counted as so many plates more; but the transitions from one group to another
are almost insensible.

llEPTILIA.

waters^ it feeds on frogs, insects, &c. and is eaten in several of
the provinces.

There is a closely allied species in Sicily which is much
larger, and has a black collar, the Col. siculus, Nob.

CoL viperinus, Latr.; La Viperine. Grey-brown; a suite of
black spots forming a zigzag along the back, and another of
smaller ocellated ones along the sides, a kind of colouring
which gives it a resemblance to the Viper; beneath chequered
with grey and black; scales carinated.

Col. austriacus, Gm. ; La Lisse, Lacep. II, ii, 2. Brown-red;
marbled beneath with steel colour; two ranges of small blackish
spots along the back; scales smooth, each with a small brown
dot near the point.

Col. atro-virens; La Verte etjaune^ Lacep. II, vi, 1. Spotted
with black and yellow above; beneath, of a greenish yellow;
scales smooth.
The south of France and Italy produce

Col. girondicus, Daud., which has nearly the same colours as
the viperinus, but the scales are smooth, and the dorsal spots
smaller and more apart.

CoL elaphis, Sh.; La Quatre-Faies, Lacep. II, vii, 1. Fawn
colour, with four brown or black lines on the back. It is the
largest of the European serpents, and sometimes exceeds six
feet. We have reason to think it is the Boa of Pliny.

Col. Msculapii, Sh.(l) (The Serpent of ^Esculapius.) Stouter
than the elaphis, but not so long; brown above; straw colour
beneath and on the flanks; dorsal scales nearly smooth. Found
in Italy, Hungary, and Illyria. It is represented by the ancients
in their statues of jEsculapius, and the serpent of Epidaurus
Vi^as probably of this species.
The Colubers, foreign to Europe, are innumerable; some are re-
markable for the vividness of their colours, others for the regularity
of their distribution; the tints of several are tolerably uniform. But
few of them attain a very large size. (2)

(1) N.B. The Col. .^sculapii, Lin. is a veiy different, and an American species.

(2) The Colubers presenting' but few variations of structure that are interesting-,
I have not thought it necessary to enter into the long catalogue. It will be
found in the works of Merrem, Gmelin, Daudin, and Shaw. It is necessary, how-
ever, to consult them with much caution and critical nicety: they abound in trans-
positions of synonymes, &c. For instance, the Col. viridissimus and the Coljan-
thinus, Merr., I, xii, only differ from the effects of the spirit of wine; the Col.
horridus, Daud. Merr. II, x (Col. viperinus, Shaw), is the same as the demi-collier,
Lac, II, viii, 2; the Coul. violette, Lacep., II, viii, 1, and the Col. reginae, Mus. Ad,

OPHIDIA. 65

AcROCHORDUs, Homst.

This genus is easily known by the little uniform scales which co-
ver the head and body, both above and beneath. In the species known,
A. javensis, Lac. II, xi, 2; Unguis granulatus^ Schn.; Oular
caron of Java; each of the scales is relieved with three small
ridges, which, when the skin is well stuffed, resemble insulated
tubercles. It attains a large size. Hornstedt erroneously states
it to be frugivorous a singular habit for a serpent.(l)

Serpents which are venomous^, par excellence, or those with
isolated fangs, have their organs of manducation constructed
on a very pecidiar plan.

Their superior maxillary bones are very small, attached to
a long pedicle, analogous to the external pterygoid apophysis
of the sphenoid bone, and are very movable ; in them is fixed
a sharp pointed pervious tooth, through which flows a liquor
secreted by a large gland, situated under the eye. It is this
liquor which, poured into the wound made by the tooth, pro-
duces effects, more or less violent, according to the species of
the reptile in which it is secreted. This tooth, when the ani-
mal does not wish to use it, is concealed in a fold of the gum,
and behind it are several germs destined to replace it, in the
event of its being broken in a wound. These venomous teeth
have been termed by naturalists movable fangs, but in fact it
is the maxillary bone which moves ; there are no other teeth
in it, so that in this kind of dangerous serpents only the two
rows of palatine teeth are to be seen in the upper part of the
mouth.

fr. Xni, 2, only differ by the action of the spirit. Such, also, should be con-
sidered the Col. lineatus, Seb.XlI, 3; Miis. Ad. Fr. XII, 1, xx, 1; the Col. Jacula-
trix, Seb., I, 9, Sclxeuchz, DCCXV, 2f the Col. atratus, Seb. 1, 9, ix, 2, and even
the terlineatus, Lacep. II, xiii, 1; the Col. sibilans, Seb. I, ix, 1, II, Ivi, 4; and
the Coul. chapeld, Lacep. II, xii, 1, appear equally alike, as well as the Col. JEscu-
lapii, Jacq. and the Jlavescens, Scopol. &c. 8cc. &c. As to the transposition of
synonymes, they are innumerable. N.B. The Enhtdrus of Daud. would be non-
venomous Colubers, with a compressed tail, but the only species he cites, Jlnguis
xyplniru, Henn. aff. an p. 269, and Obs. Zool. p. 288, is evidently a Hydrophis or
a Pelamis.

(1) We have never been able to discover the particular bone Oppel. says he
observed in the Acrochordus, as taking- the pl.ace of the poison-fangs, and M. Les-
chenault assures us that the Acrochordus is harmless.
Vol. II. I

66 REPTILIA.

All these venomous species^ whose mode of production is
well known, bring forth living young ones, as their eggs are
hatched without being laid, from which circumstance is de-
rived their common name of Vipers, a contraction of vivipa-
rous.

Venomous serpents with insulated fangs have external cha-
racters very similar to those of the preceding ones, but in the
greater number the jaws are very dilatable, and the tongue
very extensible. The posterior portion of their head being
broad, generally gives them a ferocious aspect, which is a par-
tial indication of their disposition. They form two great ge-
nera, Crotalus and Vipera, the second of which has been
variously subdivided, and some smaller ones which group
around them.

Crotalus, Lin.(l)

Rattlesnakes are pre-eminently conspicuous for the intensity of
their venom. As in Boa, there are transverse simple plates under
the body and tail; but their most distinguishing character is the
rattle which terminates the tail. It is formed by several scaly cor-
nets loosely fitted into each other, wkich move and produce the pe-
culiar noise from w^hich they receive their name whenever they
crawl or shake that part of the body. The number of these cornets
increase with age, an additional one being always found after each
moult. There is a little round indentation or pit behind each nos-
tril. (2) All the species whose habitat is well ascertained are from
America. The danger resulting from the bite of these noxious
reptiles is in proportion to the warmth of the climate or of the sea-
son; their natural disposition, however, is tranquil, and they are ra-
ther slow and heavy in their motions, never biting unless provoked,
or to kill the prey on which they feed.

Although the Rattlesnake never ascends trees, its principal food
consists of birds, squirrels, &c. It has long been supposed that it
possesses the faculty of rendering them powerless by its breath, or
even of charming them, as it is called, by which they are compelled
to leap into its mouthy this, however, is not so, and the reptile in

(1) Crotalus, from nfOT a.\ov .

(2) See Russel and Home, Phil. Trans. 1804, pi. iii, p. 76.

OPHIDIA, 67

question seizes its prey while under the agitation and terror pro-
duced by its appearance. (l)

In most of the species there are scales on the head sin ilar to
those on the back.

Crot. horridiis, L.; Catesb. II, xli, is the species most com-
mon in the United States; brown, with irregular blackish trans-
verse bands. That of Guiana, Croi. dunssus,(2) Lacep. II, xiii,
2, has lozenge shaped spots edged with black, and four black
lines along the top of the neck; both species are equally to be
dreaded, as death speedily follows a wound from their fangs.
They are sometimes found six feet in length.
The head of some species is furnished with large plates.(3)
We should approximate to the Rattlesnakes the

Trigonocephalus, Oppel. Bothrops, Spix, Cophias, Merr.

Distinguished from them by the want of a rattle, but having the
same pits behind the nostrils, and being equally venomous.

The sub-caudal plates in some of them are simple, as in the Rat-
tlesnake, their head being covered with plates to behind the eyes;
their tail terminates in a small horny spur. (4) Such is

Colub. tisiphone^ Shaw; Catesb. II, xliii and xliv. Brown,

clouded with spots of deeper brown.

In others the sub-caudal scales are double, and the head is covered

with scales similar to those on the back.(5) Such among others is

Trig, lanceolatus, Opp. ;(6) Serpent jaune des Antilles, Lacep.

II, v. 1. (The Lance-headed Viper.) The most dangerous

(1) See Burton, Memoir on the poiver of fascination attributed, &c. Philad. 1796.

(2) These names of durissus and horridus have been variously applied to these
two species.

(3) It is this subdivision which furnished M. Gray with his genus Chotalopho-
KXis, and M. Fitzinger with that of Caudisvna. The Crot. miliaris, L. Catesb. II,
xlii, belongs to it.

N.U. The C. horridus or the Diamond Rattlesnake, the C. durissus or the Banded
Rattlesnake, and the C. miliaris or the Ground Rattlesnake, a smaller species, but
the most dangerous of the three, all inhabit the United States. The most com-
mon is the durissus,- the miliaris, although furnished like the others with an appa-
ratus of three or four cornets at the end of the tail, can make no noise with them.
The plates on the head are arranged as in the genus Coluber. Am. Ed.

(4) They are the Tisiphone of Fitzinger.

(5) In the work of M. Fitzinger this division is called Craspedocephalus; all
the Bothrops, Spix, pi. xix xxiii, belong to it.

(6) This species inhabits Brazil, and most probably other parts of South Amer-
ica; I am even inclined to think it is the Souroucou of Spix, pi. xxiii, wl^ich he
considers the Crot. mutus or lachesis.

68 REPTILIA.

reptile of the French Sugar islands; it is yellowish or greyish,
more or less varied with brownish, and attains the length of six
feet; it lives among the sugar-canes, where it feeds on rats and
occasions the death of many of the slaves.(l)
The head of some of these Trigonocephali with double subcau-
dal scales is furnished with plates. (2)

Others, along with the small scales on the head, have double
plates beneath the tail, with the exception of the very extremity,
which is merely furnished above and beneath with small imbricated
scales, and terminates in a little spur.(3) Of this number is the

Crot. miitiis, L. ; Col. alecto, Sh.; Seb. II, Ixxvi, 1; Lachesis
rhombeata, Pr. Max. No. V. Yellowish; the back marked with
large black or brown lozenges; scales raised in the middle. It
is found six and seven feet long, and is quite as formidable as
the Rattlesnake.

ViPERA, Daud.

The Vipers, most of which were confounded with the Colubers by
Linnaeus, on account of their double sub-caudal plates, require to
be separated from them from the circumstance of their having poi-
sonous fangs. There are also some serpents which naturally belong
to this 'division, whose sub-caudal plates are either wholly or par-
tially simple. They are all distinguished from the Rattlesnakes and
the Trigonocephali by the absence of the pits behind the nostrils.

In some the head is only furnished with imbricated and carinated
scales like those on the back. (4) Such is

Vip. brachyura, Cuv.; Seb. II, xxx, 1. (The Minute Viper.)

The intensity and activity of its poison render it one of the

most terrible of the genus. (5)

(1) Here comes the Trim^resure vert, Lacep , An. Mus. IV, Ivi, 2, oi' Boodropam,
llussel, Serp. Corom., IX, which sometimes has two or three entire plates under
the root of the tail; this, however, is but an individual accident. Add, Cophias
billneatus, Pr. Max. No. V; C. atrox; C.jacaraca.

(2) Fitzinger appropriates the name of Tbigonocephalus to this subdivision.

(3) It is the genus Lachesis, Daud., adopted by Fitzinger, but badly charac-
terized; the sub-caudal plates are certainly double, almost to the very end,
where there is nothing but very small scales. Pr. Max. gives a correct view of it.

(4) This, with the following division, forms the subgenus Echidna of Merrem,
which, with his Echis, of which we shall speak hereafter, composes his genus Vi-
FERA. Fitzinger arranges our three first divisions in three genera, which he names
ViPERA, Cobra, and Aspis.

(5) Add the Aspic. Lacep- II, ii, 1 [Vip. ocellata. Lath.), a large species allied to
the cr/rojaos, Lin. Mus. Ad. Fred. XIII; but very different from the a^/Jis of Linnjeus,
which is a mere variety of the common species; Vip. Clotho, Seb. II, xciii, 1;
Vip. lachesis. Id., XCIV, 2; the Dahoie, Lacep., II, xiii, 2, or the brasilienne. Id.

IV, 1; the Vip. elegante, Daud., Russel, VII, &c.

OPHIDIA. 69

In olhers the head is covered with small granulated scales, as for
instance,

Col. benis, L. (The Common Viper.) Brown; a double row
of transverse spots on the back; a range of black or blackish
spots on each flank. Sometimes the dorsal spots coalesce in
transverse bands, and at others they all form one zig-zag longi-
tudinal band, in which state it is the Colub. aspis, L.,(l) which
is sometimes called Aspic in the neighbourhood of Paris. In-
dividuals are found perfectly black. (2)

Vip. illyrica, Aldrov. 169; Col. aramodytes; Vipere a museau
cornu; Jacquin., Collect. IV, pi. xxiv and xxv. Similar to the
common species, but particularly distinguished from it by a
small soft horn covered with scales that projects from the end
of its muzzle. It is found in Dalmatia, Hungary, See.

Col. cerastes, L.; Le Ceraste, Lacep. II, 1, 2. Remarkable for
a small pointed horn on each eye-broWj it is greyish, and hides
itself in the sand, in Egypt, Lybia, &c. It is often mentioned
in the writings of the ancients.

Vip. lophophris, Cuv.; Vipere ^ panache, Voy. de Patterson,
pi. XV. A little bundle of short horny threads on each eye-
brow instead of the horn. From the environs of the Cape.
Other Vipers, similar in general to the preceding ones, have three
plates somewhat larger than those which surround them on the
middle of the top of the head.(3)

Col. chersea, L.; Col. benis, Laurent, and Daud. Very simi-
lar to the common Viper, and distinguished from it by the
aforesaid three plates. It is a rarer and smaller species, and
said to be more venomous.(4)

Some individuals are almost entirely black, called Black Vi-
pers Colub. prester, Laurent, pi. iv, f. 1.(5)

(1) .Rspis, a Serpent of Egypt, of which there were several species. One of
them, from the dilatability of its neck, must have been the Haje.

(2) Berus is the name of a serpent only used by the authors of the middle cen-
tury, such as Albert, Vincent de Beauvais, &c. and then for an aquatic species,
probably the Col. natrix. The Vipere de Charas, of which Laurent! endeavoured
to make a species, and which is the Col. aspis, Gmel , is the same as this common
Viper, which, in my opinion, is the true berus of Linnaeus, who on this point only
cites Aldrov. 115, which is this species.

(3) This subdivision has furnished Meri-em with his genus Pelias.

(4) It is the JEsping of the Swedes (sesping, corruption of aspic) undoubtedly
figured in the Stockhol. Mem. 1749, pi. vi. Laurenti, however, Spec. Medic,
p. 97 and pi. ii, f. 1, has applied it to the name of berus. It is also the Pelias
berus, Merr.; Vip. berus, Fitzingcr.

(5) Prester, frfma-Bn^, the Greek name of a Serpent, considered by several au-
thors as identical with the dipsas, from Tfn^tiv, to burn.

70 REPTILIA.

Next come those Vipers in which the head is furnished with plates
almost like that of the Colubers.

Of this number some are so exactly similar to the most common
Vipers, that there is nothing but these plates to distinguish them.(l)
Such is

Col. hsemachates, L.j Seb. II, Iviii, 1, 3. Reddish brown mar-
bled with whiter muzzle obliquely truncated beneath. From the
Cape.

Naia.

Vipers with the head furnished with plates, and the anterior ribs
susceptible of being raised up and drawn forwards, so as to dilate
that part of the trunk into a disc more or less broad. The most
celebrated species is the

Col. naiUf L.j Naia tripudians, Merr.; Serpent d lunettes, or
Cobra capello of the Portuguese in India; Seb. II, 85, i, 89, 1 4,
&c.; Lacep. II, iii, 1, so called from a black line resembling the
figure of a pair of spectacles traced on the widened portion of
its disc. It is extremely poisonous, but it is said that the root
of the Orphiorhyza mungos is a sure antidote against the effects
of its bite. The jugglers of India tame and teach it to dance,
having previously extracted the fangs. The same use is made
of another species in Egypt, the

Col. haje, L.; L'Haje, Geoffr., Egypt. Rept. pi. vii; and Sa-
vign. Id. Suppl. pi. iii, whose neck is not so wide, and which is
greenish bordered with brownish. The jugglers of that coun-
try, by pressing on the nape of the neck with their finger, throw
it into a kind of catalepsy which renders it stiff and immovable,
or turn it into a rod, as they term it. Its habit of raising itself
up when approached, induced the ancient Egyptians to believe
that it was the guardian of the fields it inhabited. They made it
the emblem of the protecting divinity of the world and sculptured
it on each side of a globe upon the gates of their temples. It is
indubitably the serpent described by the ancients under the
name of the sp of Egypt, Asp of Cleopatra, 8cc.

(1) Merrem has formed his genus Sepedon from this subdivision. Add, Col. v.
nigrum, Scheuchz., Phys. Sacr., IV, dccxvii.

N.B. The Ophis, Spix, Serp. XVII, must be a venomous serpent, similar to
these Sepedons, but one whose poison fangs are preceded by some small simple
teeth. Not having seen his species, I fear it is one of those Colubers with large
posterior maxillary teeth before mentioned, several of which are at least liable
to the suspicion of being poisonous.

OPHIDIA. 71

Elaps, Schn., partim.(l)

Vipers with a head furnished with plates, very diflferently organ-
ized from the Naise. They are not only deprived of the power of
dilating their ribs, they cannot even dilate their jaws, on account of
the shortness of the tympanal, and particularly of the mastoid bones,
the result of which is, that their head, like that of the Tortrices and
Amphisb^nae, is of one uniform piece with the body. The most
common species, is

CoL lemniscatus^L.', Seb, I, x, ult. and II, Ixxvi, 3. A white
ground marked with triple black rings; tip of the muzzle black.
It inhabits Guiana where it is greatly dreaded, and where it
causes an equal degree of fear to be extended to the Tortrix
scytale, and the Coluber Msmlapii, although they are harmless,
from their resemblance to it in form, size, and colours. There
are several species of Elaps in the two continents with a nearly
similar distribution of colours. (2)

MicRURUS, Wagl.
Elaps with a very short tail.

Platurus, Lat.

The head enveloped with plates, and double ones under the tailj
the latter, however, is compressed in the form of an oar, which
renders them aquatic. (3)

Finally, there are some serpents which should be placed next to
the Vipers, only differing from them in their sub-caudal plates, some
or all of which are simple. They are distinguished from the Tisi-
phones by having no pits behind the nostrils.

Sometimes the plates on the base of the tail are entire.

(1) Schneider comprized among his Elaps all the serpents he supposed to be
deficient in a separated mastoid bone, but of this he judged from external appear-
ances, or the small degree of enlargement in the occiput; this character, there-
fore, is only true in the Tortrices of Oppel or Ilysia. He paid no attention either
to their scales or their venom. E/k*4> Exo4> are the Greek names of a non-veno-
mous serpent.

(2) Such are E. anguiformis, Schn.; the Vip. Psyche, Daud. VIII, c. 1; Col.
lacteus, Lin. Mus. Ad. Fr. XVII, 1, and better Seb. II, xxxv, 2; El. nob. surina-
mensis, Seb. II, vi, 2, and Ixxxvi, 1; Col latonius, Merr., I, 2, and Seb. II, xxxiv,
4, and xliii, 3, the same as the Col. lubricus;Col. flavins, &c.

Add, C. fulvus, Gmel., of America. .4m. Ed.

(3) Le Plature d bandes {Col. laticaudatus, L, or Hydrus colubrinus, Sh.), Daud.
VII, Ixxxv.

72 REPTILIA.

Trimeresurus, Lacep.

Large plates on the headj part of their plates double, the others
slmple.(l)

OPLOCEPHALtrS, CuV.

Large plates on the head; all the sub-caudals simple.(2)
AcANTHOPHis, Daud. Ophrias, Merr.

Plates on the fore-part of the cranium and head; tail terminated
by a hookj almost all its scales simple, the extreme sub-caudal ones
sometimes double.(3)

EcHis, Merr. Scytale, Daud.

The head covered with small scales; all the sub-caudal plates sim-
ple.(4)

Langaha, Brug.

Head covered with plates; muzzle salient and pointed; anterior
half of the tail completely encircled with entire rings, and the poste-
rior covered above and beneath with small imbricated scales.(5)

In addition to these two tribes of Serpents, properly so
styled, a third has lately been recognized, in which the organi-
zation and armature of the jaws are nearly the same as in the
non-venomous serpents, but where the first maxillary tooth,
larger than the others, is perforated for the transmission of the
poison, as in the venomous serpents with isolated fangs.

These serpents form two genera, distinguished, like those
of the two neighbouring families, by the covering of the belly
and the under part of the tail.

(1) The T rimeresiire ^ petitetete, Lacep. Am. Mus. IV, Ivi, 1.

(2) The species are new.

(3) Acanihophis cerastinus, Daud., V, Ixxvii; and Merr. Beytr. II, ix, or Boapal-
pebrosa, Sh. ; Jtc. Brownii, Leach, Zool. Miscell. I, iii, the most venomous reptile
that is found in the environs of Port Jackson.

(4) Horatta pam., Russel, II, pi. 2, or Boa horatta, Sh., or Pseudoboa carinata,
Schn., or Scytale bizonata, Daud., V, Ixx; Pseudoboa krait, Schn., or Scytale
krait, Daud.

(5) The Langaha of Madagascar, Lacep. I, xxli, a Serpent only known by tlie
figure of Brugiere.

OPHIDIA. 73

BuNGARUs,(l) Daud. partim. Pseudoboa, Oppel.

Subventral and subcaudal plates, simple, as in Boa, Crotalus, 8cc.;
head, short, and covered with large plates; occiput but slightly en-
larged. Their most distinguishing character is a longitudinal range
of scales on the back, which is strongly carinate, broader than the
lateral ones, as in Dipsas. They are all from India, where they are
termed Rock Snakes. One species attains a length of seven or eight
feet. (2)

Hydrus, Schn., partim. (3) Hydrophis and Pelamis, Daud.

Posterior part of the body and tail strongly compressed, and much
raised vertically; a circumstance, which, by enabling them to swim,
renders them aquatic. They are very common in certain latitudes
of the Indian Ocean. On account of their (nearly all) small scales,
Linnaeus classed such of them as he knew with the Anguines. Daudin
has subdivided them as follows:

Hydrophis. (4)

A range of scales on the belly somewhat larger than the others,
as in Tortrix; head small, not inflated, obtuse, and furnished with
large plates. Several species have been found in the salt water ca-
nals of Bengal and others in the Indian Ocean.(5)

Pelamis.

Large plates on the head, but the occiput inflated on account of
the length of the pedicles of the lower jaw, which is extremely dila-

(1) Bungarus, a barbarous term drawn from that of Bungarum-pamma, the
name by which the largest species is known in Bengal.

(2) The Bongare a anneaux, Daud., V, Ixv, Boa fasciata, Schn., copied from
Russel, III. Add the Bong, bleu, Boa lineata, Sh. Russ., I.

(3) Hydrus, the Greek name of an aquatic Serpent, perhaps of our common
Coluber; but the Hydrus marinus of iElian is precisely of this genus^

(4) Hydrophis, Water Serpent.

(5) See the Hydrophis of Russel, Serp. Corom. pi. xliv, and part II, pi. vi x.
Add the ^. curtus, Sh., the H. spiralis. Id. pi. 125; the Leyoselasme and iheDis-
teyre, Lacep., An. Mus. IV, also belong to the subgenus Hydrophis; I even think
the latter is the Hydrus major, Sh. pi. 124. They also are Serpents of the Indian
Ocean, venomous and possessed of several maxillary teeth.

N.B. I cannot agree with M. Fitzinger as to the harmlessness o{ the Pelamides
and the Disteyres; on the contrary, I have fully ascertained their poison gland and
fangs to be organized like those of a Hydra or a Bungarus. As to the Aispysure,
Lacep. An. Mus. IV, I have not been able to procure it.
Vol. II. K

74 REPTILIA.

table; all the scales on the body are equal, small, and arranged close
to each other in hexagons.

The species most known, jinguis platuriis, L.j Hydrus bicolor,
Schn.; Seb. II, Ixxvii, 2', Russel, xli, is black above, yellow be-
neath. Although excessively venomous, it is eaten at Otaheite.
To these two subgenera I have added,

Chersydrus, Cuv.(l)

The whole body as well as the head covered with small scales.
Such is

Mcrochordus fasciatus, Shaw; the Oular-limpS; Rept. pi.
cxxx. A very venomous serpent, found on the bottom of rivers
in Java.(2)

FAMILY III.
NUDA.

Our third and last family of the Ophidians, that of the
Naked Serpents, consists of but one very singular genus,
which several naturalists have thought fit to refer to the
Batrachians, although we are ignorant as to the fact of its
undergoing any metamorphosis. It is the >

CiECiLiA, Lin. (3)

So called because its eyes, excessively small, are nearly hidden be-
neath the skin, and sometimes are wanting. The skin is smooth,
viscous and furrowed by annular plaits or wrinkles; it is apparently
naked, but on dissection we find in its thickness, perfectly formed
though delicate scales, regularly arranged in several transverse
rows between the folds of the skin.(4) The head is depressed; the
anus round and nearly at the end of the body; the ribs much too
short to surround the trunk: the articulation of the bodies of their
vertebrae is effected by hollow conical facets filled with a gelatinous
cartilage, as in Fishes and in some of the last of the Batrachians;

(1) X6|cro<rgof, the Greek name of the Col. natrix.

(2) The Hydrus granulatus, Schn. must be. closely allied to it.

N.B. The H. caspius, enhydris, rhynchops, piscator and palustris, Schn. are
mere common Vipers and Colubers. His Hydrus colubrinus is the Banded Pla-
turus.

(3) Caedlia, from Tv<^Km-{, is the Latin name of the Slow-worm (Orvet), which in
several parts of Europe is still called blind, although it has very fine eyes.

(4) A fact I have ascertained in the C glutinosa, the White-bellied Caecilia, 54C.

OPHIDIA.

the cranium is united to the first vertebra by two tubercles,, as is
also the case in the Batrachians. The maxillary bones cover the
orbit, which resembles a very small hole, and those of the temples
the temporal depression, so that the head above presents one con-
tinuous bony buckler; the hyoid bone, composed of three pairs of
arches, might induce us to suppose that at an early period it is fur-
nished with branchiae. The maxillary and palatine teeth are ar-
ranged on two concentric lines, as in Proteus; but they are fre-
quently sharp, and curved backwards, like those of Serpents, pro-
perly so styled. The nostrils open behind the palate, and as the
tympanal bone is fixed along with those that compose the cranial
shield, there is no movable pedicle to the lower jaw.

The auricle of the heart is not sufficiently divided in these animals
to induce us to consider it as double, but their second lung is as
small as in other serpents; the liver is divided into a great number
of transverse lamellae. Vegetable matters, earth and sand are found
in their intestines. The only small bone contained in the ear is a
little plate on the fenestra ovalis, as in the Salamanders.

Some of them have an obtuse muzzle, relaxed skin, deep wrinkles,
and two small cilia near the nostrils. Such is

Cxcilia annulata, Spix, xxvii, 1. Blackish, with eighty odd
plicae marked with white circles; teeth conical. Found in
Brazil, where it lives in marshes, several feet beneath the sur-
face.

C. tentaculafa, L.; Amen. Acad. I, xvii, 1. One hundred and

thirty odd plicae, every other pair of which, particularly near

the tail, does not completely encircle the body. It is black,

marbled with white on the belly.(l)

Others have a much greater number of plicae, or rather of close,

transverse striae.

Cxc. ghttinosn, L.; Seb. XXV, 2; and Mus. Ad. Fred. IV,
1, is of that number, having three hundred and fifty plicae,
which unite beneath at an acute angle. It is blackish, with a
longitudinal yellowish band along each flank. Found in Cey-
lon.(2)

(1) This C3ecilia is not more tentaculated than others of its subdivision. Add,
C. albiventris, Daud. Vll, xcii, 1; if it is not the same as the tentaculatu; C. inter-
rupta, Cuv. in which the white lines of the rings do not correspond with each other
beneath; C. rostrata, Cuv. with a more pointed muzzle, and no white edges to
the rings. It is hard to say why Spix attributes upwards of two hundred phcse to
his annulata; his figure shows but about eighty.

(2) It is certainly from Ceylon, although Daudin places its habitat in America;
as we have received it from the former country through the politeness of M. Les-
chenault; a closely aUied species, it is true, inhabits the latter Csec. bivitta/a, Cuv.

76 REPTILIA.

There are some in which the plicae are almost efFaced; their
body is very long and slender, and their muzzle salient. One
species is completely blind; the Caec. lumbricoides, Daud. VIII,
xcii, 2; it is blackish; two feet in length, and about the thick-
ness of a goose-quill.(l)

ORDER IV.
BATRACHIA.(2)

The Batrachians have a heart composed of but one auricle
and one ventricle. They all have two equal lungs, to which
at first are added branchiae, that have some affinity with those
of Fishes, and which have cartilaginous arches on each side of
the neck attached to the hyoid bone. Most of them lose these
branchiae, and the apparatus which supports them, when they
attain a state of maturity. Three genera only, Siren, Proteus,
and Menobranchus, retain them for life.

As long as these branchia? remain, the aorta is divided at
its origin into as many branches on each side as there are
branchiae. The branchial blood is brought back by veins which
unite near the back in one arterial trunk, as in Fishes. It is from
this trunk, or immediately from the veins which form it, that
arise most of the arteries which nourish the body, and even
those which conduct the blood to be oxygenated in the lungs.

In those species, however, which lose their branchiae, the
attendant arteries are obliterated, with the exception of two,
which unite in a dorsal artery, giving, each, a small branch
to the lungs. It is the circulation of a Fish metamorphosed
into that of a Reptile. Batrachians have neither scales nor

(1) Linnsus mentions It, Mus. Ad. Fred., V, 2, but confounds it with the ten-
taculata.

We have the skeleton of a Csecilia more than six feet long, and having two hun-
dred and twenty- five vertebrae, but of whose external characters we are ignorant.

(2) From 0oiTga.^o! (Frog), animals analogous to Frogs.

EATRACHIA. 77

shell ; a naked skin invests their body,(l) and, one genus ex-
cepted, they have no nails.

The envelope of the ova is membranous, and, in many
species, they are only fecundated at the moment of their ex-
pulsion. These eggs become greatly enlarged in the water.
The young do not only differ from the adult in the presence
of the branchiae ; their feet are developed by degrees, and in
several species there are a beak and tail, which they subse-
quently lose, and intestines of a different form.

Some species are viviparous.

Rana, Lin.

Frogs have four legs in their perfect state, but no tail. Their
head is flat, muzzle rounded, and the opening of their jaws largej
the tongue, in most of them, is soft, and not attached to the bot-
tom of the gullet, but to the edges of the jaw, and folds inwards.
There are but four toes to the anterior feetj the hind ones frequently
exhibit the rudiment of a sixth.

There are no ribs to their skeleton, and a prominent cartilaginous
plate supplies the place of a tympanum, and renders the ear visible
externally. The eye is furnished with two fleshy lids, and a third,
which is transparent and horizontal, concealed under the lower one.

Inspiration is solely effected by the muscles of the throat, which
by dilating, receive air from the nostrils, and by contracting while
the nostrils are closed by the tongue, compel that air to enter the
lungs. Expiration, on the contrary, is produced by the muscles of
the lower part of the abdomen: thus if we open the belly of one of
these animals while alive, the lungs dilate without being able to con-
tract, and if we force another to keep its mouth open, asphyxia is
the consequence, as it is no longer able to renew the air in its lungs.

The embraces of the male are long continued. His thumbs are
furnished with a spongy enlargement which increases during the
nuptial season and assists in attaching him to the female. He fecun-
dates the ovum at the moment of its expulsion. The little animal
that is produced from it, called a Tadpole, is at first furnished with
a long fleshy tail, and a small horny beak, having no other apparent
limbs than little fringes on the sides of the neck. In a few days
these disappear, and Swammerdam assures us that this is owing

(1) M. Schneider has proved that the Scaly Frog of Walbaum only appeared so
from accident, a few scales from some Lizards that were kept in the same jar
having adhered to its back. Schn. Hist., Amphib. Fasc. I, p. 168.

78 REPTILIA.

to their withdrawing under the skin, where they form the bran-
chiae. These latter are numerous small tufts attached to four
cartilaginous arches, placed on each side of the neck, adhering to
the hyoid bone, enveloped in a membranous tunic and covered by
the general skin. The water which enters the mouth, passing
through the intervals of the cartilaginous arches, makes its exit,
sometimes by two openings, and at others by one, situated either in
the middle or left side of the external skin, according to the spe-
cies. The hind feet of the Tadpole are very gradually and visibly
developed^ the fore feet are also developed, but under the skin,
through which they subsequently penetrate. The tail is gradually
absorbed. The beak falls and discloses the true jaws, which at first
were soft and concealed beneath the skin; and the branchicC are an-
nihilated, leaving to the lungs alone the function of respiration in
which they participated. The eyes which at first could only be dis-
cerned through a transparent spot in the skin of the Tadpole, are
now visible with their three lids. The intestines, which, in the be-
ginning, were long, slender, and spirally arranged, become short-
ened, and acquire the enlargements requisite for the stomach and
colon, for the Tadpole feeds solely on aquatic plants, and the adult
animal upon insects and other animal matters. Tadpoles reproduce
their limbs almost like Salamanders.

The period at which each of these changes takes place varies with
the species.

In cold and temperate climates, the perfect animal passes the win-
ter under ground, or in the the mud under water, without eating or
breathing, though if we prevent it from respiring during the sum-
mer for a few minutes by keeping its mouth open, it dies.

Rana, Laur.

Frogs, properly so called, have a long tapering body,- the hind feet
extremely long, strong, and more or less perfectly palmated; the skin
smooth; upper jaw furnished all round with a row of small fine
teeth and an interrupted transverse range of them in the middle of
the palate. On each side of the head of the male and below the ear,
is a thin membrane which becomes distended v.'ith air when he
croaks. These animals'leap and swim well.

R. esculenfa,L.; Roesel. Ran. pi. xiii, xiv. (The Green Frog.)
A fine green spotted with black; three yellow streaks on the
back; belly yellowish. A common species in Europe in all
stagnant waters, and very annoying by its ceaseless nocturnal
clamour. Its flesh is a wholesome and agreeable food. The
female excludes her ova in bundles in the marshes, he.

BATRACIIIA. 79

R. temporaria, L.; Roesel. Ran. pi. i, ii, iii. (The Common
Frog.) Reddish-brown spotted with blacky a black band com-
mencing at the eye and reaching across the ear. This species
is the first that appears in the spring; it visits the land less fre-
quently than the preceding, and is not so noisy. Its tadpole is
not so large at the epoch of its metamorphosis.

B. cultripes, Cuv. Every where sprinkled with black spotsj
feet simply palmate; particularly remarkable for a horny and
trenchant scale which invests the vestige of the sixth toe. From
the south of France.
Among the Frogs foreign to Europe we may remark,

R. paradoxa, L.; Seb. I, Ixxviii; Merrian, Surin. LXXI;
Daud., Gren. XXII, XXIII (The Jakie), whose tadpole ac-
quires a size previous to its complete metamorphosis greater
than that of any other species of the genus. The loss of an
enormous tail and the envelopes of the body, causes the adult
animal to be smaller than the tadpole, a circumstance which
induced the earlier observers to believe that it was the Frog
which was metamorphosed into a tadpole, or, as they express-
ed it, into a Fish. This error is now completely refuted.

The Jakie is greenish spotted with brown, and is particularly
distinguished by irregular brown lines along its thighs and legs.
From Guiana.
There are several other Frogs foreign to Europe, some of which,
are very large and not well determined.(l) Such is

R. pipiens, L.; Catesb. II, Ixxii. (The Bull-Frog.) Green
above, yellowish beneath, spotted and marbled with black.(2)
The hind toes of certain species are almost without a web, but
still very long.(3)

(1) A closer examination and a review of the numerous Batrachians received at
the Museum within a few years, compel me to recal my approbation of the work
of Daudin. It is imperfect, and half the figures are taken from altered specimens,
and can never serve as guides to the precise determination of species. His Hylae,
however, must be excepted; they are much better than his Frogs and Toads.

(2) I am convinced that several species are confounded under this name in the
United States, species which are similar as to size and colour, but which, among
other characters, differ in the relative size of the tympanum. The one in which
it is largest is the mugiens of Merrem, but we cannot depend upon his synonymes.
The fig. of Daud. XVIII, with a yellow stripe along the back, is a species from
India. Add: R. palmipes, Spix, V, 1; R. tigrina, Daud. XX; R. virginica,
Gmel. Seb., I, Ixxv, 4, ov tialecina, Daud., or j9Jpew, Merr., Catesb. LXX; R.
clamitans, Daud., XVI.

N.B. This last species is the young of the Bull-Frog. Am. Ed.

(3) Rana ocellata, L. Seb. I, Ixxv, 1, Lacep. I, xxxviii, Daud. XIX; R; gigas.

80 REPTILIA.

Ceratophris, Boie.

Frogs with a broad head; skin granulate, either wholly or in part;
a membranous prominence to each eye-lid resembling a horn.(l) In
some the tympanum is concealed under the skin. (2) They are all
from South America.

Southern Africa produces Batrachians resembling Frogs in their
teeth and smooth skin; their toes are pointed, the hind ones broadly
palmated, and the extremities of the three internal ones enveloped
in a black, conical, horny nail; their head is small and their mouth
moderate; the tongue, attached to the lower part of the gullet, is
oblong, fleshy and very large; their tympanum is not visible. These
numerous characters have induced us to form a genus for them by
the name of Dactylethra.(3)

Hyla, Laur. Calamita, Schn. and Merr.
Tree-Frogs only differ from Frogs in the extremities of their toes,
each of which is expanded into a rounded viscous pellet, that enables
them to adhere to the surface of bodies and to climb trees, where in
fact they remain all summer living upon insects. They spawn,
however, in water, and enter the mud in winter like other Frogs.
There is a pouch under the throat of the male,' which dilates when-
ever he cries.

Rana arborea, L. ; Roes., Ran. pi. ix, x, xi. (The Common
Tree-Frog.) Green above, pale beneath; a black and yellow

Spix, liR. pachypus. Id. II; iZ. coriacea. Id. V, 2;^. sibilatrix,'Pr.lAa.x.;
R. maculata, Daud., XVII, 2;E. rubella, lb. I; ^. typhonia, lb. 4, which
is not, as Merrem thinks, the virgintca, Gm.; B. punctata, lb. XVI, 1; B.
mystacea, Spix, III, 2 3; i?. militaris and B. pygmsea, Id. VI; iZ. labyrinthica.
Id. VII. [Add B. fontanalis, L. C;B. palustris. Id.; -R. sylvatica. Id.; i?.
pumila. Id.; i?. gryllus, ld.-B. nigrita, Id., Ann. of the Lyceum, ^m. Ed.}

(1) Ceratophris varius, B, or Rana cornuta, Seb. I, Ixxii, 1 2; Tiles., Ma^. de
Berl., 1809, 2d Trim. pi. iii, and Krusenst. Voy. pi. vi, or Ceratophris dorsata, Pr.
Max. 2melivr.; Cerat. Spixii, Cuv. ov B. megastoma, Spix, IV, 1; B. scuiata,
lb. 2; Cerat. Daudini, Cuv., Daud. xxxviii; Cem^ dypeata, Cuv.

(2) Ceratophris granosa, Cuv., one of those Frogs with a concealed tympanum,
of which Gravenhorst has made his genus Stombus; but they have teeth like the
others, and should not be approximated to the Toads, where Fitzinger has
placed them-

(3) From SMlux>,6gtt (thimble): such is the form of their nails. The Crapaud
lisse, Daud. pi. xxx, f. 1, is a bad figure, the hind feet being altogether wrong; it
forms the Pipa Isevis, Merr. The Pipa hufonia, Merr. or pretended male Pipa,
Enl. No. 21, f. 2, is also the same species, but drawn without nails. These species
of Merrem constitute the Engtstoma of Fitzinger, but the true Engystomae or the
Breviceps, Merr. have neither teeth nor nails.

BATRACHIA. 81

line along each side of the body. They are adult in four years,
and couple towards the end of April. The tadp^ole completes
its metamorphosis in the month of August.
The Hylae foreign to Europe are numerous, and some of them
beautiful. One of the largest and handsomest is

H. iico/or, Daud., VIII; and Spix, XIII. Sky-blue above,
rose-colour beneath. From South America. A still larger
species,

H. palmata, Daud. XX; Eana maxima, L., is transversely and
irregularly striped with red and fawn-colour. From North
America.(l)

On account of the singular property attributed to it we may
mention the Eana tindoria^ L. It is said that if some of the
feathers of a Parrot be plucked out and the skin be imbued with
the blood of this animal, it causes a reproduction of red or yel-
low feathers, and forms that peculiar appearance which is
termed by the French tapire. We are assured it is a brown
species, with two whitish bands transversely united in two
places (Daud, pi. viii); the toes of the hind feet are almost
free. (2)

BuFo, Laur.
Toads have a thick, bulky body covered with warts or papillae; a
thick lump behind the ears pierced with pores, from which issues a
milky and fetid humour j no teeth; the hind feet but slightly elon-
gated. They leap badly, and generally avoid the water. They are
hideous and disgusting animals, whose bite, saliva, urine, &c., are
considered, though erroneously, as poisonous.

Eana bufo, L. ; Roes. Ran. XX. (The Common Toad.) Red-
dish-grey, or grey-brown; sometimes olive or blackish; the back
covered with rounded tubercles as large as lentils; smaller and

(1) Add, of palmated species, Hyl. venulosa, Daud., XIX, or Cal. boans, Merr.
Seb., I, Ixxii; /f. tibicen, Seb. lb. 1, 2, 3; H. marmorata, Seb. I, Ixxi, 4, 5,
Daud. XVIII; H. lateralis, Catesb. II, Ixxi, Daud., U; H. Ulineata, Daud. Ill;
H. verrucosa; H. oculata,- H. frontalis. Id. and in Spix; Hyl. bufonia, XII; B.
geografica, XI, 1; H. albomarginata,YiU, 2; H. papillaris, 2; H. pardalis, 3;
H. cinerascens, 4; H. affinis, VII, 3.

(2) Add of species whose hind toes ai-e but slightly palmate, H. femoralis, Daud.
IV 5 H. squirella, Daud. V; H. trivittaia,hc. Spix, IX; H. abbreviatOf Id. XI, 4.
[Add H. delitescens, L. C. and H. versicolor. Id. loc. cit. Jm. Ed.]

The Hyla cyanea, Daud. of New Holland, according to White, p. 248, has but
four toes behind, and M. Fitzinger, who appears to have seen it, has consequently
formed it into his genus Calamita. We l\ave one from the same cckuntry, and
exactly similar, which certainly has five.
Vol. II. L

82 REPTILIA.

more closely set tubercles on the belly; the hind feet semi-pal-
mate. It remains in dark places, and passes the winter in a
hole which it excavates. It. couples in the water in March and
April; when this takes place on shore, the female drags herself
to some ditch, 8cc., carrying the male with her: she produces
innumerable small ova, united by a transparent kind of jelly in
two strings, that are often twenty or thirty feet long, in the ex-
traction of which the male assists with his hind feet. The Tad-
pole is blackish, and is the smallest of the European species, at
the period when it acquires legs and loses its tail. The Com-
mon Toad lives upwards of fifteen years, and is adult at four.
Its cry has some resemblance to the barking of a dog.

R. bufo calamita, Gm.; Roes. XXIV; Baud. XXVII, 1. Olive
eolour; tubercles, as in the preceding; but not such large swell-
ings behind the ears; a yellow longitudinal line on the spine, and
a dentated reddish one on the flank: no membrane to the hind
feet. It diffuses a disagreeable odour, like that of gun-powder,
lives on land, and never leaps, but runs tolerably fast. It also
climbs up walls, to seek a shelter in their crevices, and for that
purpose has two little osseous tubercles under the palm of the
hands. It never visits the water except to couple, in the month
of June; the female lays two strings of eggs, like the Com-
mon Toad; the voice of the male, which has also a sac under the
throat, resembles that of the Tree Frog.

Bufo fuscus, Laurent.; Fana bombina, ^, Gm. ; Roes. XVII,
XVIII. (The Natter Jack.) Light brown marbled with dark
brown or blackish; tubercles on the back but few, and the size
of lentils; the belly smooth; toes of the hind feet elongated, and
completely palmate; it leaps well, prefers the vicinity of water,
and diffuses a strong odour of garlic when disturbed. The ova
form but one string, thicker however than both those of the Com-
mon Toad. The tadpole is longer in coming to maturity than
any other French species; and, when very large, is still found with
its tail, and the fore-feet, not developed when it does complete
its metamorphosis, it actually seems to shrink. It is eaten in
some places as if it were a fish.

Ban. variabilis, Gm.; Crapaud vert, Lac6p.; Pall. Spicil. VII,
vi, 34; Baud, xxviii, 2. Almost smooth; whitish, with deep
green spots; remarkable for the changes in the hue of the skin,
according to the light in which it is placed, or as it wakes or
sleeps.

Bufo obstreticus, Laur. ; Le Crap, accoucheur, Baud. pi. xxxii,
f. 1. Small; grey above; whitish beneath; blackish points on the
back, and whitish ones on the sides. The male assists his fe-

BATRACHIA. 83

male in the expulsion of the eggs, which are larg;e, and fastens
them on his thighs, in bundles, by means of some glutinous
threads. He carries them about with him until the eyes of the
tadpoles they contain can be distinguished through their enve-
lope, and, in fact, until the time when they are about to be hatch-
ed; he then seeks some stagnant water, in which he deposits
them. The eggs immediately split, and the tadpoles swim out.
It is very small, and is carnivorous. Very common in stony
places near Paris.(l)

Sicily produces a toad three or four times larger than those

of France, that is brown, with flat and irregular tubercles. It

is generally found in the tuft of a palm. We will call it Bufo

palmar um.

The Toads, foreign to Europe, have hitherto been badly deter-

minedj several are remarkable for their size.

Rana marina, Gm. ; Le Crapaud agua; Daud. XXVII; Spix,
XV. Brown, varied with dark brovvnj unequal and slightly sa-
lient tuberclesj the triangular parotids more than an inch wide
in individuals, which are from ten to twelve inches long, exclu-
sive of the feet. Found in the marshy districts of South Ame-
rica.(2)
Several subgenera have been lately separated from that of the

Toads; thus the

BoMBiNATOR, Merr.
Only differs from the others in the tympanum being concealed
under the skin; such in France is the

Rana bombina, Gm.; Crapaud a ventre jaiine; Roes. XXII;
Daud. XXVI. The smallest and most aquatic of all the Toads
of that country. It is greyish or brown above; a black-blue
with orange spots beneath; the hind feet completely palmate
and almost as long as those of Frogs, so that it leaps nearly as
well. It lives in marshes and couples in June; the eggs are
produced in little balls, and are larger than those of the preceding
species. The(3)

(1) It is impossible to say why Merrem placed the obstetricus among his Bombi-
natores its tympanum is very visible.

(2) Add, Bufo macuUventris, Spix, XV, should it prove to differ from the agua,-
B. iciericus. Id. XVI, 1; B. lazarus, Id. xvii, 1; B. stellatus. Id. XVIII, 1; B.
scaber, Daud., XXXIV, which is not the same as the B. scaber of Spix, X, 1; B
bengalensis, Id.xxxv, 1; B. musicus, Id. XXXIII, 2; B. cindus, Vr. Max. fasc.
3 : the B. agua, Id. fasc . 7, does not appear to be the same as that of Spix.

[Add jB. americanus,L. C. m. Ed.]

(3) Add Bufo ventricoms, Daud., XXX, 2, the turgidity of which is exaggerated.

84 REPTILIA.

Rhinellus, Fitzing. Oxyrynchus, Spix,

Has a muzzle pointed anteriorly.(l) We should approximate to
it the

Otilophis, Cuv.

Where the muzzle is also angular, and where there is a crest on
each side of the head which extends over the parotid. The Crapaud
perle, {Ran. margaritifera^ Gm.,) Daud. XXXIII, is its type.

Breviceps, Merr. Engystoma, Fitzing., partim.

Toads without a visible tympanum or parotid, in which the body is
oval, head and mouth very small, and the feet but slightly palmated. (2)

A more essential difference is that which has separated the Pipae
of Laurenti from all the great genus Rana.

PiPA, Laur.

This subdivision is distinguished by a horizontally flattened body;
a broad and triangular head; by the absence of a tongue; by a tym-
panum concealed under the skin; by small eyes placed near the edge
of the upper jaw; by anterior toes, each of which is divided at the
extremity into four small points; and finally by the enormous larynx
of the male, formed like a triangular osseous box, inside of which
are two movable bones, which can be made to close the entrance to
the bronchiae.(3)

The species formerly known, Bana pipa, L. ; Seb. I, Ixxvii;
Daud., xxxi, xxxii, is found at Cayenne and Surinam in dark
places about the houses. Its back is granulated, with three lon-
gitudinal ranges of larger granules. When the ova are expel-

(1) Bufo proboscideus, Spix, XXI, 4; the neighbouring species figured on the
same plate, S. semilineatus, B. granulosus, B. acutirostris, and those of pi. xiv,
naricus and nasutus, connect this subgenus too closely with the common Toads to
be easily retained.

(2) Engystoma dorsatum. Nob., or Bufo gibbosus, Auct., Seb., II, xxxvij. No. 3,
Daud. XXIX, 2; Eng. marmoratum,- Eng. granosum, Cuv., new species, one
from India, the other from the Cape. The mouth of the E7ig. surinammse, Daud.,
XXXIII, 2, is already larger, as well as in the Bufo globulosus and albifrons,
Spix, XIX. N. B. The Eng. ovalis, Fitz. is a Dadykthra.- his Eng. ventricosa, Daud.
XXX, 2, is a Bombinator.

N.B. The Bufo ephippium, Spix, XX, 2, of which Fitzinger makes his genus
Brachycephalus, on account of there being but three toes to all the feet, may be
a young specimen badly preserved or incorrectly figured.

(3) Described by Schneider under the name of Cista stemalis.

BATRACHIA. 85

led, the male places them on the back of the female and there
fecundates themj the latter then proceeds to the water, the skin
of her back swells and forms cells in which the eggs are hatched.
The life of the tadpole is passed in the water, and it does not
leave it until it has lost its tail, and acquired feet. It is at this
time also that the mother returns to land.

Spix figures one of them pi. xxii, at least a closely allied spe-
cies, Pipa curururu, Spix, from the bottom of the Brazilian
lakes, and asserts that the female does not carry her young;
he does not inform us, however, that he observed her during
the whole year.(l)

Salamandra, Brogn.

Salamanders have an elongated body, four feet and a long tail,
which gives them the general form of Lizards, with which Linnaeus
placed them: but they have all the characters of Batrachians.

Their head is flattened; the ear completely hidden under the mus-
cles, without any tympanum, having nothing but a small cartilagi-
nous plate on the fenestra ovalis; the two jaws furnished with nume-
rous and small teeth; two longitudinal rows of similar teeth in the
palate, but attached to bones analogous to the vomer; the tongue as
in the Frogs; no third eye-lid; a skeleton with very small rudiments
of ribs, but without a bony sternum; a pelvis suspended from the
spine by ligaments; four toes before, and almost always five behind.
In their adult state, respiration is performed as in Frogs and Tor-
toises. Their tadpoles at first breathe by means of branchiae re-
sembling tufts, three on each side of the neck, which are subse-
quently obliterated; they are suspended to cartilaginous arches, ves-
tiges of which remain in the hyoid bone of the adult. A membra-
nous operculum covers these openings, but the tufts are never en-
closed by a tunic, and always float externally. The fore feet are
developed before the hind ones; the toes appear successively in the
first and the last.

Salamandra, Laur.

The terrestrial Salamanders in a perfect state have a round tail,
and inhabit the water only during their tadpole condition, which is
but a short period, or when the female is ready to bring forth. The
eggs are hatched in the oviduct.

(1) There is a true Pipa in the Cabinet du Roi, from Rio Negro, which is entirely
smooth, and with an unusually narrow head. It will be my Pipal aevis, very dif-
ferent from that of Merrem, which is a Dadylethra,

86 REPTILIA.

The terrestrial species of France have a gland analogous to
that of the Toad, on each side of the occiput.

Salam. maculosa, Laur.j Lac. II, pi, xxx; Lacert. salamandra,
L. Black, with large spots of a bright yellowj ranges of tuber-
cles on the sides, from which, when agitated by fear, oozes a
milky, bitter liquid, that has a strong odour and is poisonous to
very weak animals. It is, perhaps, this circumstance which
has given rise to the fable of the incombustibility of the Sala-
mander. It lives in wet places and hides itself in holes, feeds
on lumbrici, insects and earth, brings forth its young living,
and deposits them in poolsj at first they have branchiae, and
their tail is vertically compressed. (l)

A Salamander resembling the common one, but entirely black
and immaculate, is found in the Alps, it is the Sal. atra, Lau-
rent, pi. I, f. 2.

Sal. perspicillata, Savi. Only four toes to all the feet; black
above; yellow, spotted with black beneath: a yellow line across
the eyes. A small species from the Apennines.(2)
North America, which produces many more Salamanders than
Europe, has several that are terrestrial, with a round tail, but defi-
cient in the glands on the occiput. (3)

Triton, Laur.

Aquatic Salamanders always retain the vertically compressed tail,
and pass nearly the whole of their existence in the water. The ex-
periments of Spallanzani on their astonishing power of reproduction,
have rendered them celebrated. If a limb be amputated, another is
reproduced in its stead with all its bones, muscles, vessels. Sec. and
this takes place several times in succession. Another not less sin-
gular faculty, discovered by Dufay, is the power they possess of
remaining enclosed in ice for a considerable time without perishing.

Their eggs are fecundated by the seminal fluid diffused in the
water, which enter the oviduct together; they are expelled in long

(1) See, Ad. Fred. Funck., <Ze Salam. terrest.vita, evolutione, formatione, Berlin,
fol. 1827.

(2) We have ascertained that the Sal. d trots doigts, Lacep. II, pi. 36, is merely
a dried and somewhat mutilated specimen of the Sal. perspicillata,- Add, S. Sam,
Gosse.

(3 J Sal. venenosa, Daud., or subviolacea, )>arton; Sal. fasciata, Green; Sal.
tigrina. Id.; Sal. erythronota. Id.; Sal. hilineata. Id.; Sal. rubra, Daud. VIII,
pi. 91, f. 2; S. variolata, Gilliam. Sc. Nat. Phil., I, pi. xviii, f. 1, and several new
species. The Sal. japonica, Houtuin, Bechst. trans, of Lacep., II, pi. 18, f. 1, is
closely allied to the erythronota.

BATRACHIA. 87

chapletsj the young are not hatched until the fifteenth day, and re-
tain their branchiae for a longer or shorter time according to the
species. Modern observers have recognized several of them in
France, but as the colour of these animals changes according to the
age, sex and season of the year, and as the crests and other orna-
ments of the males are only vi^ell developed in the spring, the species
have not been determined with certainty. When winter surprises
them with their branchiae, they retain them till the following year,
always increasing in size.(l)

S. marmorata, Latr.j Triton Gesneri, Laur. Skin, granu-
lated ; pale green above, with large irregular brown spots;
brown, dotted with white beneath; a red line along the back,
which, in the male, is slightly crested and marked with black
spots. But slightly aquatic.

S. alpestris; Salam. a flancs tachet'es, Bechst. tr. Lac, pi. xx.
Skin granulated; slate coloured and brown above; orange or
red belly; a band of numerous small black spots on each flank.

S. cristata, Latr. Skin, granulated; brown above, with round
blackish spots; orange beneath, similarly spotted; sides dotted
with white; crest of the male elevated, acutely denticulate, and
in the nuptial season edged with violet.

S. punctata, Latr. Skin, smooth; a light brown above; pale
or red beneath; round black spots every where; black streaks
on the head; crest of the male festooned; the toes somewhat
widened, but not palmate.

S. palmata, Latr. Back brown; top of the head vermiculated
with brown and blackish; paler on the flanks, with round black-
ish spots;^belly immaculate. The male has three small dorsal
crests; toes dilated and united by membranes, and the tail ter-
minated by a small filament.(2)
Several aquatic Salamanders are also found in North America.(3)
Skeletons of a Salamander three feet in length have been disco-
vered among the schist of CEningen. One of them is the pretended
Fossil Man of Scheucher.

(1) It was from an individual which had thus retained its branchise that Lau-
rent! made his Proteus tritonius.

(2) The characters of the European species appear to me to be such as are
most conformable to nature; to add the synonymes of authors would be a difficult
task, so little do their figures and descriptions agree with the animals before me.

(3) Sal. symmetrica, Harl. which appears to me previously represented in
Bechstein's Lacep. II, pi. xviii, f. 2, under the name oi Sal. punctata; and several
species whose descriptions I could not recognize, and which richly merit a mono-
graph, accompanied by good figures.

88 REPTILIA.

Immediately after the Salamanders come several very simi-
lar animals, some of which are considered as having been al-
ways destitute of branchiae, that is, they probably lose them
at as early a period as our terrestrial Salamanders ; the others,
on the contrary, retain them for life, a circumstance, however,
which does not prevent their having lungs like the Batra-
chians, so that they may be considered as the only vertebrate
animals which are truly amphibious. (1)

The former (those in which no branchiae are visible) con-
stitute two genera.

Menopoma, Harlan. (2)

Form of a Salamander; eyes apparent, the feet well developed, and
an orifice on each side of the neck. Besides the range of small
maxillary teeth, there is a parallel row of them on the front of the
palate. Such is the reptile termed

Sal. gigantea. Barton; Great Salamander of North America;
Ann. of the New York Lye. I, pi. 17. (The Hellbender.) From
fifteen to eighteen inches long; a blackish blue; inhabits the
lakes and the rivers of the interior.

Amphiuma, Garden.

An orifice on each side of the neck, but the body excessively elon-
gated; the legs and feet, on the contrary, but very slightly developedf
the palatine teeth form two longitudinal ranges.

In one species there are but three toes to each foot; Jimph.

tridactylum, Cuv.; and in another, mph. means, Gard and

Harl. but two Mem. du Mus. XIV, pi. 1.(3)

(1) The simultaneous existence and action of the branchial tufts and of the
lungs in these animals, are as incontestable as any one of the most indubitable
facts presented to us in natural history; there are now before me the lungs of a
Siren three feet long, in which the vascular apparatus is as well developed and as
complex as in any reptile whatever, notwithstanding which, the branchia; of this
same animal were as complete as those of others.

(2) Dr Harlan first called them Abkanchus; Leukard and Fitzinger call them
Cktptobranchus, and others Pbotonopsis.

(3) The Amphiuma was known to Linnaeus, but at too late a period to allow
him to insert it in any of the editions of his system which appeared during his life.
It has been described since by Dr Mitchell, under the name of Chrysodonta larvae-
formis, and by Dr Harlan under that of Amphiuma. I have described the Amph.
tridactylum of Louisiana, which attains the length of three feet. See Mem. du
Mus. tome XIV, 1. I suspect this is the species spoken of by Barton in his letter
upon the Siren, as a Siren with four feet.

BATRACHIA. 89

Among those which always retain their branchiae, the

AXOLOTUS

Is in every respect similar to the larva of an aquatic Salamander,
having four toes before, five behind, three long tufted branchiae, &c.
The maxillary teeth are like velvet, and those on the vomer in two
bands. Such is the

Sire?i pisciformis, Shawj the Axolotl of the Mexicans; Gen.

Zool. vol. Ill, part ii, pi. 140; Humb. Zool. Obs. I, pi. 12.

From eight to ten inches long; grey, spotted with black. It

inhabits the lake that surrounds Mexico. (l)

MenobranchuSj Harl. JVecturus, Rafiin.

But four toes to all the feet; a range of teeth in the inlermaxillaries,
and another, parallel, but more extended, in the maxillaries.

The species most known, Menobranchus lateralis, Harl.; Tri-
ton lateralis, Say; Ann. of the New York Lye. I, pi. xvi, inha-
bits the great lakes of North America, attaining, as it is said,
the length of two and three feet. It was first obtained from
Lake Champlain.

ProteuSj Laurent. Hypochton, Merr.

But three toes before and only two behind.

Hitherto but a single species has been discovered, Proteus
anguinus, Laur. pi. IV, f. 3; Daud., VIII, xcix, 1; Sireii an-
guina, Schn. More than a foot long, about the thickness of a
finger, v/ith a vertically compressed tail and four small legs.
Its muzzle is elongated and depressed; its two jaws furnished
with teeth; its tongue but slightly movable and free before; its
eyes extremely small and hidden by the skin, like those of the
Zemni (Mus typhus, Pall.); the ear covered by the muscles as
in the Salamanders, and the skin smooth and whitish. It is
only found in some subterraneous streams, by which certain
lakes in Carniola communicate with each other. The skeleton
resembles that of the Salamander, except that it has many more
vertebrae, and fewer rudiments of ribs; the bony head, however,
differs altogether in its general conformation.
Finally, there are some which are possessed of fore feet only, the

hind ones being entirely deficient. They are

(1) It is with some hesitation that I place the Axolotl among the genera with
permanent branchix, but so many witnesses assure us that it does not lose them
that I am compelled to do so.
Vol. II. M

90 REPTILIA.

Siren, Lin.

Sirens are elongated animals, almost anguilliform, with three bran-
chial tufts; they have no hind feet, nor is there even a vestige of a
pelvis. Their head is depressed, the opening of their mouth small,
their muzzle obtuse, eye very small and ear concealed; the lower
jaw is armed with teeth all round, and there are none in the upper
one, but there are several rows of them adhering to two plates fixed
under each side of the palate. (I)

S. lacertina, L. Blackish, and attains the length of three
feet; four toes to each foot; tail compressed into an obtuse fin.
It inhabits the marshes of Carolina, the rice swamps particu-
larly, where it lives in the mud, occasionally going on shore or
into the water. It feeds on lumbrici, insects, &:c.(2) There
are two much smaller species,

S. intermedia, Le Conte, Ann. New York Lye, II, Dec. 1826,
pi. 1. Blackish; four toes like the large one, but the branchial
tufts are less fringed; its length does not exceed one foot.

S. striata, Le Conte, lb. I, pi. 4. Blackish; two longitudinal
yellow streaks on each side; only three toes; the branchial tufts
but slightly fringed; length nine inches.(3)

(1) It is in vain that some authors have recently endeavoured to revive the an-
cient idea, that the Siren is the tadpole of the Salamander. We possess speci-
mens of them much larger than any known Salamander, whose bones have acquired
their perfect hardness without the smallest vestige of hind feet; their osteology
also differs widely from that of the Salamanders; they have more (90), and differently
shaped vertebrse and fewer ribs (eight pairs); the conformation of the head, and the
connexion of the bones which compose it, are altogether different. See Oss. foss.
tome V, part II.

(2) Barton denies that it feeds on Serpents, and that its voice resembles that of
a young Duck, as affirmed by Garden. Barton, " Some account of S. Lacert., &c."

(3) The branchise of these two species have been considered as taking no part
in the process of respiration, inconsequence of which M. Gray has formed a genus
for them, which he calls Pseudobhanchus; it is easy, however, on their inferior
surface, to see folds and a vascular apparatus whose use is, to us, very plain;
besides this, the observations of Major Le Conte demonstrate the fact, that these
Sirens, like the Lacertinidse, are perfect animals.

CLASS IV.

PISCES.

The class of Fishes is composed of oviparous vertebrata
with a double circulation, but in which respiration is alto-
gether effected through the medium of water. For this pur-
pose, on each side of the neck, they have an apparatus called
branchiae, which consist of laminee suspended on arches that are
attached to the hyoid bone, each composed of numerous sepa-
rate laminse and covered with a tissue of innumerable blood-
vessels. The water which the fish swallows, escapes between
these laminsB through the branchial openings, and by means
of the air it contains, acts upon the blood that is continually
arriving in the branchiae from the heart, which only repre-
sents the right auricle and ventricle of warm-blooded animals.

This blood, having received the benefit of respiration, is
poured into an arterial trunk situated under the spine, which,
exercising the functions of a left ventricle, distributes it to
every part of the body, whence it returns to the heart by the
veins.

The entire structure of the Fish is as evidently adapted for
natation, as that of the Bird for flight. Suspended in a liquid
of nearly the same specific gravity as its own body, there was
no necessity for large wings to support it. In a great num-
ber of species, immediately under the spine there is a bladder
filled with air, which, by compression or dilatation, varies the
specific gravity of the fish and assists it to rise or descend.
Progression is efTected by the motions of the tail, which, by
striking the water alternately right and left, forces them for-
ward ; the branchiae, by impelling the water backwards, may also

92 PISCES.

contribute to this effect. The limbs being thus of but little
use, are greatly reduced ; the parts analogous to the bones of
the arms and legs are extremely short, or even completely
concealed ; rays, more or less numerous, which support mem-
branous fins, form a rude representation of the fingers and
toes. The fins which correspond to the anterior extremities
are termed /^ec/ora/is, and those which answer to the posterior
ones, ventrals. Other rays attached to particular bones placed
on or between the extremities of the spinous apophyses sup-
port vertical fins on the back, under the tail, and at its ex-
tremity, which, by being raised or lowered, increase or di-
minish the surface which strikes against the water. The su-
perior fins are called dorsal, the inferior anal, and that at the
end of the tail caudal. The rays are of two kinds ; some of
them consist of a single bony piece, usually hard and pointed,
sometimes flexible and elastic, divided longitudinally these
are called spinous rays ; others are composed of a great num-
ber of small articulations, and are generally divided into
branches at their extremity they are the soft, articulated,
or branched rays.

There is as much variety among Fishes, with respect to the
number of limbs, as among Reptiles. Most generally there are
four ; some have but two, and in others they are totally want-
ing. The bone which is analogous to the scapula, is some-
times held among the muscles as in the higher animals, and
at others is attached to the spine, but most commonly it is sus-
pended on the cranium. The pelvis rarely adheres to the
spine, and very frequently, instead of being behind the abdo-
men, is before it, and connected with the humeral apparatus.

The vertebres of Fishes are united by concave surfaces
filled with cartilage which most generally communicate by a
canal excavated in the axis of the vertebrae. In most of them
they have long spinous processes which maintain the vertical
form of the body. The ribs are frequently soldered to the
transverse processes.

The head varies more as to form than that of any other
class, notwithstanding which it almost always consists of the
same number of bones as is found in other oviparous animals.

PISCES. 93

The frontal bone is composed of six pieces ; the parietal of
three ; the occipital of five ; five pieces of the sphenoides and
two of each temporal bone, remain, in the composition of the
cranium.

Besides the usual parts of the brain which are arranged as
in Reptiles one after the other, Fishes have knots or ganglions
at the base of their olfactory nerves.

Their nostrils are simple cavities at the end of the muzzle
almost always perforated by two holes, and regularly lined by
a plaited pituitary membrane.

The cornea of their eye is very flat, and there is but little
aqueous humour, but the crystalline is very hard and almost
globular.

Their ear consists of a sac representing the vestibule, in
which are suspended small bodies most commonly of a stony
hardness, and of three membranous semi-circular canals, situ-
ated in the cavity of the cranium rather than in the substance
of its parietes, the Chondropterigii excepted, in which they
are entirely contained in them. The eustachian tube and
tympanal bones are always deficient, and the Selachians alone
have a fenestra ovalis which is level with the head.

The sense of taste in Fishes can have but little energy, as a
great portion of the tongue is osseous, and frequently furnished
with teeth and other hard parts.

The body in most of them is covered with scales, and none
possess organs of prehension ; the fleshy cirri of some may
supply the imperfection of the other organs of touch.

In the greater number, the intermaxillary bone forms the
edge of the upper jaw, having behind it the maxillary, termed
the labial bone. A palatine arch, composed of the palatine
bones, of the two pterygoid processes, the zygomatic process,
the tympanum and squamous portion, forms, as in Birds and
Serpents, a sort of anterior jaw, and furnishes, behind, an ar-
ticulation for the lower jaw, which generally has two bones on
each side ; the number of these pieces, however, is reduced
in the Chondropterygii.

Teeth are found in their intermaxillary, maxillary, lower
jaw, vomer, bones of the palate, on the tongue, on the arches

^* PISCES.

of the branchiae, and even on bones behind these arches, at-
tached like them to the hyoides, called pharyngeal bones.

The varieties of these combinations, as well as those of the
form of the teeth placed at each point, are innumerable.

Besides the apparatus of the branchial arches, the hyoid
bone IS furnished on each side with rays which support the
branchial membrane. A sort of lid composed of three bony
pieces, the operculum, the suboperculum, and the inter-
operculum, unites with this membrane in closing the great
opening of the gills ; it is articulated with the tympanal bone,
and plays on one called the preoperculum. In many of the
thondropterygii this apparatus is wanting.

The stomach and intestines differ in size, figure, thickness
and circumvolutions, as greatly as in the other classes. The
pancreas, except in the Chondropterygii, is replaced either
by CcTcums of a peculiar tissue situated round the pylorus, or
by Jthe tissue itself applied to the beginning of the intestine.

1 he kidneys are situated along the sides of the spine, but
the bladder is above the rectum, and opens behind the anus
and behind the orifice of generation; exactly the inverse of
what we find in the Mammalia.

The testes are two enormous glands commonly termed
milts; and the ovaries, two sacs about the same form and size,
m whose internal folds are deposited the eggs. Some fishes
copulate and are viviparous ; the young fry are hatched in the
ovary and issue through a very short canal. The Selachians
alone, besides the ovary, have long oviducts which frequently
open into a true matrix, and they produce either living ones
or eggs enveloped with a horny substance. In most Fishes,
however, copulation does not take place, the female depositing
her ova, and the male impregnating them after extrusion.

Ut all the classes of animals, that of fishes is the most diffi-
cult to sub-divide into orders from fixed and sensible charac-
ters. After many attempts, I have decided upon adopting the
following arrangement, which, though it militates in some in-
stances against precision, does not separate natural families.
Wishes form two distinct series, that of Fishes, properly

PISCES. 95

so styledf and that of the Chondropterygii, otherwise called
Cartilaginous Fishes.

The general character of the latter consists in the absence
of the bones of the upper jaw, whose place is supplied by those
of the palate ; their whole structure also exhibits evident ana-
logies which we will describe : it is divided into three orders.

The Cyclostomi, whose jaws are soldered in an immova-
ble ring, with branchial openings.

The Selachii, which have the branchiae of the Cyclostomi
but not their jaws.

The Sturiones, whose branchial opening is the usual fis-
sure furnished with an operculum.

The other series, or that of the Ordinary Fishes, pre-
sents a primary division in those where the maxillary bone
and the palatine arch are fixed to the cranium : they consti-
tute an order which I call that of the Plectognathi, and
are divided into two families: the Gymnodontes and the

SCLERODERMI.

I next find fishes with perfect jaws, but whose branchiae,
instead of being pectiniform, resemble a series of small tufts ;
they also constitute an order which I call Lophobranchii,
that comprises but a single family.

There then remains an immense number of fishes to which
no other characters can be applied than those of the external
organs of motion. After much long, and laborious research, I
have found that the least objectionable of these characters is
the one employed by Ray and Artedi, drawn from the nature
of the first rays of the dorsal and anal fin. Thus the ordinary
fishes are divided into Malacopterygii, where all the rays
are soft, with the occasional exception of the first of the dor-
sal or of the pectorals, and into Acanthopterygii, in which
the first portion of the dorsal, or of the first dorsal where
there are two, is always supported by spinous rays, and where
some of the same are always found in the anal fin, and at least
one in each of the ventrals.

The first may be divided by a reference to the position of
their ventral fins, which are sometimes situated behind the

96 PISCES.

abdomerij sometimes suspended to the apparatus of the shoul-
der, or are totally wanting.

We thus arrive at the three orders of the Malacopterygii
ABDOMiNALES, the SuBBRACHiATi and the Apodes, each of
which comprizes certain natural families to be described. The
first is particularly numerous.

It is impossible, however, to apply this mode of division to
the AcANTHOPTERYGii ; and their subdivision in any other
way than by that of natural families is a problem that I have
hitherto vainly endeavoured to solve. Fortunately many of
these families are possessed of characters nearly as exact as
those which could be given to true orders.

It is, besides, impossible to assign to the families of fishes,
the same marked gradation that is visible among those of the
Mammalia. Thus the Chondropterygians are connected with
Serpents on the one hand by the organs of the senses, and
some of them even by those of generation ; while the imperfec-
tion of the skeleton in others allies them to the Mollusca and
Worms.

As to the Ordinary Fishes, if any one system is found more
developed in some than in others, it is not sufficiently pre-
eminent, nor does it exercise a sufficient influence over the
whole, to compel us to pay any regard to it in a methodical
arrangement.

We will successively treat of these two series, commencing
with the most numerous, that of Ordinary Fishes, and placing
at its head the order richest in genera and species.

ORDER I.
ACANTHOPTERYGII.

The Acanthopterygii form the first and by far the most
numerous division of Ordinary Fishes. They are recognized
by the spines which occupy the place of the first rays of their
dorsal, or which alone support the first fiu of the back, where

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 97

there are two ; sometimes instead of a first dorsal, tliere are
only a few free spines. The first rays of their anal are also
spines, and there is generally one to each ventral.

The relations between the Acanthopterygii are so multi-
plied, and their different natural families present so much va-
riety in the apparent characters which we might suppose
would indicate orders or other subdivisions, that it has been
found impossible to divide them otherwise than by these same
natural families, which we are compelled to leave together.

FAMILY I.

PERCOIDES.(l)

This family is so called because its type is the Common
l^erch. It comprehends fishes with oblong bodies, covered
with scales that are generally hard or rough, and whose oper-
culum or preoperculum, and frequently both, have dentated
or spinous edges, and whose jaws, the fore-part of the vomer,
and generally the palatine bones, are furnished with teeth.

The species are extremely numerous, particularly in the
seas of hot climates ; their flesh is generally wholesome and
\agreeable.

In a vast proportion of these Perches, the ventral fins are
inserted under the pectorals : they form a first division which
may be called Percoides Thoracici.

They were nearly all comprised by Linnteus in his genus
Perca, but we have been compelled to divide them as fol-
lows, from the number of the branchial rays, that of tlie dorsal
fin and the nature of the teeth.

In the first subdivision we find seven rays in the branchiae,
two fins on the back, and all the teeth small and crovvded.(2)

(1) In my first edition this family also comprehended the Buccse Loricatae, the
Scieno'ides and the Sparo'ides. It was necessary to detach these three new families
from it, and I think I have been fortunate enough to discover sufficient charactei's
for that purpose.

(2) The original expression en velours is one of the many instances in which the

Vol. II. N

98 PISCES.

PercAj Cuv.

The true Perches have the preoperculum dentated; the bony oper-
culum terminated by two or three sharp points and a smooth tongue.
Sometimes the sub-orbital and the humeral are slightly dentated.

P. fluvialis^ L.; Bl. 52. (The Common Perch.) Greenishj
broad, vertical, blackish bands; ventral fins, and the anal red;
one of the most beautiful and best of the European fresh water
fishes. It inhabits pure and running streams; its eggs are
united by a viscid matter into long strings, which form a kind
of net-work.

North America produces several neighbouring species. (1)

Labrax, Cuv.

Distinguished from the Perches by scaly opercula terminating in
two spines, and by a rough tongue.

L. lupus^ Cuv. Perca labrax, L. ; Sc. diacantha, Bl. 302; Bars
Commun; Spigola of the Italians; Cuv. and Val. II, xi. A
large fish found on the coast of Europe; it is highly flavoured,
and of a silvery hue. It is particularly common in the Medi-
terranean, and is the Lupus of the Romans and the Labrax of the
Greeks. The young ones are usually spotted with brown.

The United States produce a large and beautiful species,
Labr. lineatus^ Cuv. Sciena lineata, Bl. 304; Perca saxatilis, Bl.
Schn. pi. 20, with longitudinal blackish stripes. (2)

We might also separate from Labrax a species of the United
States whose scales extend to the maxillary bone, Labrax mu-
cronatiis, Cuv. and Val. II, xii. The

Lates, Cuv.
Plardly differs from the Perch except in having deep notches and

words of our author bid defiance to all English synonymes. By this term he
means to convey the idea of numerous small teeth placed so close together as to
resemble the pile on velvet. w2m. Ed.

(1) Fere. Jlavescens, Cuv. and Val., IT, p. 46; P. serrato-granulata, lb. 47;
P. granulata, lb. 48, and pi. ix; P. acuta, lb. 49, and pi. x; P. gracilis, lb. 50.

Add, P. Plumieri, or Scisena Plumieri, Bl. 306, or Centropome Plumier and
Cheilodiptere chrysoptere, Lacep. Ill, xxxiii; P. ciliata, Kuhl; P. marginata,
Cuv. and Val. 53.

(2) It is also the Perca MitchilU, New York Trans, v. I, 413. [The Common
Rockfish of our market. Am. Ed. ]

Add Perca elongata, Geoff., Eg., pi. xix, 1 ; Labr. loaigiensis, I<ess. and Gam.,
Cuv. and Val., II, Z^; Labr. japonicus, Cuv. II, 85.

ACANTHOPTERYGIl. 99

even a small spine at the angle of the preoperculum, and also deeper
notches in the sub-orbital and humeral bones.

Lates nilotkus, Cuv.; Perca nilotica, L. ; Keschr of the Arabs,
Geoff. Egyp. Poiss. pi. ix, f. 1. A very large and excellent
fish of a silver colour, known to the ancients by the name of
Lotus or Lates.

Other species are found in the rivers of India,(l)

Centropomus, Lacep.

The preoperculum dentated, but the operculum obtuse and un-
armed. Only one species is known.(2)

Centroj). iindecimalis, Cuv. ; Scioena undecimalis, Bl. 305^ Cuv.
and Val. II, xiv. A large and excellent fish, known throughout
hot parts of America by the name of Pike, whose muzzle, in
fact, is depressed like that of our true Pike; but its teeth are
small and crowded, and all its remaining characters are those
of Perches with two dorsal finsj it is of a silver colour tinged
with greenish; a blackish lateral line.(3)

Grammistes, Cuv.

Preoperculum and operculum, armed with spines, but without
notches; the dorsals approximated; scales small, and as if buried in
the epidermis; no sensible spine to the anal fin.

The species arc small, with longitudinal white streaks on a
blackish ground. They inhabit the Indian Ocean. (4)

AsPROj Cuv.

The body elongated; the two dorsals separate; ventrals broad;
teeth small and crowded; head depressed; the muzzle extending be-
yond the mouth and terminating in a rounded point.

(1) The Peche naire of Pondichery, or Cockup of the English at Calcutta
{Lates 7iobilis, Cuv.) Russ. 11, cxxxi, Cuv. and Val. II, xiii, which is also the Holo-
centre heptadadyle,'L&c^.\ Holoc. calcar i f er, Bl. 244.

(2) Lacep. in his genus Centropomus, comprehends several Fishes which have
not its characters, such as the Labrax lupus, the lates, &c.

(3) 151. pi. 305, has improperly given it a i-ed tinge; the Sphyrine orvet, Lacep,,
V, pi. iv, f. 2, is nothing else than a bad figure of this Fish; it is also the Camuri
of Marcgrave.

(4) Gram, orientalis, BL, Cuv. and Val., II, pi. xxvii. La Sciene ray^e, Lacep.
IV, 323; his Perseque tricanthe, lb. 424; his Per. pentacanthe, lb.; his Bodian six
raies, lb. 302; his Centropome six rates, V, 690; the Perca bilineata, Thunb. Nov.
Act. Stokh. XIII, pi. v, p. 142, appear to be varieties of it.

100 PISCES.

Two species inhabit the fresh waters of Europe; their flesh is
light and agreeable.

Aspro vulgaris^ Cuv.; Perca asper, L.; Bl. 107, 1 and 2; Cuv.
and Val. II, xxvi. From the Rhone and its tributaries; green-
ish; three or four blackish vertical bandsj eight spines in the
first dorsal.

A. Zingel; Perca Zingel^ L.; Bl. 105. From the Danube;
larger than the vulgaris, but similar as to colours; thirteen
spines in the first dorsal.
This division also comprises some fishes whose singularity of
conformation gives rise to several subgenera.

HuRO, Cuv. and Val.

All the characters of a true Perch, except that the preoperculum
is not dentated.(l)

Etelis, Cuv. and Val.

All the characters of a true Perch; hooked teeth in the jaws, but
not as in the Lucio-Perca, in the palate,(2)

NiPHON, Cuv. and Val.

Teeth as in the Perch, and strong spines at the lower part of the
preoperculum, and on the operculum.(3)

Enoplosus, Lacep.

Characters of the Perches; angle of the preoperculum more deeply
dentate; the body much compressed, and together with the two
dorsals, of great vertical height. (4)

DiPLOPRiON, Kuhl and Van Hassel.

All the characters of a Perch; body compressed; a double den-
tated border on the lower part of the preoperculum, and two spines
on the operculum. (5)

ApogoNj Lacep.

Body short, furnished, as well as the opercula, with large scales
that are easily dislodged; the two dorsals very separate, and a double

(1) Huro nigricans, Cuv. and Val., II, pi. xvii.

(2) Etelis carbunculus, lb. pi. xviii.

(3) Mphon spinosus, lb. XIX.

(4) Enoplosus armatus, lb. XX, or Ch3etodo7i armalus, J. White.

(5) Biploprion fasciatum, Cuv. and Val. II, xxi.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 101

dentated border on the preoperculum. They are small fishes, and

generally red. One of ihem,

Ap.rexmullorum^ Cuv. ; Mullus imberbis, L. ; commonly called
Boi lies JRougets, Cuv. Mem. du Mus. I, 336 and pi. xi, f. 2,
three inches long; red; a black spot on each side of the tail; is
found in the Mediterranean.(l)

Cheilodipterus, Lacep.

All the characters of the Apogons, differing only in the fangs or
long and pointed teeth with which the jaws are armed.

They inhabit the Indian seas, are small, and generally marked
with longitudinal streaks. (2)

POMATOMUS, RisS.

Two separate dorsals like the Apogons, and the scales dislodged
with the same facility; but the preoperculum is simply striate, the
operculum emarginate, and the eye enormous; very small crowded
teeth (en velours i'cis).

Pomat. telescope, Risso; Cuv. and Val. II, xxiv. The only

species known; it inhabits the Mediterranean, and is excessively

rare.

A second subdivision comprises the Percoides with two dor-
sal fins, and long and pointed teeth mingled with the small
and crowded ones.

Ambassis, Commers.

Nearly the same form as that of the Apogons; a double notch to-
wards the lower part of the preoperculum; the operculum termi-
nating in a point. They are distinguished from the Apogons by
the contiguity of their two dorsals, and by a spine before the first.
Strictly speaking, they do not perhaps belong to this family, for
there are no appendages to the pylorus.

(1) This IS i\i&Apogon rouge, L.&ce-p.; the Corvidus, Gesner, p. 127', 3; the
Amia of Gronovius, Zooph., IX, 2; the Ceniropomus riibens, SpinoL, An. Mus.
X, XXVIII, 2, the Dipterodon ruber, Rafin- Caratt. No. 715, &c. Tlie Dipterodon
hexacanihe, Lacep. Ill, pi. iv, f. 2, and the Ostorinque Jleurieu, Id. Ill, xxxii, 2, also
belong to this genus. For the numei'ous species of this genus foreign to Europe,
see Cuv. and Val., II, 151, et seq.

(2) Cheilod. 8-vittatus, Cuv., Lacep. Ill, xxxv, 1; which is his Cheilod. ray^,
III, p. 543, and his Centropome macrodm, IV, 273. Cheilod. arabicus [Perca
lineata, Forsk), Cuv. and Val., II, pi. xxiii. Ch. 5-lineatus, lb. p. 167.

102 PISCES.

They are small Fresh-water fishes of the East Indies, which
swarm in the pools and rivulets j several of them are transpa-
rent, (l)

One of them is common in a pond in the island of Bourbon,
where they are prepared as anchovies, Jlmhassis Commersonii,
Cuv. and Val., II, xxv.(2)

To this division belongs the

Lucio-PercAj Cuv.

Called by the French Brockets-Perches, or Perch-Pike, because, in
addition to the characters of a Perch, they are possessed of teeth
somewhat resembling those of the Pike. The edge of their preoper-
culum has but one simple emargination; their dorsals are separate^
some of the maxillary and palatine teeth are long and pointed.

Luc. Sandra, Cuv.j Perca lucio-perca, L.; Sandre d'Europe; Bl,
pi. li; Cuv. and Val. II, pi. xv. Longer than the Perchj green-
ish, with vertical brown bands; from three to four feet in length;
an excellent fish, found in the lakes and rivers of Germany, and
of Eastern Europe.(3)

A second division comprises the Percoides with seven
branchial rays and one dorsal. They are subdivided in nearly
the same way as the preceding ones, as by their teeth which
are either hooked or all small and crowded ; notches and spines
on the opercula, &c.

In the subdivision, furnished with hooked teeth, we find,

Serranus, Cuv.

Preoperculum dentate; the bony operculum terminating in one or
several points. This genus contains a vast number of species, and
may be subdivided as follows:

Serranus, properly so called,
Or the Sea-Perch. No apparent scales on either of the jaws. Se-
veral beautiful species inhabit the Mediterranean, such as.

(1) Several of them are comprised by M. Ham. Buchanan among his Chandae.

(2) It is the Centropome ambasse, Lacep., IV, 273, and his Lutjan gymnocephale,
IV, 216 and III, pi. xxiii, f. 3. For the other species see Cuv. and Val., II, 181,
etseq.

(3) Add the Berschik, or Sandre hatard {Perca volgensis, Gm.); the Lucio-
perca americana, Cuv. and Val., II, pi. xvi, p. 122.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 103 "

Ferca scriba, L.; Cuv. and Val. II, xxviii, so named from hav-
ing some irregular blue lines on the head.(l)

Ferca cahrilla, L.; Cuv. and Val. 11, xxix. Three oblique
bands on the cheek.(2) It is also found in the ocean. This spe-
cies, and perhaps the preceding one, were known to the Greeks
by the name of ;^^ai', and were thought to consist exclusively of
females. Cavolini assures us, that in every specimen he exa-
mined, he found ovaries, at the lower end of which was a
whitish part which might be considered as the milt. He be-
lieves them to be hermaphroditical. The

Anthias, B1., partim,

Are Serrani, in which both jaws and the end of the muzzle are
armed with very apparent scales.(3) The most remarkable spe-
cies is,

Mth. sacer, Bl.(4) pi. cccxv; Barbier tie la BIS diter ranee; Cuv.
and Val. II, xxxi. A most beautiful fish, of a fine ruby red,
changing to gold and silver, with yellow bands on the cheek.
The third dorsal ray is more than double the height of the others;
the ventrals are very long, and the lobes of the caudal terminate
in filaments, the lower of which is the longest. (5)

Merra.

Serrani, whose maxillary is destitute of scales, but whose lower
jaw is covered with small ones. There is one of them found in the
Mediterranean; the

(1) It is also the Perca mariTics, Brunnich, the Holocentvus marinus, Laroche;
the Hoi- argus of Spinola, and the Hoi. maroccanus of Bloch. The Hoi. fasciaius,
151. 240, appears to us nothing more than the same species somewhat changed.

(2) It is also the Hoi. virescens, Bl. ; the Serranus Jlavus and cahrilla of Hip.; the
Labrus chanus of Gmel. or Holocentre chani, Lacep.; the Bodian hiatule, Id. &c.
Add the SaccheUo, Labrus hepatus, L.; and Lab. adriaticus, Gm., or Holocentrus
siagonotus, Laroche, &c.; Serranus vitta, Quoy et Gaym., Voy. de Freycin.,
Zool., LVIII, 2; i7o/. argentinus, Bl. 235; -fer. radialis, Q. et G., ol6;Serr.

fascicularis, Cuv. et Val., II, xxx, and the other species described, Id. 11, p.
239249.

(3) Most of our Merrs are placed by Bloch among his Anthias, but we restrict
this genus to the species answering to our definition of the same. So little re-
gard has Bloch had to exactness, that his Jlnthias sacer does not even possess the
character attributed to the genus Anthias, of a spineless operculum.

(4) This term Sacer was applied by the ancients to their Jlntkius, a large Fish
very different from the one here described. See Cuv. et Val., IT, p. 255 et seq.

(5) A.M Serranus oculatus, Cuv. et Val., II, xxxii, and the other species de-
scribed, lb. p. 262270.

104 PISCES.

Perca gigas, Gm. Three feet and more in length; of a cloud-
ed brown: it is also taken in the Ocean.

The Merrae, foreign to Europe, are extremely numerous; the den-
tation of the preoperculum, in several, becomes almost insensible;(l)
but, generally, they can only be distinguished by their colours.

There are many in which the body is dotted with colours more or
less vivid, (2) and others, in which it is marked with crowded spots.(3)

Some in which it is longitudinally striped,(4) or transversely,(5)
or marbled in large patches, (6) or divided into two colours,(7) or,
finally, of a more or less uniform tint. (8) Very few of them possess
characters drawn from very apparent varieties of form. We will
cite, however, the

(1) These, when the muzzle is naked, constitute the Bodianus, Bloch; they
only differ from most of the Holocentri of the same author, in this diminished
dentation. The Holocentri, when the muzzle is scaly, are called Epinepheli,
and where this is the case with the BoBiAifr, they are called Cephaegphoies. The
Ltjtjani and Anthije of Bloch differ from the Hoxocentri, in the absence of the
spines on their operculum; in the first ones, the muzzle is naked; it is scaly in
the otliers; but all these characters, of but little importance in themselves, are
very badly applied to the species.

(2) They are the Jacob Evertsen of the Dutch, such as: Bodiantis guttatus, BL,
224; CephcdophoUs argus, Bl., Schn., pi. 61; Bodianus bocnak^JM. 226; Holoc.
aurutus, lb. 236; Hul. cseruko-jnmdatus. Id. 242, 2; Labnis pundulatus, La-
cep.. Ill, xvii, 2, &c.; and in America, Perca guttata, Bl. 312, or Spare sanguino-
ient, Lacep. IV, iv, 1; P. maculata, Bl. 313, or Spare atlantique, Lac, IV, v, 1;
Johnius guttatus, Bl. Schn., ov Bonaci-arara, Parra, XVI, 2; Lutjanus lunulatus,
]5l. Schn., or Cabrillu, Parra, XXXVI,' 1; Bodianus guativere, Parra, V; Holoc.
punciatus,B\. 24!l, or Pyrapixanga,Ma.vcg. 152; Gymnocephalus ruber, B\. Schn.,

67, or Carauna, Marcg-., 147; Bodianus apua, Bl. 229.

(3) Epinephelus merra, Bl. 329; Holoc. pantherin, Lacep., Ill, xxvii, 3; Ser-
ranus bontoo, Cuv., Eussel, 128; Serr. suillus, Russ., 127; Labrus leopardus,
Lacep., Ill, XXX, 1; Hohc. salmono'ides, lb., XXXIV, 3; Bodianus melanurus,
Geoffr., Egypt., XXI, 1.

(4) Scisenaformosa, Shaw, liussel, 129.

(5) Holoc. tigrinus, BL, 237; Seb. Ill, xxvii; Hoi. lanceolatus, BL, 242, 1;
Jlntkias orientalis. Id., 326; Anth. striatus. Id. 324, which is also the Anth. cherna,
BL, Schn., Parra, XXIV; and the Spare chrysomelane, Lac^p.

(6) Ser7-a7ius geographicus, Kuhl, Cuv. et Val., II, p. 322.

(7) Serr anus Jlavo-caeruleus, Cuv., which is the Holoc. gymnose, Lacep., Ill,
xxvii, 2; his Bodian grosse tete, III, xx, 2, and his Holocentre jaune et bleu, IV, p.
369. It is also the Serran bourignon, Quoy et Gaym., Voy. Freycin., Zool., pi.
Ivii, 2.

(8) Holocentrus ongus, BL, 234; Epinephelus marginalis, Bl. 328, or Holoc.
rosmare, Lacep., IV, vii, 2; Hoi. oceanique, Lacep., IV, vii, 3; Epinephelus
ruber, Bl., 331. For various other species, of which there are no figures, see de-
scriptions in the second volume of our History of Fishes.

ACANTHOPTERYGIl. 105

Ser. altivelis, Cuv. ; Cuv. et Val., II, xxxv. Which has a
higher dorsal than the others; it is sprinkled with round and
black spots, on a ground of light brown; and

Serr. phaeton, lb. pi. xxxiv, whose two middle caudal rays
unite in a filament as long as the body.

We have separated from the Serrani, the

Plectropoma, Cuv.

Only differing from them in the more or less numerous teeth of the
lower edge of the preoperculum, which incline obliquely forwards, (l)
and the

DiAcoPE, Cuv.

Characterized by an emargination near the lower edge of the preo-
perculum, which receives a tuber of the interoperculum. The Indian
Ocean produces some large and splendid species.(2)

Mesoprion, Cuv.

The dental characters and fins of the Serrani with their dentated
preoperculum; the operculum terminating in an obtuse angle, not
spinous.(3)

Numerous and beautiful species inhabit the two oceans. (4) Seve-
ral of them are very large, and their flesh is excellent.

(1) PL melanoleucum, Cuv.; or Bodiun melanoleuqtie, L.vice]}.; or Labre lisse, Id.,
Ill, xxiii, 2; or Bodian cydostome, lb., XX, 1; Holoc. leopard, Lacep., IV, p. 337;
Cuv. et Val. II, xxxvi; Bodianus maculatus, Bl., 228, or Pledropome pondud,
Freycin., Zool., XLV, 1; Holocentrus unicolar, BL, Schn., Seb., Ill, Ixxvi, 10;
Pled, puella, Cuv. et Val. II, xxxvii, and the other species described in the se-
cond Vol. of our History of Fishes.

(2) Diac. Sebx, Cuv., Seb., Ill, xxvii, 2, and RusseT, 99; D. rivulata, Cuv. et
Val., II, xxxviii; D. macolor, Cuv., Renard, I, ix, 60; D. odolineaia, Cuv., or
Holoc. bengalensis, Bl., 246, the same as the Labrus 8-lineatus, Lacep. IIF, xxii, 1,
and as the Sdsana kasmira, Forsk; Hoi. 5. lineatus, Bl.,289, is a variety of it;
D. notata, Cuv. Russel, 98; D. quadriguttata, Cuv., or Sparc leipsure, Lacep. Ill,
XV, 2; D. calveti, Quoy et Gaym. Voy. Freycin. Zool., LVll, 1, and several other
species described in the second vol. of our History of Fishes.

(3) Most of them were comprised in the g-enus Lutjanus of Bloch, but were
there mingled with species of other families, either Scienoides or Labroides, of
which we have made other genera.

(4) Mesopr. unimaculatus, Russel, 97; Anthias Johniiy Bl., 318; Coius catus,
Buchan., 38, f. 30; M. S-lineatus, Russel, 110; M- monostygma, Cuv., Lacep.,

III, xvii, 1; M. uninotatus. Nob., Cuv. etVal., II, xxxix, Duham. part II, sect.

IV, pi. iii, f 2, and probably Spams synagris, L., Catesb. II, xvii, 1; M. bucca'

Vol. II. O

106 PISCES.

We now pass to Percoides with seven branchial rays, and a
single dorsal, the teeth small and crowded.

AcERiNA, Cuv.

Cavities or depressions on the bones of the head; preoperculum
and operculum with small spines, but not dentated. Two fresh-water
species are found in Europe.

A. cernua; Perca cernua, L. ; Perche goujonniere; Bl. 53,2;
Cuv. et Val. Ill, pi. xli. A small fish of an agreeable flavour,
very common in all the fresh-water streams of Europe; it is of an
olive colour, spotted with brown.

^. schraitzer; Perca schraitzer, L. ; the Schrmtz; Bl. 332.
Larger, and has interrupted blackish lines on the sides: it inha-
bits the Danube. (l)

Rypticus, Cuv.

Small spines on the opercula; the scales, like those of the Gram-
mistes, small and concealed in a thick epidermis; particularly dis-
tinguished from the Grammistes by the single dorsal.

B. saponaceusi Anthias saponaceus, BL, Schn. ; Parra, xxiv, 2.
An American species which has received this name on account
of its soft skin, that is smeared with a frothy viscosity .(2)

POLYPRION, Cuv.

This genus, in addition to dentations in the preoperculum and
spines, or the operculum, is marked by a bifurcated and very rough
crest on the latter; the bones of the head are generally covered with
asperities.

nella, Cuv., the figure of wliicli was taken by Kloch from Plumler, and, with some
alteration given as the Sparus erythrinus, pi. 274; Bod. aia, Bl., 227, or Acara
aia, Margr., 167; Mes. chrysurus, Cuv. et Val., II, xl, which is also the Sparus
ehrysurus, Bl., 262, or Acara pitamba of Marcgr., 155; the Anthias rabirrubia, Bl. ,
Schn., Parra, XXII, 1; tlie Spare demi-lune, Lacep. IV, iii, 1; and the Colas o{
Guadeloupe, Duham. Sect. IV, pi. xii, 1; M. cynodon, Cuv. or Anthias cabalk-
rote, Bl., Schn., Parra, XXV, liAnth. jocu, BL, Schn., Parra, XXV, 2;Sp.
tetracanthus, BL, 279, which is also the Vivanet gris, Lacep., IV, iv, 3; and the
Luijanus acutirosiris, Desmar.; M. sillao, Russel, 100; M. lunulatus, Cuv.,
Mungo Park, Lin. Trans., Ill, xxxv, 6; Luij. erythropterus, Bl. 249; Liifj. lut-
janus, Id., 245; Sparus malabaricus, BL, Schn.; M. rangus, Cuv., Russel,
94; M. rapilli. Id., 95; ilphestes gembra, BL, Schn., pi. 51, 2, and the other
species described in our second volume.

(1) Add Perca acerina, Guldenst., Nov. Comment. Petrop., XIX, 455.

(2) Add Rypticus arenatus, Cuv. etVal., Ill, pi. xlvi.

ACANTIIOPTERYGII. 107

Polyp, cernium, Valcnc; Mem. du Mus. torn. XI, p. 265; and
Cuv. and Val., Ill, pi, xlii.(l) An enormous species found in
the Mediterranean; it is clouded with brown on a lighter
ground.

Centropristis, CtlV.

All the characters of Serranus except that there are no canini,
and that all the teeth are small and crowded; preoperculum dentated
and operculum spinous.

Centrop. nigricans, Cuv.; Coryphxna nigrescens, Bl., Schn.;

Cuv. and Val., Ill, pi. xliv. (The Black Perch.) Blackish brown;

the caudal fin trilobate when young. It becomes large, and is

found in the United States.(2)

Gristes, CtlV.

Only differs from Centropristis in the margin of the preopercu-
lum, Avhich is entire and not dentated. (3)

The genus Perca, as defined by Artedi and Linnaaus, ter-
minates here ; but there remains a number of fishes which ap-
proach itj although peculiar characters compel us to arrange
them in separate genera.

We will begin with those Percoides which have less than
seven branchial rays. We may also subdivide them according
to the number of their dorsals, and the nature of their teeth.

Of those with a single dorsal, some have hooked teeth among
the others : they are the

CiRRHiTES, Comraers.

Preoperculum, as in Mesoprion, dentated, and the operculum termi-
nating in an obtuse angle; distinguished by the inferior rays of the
pectoral, which are stouter and not branched, that extend a little be-

(1) The Amphiprion australis, Bl., Schn., pi. 47, or americanus, lb., p. 205; and
the Amph. oxygeneios, lb., or Ferca prognathus, Forst. do not appear to us distin.
guishable from the cemium.

(2) It is also the Lufjan triloba, I.acep. II, xvi, 3, and the Perca varla, Mitchill,
Trans. New York, I. Add Perca trifurca, L. ; La Scorpene de Waigiou, Quoy et
Gaym. Freycin., Zool., LVIII, 1; and the other species described in the third
Vol. of our History of Fishes.

(3) The Labre salmo't'de, L.Sicei). IV, v, 2, or Cychla variabilis, Lesueur, Ac.
Nat. Sc. Phil., Cuv., et Val., Ill, pi. xlv; Gr. matquariensis, lb., p. 58.

108 PISCES.

yond the membranej but six rays to the branchiae. They all inhabit
the Indian Ocean.(l)

Others with less than seven branchial rays are furnished with
small and crowded teeth only, or, at least, have no hooked ones.

Chironemus, Ciiv.

The inferior part of the pectorals with the same simple rays as the
Cirrhites.(2)

POMOTIS, Cuv.
Fishes, with a compressed and oval body, characterized by a mem-
branous prolongation at the angle of the operculum. They inhabit
the rivers, 8cc. of America. (3)

Centrarchus, Cuv.
Characters of the Pomotis, and numerous spines in the anal fin; a
group of small and crowded teeth on the tongue.(4) From America.

Priacanthus, Cuv.

The body oblong, compressed, and, as well as the entire head, and
even both jaws, covered with small rough scales; preoperculum
dentated and its angle spiniform and dentated. The seas of hot cli-
mates.(5)

DuLES, Cuv.

The operculum, as in Centropristis, terminating in spines; preo-
perculum dentated and small; crowded teeth; but six rays to the
branchial membrane. (6)

(1) The Cirrhite tacheU, Lac^p., V, 3, which is also his Labre marhr6. III, v, 3,
and p. 492; the Cin-hite pantherin, or Sparc panther in, lb., IV, vi, 1, and p. 160,
and Seb., Ill, xxvii, 12; Cirrhites vittatus, Cuv., Renard, I, xviii, 102; Cirrh.
aprinus, Cuv. et Val., Ill, xlvii, &c.

(2) One species only is known, Chiron, georgianus, Cuv. et Val., Ill, p. 78; from
New Holland.

(3) Pomotis vulgaiis, Cuv., or Labrus aunius, L., called Pond-Perch in the
United States. Catesb., II, viii, 2, Cuv. et Val., Ill, pi. 49.

(4) Centrarchus asneus, Cuv., or Cychla 3enea,Lesneur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil.; C.
sparo'i'des, or Labre spardide, Lacep., Ill, xxiv, 2; Labre iris, Lac, IV, v, 3, which
is also his Labre macroptere, III, xxiv, 1.

(5) Anthias macrophtalmus, BI. 319, or Catalufa, Parra, XII, 1; inthias boops,
Bl. Schn. 308; Scisena hamruhr, Forsk. ; Lalrus crue7iiaius, hacep. Ill, ii, 2, and
the other species described in our third volume.

(6) Dules auriga, Cuv. et Ya.]., Ill, li; 7). twniurus, lb., LIII, and the other
species described vol. HI.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 109

B. rupestris, Cuv., a species resembling a carp, and highly
flavoured, is found in the fresh Avaters of the isles of Bourbon
and of Mauritius, where it is much esteemed. (l)

Therapon, Cuv.

Preoperculum, dentated; operculum terminating in a stout spine; a
strongly emarginate dorsal between the spinous and soft part: teeth
of the external row pointed and stronger than the rest. In some, the
teeth of the vomer fall out at an early period. They inhabit the
waters of India, and are remarkable for a natatory bladder, divided
into two chambers by a stricture. (2)

It is hardly possible to separate the Datnia from them, although
they want the palatine teeth; their profile is more rectilinear; their
dorsal less emarginate.(3)

Pelates,

Internal and opercular characters, the same as in Theraponj but
the teeth are uniformly small and crowded, and the dorsal but slightly
emarginate.(4)

Helotes, Cuv.

Also very similar; the dorsal deeply emarginate; they are particu-
larly distinguished by the anterior range of teeth, which are Iribo-
late.(5)

Most of these fishes are marked with longitudinal blackish lines
on a silvery ground.

The Percoides, with less than six branchial rays and two
dorsals, constitute but two genera.

TrichodoNj Steller.

Preoperculum with strong spines, operculum terminating in a flat
point; no scales; mouth cleft almost vertically. But one species is
known,

Tr. Stelkri^ Cuv.; Trachinus trichodon; Pall. Petersb. Mem.

(1) This is the Centropome de roche, Lacep., IV, 273.

(2) Holocentrits servus, BI., 238, 1, or Scisena jerbua, Forsk.; Hoi. 4-lineatus,
Bl. 238, 2;Ther. puta, Cuv. Russel, pi. 126^Tker. theraps, Cuv., Cuv. and
Val., Ill, liv, and the others described Vol. III.

(3) Datnia Buchanani, or Coins datnia, Buchanan, pi. ix, f. 29, and Cuv. and
Val., Ill, Iv; Dai. cancellata,Tb., p. 144.

(4) P elates quinque-lineatus, Cuv., et Val., Ill, 56.

(5) Hebtes 6-lineatus, Cuv., et Val., Ill, Ivii, or Esclave six lines, Quoy et
Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool., LXX, 1.

110 PISCES.

IV, XV, 8, and Cuv. and Val. Ill, Ivii. From the north of the
Pacific. (1)

SiLLAGOj Cuv.

Head somewhat elongated and pointed; mouth smallj small crowded
teeth in the jaws, and before the vomer; operculum terminating in a
small spine; six branchial rays; two contiguous dorsals; spines of the
first, slender; the second, long and low.

They are all from the Indian Ocean, and much esteemed for
the flavour and lightness of their flesh. The most remarkable
species is

Sill, domina, Cuv. Brownish, and distinguished by the first
ray of its dorsal, which is drawn out into a filament as long as
the body. Its head is scaly, and the eye very small. There is
another.

Sill, malaharica; Scicena malabarica, Bl. Schn.; Soring, Rus-
sel, 113, not above afoot long, and fawn-coloured, which is
considered one of the best fishes of India.(2)

We now pass to those Percoides which have more than
seven rays to the branchiae. Three genera are known, all of
which present the following peculiarity: their ventrals have
a spine and seven or more soft rays, while in other Acanthop-
terygii there are never more than five soft rays.

HoLOCENTRUM, Artedi.(3)

The scales of these beautiful fishes are brilliant and dentated; oper-
culum dentated and spinous; preoperculum dentated with a stout
spine at the angle, which is directed backwards. They are found
in the hot parts of both oceans. (4)

(1) This Fish having' neither jugular ventrals, nor an elongated posterior dor-
sal, nor a strong spine on the operculum, nor seven rays in the branchiae, cannot
be a Trachinus, as was thought by Pallas and Tileslus.

(2) Add Atherima sihama, Forsk., or Platicephalus sihamus, Bl. Schn. Ruppel,
Poiss., pi. iii, f. 1^ Sillago maculata, Quoy et Gaym. Freycin. pi. iii, f. 3-

(3) We restrict this genus to species answering to the definition of it given by
Artedi, Seb. Ill, ad tab. 1, xxvii, and like him, we give a neuter termination
to this name to prevent it being confounded with the Holocentrus of Bloch and of
Lacepede, which contains various other species, Serrani particularly.

(4) Holocentrum longipinne, Cuv., which is the Hoi. sogho, BL, 232; and his
Bodianus pentacanthus, or the Jaguaraca of Marcgr., 147; it is also the Scixna
rubra,B\., Schn., Catesb., II, ii, 2; and the Amphiprion matejuelo, Bl., Schn.,
Parra, XIII, 2; Hoi. orientale, Cuv., Seb., Ill, xxvii, 1; Hoi. rubrum, Bennet,

ACANTHOPTERYGII. Ill

Myripristis, Cuv.

The brilliancy, shape and scales of the Holocentra, but the pre-
operculum has a dentated double border, and there is no spine at the
angle. This genus is remarkable for a natatory bladder divided
into two chambers, the anterior part of which is bilobate and attach-
ed to the cranium in two places, where the latter is only closed by
membrane, and which correspond to the sacs of the ears. They
inhabit the hot parts of both oceans.(l)

BeryXj Cuv.

Differs from Myripristis in having but a single short dorsal, with
but a few^ small spines, almost hidden in its anterior edgej ten soft
rays in the ventrals.(2) It is impossible to remove from it the

Trachichthys, Shaw,

In which, with the same roughness that exists in the three preceding
genera, and the same little dorsal that is seen in Beryx, we find a
flat spine at the lower part of the preoperculum, and one on the
shoulder; the abdomen and sides of the tail are covered with large
carinated scales.(3)

All the Percoides of which we have hitherto spoken, have
their ventrals inserted under the pectorals ; there are some
genera, however, in which they are differently located.

In the Percoides Jugulares, they are placed on the
throat further forwards than the pectorals.

Trachinus, Lin.
A compressed head, approximated eyes, and an oblique mouth; the

Fishes of Ceylon, pi. iv, Hoi. ho, Cuv., Ren., I, xxvil, 148, a very bad figure;
Sciaena spinifera, Forsk; Hoi. hastutum, Cuv. et Val., Ill, lix, Hoi diademOy
Lacep., Ill, ix, 3, or Ferca pulchella, Bennet, Zool. Journ. Ill, ix, 3; H.sammara,
or Scisma sammara, Forsk, or Labre anguleux, Lacep., Ill, xxii, 1, and the other
species described in our third volume.

(l; Myripristis jacobus, Cuv., Desmar., Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat.; M. Japon-
icus, Cuv. et Val., lU, Iviii; iJf. botche, Cuv., Russel, 105, M. parvidens, Cuv.,
Id., 109; the Lufjan hexagone, Lacep. IV, 213; his Holocentre Thunberg, lb. 367;
his Centropome rouge, lb., 273; the Scisena murdjan, Forsk, also belong to this
genus. See Vol. Ill of our Icthyology.

(2) Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. et Val. Ill, 222; B. lineatus, lb. 226, and pi. Ixx.

(3) TracMchthys australis, Shaw, Nat. Misc., No. 578: and Gen. Zool., IV,
part II, p. 260.

112 PISCES.

first dorsal very short, the second very longj pectorals large, and a
stout spine on the operculum. They generally remain concealed
in the sandj wounds inflicted by the spines of their first dorsal are
much dreaded, but their flesh is esteemed. Several species are
found in the Atlantic, Sec.

Track, draco, h.; Salv., 72; Track, lineatus, Bl. Schn., pi. x;
and Penn., Brit. ZooL, III, xxix. (The Dragon Weaver.) Grey
and reddish, with blackish spots; blue streaks and yellow tints;
thirty rays to the second dorsal; flanks obliquely striated.

Track, vipera, Cuv. ; Boideroc; Penn. 28; Bl., 61. (The
Otter-Pike.) Smaller than the draco and paler, with smooth
flanks and twenty-four rays in the second dorsal. It is more
dreaded than the preceding species, in consequence of its dimin-
ished size, which renders the fishermen more liable to be stung
by it.

Track, araneus, Riss.; Salvian, 71; copied Willugb., pi. S.
10, f. 2. Higher; twenty-eight rays to the second dorsal; six
or eight black spots along the flank. From the Mediterranean.
Track, radiatus, Cuv.; Cuv. and Val., Ill, Ixxii. Twenty-five
rays in the second dorsal; head shagreened and rough; flanks
alternately marked with large black rings, and full spots.
The Trachini of remote seas are unknown to us.

Percis, Bl. Schn.

These fishes, in some respects, are the representatives of the Tra-
chini in the seas of hot climates. They principally differ from them
in the depression of their head, and by having hooked teeth in the
anterior part of the jaws and vomer; but there are none in the palate.
Their first small dorsal is somewhat more closely united to the long
one which follows it.(l)

PiNGUIPES, Cuv.

More heavily built than the Percis; strong conical teeth; fleshy
lips and teeth in the palate; thick ventrals.

Ping, brasilianus, Cuv. et Val., Ill, Ixxiv. From Brazil, the
only species known. In

(1) Percis maculata, Bl., Schn., pi. 38; P. semi-fasciata, Cuv., et Val., Ill,
Ixxiii; P. cylindrica, or Sciw^ia cylindrica, lU., 299, 1, which is also the Bodianus
Sebx, Bl., Schn., Seb. Ill, xxvii, 16; P. cancellata, Cuv., oi* Labre tetracanthe,
Lac^p., Ill, p. 473; and II, pi. xiii, f. 3, which is also his Bodian tetracanthe, IV,
302; P.ocellata, Renard, I, vi, 42; P. colias, Cuv. or Enchelyopus coliasy Bl.,
Schn., p. 54, and the other species described in our third volume.

acanthopterygii. 113

Percophis, Cuv.

The body, on the contrary, is much elongated; some of the teeth
are very long and pointed, and the end of the lower jaw projects.

Percoph. brasilianus, Cuv.; Fere. Fabre, Quoy and Gaym.,
Voy. Freycin., Zool., liii, 1, 2. The only species known: also
from Brazil.
One of the most remarkable genera, of the Jugulares is that of

Uranoscopus, Lin.

So called because the eyes are placed on the superior surface of
the nearly cubical head, and look upwards: the mouth is cleft verti-
callyj the lower part of the preoperculum is crenate, and there is a
stout spine to each shoulder; but six rays in the branchiae. In the
mouth and before the tongue is a long and narrow slip, which can
be protruded at the will of the fish, and serves, it is said, to attr-act
small ones, while it remains concealed in the mud. A remarkable
peculiarity of their anatomy is the enormous size of the gall-bladder,
a fact well known to the ancients.(l)

In some, the first dorsal, small and spinous, is separated from the
second which is soft and long.

Uranos. scaber, L. ; Bl. 173. Grey-brown, with irregular ran-
ges of whitish spots. Although one of the most hideous of
fishes, it is eaten. From the Mediterranean.

Very similar species are found in the Indian ocean, and in
Brazil.(2)
Others have but one dorsal in which the spinous and soft parts
are united. They are all foreign to our seas. (3)

In a third division of the Percoides, the ventrals are in-
serted further back than the pectorals : they are the Percoi^
DES Abdominales. The first genus is

POLYNEMUS, L.

So named because several of the inferior pectoral rays are free, and
form so many filaments;(4) the ventrals are not very far back, and

(1) Arist. Hist., An., lib. II, xv.

(2) Add Uranosc. affinis, Ur. marmoratus, Ur. guttatus, Ur. jiUbarbis, Ur. Y
greecum; new species described in our third Vol.

(3) Uranosc. lebeck, Bl., Schn., p. 47; Ur. monopterygius, lb. 49; Ur. lsevis,lh.,
pi. viii; Ur. inermis, Cuv., et Val., Ill, Ixxi, and Ur. cirrhoms, two new species.

(4) From yufxa, [a thread).

Vol. II. P

114 PISCES.

the pelvis is still suspended to the bones of the shoulder. They are
allied to the Percoides by the teeth, either small and crowded, or bent
back like those of a wool-card, which arm their jaws, vomer, and
palate^ but their snout is convex, and the vertical fins scaly as in
many of the Scienoides: the two dorsals are separated, the preoper-
culum is dentated and the mouth deeply cleft: they are found in all
the seas of hot climates.

Pol. paradiseus and Pol. quinquarius, L.; Seb. Ill, xxvii, 2;
Edw., 208^ Russel, 285. (The Mango Fish.) So called from its
fine yellow colour: has seven filaments on each side, the first of
which are twice the length of the body. The natatory bladder
is wanting in this species, although it exists in all the others:
it is the most delicious fish found in Bengal.

The filaments of the remaining Polynemi are shorter than the
body, and their number is one of their specific characters.
Some of them are large, and all are considered excellent food.(l)

In the succeeding genera the ventrals are altogether behind,
and the pelvis no longer adheres to the bones of the shoulder.
The first, for a long time, was even confounded w^ith that of
the Pikes : it is the genus

Sphyr^na, B1. Schn.(2)

Large fishes of an elongated form with two separated dorsals, an
oblong head, the lower jaw of which projects in a point before the
upper one, and part of whose teeth are large, pointed and trenchant.
Their preoperculum is not c^'itated nor their operculum spinous.
There are seven rays to the branchiae, and numerous pyloric appen-
dages. One species is found in the Mediterranean,

Sph. vulgaris; Esox sphyreena^lj.; Sphyene spe^, Lacep.;(3)
Bl. 389, which attains a length of more than three feetj back
bronzed; belly silvery; brown spots when young.

Sph. picula, Bl. Schn.; Parr., xxxv, 5, 2; Lac, V, ix, 3. A

(1) Polyn. plebeius, or Emo'i, Brouss., Bl., 4OO5 Po/. uronemus, Cuv., Russel,
184; Pol. tetradadylus, Shaw, Russel, 183; Pol. sextarius, Bl., Schn., pi. iv;
Pol. enneadadylus, Vahl. ; Pol. decadadylus, Bl. 401; Polynemus americanus,
Cuv., which is the species improperly named by Bl., pi. 402, paradisasus, and of
which M. de I.acepede has also improperly made a particular genus, his Polydac-
tyle plumier, V, xiv, 3.

(2) 2(f>!/V*"'='> dart.

(31 Spet, fi-om Espeto, the Spanish name of the Pike.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 115

closely allied American species. The same country produces
another,

S2)h. barracuda, Cuv.; Catesb., II, pi. 1, f. 1. Which be-
comes much larger, and is nearly as much dreaded as the shark.

Paralepis, Cuv.

Small fishes resembling the Sphyrsense, but whose second dorsal is
so small and frail that it has been considered as adipose.(I)

MuLLUS; Lin.

This genus is rather closely allied to the Percoides by several ana-
tomical and external details, though the species which compose it
present so many remarkable peculiarities that they might readily be
made to constitute a separate family. Their dorsals are far apart;
the entire body and opercula are covered with large scales which
are easily dislodged; the mouth is slightly cleft and but weakly
armed with teeth, and above all they are distinguished by two long
cirri, which depend from the symphysis of the lower jaw. They
are divided into two subgenera.

MuLLus, properly so called.

But three rays to the branchiae, operculum spineless, and no teeth
in the upper jaw; two broad plates of small teeth en pave^ on the
vomer;(2) no natatory bladder. All the species are from Europe.
M. barbatus, L.; Le Rouget; Bl. 348, 2. (The Red Surmul-
let.) Profile nearly vertical; of a fine lively red; celebrated for
the flavour of its flesh, and for the amusement it aff'orded the
Romans, who took much pleasure in contemplating the changes
of colour it undergoes when dying;(3) most common in the
Mediterranean.

M. surmtdetus, L.; Bl. 57. (The Surmullet.) Larger; pro-
file less vertical; longitudinally striped with yellow; most com-
mon in the ocean.

Upeneus, Cuv.
Teeth in both jaws, but very often none in the palate; a small spine

(1) Two or three small species described by llisso, 2d ed. f. 15 and 16, inhabit
the Mediterranean.

(2) En pave, teeth formed like paving stones, and placed as in a pavement.
.Am. Ed.

(3) Senec, Quest., Nat., Ill, c. xviii.

116 PISCES.

on the operculum; four rays in the branchiae; a natatory bladder.
They are all from hot latitudes.(l)

FAMILY II,
BUCCiE LORICATE.,

Or the Mailed- Cheeks, contains a numerous suite of fishes
to which the singular appearance of their head, variously
mailed and protected, gives a peculiar aspect that has always
caused them to be arranged in special genera, although they
have many close affinities with the Perches. Their common
character consists in the sub- orbital being more or less ex-
tended over the cheek and articulated behind with the pre-
operculum. The Uranoscopus is the only one of the preced-
ing family which has any thing like it, but the sub -orbital of
the latter, although very broad, is connected behind with the
temporal bones, and not with the preoperculum.

Linnaeus divided them into three genera, Trigla, Cottus,
and ScoRP^NA ; it has been found necessary, however, to sub-
divide them, and to add some of his Gasterostei.

Trigla, Lin. (2)

The above character strongly marked; an enormous sub-orbital
completely covering the cheek, and even articulated by an immova-
ble suture with the preoperculum, so as to allow of no separate
motion; sides of the head nearly vertical, giving it a form approach-
ing that of a cube, or parallelopiped, the bones hard and rough.
There are two distinct dorsals, and three free rays under the pecto-
ral. They have about twelve caeca, and a broad and bilobate air-
bladder. Several species, when caught, utter sounds which have
procured for them in France their vulgar name of Grondins; in
England they are called Gurnards.

(1) Mullus vittatus, Gm., Lacep., Ill, xiv, 1; Russel, II, 158; M. Russelii, Cuv.,
Russel, II, 157; M. bifasciatus, Lacep., Ill, xiv, 2; M. trifasciatus, Id., Ill, xv,
1, or 31. multibande, Quoy et Gaym., Voy. Freycin., pi. 59, f. 1, and several
other species described in the third Vol. of our Hist, des Poissons.

(2) Tg/^/Xn, the Greek name of the Mullet; Artedi united these two genera, and
since they have been separated, this name has been assigned to the Gurnards.

ACANTHOPTERYGIIr 117

Trigla, Cuv.

The Trigls, properly so called, have small crowded teeth in the
the jaws and before the vomer. The pectorals are large, but not
sufficiently so to raise them above the water. Numerous species are
found on the coast of Europe.

Tt. pini, Bl., 355; Trig, cuculus, L.? Numerous vertical and
parallel lines along each side of the body, intersecting the late-
ral line, and formed by folds of the skin, in each of which is a
cartilaginous lamina; muzzle oblique. A good fish of a fine red
colour.

Tr. lineata, L.; Tr. adriatica, Gm.; Bl. 35; Rond. 295; Mar-
tens, Voy. to Venice, II, pi. ii. The muzzle much more ver-
tical, and the pectorals longer; the lines on the flanks encircle
the body like rings.

Tr. hirimdo, L.; Bl., 60.(1) Neither spines nor furrows on the
sides; back brownish, sometimes reddish; pectorals one fourth
of its length, the inner side edged with blue. It is the largest
species taken on the coast of Europe, sometimes exceeding two
feet in length.

Neighbouring species are found in India. (2)

TV, lyra, L.; Bl., 350; Rond. 298. The muzzle divided into
two dentated lobes; a stout spine on the operculum, super-sca-
pular, and particularly on the humeral; spines along the dor-
sals; lateral line smooth; pectorals one third of its length; a
beautiful fish, bright red above and a silvery white beneath,

Tr. gurnardiis, L. ; Bl. 58. A pointed spine on the shoulder
and operculum; scales on the lateral line slightly carinate; ge-
nerally grey-brown above, spotted with white, and white be-
neath; some of them, however, are reddish or red. Common
in the markets in France.

Tr. cuculus, Bl., 59.(3) A neighbouring species which is al-
ways red with a black spot on the first dorsal.

Tr. lucerna, Briin. ; Rondel. 287.(4) Scales on the lateral
line higher than they are wide; the second dorsal spine pro-
longed into a filament.

(1) It is the Tr. cuculus, of Briinnich,

(2) They are new; we describe them in the fourth volume of our Ichthyology.

(3) It is the T?: hirundo of Brunnich; but it is neither the cuculus nor the
hirundo, Lin.

(4) It is not the Tr. lucema, Lin., but his Tr. obscura, described Mus. Ad-
Fred, part II, and subsequently forgotten. The Tr. lucema, L., is a factitious
species.

118 PISCES.

Tr. aspera; Vivianij Rondel., 296. Short muzzle, rough
scales, velvet head; sharp crests along the dorsals; temple emar-
ginate. These two last species are small, and peculiar to the
Mediterranean. ( Q
M. de Lacepede has separated three genera from Trigla:

Prionotus, Lacep.

American fishes resembling the Tr. hiricndo. Their pectorals, how-
ever, are longer, and can support them in the air; their distinguish-
ing character, however, consists in a band of small crowded teeth
on each palatine. (2)

PeristedioNj Lacep.

This genus has been separated from Trigla with still more proprie-
ty. The whole body is mailed with large hexagonal scales, forming
longitudinal ridges; the muzzle is divided into two points, under
which are branched cirri: no teeth.

P. cataphracta; Trigla cataphracta, L.; Rondel,, 299. Red;
a foot long; from the Mediterranean; the only species well
known. (3)
The best of these divisions is

Dactylopterus, Lacep.

So celebrated under the name of Flying Fishes; the subpectoral
rays are much more numerous and longer; and instead of being free,
as in the preceding ones, they are united by a membrane so as to
form a supernumerary fin, longer than the fish, which supports it in
the air for some time. Thus they are seen flying above the surface
of the water, in order to escape from Dolphins and other voracious
fishes; they fall into it again, however, in a few seconds.

Their extremely short snout has the appearance of a hare-lip;
the mouth is beneath, and the jaws are only furnished with rounded
teeth, in small patches {en petits paves); the helmet is flattened, rec-
tangular, and rough; the preoperculum terminates in a long and
stout spine, which forms a powerful weapon; all their scales are ca-
rinated.

(1) Add the neighbouring species: Tr. papilio, Guv.- Tr. phalxna,- Tr.
sphinx, described in our fourth volume.

(2) Tr. punctata, Bl. 353 and 354; Tr.strigata, C\iv., evolam, L., or lineatus,
Mitchill, New York Trans., I, pi. Jv, 4; Tr. Carolina, L., or palmipes, Mitchill,
I, cit.; Tr. tribulus, Cuv.

(3) The fig. of Bloch, 349, is incorrect, and gives too many rays to the second
dorsal. Several other species are found in the East Indies.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 119

D. volitans; Trigla volitans, L.; Bl., 351, the Mediterranean
species, is a foot long; brown above; reddish beneath; fins black,
variously marked with blue.

D. orientalis, Cuv. Russel, ,161, is a neighbouring species
from the Indian Ocean.

Cephalacanthus, Lacep.

Nearly the form, and particularly the head of the Dactylopteri; dif-
fering from them, however, in the total absence of supernumerary
fins or wings.

C. spinarella; Gasterosteus spinarella, L.; Mus. Ad. Fred.,

pi. xxxii, f. 5. A very small species from Guiana, and the only

one known. (1)

CoTTUSj Lin.

Head broad, depressed, mailed, and variously armed with spines or
tubercles; two dorsals; teeth front of the vomer, but none on the pa-
latines; six rays in the branchiae, and only three or four in the ven-
trals. The inferior pectoral rays, as in Trachinus, are not branched;
few csecal appendages, and no natatory bladder.

Those that inhabit fresh water have a nearly smooth head, and
but one spine to the preoperculum; their first dorsal is very low.
The most common species is

C. gobio, L.; Bl. 39, 1, 2. (The River Bull-head.) A small
blackish fish, four or five inches in length.
The salt water species are more spinous, and when irritated their
head becomes still more inflated. Such are

C. scorpius, h.', B\. 40. (The Father-Lasher.) Three spines
on the preoperculum.

C, bubalis, Euphrasen., New Stockh. Mem., VII, 95. Pre-
operculum with four spines, the first very long.

C. quadricornisyBl., 108. (The Four-Horned Bull-head.) Dis-
tinguished by four quadrate and bony tubercles. These three
species are found in the European seas, the latter more parti-
cularly in the Baltic.

America and the north of the Pacific Ocean produce much
larger ones. (2) A small species is taken in the latter, whose
singularity of form entitles it to notice: it is the

C. diceraus. Pall.; Synanceia cervus, Tilesius, Mem. Acad.

(1) It is from Guiana, and not from India, as has always been asserted.

(2) C. virginianus. Will., X, 15, or ododecim spinosus, Mitchill, New York,
Trans., IV, p. 380; C. polyacanthocephalus, Pall., Zool., Kuss., &c.

130 PISCES.

Petersb. Ill, 1811, p. 278. Internal edge of the first spine of
the preoperculum, which is nearly as long as the head, furnish-
ed with six or eight prickles recurved towards its base.(l)

AspiDOPHORUs, Lacep. Agonus, B1. Schn. Phalangista, Pall.

Has been very properly separated from Cottus. Their body is
defended by angular plates like that of a Peristedion, and there are
no teeth in the vomer.

A species is found on the coast of Europe, Cott. cataphr actus,
L. A small fish but a few inches long, whose mouth opens
beneath, and the whole of whose branchiostegous membrane is
furnished with little fleshy filaments.

The north of the Pacific produces several others, in one of
which, the mouth is also beneath, and the branchiostegous
membrane villous. (2)

In others, the lower jaw projects beyond the upper one, and
the branchiostegous membrane is smooth. (3)

The jaws of some are equal, and the two dorsals separated. (4)

Finally, there is one in India that has but a single dorsal.
Lacepede has formed a genus for it which lie calls Aspido-

PH0110IDES,(5)

Other groups have lately been observed^ which are partly
allied to Cottus and partly to Scorpsena.

Hemitripterus, Cuv.

The head depressed, and two dorsals as in Cottus; no regular
scales on the skin, but teeth in the palate. The head is bristly and
spinous, and has several cutaneous appendages. The first dorsal is
deeply emarginate, a circumstance v/hich has led some authors to
believe they had three.

But one species is known, (from North America,) Cottus trip-
terygius, Bl., Schn. (6) which is taken along with the Cod.

(1) Add, C. pistilUger, Pall, Zool., Russ., Ill, 143.

N.n. The Cottus anosiomus. Pall., Zool., Russ., Ill, 128, is the Uranoscopus.

(2) Phalangistes acipenserinus. Pall, or ^g. acip.. Tiles.

(3) Phal. loricatus. Pall., oi* Jlgonus dodecaedrus, Tiles.; Phal. fusiformis.
Pall., or Jg. rostrutus. Tiles.; Jig. Isevigatus, Tiles., or Syngnathus segaliensis.
Id., Mem. Nat. Mosc. II, xiv.

(4) Cottus japonicus. Pall., Spic. Zool. ,^VII, v, or .3g. stegophthalmus, Til.
Mem. Petersb., IV, xiii,and Voy. Krusenstern, pi. 87; ^g- decagonus, El., Schn.,
pi. xxvii.

(5) Coitus monopterygius, Bl., 178, 1 and 2.

(6) It is also the Cottus acadianus, Penn. Arct. Zool., VIIF, 371; the Cottus

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 121

From one to two feet long-, tinged with yellow and red, varied
with brown.

Hemilepidotus, Cuv.

The head nearly similar to that of a Cottus, but there is only one
dorsal^ the palatines furnished with teethj longitudinal bands of
scales on the body, separated by others which are naked. A thick
epidermis prevents these scales from being seen until the skin is
dried.

The species known are from the north of the Pacific.(l)

Platycephalus, B1.

This genus has been separated from Cottus for still stronger rea-
sons. The ventrals are large, six-rayed, and placed behind the pec-
torals^ the head is much depressed, with trenchant edges, and armed
with spines, but is not tuberculous; the branchiae have seven rays
and they are covered with scales; a range of sharp teeth in the pala-
tines, &c. They inhabit the Indian Ocean, and bury themselves in
the sand to watch for their prey.

It is on this account that one species has been called insidia-
tor, Cottus insidiator, L.(2)

SCORP^NA, Lin.

The head, like that of a Cottus, mailed and roughened, but com-
pressed on the sides; body covered with scales; several rays in the
branchiae, and but a single dorsal. If we except the armature of
the cheek, and the tubercles which frequently give them an odd ap-
pearance, they closely approximate to certain Percoides, such as the
Acerinse and the Centropristes; but though the inferior rays of their

hispidus, Bl., Schn., 62; the Scorpsenajlava, Mitchill, Ann. New York Lye. I, ii, 8;
and perhaps the Scorpxna americana, Gmel., Duhamel, Sect. V, pi. ii, f. 5; but
this figure must be very incorrect.

(1) Cottus hemilepidotus, Tilesius, Mem. Ac. Petersb., Ill, pi. xi, f. 1, 2, which
is probably the Cottus trachurus, Pall. Zoog., Russ., Ill, 138.

(2) It is also the Cottus spatula, Rl., 424, the Cotte madegasse, Lacep., Ill, ii,
12; the Callionymus indicus, L., Russel, 46, or Calliomore indien, Lacep.; Add,
Platyc. endrachtensis, Quoy et Gaym., Voy. Freycin. p. 353; Cott. scaber, L., Bl.
189, Russel, 47; ^the two species or varieties of Krusenstern, pi. 59: the Sand-
kruyper of Renard, part II, pi. 1, f. 210, and ten new species described in the
fourth volume of our Icthyology ; but the Plat, undecimalis, Bl. Schn., is a Centro-
pomus; his PL saxatilis a Cychla, and his PI. dormitator an Eleotris.

N. B. The only foundation of the genus Centuanodon, Lacep., is the pretended
Silurus imberbis of Ilouttuyn, whicli is a mere Platycephalus.
Vol. II. Q

122 PISCES.

pectorals, as in Cottus, are articulated, they are simple and not
branched.

ScorpjEna, Cuv.

The head spinous, tuberculous, and without scales; small crowded
teeth in both jaws and palatines; irregular cutaneous cirri on differ-
ent parts of the body.

Sc. scropha, L.; Bl. 182; and better, Duham., sect. V, pi. iv.
Redder; larger scales and more numerous cirri.

Sc. porcus, L.; Bl., 181, and Duham., sect. V, pi. iii, x, 2.
Browner; scales smaller and more numerous. They live in
troops among the rocks; wounds from their spines are consi-
dered very dangerous.(l)
The T^NiANOTEs are Scorpsenae with a strongly compressed body,
whose very high dorsal is united to the caudal.

Sebastes, Cuv.

All the characters of the Scorpsenae, except that there are no cu-
taneous cirri, and that the head is less rough and scaly.

There is a large species in the northern Ocean called the
Marulke, and in some places Carp^ the Sebastes norvegicus,
Cuv.; Perca marina^ Penn.; Perca norvegica, Miill. Bonnat.,
Encycl. Meth. pi. Icthy. f. 210. It is red, and frequently up-
wards of two feet in length. The Esquimaux dry it for food,
and use its dorsal spines as needles. The Mediterranean pro-
duces another, very similar, but which has fewer dorsal rays,
the Sebastes imperialis, Cuv. ; Scorpeena dactyloptera, Laroche,
Ann. Mus. XIII, pi. xxii, f. 9. Its palate is black, and it has no
natatory bladder, although the contrary is the case with the
preceding species.(2)

Pterois, Cuv.
Characters of the Scorpaena, properly so called, except that there

(1) Add, Sc. diabolus, Cuv., Duham. sect. V, pi. iii, f. 1; Sc. bufo, Cuv.,
Parr, XVIII, 1, c; Sc. cirrhosa, or Perca cirrhosa, Thunb., New. Stockhol. Mem.,
XIV, 1793, pi. vii, f. 2; Sc. papillosa, Forst., Bl., Schn., 196; Sc. Plumier,
Lacep. I, xix, 3; Sc. venosa, Cuv., Ross., 56, and several new species described
in our 4th vol.

(2) The pretended Sc. malabarica, Bl. Schn., 190, is a Sebastes, identical with
the species of the Mediterranean. Add, Sc. capensis, Gmel.; Holoc. albofasdatus,
Lacep. IV, 372; Perca variabilis. Pall., or Epinephelus dliatus, Tiles., Mem.
Acad. Petersb.,IV, 1811, pi. xvi, f. 16.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 123

are no palatine teeth, and that the dorsal and pectoral rays are ex-
cessively elongated.

These fishes are from India, and are not less remarkable for
this singular prolongation, than for the beauty of their coloui'-

Blepsias.

The head compressedj cheeks mailed; fleshy cirri under the lower
jawj five branchial rays; ventrals very small, and one very high dor-
sal divided by emarginations into three parts.

The only species known are from the Aleutian islands. (2)

Apistus.

The palatine teeth and entire dorsal of the the Scorpaena; but the
few rays of their pectorals are all branched. Their distinguishing
character consists in a stout spine on the suborbital, which, inclin-
ing from the cheeks, becomes a most dangerous weapon.(3) They
are all small.

Those of the first division have a scaly body, and some of these
have a free ray under a large pectoral. (4)

Others have ordinary pectorals, without fi*ee rays. (5)
In a second subdivision the body is naked; some of these also have
a free ray under the pectoral, (6) and others not.(7)

Agriopus.

No suborbital spine; the dorsal still higher than in Apistes, and
reaching between the eyes; the neck elevated, muzzle narrowed.

(1) Sc. voUtans, Gm., Bl., 184; Sc. antennata, Bl., 185: Sc. Kosnigii, Id. New
Stokh. Mem., X, vii, and several new species described in our 4th vol.

(2) Blennius villosus, Steller, or Trachinus cirrhosus. Pall. Zoog., Russ., Ill,
237, No. 172. Blepsias is a name descended to us from the ancients without any
characteristic designation.

{o)'A7ri9oc,per/idus.

(4) ^p. aplatus, Cuv., Russel, 160, B; Scorp. carinata, Bl., Schn.

(5) Coitus australis, J. White, New South, IV, 266; JIp. taenianotus, Cuv.,
Lacdp. IV, iii, 2, a figure entitled Txnianote large raie, but one which has nothing
in common with the T. large raie, of the text, IV, 303 and 304, which is a Mala-
canthus, and the same that is represented. III, xxviii, 2, under the name oi Labre
large raie,- Perca cotto'ides, L., Mus. Ad. Fred., II, p. 84.'

(6) ^p. minus, Cuv., Russel, 159; Sc. monodactyle, Bl., Schn.

(7) The species ai'e new, and described, as well as others of the preceding sub-
divisions, in our 4th vol.

124 PISCES.

mouth small and but slightly dentated, and the body without
scales-(l)

Pelor.

The entire dorsal and palatine teeth of the Scorpaenae; no scales on
the body; two free rays under the pectoral; anterior part of the head
flattened; eyes proximate, dorsal spines very high, and almost free;
the suborbital spine of Apistes is wanting, and their fantastic shape
and monstrous aspect are alone sufficient to distinguish them from
all other fishes. They inhabit the Indian Ocean.(2)

Synanceia, B1. Schn.

The appearance of these fishes is quite as hideous as that of a Pelor;
their head is rough, tuberculous, uncompressed, frequently enveloped
in a lax and fungous skin; their pectoral rays arc all branched; their
dorsals entire, and they have no teeth, neither in the vomer nor
palatines; their frightful appearance induces the fishermen of the
Indian Ocean, which they inhabit, to consider them as venomous.(3)

MoNOCENTRis, Bl. Schn. Lepisacanthus, Lacep.

A singular genus; the body is short, thick, and completely mailed
with enormous angular, rough, and carinated scales; four or five
stout free spines supply the place of the first dorsal; each ventral
consists of an immense spine, in the angle of which a few soft and
almost imperceptible rays are concealed; head bulky and mailed;
front gibbous; mouth large; short crowded teeth (en velours ras) in
the jaws and palatines, but none in the vomer; eight rays in the
branchise. But one species is known; the

Mon. j'aponica, Bl. Schn. pi. xxiv; Lepisacanthe japonais, La-
cep. Six inches long, of a silvery white. From the sea of Ja-
pan.(4)

(1) It is the Blennius torvus of Gronov., Act. Helvet. VII, pi. iii, copied,
Walb., Ill, pi. 2, f. 1; or Cm-ypJticna torva, Bl. Schn., and some new species.

(2) Pel. obscurum, Cuv., or Seorpxna didadyla. Pall. Spic. Zool. VII, xxvi, iv;
Seb., Ill, xxviii, 3, or Trigla rubkunda, Horn,stedt, Stokhol. Mem., IX, iii, and
some new species to be described in our 4th vol.

(3) Scorpsetia hm-rida, L., Lacep., II, xvii, 2; and not so well, Bl., 183; the
Sc. brachion, Lacep. Ill, xii, 1, ov Synanceia verrucosa, Bl., Schn., pi. 45; Syii.
bicapillata, Lacep. II, xi, 3.

(4) Gasterosteus juponicus, Houtt., Harl. Mem., XX, part II, 299, or Scisenn
japmicayTlmwh., New Stockh. Mem., XI, iii, copied Bl., Schn., pi. xxiv.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 125

Gasterosteus, Cuv.(l)

The cheek mailed, although the head is neither tuberculous nor
spinous, as is the case in the preceding genera. Their peculiar cha-
racter consists in the freedom of the dorsal spines, which do not
form a fin, and in the pelvis being united to humerals larger than
usual, and thus furnishing the abdomen with a sort of bony hauberk.
Their ventrals, placed farther back than the pectorals, are nearly
reduced to a single spine; there are but three rays to the branchise.
Some of them abound in the fresh waters of Europe.
Two species are confounded under the name of Stickleback,
Gasterosteus aculeatics, L.j which have three free dorsal spines;
but the entire side of one of them, G. trachurus, Cuv. Bl., pi.
53, f. 3, is covered with scaly plates to the very end of the tail.
These plates are only found in the other, G. gymnurus, Cuv.
Willughb., 341, on the pectoral region. Both these species are
sometimes so abundant in certain rivers in England and the
north of Europe, that they are used to manure the land, feed
hogs, &c.(2)

G. pungitius, L. ; BL, 53, 4, is the smallest of the European
fresh water fishes; nine very short spines on the back; sides of
the tail with carinated scales; another closely allied species in-
habits the same streams, G. laevis, Cuv., in which this armature
is wanting. A separate subgenus might be made of the

G. spinochia, L.; Bl., 53, 1, a salt water species of an elon-
gated and slender form, with fifteen short dorsal spines, and the
entire lateral line covered with carinated scales. Its abdominal
shield is divided in two; and, besides the spine, there are two
small rays in the ventral.

After this family we place the

Oreosoma, Cuv.

A small oval fish, whose whole body, above and beneath, is studded
with thick cones of a heavy substance. There are four of them on
- J -

(1) N.B. This name, which signifies bony belly, is only applicable to the Gas-
terostei as we have defined them, and not to several of the Scomberoides, united
with them by Linnaeus on account of their dorsal spines being free: these latter we
refer to our Lichia.

(2) Neighbouring species or three-splned Sticklebacks; G.argyropomus, Cuv.;
G. braehycentrus, Cuv.; G. tetracanthus, Cuv., three Italian species; G. nove-
boracensis, Cuv.; G. niger, Cuv., or bicukat us, Mitchill, Ann. New York Lye, I, 1,
10; G. quadraius, Id., lb., f. 11; G. caiaphradus. Tiles. Mem. Acad. Petersb.,
Ill, viii, 1.

126 PISCES.

the back, and ten on the belly, arranged in two series, with smaller
intermediate ones. It was discovered in the Atlantic, by Peron.(l)

FAMILY III.

SCIENOIDES.

This family is closely related to the Percoides, and even
presents nearly similar combinations of external characters,
particularly in the indentations of the preoperculum;, and in
the spines of the operculum ; but both vomer and palatines
are without teeth ; the bones of the cranium and face are ge-
nerally cavernous and form a muzzle more or less gibbous.
The vertical fins are frequently somewhat scaly.

Some of the Scienoides have two dorsals, and others have
but one ; among the former we first find the genus,

SciiENA,

Whose common characters consist of a gibbous head, supported by
cavernous bones, two dorsals, or one deeply emarginate, whose soft
part is much longer than the spinous; a short anal, a dentated preo-
perculum, an operculum terminating in points, and seven branchial
rays. If it were not for the absence of the palatine teeth, these fishes
would resemble the Perches. The entire head is scaly; their nata-
tory bladder is frequently furnished with remarkable appendages,
and the stones in the sac of the ear are larger than in most fishes.(2)
We divide this genus as follows:

Sci^NA, Cuv.

Spines of the anal, weak; neither canini nor cirri.

Sc. vmbra, Cuv.; Peisrey of Languedoc; Fegaro of the Ge-
noese; Umbrina of the Romans, &c. Six feet and more in
length; numerous branched appendages on each side of the na-

(1) The fig. and detailed description will be found in our fourth vol. Oreosoma,
a mountainous body.

(2) This determination of the genus Scijena is in accordance with the opinion
of Artedi; it has been variously modified by Linnsus and his successors, but in
our opinion not very successfully.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 127

tatory bladder. A good fish, but it has latterly become rare on
the coast of Europe.(l)

Otolithus, Cuv.

Anal spines, as in the preceding, weak, and no cirri; some of the
teeth are elongated hooks or true canini; the natatory bladder has
a horn on each side which is directed forwards.' They are found in
America and India. (2)

Ancylodon.

A sort of Otolithus with a very short muzzle, excessively long
canini and a pointed tail. (3)

CORVINA, Cuv.

Neither canini nor cirri; all the teeth small and crowded. They
also differ from the Sciaenae and the Otolithus in the size and
strength of the second anal spine. One species is very abundant in
the Mediterranean.

Sc. nigra, Gm.; Corb noir; Bl. 297. A silvery brown; ven-
trals and anal, black. (4)

JOHNIUS, Bl.

The fishes of this subdivision are connected with those of the
preceding one by a nearly uninterrupted series, the second anal
spine is merely somewhat weaker and shorter than the subsequent
soft rays. They are found in India where they form a considerable

(1) Artedi having confounded it with the Sciaena nigra, it is only latterly that it
has been again determined. See my Memoir upon this Fish in the Mem. du Mus.
tome I, p. 1; Add the Maigredu Cap, or Labre holoUpidotc, Lacep. Ill, xxi, 2;
Xh&Maigre brule, which is the Ferca ocellata, L., or Centropome oeille, Lacep., the
Scisena imberbis of Mitchill, and the Luijan triangle, Lacep., Ill, xxiv, 3.

(2) Ot. ruber, Cuv., or the PecAe j9e?reofPondichery; /oAmwsrwier, Bl., Schn.,
p. 17; Ot. versicolor, Cuv., liussel, II, cix; Ot. regalis, Cuv., Johiiiusregalis,
Bl., Schn-, or Labrus squeteague, Mitchill, Ann. New York Lye. I, ii, 6; Ot. rhom-
bo'idalis, or Lutjan de Cayenne, Lacep., IV, p. 245; Ot. striatus, Cuv., or Guatu-
cupa, Marcgr., Braz., 177, and several others described in our fifth vol.

(3) Lonchurus ancylodon, BL, Schn., XXV.

(4) Add, Corv. miles, Cuv., or Telia hatcheke, Russ. 117; C. trispinosa, Cuv.,
ov Bodianxisstellifer, Bl. 331, 1; C.oscu/a.Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. Nov. 1822;
Bola ciija, Buchan. pi. xii, f. 27; C. furcrxa, Cuv., Lacep., IV, p. 424; and Bola
co't'tor, Buchan. XXVII, 24; Bodianus argyroleucus, Mitch. Ann. New York Lye. I,
vi, 3.

128 PISCES.

article of food; their flesh is white and light.(l) They are also met
with in Senegal,(2) and in America.(3)

Umbrina, Cuv.

Distinguished from other Sciaense by a cirrus under the symphy-
sis of the lower jaw.

A beautiful species is taken in the Mediterranean, Scieena
cirrhosa, L. ; Bl. 300, obliquely streaked with steel-colour on a
gold ground. It is a large and good fish, which has ten short
casca and a large natatory bladder furnished with some lateral,
rounded sinuses. (4)
The LoNCHURUs, Bl., merely appears to differ from the Umbrinae
in a pointed caudal and two cirri on the symphysis. (5) The

PoGONiAs, Lacep.
Resembles an Umbrina, but instead of a single cirrus beneath the
jaw, there are several.

One of them is found in America, Pog. fascS, Lascep., II,
xvi,(5) of a silver colour, when young marked with vertical
brown bands, which becomes as large as the Sc. umbrae and like
it, has branched appendages to the natatory bladder.(6) This
fish produces a sound still more remarkable than any of the
other Scienoides, which has been compared to that of several
drums. Its pharyngeal bones are furnished with large teeth en
pave.(7)

(1) The English of Bengal call it the Whiting. John, maculatus, BL, or sari-
kulla, Riiss., 123; /. cataleus, Cuv., Russ., 116, or Bola chaptis, Buchan. X, 25.
It is the Lutjan diacanthe, Lacep. IV, 244; /. anei, Bl. 357; J. karuita, Bl.; J.
pama, Cuv., Buchan, XXXII, 26.

(2) /. senegalensis, Cuv. , spec. nov.

(3) /. humtralis-, Cuv-, or Labrus obliquus, Mitchill, which also appears to be the
Perca undulata, L.; /. Xanthurus, or Leiostome, queue jaune, Lacep. IV, x, 1;
/. saxatilis, BL, Schn.

(4) The Cheilodiptere cyanoptere, Lacep. Ill, xvi, 3, is merely a rudely drawn
Umbrina. Add: Omb. Russelii, Cuv., Russel., H8; Sc. nebulosa, Mitch., Ill, 5,
which is also the Perca albumus, L., Catesb., XII, 2; Kingfish or Whiting of the
United States; the Pogonathe dorc, Lacep., V, 122, also belongs to this sub-
genus.

(5) Lonchurus barbatus, B1.360.

(6) It is the Labrus grunniens, Mitch., Ill, 3; the Scisenafusca ycaHgigas, Id.,
appear to be the same species at a more advanced age, and every thing proves it
to be also the Labrus chromis, L.; finally, the Pogonathe courbinc, Lacep. V, 121,
is the same. Add: Ombrina Foumieri, Desmar., Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat; its cin-i
are almost imperceptible.

(7) They are figured by Ant. de Jussieu, M^m. de I'Ac. des Sc, 1723, pi. xi.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 129

Eques, BI.
This genus cannot be removed from these Scienoides with two
dorsals. It is known by the compressed and elongated body raised
at the shoulders and ending in a point near the tail; teeth, small and
crowded; the first dorsal is elevated, the second, long and scaly; they
all belong to America.(l)

The Scienoides, with a single dorsal, are subdivided ac-
cording to the number of their branchial rays.

Those which have seven form various genera parallel to se-
veral genera of the Percoides ; their preoperculum is always
dentated.

H^MULONj Ciiv.

A somewhat elongated profile, which has been thought to bear
some resemblance to that of a hog; the lower jaw compressed and
opening very wide; two pores and a little oval cavity under its sym-
physis; teeth, small and crowded. The parts of the lower jaw which
enter the mouth when it is closed, are generally of a vivid red, from
which circumstance their name is derived. (2) Their dorsal is
slightly emarginate, and its soft part scaly; they are all from Ame-
rica.(3)

Pristipoma, Cuv.

The same preoperculum, and the same kind of pores under the sym-
physis as in Haemulon, but the muzzle is more gibbous, the mouth
not so deeply cleft, and the dorsal and anal are without scales. The
operculum terminates in an obtuse angle concealed in its membran-

(1) Eques balteatus, Cuv., or Eq. americanus, Bl, 347, 1, or Chxtodon lanceolatus,
L., Edw., 210:, Eq. pundatus, Bl., Schn., Ill, 2; Eq. aeuminatus, Cuv., Gram-
mistes acuminatus,'Bl. Schn. Seb., Ill, xxvli, 23.

(2) From //*, blood, and v\ov, gum.

(3) Hsem. elegans, Cuv. or Anthias formosus, Bl., 323; Hxm. formosum, Cuv.,
or Perca formosa, L., which is not the same as the preceding one, Catesb., II, vi,
1; but it is the Labre Plumierien, Lacep., Ill, ii, 2; and the G-MaJJ coara oT
Marcgr., p. 163, the fig. of which is transferred to the capeuna, p. 185; Hxm.
heterodon, or Diabase rayee, Desmar., Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat.; Hsem. caudimac-
ula, Cuv., or Uribaco, Marcgr., 177; and Diabase de Parra, Desm., loc. cit.;
Hxm. capeuna, or Capeuna, Marcgr., 155, and the fig.,- p. 163, of the Guaibi coara.
It is the Grammist. trivittatus, Bl., Schn., 188; Hxm. chrysopterum, Cuv., or
Perca chrysoptera, L., Catesb., 11, ii, 1, and several other species described in our
fifth vol.

Vol II. R

130 PISCES.

ous edge. It is a very numerous genus, whose species are found
throughout the hot parts of both oceans.(l)

DiAGRAMMA, Cuv.

The cavity of the symphysis wanting, but the two small anterior
pores still remain; besides which, there are two larger ones beneath
each branch. In every thing else, the jaws, opercula and fins are
like those of Pristipoma. They are found in both oceans: those of
the Atlantic have the largest scales. (2)

Those of India are the most numerous and have smaller scales, a
more convex front and a very short muzzle. (3)

The Scieuoides witli a single dorsal and less than seven
branchial rays, are still more subdivided : in some of them
the lateral line extends to the caudal ; in others it is inter-
rupted. Among the former we place the following genera :

LoBOTEs, Cuv.

A short muzzle; lower jaw prominent; body elevated; the posterior
angle of its dorsal and anal so elongated, that with the rounded cau-
dal, it appears to terminate in three lobes. Four groups of extremely
small points are visible near the end of the jaw; they inhabit both
oceans.(4)

Cheilodactylus, Lacep.
Body oblong; mouth, small; numerous spiny rays in the dorsal;

(1) Pr. hasta, Cuv., Lutjanus hasta, Bl., 246, 1; Pr. nageb., Cuv.; Scieena
nageb, Forsk, or Labre Commersonien, Lacep., Ill, xxiii, 1; and hutjun microstome,
lb., XXXIV, 2i Pr. guoraca, Cuv., Russel, 132, or Perca grunniens, Forsk., or
Antkias grunniens, BL, Schn., p. 305; Pr. Paikulli, Cuv., Russel, 121; Pr.
caripa, Id., 124, of which the Anth. maculuius. El., 326, 2, appears to be a vari-
ety; Pr. coro, Cuv., Seb , III, xxvii, 14, or Scixna coro, BL, 307, 2; Lutj. suri-
namensis, BL, 253; Sparus virginicus, L-, of which Perca juba, Bl. 308, 2; and
Sparas vittatus, BL, 263, are the young; Corns nondus, Buchan, XXX, 32.

(2) We know but one of them, of which the Lutjanus luteus, BL 247, appears
to be a bad figure.

(3) It is to them that the PLECTOHTNatiE, Lacep., I, xiii, 2, must be referred.
Add the Sciasna gaicrina, Forsk.; Sc. shotaf,M.; Diagr. lineaium, Cuv., or
Perca diagramma, L., Seb., Ilf, xxvii, 18, or Jnthias diagrariima, Bl, 32lJ;
LHag. pxclhpterum, Cuv., Seb., HI, xxvii, 17;Bpictum, Cuv., Seb. Ill, xxvi,
32, or Perca picta, Thunb. New Stockh. Mem., XIII, v;!). pertusum, or Perca
pertusa. Id., lb., XIV, vii, 1.

(4) Holocentrus surinamcmis, IJL, 243, or Bodianus irturus, M'.tch. Ill, f. 10,
and new species.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 131

inferior rays of the pectorals simple and continued beyond the mem-
brane, as in the Cirrhites.(l)

ScOLOPSIDES, CuV.

The second infra-orbital dentated and terminating near the edge of the
orbitin a point directed backwards, which crosses another point of the
third infra-orbital running in a contrary direction. The body is ob-
long, the mouth but slightly cleft, the teeth small and crowded, and
the scales large. There are no pores in the jaws. From the Indian
ocean.(2)

MiCROPTERUs, Lacep.

Body oblongj three pores on each side of the symphysis; the last
rays of the soft part of the dorsal separated from the others and
forming a small particular fin; operculum entire. (3)

Those Scienoides which have less than seven branchial rays
and an interrupted lateral line, form several genera of small,
oval fishes, prettily coloured, which may be distinguished as
follows by the armature of their head. They are manifestly
related to the genus Chastodon, and resemble, externally, se-
veral of our fishes with labyrinthian branchiae.

Amphiprion, B1. Schn.(4)

The preoperculum and the three opercular pieces dentated, the lat-
ter even furrowed; a single range of obtuse teeth. (5)

(1) The Cheilod. fasce, Lacep., V, i, 1, or Cynsedus, Gronov., Zoophyl., I, x,
1; the Cheil. of Carmichael, or Chxtodon monodactylus. Id., Lin. Trans. XII,
xxiv; Chcil. carponemus, Cuv., or Cichla macroptera,, Bl, Schn., 342; Cheil.
zonatus, Cuv , or Labrus japonicus, Tiles., Voy. Krusenst. pi. Ixiii, f. L

(2) Scol. kale, Cuv. named by Bloch Anthias japonicus, 325, f. 2; Jlnth. Vos-
meri, Bl., 321, a poor figure, and the same as the Percaaurata, Mungo Park, Lin.
Trans- III, 35; Jlnth. biUneatus, Bl. 325, 1; Scol. kurita, Cuv. Russel., 106;
Seal, lycogcnis, Cuv., or Holoc. cilie, Lacep., IV, 371; Sciaena gJmnam, Forsk,
and several new species.

(3) But one species is known, the Microptere Dohmieu, Lacep., IV, iii, 3. We
have also some few more subgenera of this subdivision, which we shall speak
of in our 5th vol.

(4) I greatly reduce tlie number of species of this genus, as composed by Bloch.

(5) Amph. ephippium, Bl., 250, 2; Imph. bifasciatus, Bl., 316, 2; Amph.
polymnus, Bl., 316, 1; percula, Cuv., or i/u^'./jercAof, Lacep., IV, 239, Klein.,
Misc., IV, xi, 8;-~A.mph. kucurus, Cuv.>Renard, VI, 49, and various new species.

^'-''* . PISCES.

Premnas^ Cuv.

One or two stout spines on the infra-orbital, and the preoperculum
aentated.(l) *^

PoMACENTRus, Lacep.(2)

Preoperculum dentated, operculum unarmed? a single ran^e of
trenchant teeth. (3) ^

Dascyllus, Cuv.

The fishes of this genus only differ from those of the preceding one
m their teeth, which are very short and crowded {en velours ras\(4.)
1 hey all inhabit the Indian ocean.

Glyphisodon, Lacep.

Operculum and preoperculum entire,- a single range of trenchant and
generally emarginated teeth.

They are found in the Atlantic,(5) but the Indian ocean pro-
duces many more.(6)

Some of them are distinguished from the others by numerous
spines in the anal.(7)

Heliasus.

The opercular pieces of the Glyphisodon and teeth similar to those

(1) CMm Uamkatus, Bl., 219. 2, which Is also the Holocentre Sonnerat,
Lacep., IV, 391; and the Zu/y. trifasciatus,lM., Schn., 567; and K^hlreuter Nov
Com Petrop., X viii, 6; Seb.. III. xxvi, 29. is a variety of it;-P.. mco/or,'cav.',
beb. Ill, xxvi, 19, which IS also the Scorpene aiguillonnee, Lacep III 268

(2) We define them differently from Lac^p^de, and greatly diminish their nam-
ber by divisions.

(3) Cha^todonpavo, Bl., 198, 1, which is the Pomacentre paon, Lacep., and his
Holuc. diacanthe, IV, 3:iQ-,-Pomacentrus, Quoy et Gaym., Voy. Freycin ' p] 64
f. 2;-P. pundatus, lb., 1;_P. emarginatus, Seb. Ill, xxvi, 26, 27, 28;-the 'ho!
negnlhn, Lacep. IV, 2,67. " ^ . i"e noi.

(4) Chsetodonaruanus, L., Mus. Ad. Fred. XXXII, Bl.. ph 198, f. 2

(5) The Jacaraqua, Marcgr.. or Chsetod. saxatiUs, L., Mus'. Ad' Fred XXVII
3, which IS also the Chwt. marginatus, Bl., 207; and his Ch. mauntn,213, 1; and

Bl! 2,Z ' ''''" ^"* '' '" "' '''' ^^' "'^"''^"' '*'' '"'' 2'-^'^'- '^-'^^^^

(6) Ch!etod. bengalensis, Bl. 213, 2, or Lahre macrogasUre, Lacep., Ill xix 3
Gl mdanurus, Cuv., or Lahre G-bandes, Lacep., Ill, xix, 2;-C/J. sor'didus,
lorsk., or Calamoiapota, Russel., 85;-Gl. sparoides, Cuv., Lacep., IV, ii 1Gl
lachrymatus, Cuv., Quoy et Gaym., Freycin., pi. 62, f. 7,-Gl. azureus, lb., ^1. 64*
f. 3; Gl. uniocellatus, lb., f. 4.

(7) ChsEtod. suratensis, Bl 2l7;Chsetod. 7naculatus,m.,427.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 133

of a Dascyllus, that is, small and crowded. They are found in both
oceans. (1)

FAMILY IV.

SPAROIDES.

The Sparoides, like the Scienoides, have a palate destitute
of teeth. Their general figure and several details of their or-
ganization are the same ; they are also covered with scales
more or less large, but they have none on the fins. Their
muzzle is not gibbous, nor the bones of their head cavernous ;
there are neither indentations in their preoperculum, nor
spines on their operculum ; their pylorus is furnished with
caecal appendages. They never have more than six rays in
the branchiae. They are divided according to the form of
their teeth.

In the first tribe, that of Sparus, Cuv. the sides of the
jaws are furnished with round molars en paves ; we subdivide
it into five genera.

Sargus, Cuv.

Trenchant incisors in front of the jaws almost similar to those of
Man.

Several of them which differ but little from each other inha-
bit the Mediterranean, and are even found in the gulf of Gasco-
ny. They are marked with vertical, black bands on a silver
ground.(2)

Some have emarginated incisors. (3)

The round molars of others are on a single line and very
small. From the Mediterranean.(4)

(1) The species are new; we describe them in our 5th vol.

(2) The Sargue de Rondelet {Sargus raucus, GeofF. ) Eg'., Poiss., pi. xviii, 1,
Rondelet, 122. Sp. pantazzo, Risso; the Sargue de Salviani (Sargus vulgaris,
G. ), Eg., XVIII, 2; Salviani, fol.179, Pise. 64; the Sparaillon, [Sargus annularis,
L.), Rondel , 118; Salv., 63; Laroche, Ann. Mus. XlII, pi. xxiv, f. 13; Sp. avis,
Mitch., or Sheephead of the United States.

(3) Perca unimaculata, m., 308, 1, or Salema, Mavcgv., 153; Sparus crenidens,
Forsk., probably belongs to this subdivision.

(4) S. puntazzo, Gm., or Sp. acutirostris. La Roche, Ann. Mus. XIII, xxiv, 12,
of which Risso makes his genus Chabax.

^'^'^ PISCES.

Chrysophris, Cuv.
Round molars on the sides of the jaw, forming at least three rows
on the upper one; a few conical or blunt teeth in front. Two species
inhabit the European seas.

Chr. auratus; Sparus aurata, L. Bl., 266,(1) and much better,
Duham., Sect. IV, pi. 2. Four rows of teeth abovej five below,
one of which is oval and much larger than the others: a large
and excellent fish called. Chrysophris-golden eye-brow-by the
ancients, on account of a crescent-shaped band of a golden hue
which extends from one eye to the other. ^

Chr. microdon, Cuv. Colours nearly the same as in the au*^
rata^ smaller? the forehead more gibbous,- only two rows of
molars below, all of which are as broad as they are long, or
broader; the large oval one is wanting.(2)

Pagrus

Differs from Chrysophris in having but two rows of small rounded
molar teeth in each jawj the front teeth either resemble those of a
card or are small and crowded. '

Pagr. vulgaris; Sparus pagrus, L. and Arted. Silvery with ^
a reddish glossj no black spot. The Mediterranean.(3) '
The Indian Ocean and the coast of the United States produce

7z:i:":t ' ^^'^^ "''' '''''' ^^^-^^ '-' ^^^^^-^^^ '-^^

Others taken at the Antilles are remarkable for the first interspi-
nal of their anal fin, which is hollow and terminates en bee like a
pen; the point of the natatory bladder runs into this kind of fun-
nel. 1 hey are called Sardes a plumes. (5)

A more remarkable peculiarity is that of a Cape Pagrus, whose
maxillaries are enlarged and as solid as stone. We call it Fa<rrus
hthognathus. ^

(1) The teeth belong to another species, and those of the true Chr aurata are
figured pi. 74. as appertaining to the Anarrhichas.

(2) Add: Sparus bufonites, Lac^p., IV, xxvi, 2, the same as his Sn. perroouet
lb., o; and perhaps as the Sp. haffara, Forsk., To-.-Sp. sarba, Yorsl, 22--ct
chrys^rgyra, Cuv., CMtcMUee, Russel, 91.-^;,. ha.ta, Bh, Schn'., 275, ; Sp. bel,

Ch^todcraUfasaatus, Forsk., which is also the Za5.e c^K Lac^p., II , Hi 3
h.s^^^r. .y.o, lb., XXVI, 2, andhis Hol^centrerabagi, IV, Suppl., 725, &c. '

oj It ,s also the Sp. pagrus of Brunnich, but not that of Bloch; the latter has
not^figured the true Pagrus, which is the Sp. arger^teus of his posthulus s/s!

(4) Sparus spinifer, Vovsk.;-Sp. argyrops, L.. or Labrus versicolor, Mitch.
15 j Jragr. calamus and Pagr. penna, Cuv.

acanthopterygii. 135

Pagelus, Cuv.

Teeth very like those of the preceding genusj but the molars, also
in two rows, are smaller^ the front conical ones are slender and more
numerous. A more elongated muzzle gives a very different physi-
ognomy to this genus. Several species are found in the European
seas.

Pag. erythrinus; Sparus erythrinus, L.; Bl. 274. A fine fish
of a silver colour with a pale rose gloss; body high and com-
pressed.

Pag. centrodontus; Sp. centroclont., Laroche; the Rousseau at
Marseilles; Besugo of the Spaniards; Ann. Mus. XIII, xxiii, 2.
Silvery, glossed with rosej a large, irregular black spot on the
shoulder.(l)

Pag. acarne, Cuv., the carne; Rondel., 511; Sparus berda of
Risso, but not of Forskhal. Smaller and more oblong; silvery,
tinged with greenish towards the back; no black spot.

Pag. bogaraveo; Sp. bogar., Gm. ; Rondel., 1 37. More oblong;
muzzle more pointed; gilt tinged with violet; a black spot on
the axilla.

Pag. mormyrus; Sp. mormyrus, L.; Rondel., 153; Geoff., Eg.
Poiss. pi. xviii, 3. Vertical black bands on a silver ground.

In the second tribe there is but one genus,

Dentex, Cuv.

Characterized by conical teeth even on the sides of the jaws, gene-
rally in one range, some of the anterior of which are drawn out into
large hooks. They would be rather closely allied to the genus
Haemulon were it not that the indentation of the preoperculum is
wanting, and that they have one ray less in their branchiae. The
cheek is scaly. Two species are found in the Mediterranean.

D. vulgaris; Sparus dentex, L.; Dentale of the Italians; Bl.,
268. Silvery, shaded with bluish, towards the back; sometimes
three feet in length. (2)

D. macropthalmus; Sp. macropth., Bl., 272. Red, with very
large eyes; much rarer than the preceding, and about half its
size.
We distinguish from the other species of Dentex, by the name

(1) It is the Sparus pagrus, Bl., pi. 262.

(2) Add: B. macrocephalus, Cuv., or Loire macrocephale, Lacep., Ill, xxvi, 1;-
Sparun cynodon, Bl., 27S; Dentex hexodon, Quoy et Gaym. Voy. Freycin., 301.

^^ PISCES.

Of Pentapoda, those whose mouth is less cleft, head more scaly,
body less elevated, and whose caudal is covered with scales to the

By that of Lethrini;s, we distinguish such as have no scales on
he cheek, most of them, as in H^mulon, have some red about
the angle of the jaws.(2) All these fishes have a pointed scale be-
tween the ventrals, and one above each of them.

A third tribe is also composed of a single genus.

Cantharus, Cuv.
Teeth short and crowded, or bent and crowded (en cardes serr6es\
all round the jaws; those of the external row being the strongest:
body elevated and thick; muzzle short; jaws not protractile. Two
species are found in the Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Canth. vulgaris; Spams canth.,L.; Rond. 120, and Duham.
sect. IV, pi. IV, f. 1. Silver-grey, longitudinally striped with
brown; some small rough teeth behind the bent ones.

Canth. brama; Spams bmma, L. About the same colour; all
the teeth bent,(3)

In a fourth tribe the teeth are trenchant. It comprises two
genera.

Boops, Cuv.

Teeth of the external row trenchant, mouth small and nowise pro-
tractile. Several species are found in the Mediterranean.

B. vulgaris; Sparus boops,L.x Rond. 136. Twenty-four teeth
in each jaw, with an oblique, cutting edge; the body oblong,
with longitudinal gold-coloured stripes, on a silver ground

B. salpa; Sparus salpa, L. ; BL, 265. More oval; stripes of a
more brilliant gold, on a ground of burnished steel; teeth broad
and emarginated.

Oblada, Cuv.

Differs from Boops in having small crowded teeth behind the inci-
sors, which somewhat approximates this genus to Canrharus.

splde?""' "''"'"' ""'- '''^-''^ ^P- "-"y'^'^^' ^-^P-' IV' 1^1' -d some nev.

,TtI T f '-'^ "*'^^^. Forsk., p. 52, No. 62;-Scia^na karak, Id.
(o) The fig. of Bloch, 269 and 270, intended to represent these two species
convey no correct idea of them. species.

ACANTHOPTEliYGII. 137

Ob. melanurus; spams melanurus, L.; Salv. 181. Silvery,
striped with blackish; a broad black spot each side of the tail.

FAMILY V.

MENIDES.

The Menides differ from the preceding families in the ex-
treme extensibility and retractility of their upper jaw, which
is owing to the length of the intermaxillary pedicles which
withdraw between the orbits. Their body is scaly, as in
Sparus, in which genus they have hitherto been placed.

MiENA, CuV.

Distinguished from a true Sparus by having very short, small, and
crowded teeth, in a narrow and longitudinal band on the vomer.
Those also in the jaws are all extremely fine, forming a very narrow
band. The body is oblong, compressed, and somewhat similar to
that of a Herring; an elongated scale above each of the ventrals, and
another between them. Several species inhabit the Mediterranean.
M. vulgaris; Sparus maena, L. ; Bl. 270. Back, lead-colour;

belly, silvery; a black spot on the flank opposite the last spine

of the dorsal.

M. jusculum, Cuv., only differs from the vulgaris in having a

narrower body, a shorter muzzle and a higher dorsal.

M. radiata; Sparus radiatus, Osbeck. ; Sp. tricuspidatifs, Spi-

nola; Ann. Mus. X, pi. xviii. A deep steel-blue; oblique blue

streaks on the cheek; blue spots on the ventrals; the dorsal still

higher.

Smaris, Cuv.

The fishes of this genus only differ from the M3ena3 in the total de-
ficiency of teeth in the vomer; their body is generally somewhat less
elevated. Some of them are found in the Mediterranean.

S. vulgaris; Sparus smaris, L.; Le Picarel conimtm; Laroche,
Ann. Mus. XIII, pi. xxv, f. 17. Lead-grey above; silvery be-
neath; a black spot on the flank.

S*. alcedo, Riss., so called from the beautiful blue with which
its body is variegated.

S. cagarella, Cuv. The body as high as that of the Maena vul-
garis, from which it only differs in having no palatine teeth.
Vol. II. S

138

PISCES.

CiEsio, Lacep.
Only diffei-s from Smaris in a dorsal somewhat higher in front, and
surrounded at its base with fine scales. They inhabit the Indian
ocean, and are shaped like a spindle.(l)

Gerres, Cyxy.Mocharra, in South America.
The mouth protractile, but when advancing, it descends; the body
IS elevated the anterior part of the dorsal in particular, along the
base of whose posterior portion is a scaly sheath. They have no
other teeth than those in the jaws, which are small and crowded.
1 he first interspinal of their anal fin is tabular as in certain Pagri.
They are excellent food, and inhabit the hot parts of both oceans (2)
G. rhombeus, Cuv. j Sloane, II, pi. 253, f. l. A species that is
said to penetrate occasionally as far as the coast of Cornwall,
ollowmg pieces of wood covered with Anatif^, carried there by
the currents.(3)

FAMILY VI.

SQUAMIPENNES.

So called, because the soft, and frequently the spinous
parts of their dorsal and anal fins are covered with scales,
which encrust them, as it Were, and render it difficult to dis-
tinguish them from the mass of the body. This is the most
remarkable character of these fishes, the body of which is ge-

(1) Csesio asuror, Lacep, HI, 86, or Vacku7n, Valent.. 132 or T^^M.V. ^^ ,
Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat. livr. 1V;-C smaris ',/"'' l.''^'"^ ^""^^^''^ '^^^"^.
nl ^9 r tVA. 7? ^- " *^ ' ^- smarts, Cuv., or Fackum mare, Renard, I.

lJ%L2'~ftT T'"^' ""' '''' " ^'--^-^^"^ Q-y et Gayin.
p 336 -^-Sparus cumng, BI., 263, or Cychla cuning, Bl. Schn,

N B. M. de Lacep^de also makes a Ceesio of the Scomber eguula of Forskal or
Centrogaster eguula of Gmelin, which is our Eguula caballa. '

Lac' p iv"i;r/ f t"' ""'PP- ^'''- ^'''''' P^- "^'^' 2, or Spare lretor^,
CUV. Catesb. n xi, 2i_G. r^o.i.u., Cuv., ov Stoncba^s, Sloane, Jam., II, p]
25o f. l,~G.poteh, Cuv., Ren., pi. ii, f. 9, Valent., No. 354;-G. lineatus Cuv
or Smans kneatus, Humb., Zool. Obs. pi. xlvi, f. 2;~Gerr^ ar^yrZZv 2
Sawnaargyrea, Forster,or Cychla argyrea Bl Schn '''^'1 ""^^7""' ^uv., or
Wordawahah, Russ., f. 68. ^oi^ri..;-G.^lamentoms, Cuv., or

(3) Couch, Lin. Trans., XIV, part. I, p. 81. J

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 139

nerally much compressed^ the intestines long, and the csEca
numerous. They were comprised by Linnceus in the genus

Ch^todoNj Lin.

So named from their teeth, which in length and tenuity resemble
hairs, collected in several close rows like a brush. Their mouth is
smallj their dorsal and anal fins are so completely covered with
scales similar to those on the back, that it is extremely difficult to
ascertain where they commence. These fishes are very abundant in
the seas of hot climates, and are adorned with the most beautiful
colours, circumstances which have caused many to be figured, and
rendered them common in our cabinets. Their intestines are long
and ample, and their caeca long, slender and numerous? their nata-
tory bladder is large and very strong. They frequent rocky shores,
and arc eaten.

Ch^todon, properly so called.

The body more or less elliptical; the spinous and soft rays conti-
nuing in a uniform curve; the snout projecting more or less, and
sometimes a very small indentation in the preoperculum. They have
a mutual resemblance, even in the distribution of colours, most of
them, for instance, being marked with a vertical black band, in
which is placed the eye.

In some there are several other vertical bands parallel to the
former.(l) In others they are oblique or longitudinal. (2)

The flanks of some are sprinkled with brown spots. (3)

Others again are merely marked with lines of reflections in va-
rious directions; here it is merely the ocular band;(4) and there, in
addition, are ribands on the vertical fins.(5)

One or two ocellated spots are observed in some.(6)

(1) Chxt. striatus, L.,B1. 205, f. 1;Ch. odofasdatus, Gm., Bl.,215; fl". collare,
Bl., 216.

(2) Chset. Meyeri, Bl., Schn., improperly called Holocanthe jawie et noir by

Lacep., IV, xiii, 2.

(3) Chset. miliaris, Cuv., Zool. Voy. Freycln., pi. 62, f. 5.

(4) Chset. Kleinii, Bl., 218, %Ch. Sebse, Cuv., Seb., Ill, xxvi, 36.

(5) Chwt. vittaius, Bl., Schn., Seb., Ill, xxix, 18; CA. vagabundus, Bl., 204;
Ch. decussatus, Cuv., Buss., 83; and Klein, Mis., IV, ix, 2;Ch. Ufascialis, Cuv.,
Voy. de Freycin., pi. 62, f. 5;Ch. strigcmgulus, Gm.; CA. baronessa, Cuv., Re-
nard, I, xliii, 21S;Ch. frontalis, Cuv., or Pomacentre croissant, Lacep.; CA. fas-
dolus, Forsk., or Ch.flavus, Bl., Schn., No. 37.

(6) Ch. nasogallicus, Cuv., Ren., I, v, 37; and Will., App., V, 4; CA. capis-
tratus, L., Seb., Ill, xxv, 16, Mus. Ad. Fred., XXXIII, 4; Klein., Misc., IV, xi,

1'*^ PISCES.

Some of these Chsetodons, properly so styled, are distinguished
from the others by a filament formed by the prolongation of one, or
several of the soft rays of the dorsal. ( 1)

Finally, some are remarkable for the very small number of the
spine of their dorsals. (2)

Chelmon, Cuv.

Separated from Chaetodon on account of the extraordinary form
of the snout, which is long and slender, only open at the extremity,
and formed by a most excessive prolongation of the intermaxillary
and lower jaw. Their teeth are very fine and crowded, (en Jin ve-
lours) rather than like hairs.

One species, Chset. rostratus, L., Bl., 202, has the faculty of
spurting drops of water on the insects it perceives on the shore,
and thus bringing them within reach. It is a common pastime
of the Chinese at Java.(3)

Heniochus, Cuv.
Differs from the true Ch^etodon, because the first spines of the
back, and particularly the third or fourth, rapidly increase in length,
forming a filament sometimes double the length of the body, and re-
sembling a kind of whip. (4)

Ephippus, Cuv.

Distinguished by a dorsal deeply emarginated between its spinous
and soft portions^ the spinous part, which has no scales, can be
folded mto a groove formed by the scales of the back.

In one of the subdivisions, there are three spines in the anal fin
and oval pectorals. '

America produces a species (Uph. gigas, Cuv., remarkable
for the great enlargement of the first interspinal of its dorsal

5;-Ch. Umaculatus, Bl., 219, l,~Ch. plebeius, Gm.,~Ck. unimaculatus, B] ,
201, 1;Ch. sehanus, Cuv., Seb., Ill, xxv, 11; Ch.ocellatus, El, 211, 2

(1) Chset. setifer, Bl., 426, U-Ch. auriga, Tovsk.;-Ch. principalis] Cuv., Ren
part II, Ivi, 239, Valent., No. 407.

(2) These species are new, as well as many others which belong- to precedinff
subdivisions they will be described in our Icthyology.

(3) Schlosser, Trans. Phil., 1767, p. 39.-Add: Ch. longirostris, Brousson, Dec
Icthyol.

(4) Chwtodon maa-olepidotus,-L., BL, 200," 1; the Chxt. amminatus, L., Mus.
Ad. Fred., XXXIII, f. 2, appears to be a mere individual variety of it; the
Chset. comutus, L., Bl., 200, 2, of which the Ch^t. caneseem, L., Seb., Ill, xxv, 7,
IS only a young uncoloured specimen.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 141

and anal fins, which is clavate, and for a similar inflation of the
crest of the cranium.(l)
In a second subdivision, from the Indian Ocean, there are three
spines in the anal, and long and pointed pectorals.(2)

A third, also from the Indian Ocean, has four anal spines, and
very small scales.

One species, Chxtodon argus, L., BL, 204, 1, has the reputa-
tion of feeding, de preference, upon human excrement. (3)

Another species of this same subdivision has been discovered
in a fossil state in Mount Bolca.(4)
The Taurichtes are Ephippii of India, which have an arcuated
and pointed horn over each eye. (5)

HoLACANTHus, Laccp.

A large spine at the angle of the preoperculum, and the edges of
the same bone, in most species, dentated. Their flesh is excellent,
and they are remarkable for the beauty of their colours, and the re-
gularity with which they are distributed. Numerous species abound
in both oceans. (6) Their form is oval or oblong j we may separate
from them the

POMACANTHUS, CuV.

In which the form is more elevated; a circumstance resulting from
the more sudden rise of the edge of the dorsal. (7) The only species
known are from America.

(1) Add: Chxtodon fdber, Brousson., BL, 212,2, of which the Chxt. Plumi-
tri. Id., 211, 1, may bea vai'iety; Chxt. orhis, Bl., 202, 2.

(2) Chset. punctatus, L., or Latte, Russ., 79; Chwt. longimanus, Bl., Schn.,
Russ,, 80-, Eph. teria, Cuv. Russel, 81.

(3) Add, Chaet. tetracanlhus, Lacep. HI, xxv, 2.

(4) Ittiolitologia Veronese, pi. v, f. 2, where it is figured as the Argus, but it is a
different species.

(5) The Buffalo-fish of the Malays, TauHchthys varius, Cuv., well figured by
Ren. I, XXX, 164, Valent., No. 71; T. viridis, Ren., IT, x, 49, Valent., No. 161.

(6) American species, Chset. ciliaris, L., BL, 214, or Isabelita, Parra, VII, 1, or
Chsnt. couronn^, Desmar., Dec. Icthyol.; Chset. tricolor, BL, 425; Duham., Sect.
IV, pi. xxiii, 5- India species, Chast. bicolor, BL, 206, 1; Ch. mesoleucos, Bh, or
laesomelas, Gm., BL, 216, 2; Holac. amicalis, Cuv., Ren. I, xvi, 92; Ch. annularis,
BL, 215, 2; Ch. imperator, BL, 194; Ch. fasciatus, BL, 195, Ch. nicobariensis,
BL, Schn., 50, or Geometricus, Lacep., lY, xiii, 1; Hoi. Lamark, Lacep., IV, 531,
Renard, I, xxvi, 144, 145, and several new species.

(7) Chxt. aureus, BL, 193, 1, or Chirivita jaune, Parra, VI, 2; Chxt. paru, BL,
197, or Chirivita noir. Parr., VI, 1; Ch. 5-cinctus, Cuv., Guaperva, Marcgr., 178;
Ch. arcuattts, L., BL, 204, 2.

^^^ PISCES.

Platax.

A row of trenchant teeth, each divided into three points, in front of
the others, or brush-like teeth; the body, strongly compressed, seems
to be continued into thick, vertical, elevated and scaly fins, in whose
anterior edge some few spines are concealed, so that the whole fish
IS much higher than it is long; very long ventrals. The Indian
Ocean. (1)

One species, Ch. arthriticus, Bell. Phil. Trans., 1793, pi. vi,
of a more orbicular form, is remarkable for the knots or en-
largements in some of its interspinals and spinous apophyses.(2)

A fossil species of this subdivision has also been discovered
at Mount Bolca.(3)

PsETTus, Commers.
Figure similar to that of a Platax, but the teeth are very small and
crowded, and the ventrals reduced to a single small spine, without
soft rays.

The form of some is elevated;(4) that of others round or oval;(5)
they are all from the Indian Ocean.

PiMELEPTERUS, LaCCp.

Distinguished from all other fishes by a single range of teeth placed
in a horizontal base or heel, on the anterior edge of which is a part
vertical and trenchant. The body is oblong, the head obtuse, and
the fins thickened by the scales which cover them; from which cir-
cumstance their name is derived.(6) They are oval, smooth, and
covered with brown scales; they inhabit both oceans.(r)

(l)Chxt. vespertilio, BI., 199, 2;-Ch. tfira, lb., 1;_CA. guttulatus, Cuv. Ren
II, XXIV, 129. *

(2) It is also the Ch. pentacanthe, Lacep., IV, xi, 2, and the Ch. orbicularis,
Forsk., or Manthinion orbiculaire, Lacep. IV, 500.

(3) Ittiol. Veron., pi, 4 and 6.

(4) Psett. Sebse, Cuv., Chsetodon rhombeus, Bl, Schn., Seb,m xxvi 21 Ps
rhombeus Cay., or Scomber rhombeus, Forsk., or Centrogaster rhombeus, Gm., or
Centropode rhomboidal, Lacep., Russ., 59.

(5) Psett. Commersonii, Cuv., or Monodadyle faldforme, Lacep., H, v, 4, and HI,
131, which very probably does not differ from the Ch^t. argenteus, L., ov Acantho-
pode argente, Lacep.

{.6) Pimelepterus (fat fin). This genus of Lacdp^de, IV, 429, formed from
Boscis the same as that of Xisterxs, V, 484, formed from Commerson; and
there is every reason to believe that the Dorsuaire, Lacep., V, 482, which is
certemb. identical with the Ktphosk, IU, 114, may very possibly also be the same
as the XisTERtJS.

(r) The PimelopVere bosquien, Lace'p. IV, ix, 1 , or Chxtodon cyprinaceus, Brous-

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 143

DlPTERODON.(l)

A neighbouring genus, in which the teeth are also trenchant, but
cut sloping and not geniculate? the spinous portion of the dorsal
separated from the soft part by a deep emargination.
Dipt, capensis^ Cuv., is the only species known.

The following genera, which we place next to Chsetodon
on account of their scaly fins, differ greatly from it, however,
in the teeth with which their palatines and vomer are fur-
nished. The genus

Brama, B1. Schn.(2)

Is connected with this family by the scales covering the vertical fins,
which have but a small number of spinous rays concealed in their
anterior edges? but they have slender, bent teeth (en cardes) in the
jaws and palatines, an elevated profile, very short snout, a forehead
descending vertically, and a mouth, when shut, that is almost ver-
tical? the scales extend on to the maxillaries; there are seven rays in
the branchiae; a dorsal and low anal, but commencing in a salient
point? a short stomach? a small intestine and only five caeca.

But one species is known, Sparus Rail, Bl. 273? it inhabits
the Mediterranean, and sometimes strays into the ocean; an
excellent fish of a burnished steel colour which attains a large
size, but is infested with various species of intestinal worms.

Pempheris, Cuv.

A long and scaly anal, the dorsal short and elevated? head obtuse?
the eye large? a small spine on the operculum? small crowded teeth
on the jaws, vomer and palatines. From the Indian Ocean. (3)

sonet; the Pirn, marciac, Quoy et Gaym., Voy., Freycin., pi. 62, f. 4^ Pirn, du
Cap, or Kiphose double basse, Lacep., Ill, viii, 1; a Brazil species formerly named
by Banks Chaetodon ensis.

(1) This genus, the name of which is borrowed from Lacep., does not, how-
ever, contain the same species.

(2) I strongly suspect, that it is the Brama which M. Rafinesque has in view, in
his Lepodus saragus, Niiov. Gen. No. 144. Shaw makes two species of it, but why,
it is impossible to say, the Sp. Rail, and Sp. castaneolci; the latter after Lacep. ; but
Lacep. made his genus only for the species of Bloch and Ray.

(3) Pempheris touea, Cuv., Sparus argenteus, J. White, App. "67, or Kurtus
argenteus, Bl. Schn.,.164; P.mangula, Cuv., Russ., 114; P. inolucca, Cuv., Ren.,
I, XV, 85, and Valent., No. 46.

144

^^^ PISCES,

ToXOTESj Cuv.
The body short and compressed; the dorsal placed on the last half
of the body, with very stout spines, the soft part, as well as that of
the anal which corresponds to it, scaly; the snout depressed, short;
lower jaw projecting beyond the upper one; the small crowded teeth
very short in both jaws, the extremity of the vomer, palatines, ptery-
goids, and on the tongue; six rays in the branchis, inferior edge of
the mfra-orbital and preoperculum, finely serrate. Their stomach
IS wide and short, with twelve caecal appendages to the pylorus;
natatory bladder, large and thin.

The species known, Toxotes jamlator, Cuv.; Labmsjaculator,
Shaw, vol. IV, part II, p. 485, pi. 68,(1) is celebrated for the
same faculty that distinguishes the Chxt. rostratus. By spurt-
ing drops of water on insects which frequent aquatic plants,
they are beaten down and brought within its reach. It can
force the water to a height of three or four feet, and rarely
misses its aim.

FAMILY VII.

SCOMBEROIDES.

Our seventh family is composed of a multitude of fishes with
small scales, a smooth body, numerous csBca frequently united
in clusters, and whose tail and caudal fin in particular are ex-
trismely powerful.

This family is of the greatest utility to man, by the size and
flavour of its species, and their inexhaustible reproduction
which brings them periodically into the same latitudes, where
they constitute the object of the most extensive fisheries.

Scomber, Lin.
The first dorsal entire, while, an the contrary, the last rays of the
second, as well as those of the anal which correspond to them, are

(1) It is also tlie Scarus SMosseri, Gm., Lacep. and Shaw, the Scise7ia jamla-
Ma; of Bonnaterre, the La^e sagittaire of Lacep., and the Coius chatareus of
Buchanan.

ACANTHOPTEUYGII. 145

detached, forming what are termed false or spurious fins, or pinnae
spurise. The genus is subdivided as follows:

Scomber, Cuv.

The Mackerels have a fusiform body covered with uniformly small
and smooth scales; two little cutaneous crests on the sides of the
tailj an empty space between the first and second dorsal.

Sc. scombrus, L., Bl. 54. (The Common Mackerel.) Blue
back', varied with black undulating streaks; five false fins above
and beneath. The value, &c. of this fish is too well known to
need a comment. The Common Mackerel has no natatory blad-
der; but, and it is a singular fact, that organ is found in several
other species, so similar to it, that some attention is necessary
to distinguish them; such are the little Mediterranean Mackerel^
Sc. colias; Sc. pneumatophorus, I..aroche, Ann. Mus., XIII; and
the Sc. grex, Mitch., Ann. New York Lye, I, 423, which is
sometimes seen on the coast of the United States, in countless
numbers. Sec. (l)

Thynnus, Cuv.

A soft corslet round the thorax, formed by scales larger and
smoother than those on the rest of the body; a cartilaginous carina
between the two little crests on the sides of the tail; the first dorsal
extends close to the second.

Sc. thynnus, L. (The Tunny.) This fish has been taken in the
Mediterranean, from a very ancient date, and by its abundance
constitutes a great source of wealth to Provence, Sardinia, Si-
cily, cc. It is said to attain the length of fifteen and eighteen
feet, and has nine spurious fins above, and as many beneath; the
pectorals are one-fifth of its whole length. Several neighbour-
ing species inhabit the Mediterranean, that have hitherto been
but badly distinguished.

Sc. brachypterus, Cuv.; the Micorti, Rondel., 245, and Duham.,
Sect. VII, pi. vii, f. 5. Pectorals but one-eighth of the whole
length.

Sc. thunina, Cuv.; La Tonine; Aldrov., 315; Descrip. de
I'Eg. Poiss. pi. xxiv, f. 5. A brilliant blue marked with black
lines, undulated and curved in various ways, Sec. It is also in
this first group that we must place the

(1) Add, Scomber vernalis, Mitch , loc. cit.; Sc. canagurta, Cuv., Kuss , 136.
Vol. II. T

146

PISCES.

Sc.pelamys, L., Lacep., II, xx, 2. (The Bonita.) Four lon-
gitudinal blackish bands on each side of the belly.(l) The

Oecynus, Cuv.

Only differs from the Tunnies in the extremely extended pectorals,
which are one- third of the entire length, and reach beyond the anus.
Sc. alalonga, Gm. ; German of the Biscayans; Malonga of the
Italians; Duham., Sect. VII, pi. vi, f. 1, under the improper
name of Tunny; Willughb. App. pi. x, f. 1, is taken in the
Mediterranean, with the Tunny, and in summer visits the gulf
of Gascogny, in numerous bodies, where it constitutes an im-
portant fishery. The back is a blackish blue, gradually fading
into the silvery white of the belly. It is frequently found to
weigh eighty pounds; its flesh is much whiter than that of the
Tunny.

Auxis, Cuv.(2)

The corslet and moderate pectorals of the Tunny, and the dor-
sals, separate, as in the Mackerel. One species inhabits the Medi-
terranean.

Sc. bisus; Bonicou, or Scombre Laroche, of Risso; Rafin., Ca-
ratt. pi. ii, f. 1; Egypt., XXIV, 6. Back, of a fine blue; oblique
blackish lines; flesh, a deep red.

Another is taken in the Antilles called the Thou, or Tunny,
which attains a size equal to that of the European Tunny.(3)

Sarda, Cuv. (4)

Distinguished from the Tunnies solely by their separate, pointed,
and strong teeth.

Sc. sarda, Bl. 334; Aldrov., 313; Salvian., 123; Belon, 179.(5)
The only species known, but common in the Black Sea and
Mediterranean. It is blue, the back obliquely streaked with

(1) Add. Sc. coretia, Cuv., Sloane, Jam., 1, 1, 3;JDangiri mangelans:, Renard I
Ixxvi, 189. o , ,

(2) Auxis, ancient name of a fish of this family.

(3) Add, the Tasard, Lacep. IV, p. 8; the Mblcore, Sloane, Jam., I, 1, 1?

(4) Sarda was the ancient name of the Tunny that was caught and salted in the
Western Ocean.

(5) It is the Amia of the ancients and of Rondelet, 238; the Sarda of Rond., 248,
IS the young of the same species. It is also the Scomber palamitus of Rafin.; the
Sc. ponticus. Pall., Zoogr. Russ.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 147

blackish; remarkable for the extreme length of its gall-bladder;
a fact -well known to Aristotle.(l) It also inhabits both oceans.

Cybium, Cuv.(2)

The body elongated, and without a corslet; large, compressed,
trenchant teeth, resembling lancets; palatine teeth all small, short,
and crowded. Several species are found in the hot parts of both
oceans; some of them become very large.(3)

Thyrsites, Cuv.(4)

Differs from Cybium in the anterior teeth, which are longer than
the others, and in having pointed, palatine teeth; no lateral carina
to the tail.

This little subgenus leads insensibly to Lepidopus and to Trichi-
urus.(5)

Gempylus, Cuv,(6)

Similar to Thyrsites in the jaw-teeth, but there are none in the
palate, and the ventrals are almost imperceptible; an additional
mark of affinity with Lepidopus.(7)

' XiPHiASj Lin.

These fishes belong to the family of the Scomberoides, and approach
the Tunnies, particularly in their excessively small scales, in the ca-
rinse on the sides of their tail, in the power of their caudal fin, and
in their whole internal organization. Their distinguishing charac-
ter consists in the beak, or long ensiform point or tusk, which termi-

(1) Arist., Hist., n, c. XV. The gall-bladder of the common Tunny is equally as
long.

(2 ) Cybium, the ancient name of a dish prepared from the Tunny and from ano-
ther fish of the same family.

(3) C. Commersonii, Cuv., Sc. Commersonii, Lacep., or Konam, Russ., 135; C.
lineolatum, Cuv., Mangelang, Russ., I, vii, 53-, C. guttatum, Cuv., or Sc. guttaius,
Bl., Schn. pi. V, Vingeram, Russ., 134; C. maculatum, or Sc. maculatus, Mitch.,
Ann. New York Lye, I, vi, 8; C. Regale, Cuv., or Sc. regalis, Bl., 333, which is
also the Scomberomore Plumier, Lacep., Ill, 293; C. cavalla, or Guarapuca,
Marcgr. 178.

(4) The ancient name of some fish of this family.

(5) Scomber dentatus, Bl., Schn., or Sc. atun, Eiiphrasen and Lacep., or Acina-
cie batarde, Bory St Vincent.

(6) The ancient name of an unknown fish.

(7) Gempylus serpens, (juv., or Serpens marimis compressus lividus, Sloane, I, 1,
f.2.

148

**" PISCES.

nates their upper jaw, a powerful weapon with which they attack the
argest sea anin,a,s. This beak is chiefly composed of the 'voler ^nd
Cl'" ;'"' r^ "gtheed at its base by the ethmoid,
fron als, and maxmar.es Their branchi^ are not pectinated; each
of l,em being formed of two large parallel lamini, the surface of
wh,ch .s refculated.(,) They swim with astonishing swiftusrand
their flesh is excellent. '

XiPHiAs, Cuv.

The Sword-Fish, properly so called, has no ventrals. But one
species IS known. "^

tJltZ^'f"'^ "" ^I""" ^--''F-'-) The point hori^on.
tally flattened and trenchant like the broad blade of a sword-
sides of the ta,l strongly carinated. I, has but one dorsal, whLh
nses from before and from behind; the middle of it be oming
worn With age gives it the appearance of being double. I i!
one of the largest and test fishes of the European seas fr !
quently attaining the length of fifteen feet. It is more common
in the Mediterranean than in the Atlantic Ocean. I par^i.ic
cruslaceous aimal(2) penetrates into its flesh and sometim s
renders ,t so furious that it dashes itself on shore.(3)

Tetrapturus, Rafin.
Point of the muzzle shaped like a stilet, each ventral consisting
of a single non-articulated blade, two small salient crests on eeh
side of the base of the caudal as in the Mackerel

One spedes inhabits the Mediterranean, the Aiguille of the
Sicilians, TetraptuTus belone, Rafin., Caratt., pi. i, I j.

Makaira, Lacep.

The armed muzzle and two small crests of a Tetranturus hut fU
ventrals are wantin-. eirapturus, but the

But a single specimen has ever been seen, and that was cap

ured at the island of Keen in 1802. It is the Mak. noirlZ

Lacep., Xiphias makaira, Sh.(4) notratre,

(1) This led Aristotle to say that the Xiphias has eight branchi..
2 Improperly named by Gmelin, the Pennatula filosa.

Dl xxvT f 9 ^^f '""^'"'"'' '''' ''^^"' P'- 21' t-^^" from Duham Sect IV
L tW f.^ " '"--ly- copy of abadfigure given by Aldrovande (Pise p 33 J;

its^entrall tT CAr/p tv ^^n "^'^Tr^ ""'T'^'^' *'" ''' '^^
fisherman. ^" ' ' "' " '"'^"" ^^^"""^ ^^^ ''"de drawing of a

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 149

IsTioPHORus, Lacep. Notistium, Herman.

The beak and caudal crests of a Tetrapturus, but the dorsal is
Tery high and serves them for a sail when swimming; their long
and slender ventrals are composed of two rays.

There are several imperfectly determined species, one of
which inhabits the Indian Ocean, Scomber gladius, Broussonet,
Acad, des Sc. 1786, pi. x; Xiphias velifer, B\.,^chn.; Xiphias
platisterus, Shaw, IV, part II, p. 101, and was long ago de-
scribed.(l)

All the fishes of this genus attain a very large size.

Centronotus, Lacep.

A genus of Scomberoides characterize.d by the spines, which, in
the Acanthopterygii in general, form the anterior portion of the
dorsal, or a first separate dorsal, but in them are free and uncon-
nected by a common membrane; they all have ventrals. They are
subdivided as follows:

Naucrates, Rafin.

Free dorsal spines; body fusiform; a carina in the sides of the
tail as in the Tunny, and two free spines before the anal fin.

The common species, or the Faufre of the sailors of Provence;
Gasterosteus ductor, L. ; Scomber ductor, Bl., 338, is blue with
broad vertical bands of a much deeper blue. The vulgar name
o^ Pilot-fish owes its origin to the fact, that it follows vessels to
seize upon what may fall from them; and as a similar habit is
observed in the Shark, it has been said that the former acts as
a guide or pilot to the latter; it is not above a foot long.

A black species is found at Brazil, the Ceixupira, Marcgr.,
158; Scomber niger, Bl. 337, which is eight or nine feet in
length.

Elacates.

The general form of a Naucrates, and its free dorsal spines; but
the head is horizontally flattened, and both the caudal carina and the
free spines before the anal are Avanting.(2)

(1) It has also been figured by Nieuhof, App.; Willugb., App., pi. V, f. 9, by
Renard, I, pi. 34, f. 182, and 11, pi. 54, f. 233; by Valentyn, No. 527. The Gue-
bucu, Marcgr. 171, hardly appears to differ from the species of India, ill. 345, is a
falsified copy of a figure of Pr. Maurice, which differed much less from that of
Marcgrave.

(2) El motta, Cuv., Pedda mottah, Russel, 153; El. amertcana, Cuv., Centra-

^^^ PISCES.

LicHiA, Cuv.
The free spines on the back, and two others, also free, before the
anal^ body compressed, and the tail without the lateral carina. In
front of the dorsal spines is a single one, laid flat, and pointing for-
wards. ^

Three species inhabit the Mediterranean, all of which are
eatable, and already well characterized by Rondelet.

X. amia,' Scomber amia,L.; the Vadigo, Rondelet, 254; mia,
balv. 121. The lateral line strongly covered or forming an S:
a large species more than four feet in length, and weighing a
hundred pounds.

L. glauca;-Sc. glaums, h.; the Derbio, Rondel 252 The
lateral line nearly straight^ the anal and second dorsal marked
with a black spot in frontj teeth small and crowded.

L. sinuosa, Cuv.,- Rond. 255. The blue on the back separated

Iron, the silvery hue on the belly by a zigzag linej the hooked

teeth in a single range.(l)

Lacep^de separates from the Lichi^, by the name of Soombe-

RoiDEs which is not very appropriate, those species where the last

rays of the second dorsal, and of the anal are divided into spurious

tins, as in Scomber, properly so called.(2) The

Trachinotus, Lacep.
From which his Acanthrinions and Ccesiomores do not generi-
cally differ, are Lichi^ with an elevated body, a more vertical pro-
hie, and the dorsal and anal tapered into longer points.(3)

Rhynchobdella, BI. Schn.
Free spines on the back as in Centronotus, and two free spines be-
fore the anal, but, as in a true Xiphias, the ventrals are wanting^ the
body is elongated. They are divided into two subgenera. In

notus spinosus, Mitch., Ann. cit. Nov., I, iii, 9, which is probably the Gasteros-
tens canadensis, L. ; and some new species.

(1) Add, Scomb. calcar, Bl. 336, f. 2.

(2) Scomb. Forsteri, Bl., Schn., or ScomberoYde Commersonicn, Lacep., II, xx 3
ovMenparah, Russ., Ul,-Tolparah, Russ. 138;-Sc. aculeatus, BI. 336, V-Sc
lysan Forsk;-&. saKens, Bl. 335; and Lacep. II, ^x.-Gasterosteus occidmtalis,
L., Brown., Jam., xlvi, 2;Quiebra-acha, Parra, xii, 2.

(3) CWon^/awcM,,Lacep. 210, ov Acanthinion bleu, Lacep. l\,50Q;~Cfuet
rhombo^des, Bl. 209, or Ac. rUmboide, Lacep.;_Ga.^. ovatus, L., ov MookaUe parah,
Russ. 15^^-C^siomore Block, Lacep. Ill, iii, 2;-Scomber fakatus, Fovsk.:-C^.
omorebailhn, Lacep. Ill, iii, l-.Botlah-parah, Russel, 142.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 151

Macrognathus, Lacep.

The muzzle is prolonged into a cartilaginous point, which extends
beyond the lower jawj the second dorsal and the anal separated from
the caudal. (l)

Mastacembelus, Gronov.

The two jaws about equal, and the dorsal and anal almost united
with the caudal. (2) Both subgenera inhabit the fresh waters of
Asia and feed on worms, which they obtain from the sand. Their
flesh is much esteemed.

This is perhaps the proper place for a genus not yet well
understood. The

NoTACANTHus, Bl. Campilodon, 0th. and Fab.

The body much elongated, compressed, and covered with small
soft scalesj the obtuse muzzle projects in front of the mouth, which
is armed with fine and closely-set teeth; nothing on the back but
free spines; ventrals behind and beneath or on the abdomen; a very
long anal reaches to the tip of the tail, where it unites with a very
small caudal.

Not. nasiis, Bl. 431. The only species known; it inhabits the
Arctic Ocean, and is two feet and a half in length.

Seriola, Cuv.

All the characters of a Lichia; a horizontal spine before the first
dorsal; a small free fin supported by two spines before the anal;
body compressed; a lateral line without carina or armature; but the
spines of the first dorsal are united into a fin by a membrane.

One species, the Peche lait of the French at Pondichery;
Scomber lactarius, Bl., Schn.; Russ., 108, is remarkable for the
great delicacy of its flesh.

Another, Seriola cosmopolitan Cuv.; Scomber chloris, BL, 339,^
is noticed as one of the few fishes common to both oceans.(3)

(1) Rynchohdella orientalis, Bl. Schn., or Ophidium aculeatum, Bl., 159, 2, or
Macrognate aiguillonne, Lacep. II, viii, 3; Bh. polyacantha, Bl., Schn., or Macrog-
nate arme, Lacep.; Buchan, pi. xxxvii, x, 6; Mh. aral, Bl., Schn., pi. Ixxxix;
Macrog. pancalus, Buchan., xxii, 7.

(2) Rynchohdella halepensis, Bl., Schn.; Gronov., Zooph., pi. viii, a, x.

(3) Add, Seriole Dumeril, liisso; Scomber fasciatus, BL, 341; Seriole de Rafin-
esque, Risso, or Trachurus aquilus. Raff., Caratt. xi, 3.

1 52

PISCES.

There is a species whose last dorsal and anal ray is detached
Senolabtptnnulata, Cuv.j Zool. de Freycin., pi. ei, f. 3 ^'^'^^

NoMEus, Cuv.

These fishes, which for a long time were placed amon^ the Go
bies, are related in many particulars to the Serioir buf tl;
tremely large and broad ventrals, attached to tt'be iVbv ^h"'
internal edge, give them a very peculiar character ' ' ''"'

iVom. ma^^nVu, Cuv.; the i/arrfer, Marc^r I53 a

Temnodon, Cuv.

seven rays in the branchi^. ^ ' ^"'^ '^^""^ ^^^

the size ot a Mackerel, and one of the small number of fishes
common to both oceans.(2) ^^

Caeanx, Cuv.
Scomberoides characterized by a lateral line more or less ,ailed
with scaly plates or bands, carinated and frequently spinou TH
have two distinct dorsals, a horizontal spin'e befoVe'.he first' tL'

''^''^urStSCtkT:j^t7^t' "t-- <*--. L-p., the E,o.
Jfoff .u '' ^'^^"' ^"'^ **^^ ''*^o'^'- 2ona^W5, Mitch. Ann. On cit T Iv "
tTZ^t s- of a Sa,.o. The other, ^^ , M.rc,r., Br?,af appei;;;:

fort:t:r3f:r;itL':h!crh'"'^^^''t^^ ""'-'" -''--'-^'.
Mac. hai /*;- 4"Krhr:::ir ir?.' '-"-- ^ '^=

ip Cri: !'::' ^;,f f"" .;f. " N- Holland. ,. ihe
to. m, I V, viii from R ' ' \ " ?" '^'"' Comn-erson, and hi, p,,,.

/- mem, Lacep. Add, Pa-coa^jfareteOiCarmich., Lin. Trans. XII, Kv.>

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 153

last rays of the second but slightly connected, and sometimes sepa-
rated into spurious finsj some spines, free, or forming a small fiu
before the anal.

Several species inhabit the seas of Europe, resembling the Mack-
erel in form and flavour, and remarkable for the bands or plates
which cover their lateral line, commencing from the shoulder.

They are confounded under the name of Saurels, Bastard

Mackerel^ Sec. Scomber trachurus, L., but they differ in the

number of bands(l) and the more or less sudden curvature of

the lateral line. Species very similar to those of Europe are

found as far as New^-Zealand.

In some, the plates merely cover the posterior and straight part

of the lateral line, its anterior and arcuated portion being furnished

with small scales. Some are fusiform, and of these, one has a single

spurious, dorsal and anal fin, (2) another has several, (3) but most o

them have none.(4)

Others again, which have a more elevated body, but still retain
the oblique and but slightly convex profile, are remarkable for a
single range of teeth. (5)

Some fishes of this genus, termed Carangues by the French
sailors, have an elevated body and a sharp profile, convexly curved,
and descending suddenly. The species are very numerous in both
oceans.

C. carangus; Scomber carangus, Bl., 340. Silvery, with a
black spot on the operculum, and frequently found to weigh
from twenty to twenty-five pounds; an excellent fish. A very
similar species, but in which the black spot is wanting; the

Guaratereba, Seb. Ill, xxvii, 3, is, on the contrary, very apt
to prove poisonous. (6)

(1) There are from seventy to a hundred of these bands.

(2) Kurra-woodagahwah, Russ. 139; Car. pundatus, Cuv., called Scomber hip-
pos, by Mitch., New York, op. cit. I, v, 5, but which is not the hippos of Lin-
naeus; Curvata pinima, Marcgr. Braz. 150.

(3) Scomber Rotleri, Bl., 346, and Russel, 143; Sc. cordyla, L., but not his sy-
nonymes, which are Cabangi.

(4) Scomb. crumenophtalmus, BL, 343; Sc. Pluviieri, Bl., 344, the same as the
Sc. ruber, 343, and as the Caranx Daubenton, Lac^p. Ill, 71-

(5) Scomb. dentex, Bl., Schn.; Caranx lune, Geoff. Saint-Hil., Eg. Poiss. xxiii,
3, to which the Citula Banksii, Riss., 2d ed. VI, 13, and perhaps the Trachurus
imperialis, \la.{in. , Car. XI, 1, are, at least, closely allied.

(6) Add, the Scomb. hippos, L., which is the Sc. chrysos, Mitch.; Ekalah pa-
rah, Russ. 146, perhaps the Scomb. ignobilis, Forsk. ; Car. sex-fasciatus, Quoy et
Gaym., Zool., Freycin., pi. 65, f. 4; Jarra dandree parah, Russ. 147; Scomb.

Vol. II. U

^^^ PISCES.

We might also distinguish those species which have no teethJl)
and those, the points of whose second dorsal and anal are extremely
elongated, which I have designated by the name of CiruL^.rs)

We are thus gradually led to fishes that may be united under the
common name of

Vomer,

Which become more and more compressed and elevated, where the
armature of the lateral line successively diminishes, and the skin
becomes fine, satiny, and without any apparent scales, which have
no other teeth than very short, fine and. crowded ones, and which
are distinguished from each other by various prolongations of some
ot their fins.

Linn^us and Bloch placed them, but improperly, in the genus
Zeus. We divide them as follows:

Olistus, Cuv.
Differing from Citula, inasmuch as the middle rays of the second
dorsal are not branched, but merely articulated, and are extended
into long filaments. (3)

ScYRis, Cuv.,
.vhl^h !f^f,f "^^";^'/"d nearly a similar form; but the spines
which should form the first dorsal are entirely hidden in the edL of
the second. The ventrals are short.(4)

Blepharis, Cuv.
Long filaments to the second dorsal and analj ventrals much pro-
longed, the spines of the first hardly piercing the skinj(5) body ele-
vated; the profile not more curved than usual.

Gallus, Cuv.

The profile more vertical than in Blepharis, but all the other cha-
racters similar. (6)

Id 150 or Scomb. malabancus, BL, ^c\xry.,-Wootin-parah, Russ. 148.

(1) Scomb. spedosus, Lacep. Ill, 1, 1, or Pohoso-parah, Russ. 149, of which the

Can ^e^, GeofF., Egypt, XXIII, 1, appears to be the adult.
(^) Ichawilparah, Russ. 15U~Mais-parah, Id. 152.
(3) The species is new.

'(4) The Gal. d'Mexandrie, Geoff., Eg., Poiss., XXII, 2.
5 Zeus aliarisBi.i^e.,-Zeus sutor, Cuv., the Cordonnier- of Martinique.
(6) Zeus gallus, L., Bl., or Gurrah-paraK Russ. 57 ^-Cher.oola-parah, Id 58

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 155

Argyreiosus, Cuv.

The profile still more elevated^ the first dorsal decidedly mark-
ed, and some of its rays prolonged into filaments like those of the
second. Their ventrals also are much lengthened.(l) In

Vomer, properly so called^

The body is compressed, and the profile vertical, as in Gallus
and Argyreiosus, but there is no prolongation to any of the fins.(2)
The genus

Zeus, Lin.

After abstracting the Galli and Argyreiosi, Sec, comprehends
fishes with a compressed body, an extremely protractile mouth like
that of the Menides, and having but few and weak teeth. They re-
quire however to be greatly subdivided.

Zeus, Cuv.

Dorsal emarginate, its spines accompanied by long slips of the
membrane; a series of bifurcated spines along the base of the dorsal
and the anal.

Z.faber, L., Bl. 41. (The Common Dory.) Yellowish, with
a round black spot on the flank; an excellent fish, that is some-
times styled the Fish of St Peter.

Z.pungio, Cuv.; Rond. 328, is another species, distinguished
by a stout bifurcated spine on the shoulder. From the Medi-
terranean.

Capros, Lacep.

The emarginaled dorsal of the Dories, and a mouth still more pro-
tractile; but no spines along the dorsal and anal; the entire body co-
vered with very rough scales.

But one species is known, Zeus aper, L., which is small and
yellowish. It inhabits the Mediterranean. (3) The

(1) Zeus vomer, Mus., Ad. Fred, xxxi, 9, and better, Bl. 93, 2, or Macatuia,
Marcgr. 161; Zeus rostratus, Mitch., op. cit. II, 1. N.B. The Zeus niger, Bl.,
Schn., is founded on a mistake; a figure of the Macatuia, in the work of Marcgrave,
p. 145, having been placed next to the description of the Guaperva, or Chxtodon
arcuaius. The Selene argtntie, Lacep. IV, ix, 2, is an Macatuia, whose first dorsal
and ventrals had been worn. His Selene quadrangulaire, is the Chaet. faher.

(2) Zeus setapinnis, Mitch., op. cit. I, 9, Labat., Voy. de Desmarchais, I, p. 312.

(3) It is also the Perca pusilla of Brunnich.

^^^ PISCES.

Lampris, Retzius. Chrysotosus, Lacep.
Has but a single dorsal, highly elevated before, as is the case with
the analj and which has but one small spine at the base of its ante-
rior edge. There are ten very long rays to each ventral^ the lobes
of their caudal are also very long, but all these prolongations become
worn away with age; sides of the tail carinated.

Lamp, guttafus, Retz. Violet spotted with white, and red
fins.(l) It attains a large size, and inhabits the Arctic seas; the
only species known.

Equula, Cuv.

A single dorsal, but with several small spines, the anterior of
which are sometimes very long; the snout highly protractile; body
compressed; edges of the back and belly dentated along the fins.
They are small fishes, several species of which inhabit the Indian
Ocean. (2)

The snout of some of these species, when in a state of quiescence,
is singularly retracted; by suddenly protruding it they are enabled
to seize upon such small fishes or insects as may. pass within
reach.(3)

Mene, Lacep.
Snout of an Equula, and the entire body more compressed; abdo-
men trenchant, and very convex beneath; a circumstance resulting
from the development of the bones of the shoulder and pelvis, while
the dorsal line is almost straight; which throws the ventrals behind
the pectorals.

But one species is known; the Mene Anne-Caroline, Lacep.,

(1) It is the Zeusregius, Bonnat. Encycl., Icthyol., f. 155^ the Z. imperialis,
Shaw, Nat. Misc., No. 140,- the Z. lima, Gmel.; the Z. guttatus, Brunnich, Soc.
des. Sc. de Copenh., Ill, 388; the Scomber pektgicus, Gunner, Mem. de Dronth.,
IV, xH, 1; the Chrysotose lune, Lacep. IV, ix, 3; the Moon-Fish, Duham., Sect. IV,*
pi. vi, f. 5; the Opah of Pennant, &c.

(2) The type of this genus is the Scomber equula of Forskal, of which Gmelin
has made his Centrogasier equula, and Lacep. his Caesio poulain. Add, Eq. ensifera,
Cuv., or Scomber edentulus, Bl. 428, or Leyognathe argente, Lacep. -.Eq. cara,
Cuv., Iluss. 66;Eq.fasciata, Cuv., or Clupea fasciata, Lacep. V, p. 463, Mem.
du Mus. I, xxiii, 2t,Eq. splendms, Cuv., Russ. 61; Eq. daura, Cuv., Russ. 65;
Eq. totta, Russ. 62; Eg. coma, Russ., et Seb. Ill, xxvii, 4, 63; Eq. ruconius,
Buchan, XII, 35; Eq. minuia, Cuv., or Scomber minutus, Bl. 429, 2, which may
very possibly be the same as the Zeus argentarius, Forster, IX, Schn. 96.

(3) Eq. insidiatrix, Cuv., or Zeus imidiator, Bl. 192, f. 2 and 3.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 157

V, xiv, 2, or the Zeus maculatus^ Bl., Schn. pi. xxii, Rus-
sell., 60. It is of a fine silver colour, spotted with blackish near
the back. From the Indian Ocean.

Stromateus, Lin.

The same compressed form as in the different species of Zeus, and
similar diminutive and slightly apparent scales, under a satiny epi-
dermisj but the snout is obtuse and non-protractile; a single dorsal
whose few spines are concealed in its anterior edge; no ventrals.
The vertical fins are sufficiently thick to tempt us to approximate
them also to the Squammipennes. Independently of the ordinary
lateral line, there is a stria on the flank which has been considered
as a second one. The oesophagus is armed with a number of spines
which are attached to the velvet by radiating roots.

S.fiatola^ L.; Belon, Aquat., 153; Rondel. 493.(1) A pretty,
oblong species, inhabiting the Mediterranean, remarkable for
spots and interrupted bands of a golden tint, on a lead coloured
ground.

S. stellatus, Cuv., from the coast of Peru, is nearly similar
in form, but is sprinkled with black spots; it is common in the
markets at Lima.

Several other species inhabit the Indian Ocean, called by the
French colonists Pamples. They are generally more elevated
than the fiatola, and spines or trenchant blades are frequently
found before their dorsal, and even their anal. (2) We may dis-
tinguish from among them the

Peprilus, Cuv.

Where the pelvis forms a trenchant and pointed blade, before
the anus, that might be taken for a vestige of ventrals. (3) Besides
this, there are the trenchant blades of which we have just spoken,
and there is even one species in which these blades are crenated.(4)

(1) This fig-., in which the left pectoral is bent downwards, being mistaken by
Lacep . for a ventral, gave rise to his genus Chrysostromus, which must conse-
quently be suppressed.

(2) The Stromateus niger, Bl. 422, and better 160, under the false name of Str.
paru, Russ. 43; the Sir. alius, Cuv., Russ. 44; Str. candidus, Cuv., Russ. 42;
Str. argenteus, Euphrasen, New Stockh. Mem., IX, pi. ix, or Sir. aculeatus, Bl.,
Schn. ; Str. griseus, Cuv.

(3) Chsetodon akpidotus, h., ov Stromateus longipinnis, Mitch.; Str. cryptosus,
Mitch. ; Str. paru, Sloane, Jam. II, pi. ccl, f. A .

(4) Feprilus crenulatus, Cuv., a small and new species.

^^^ PISCES.

LuvARuSj Rafin.
Apparently closely approaches Peprilusj the extremity of the pel-
vis IS furnished with a small scale that acts as an operculum to the
anus; no trenchant blades; a prominent carina on each side of the
tail, as in the Tunny, &c.

Luv. imperialism Rafin., Ind. d'lttiol., Sicil., pi. i, f. i. sil-
very, with a reddish back,- an extremely large species that inha-
bits the seas of Europe.(l)

Seserinus, Cuv.

All the characters of the Stromatei, even internally; but there are
two small ventrals, or rather vestiges of ventrals.

Ses. Rondeletii, Cuv. j Rondel., 257. A small species from the
Mediterranean.

KURTUS, Bl.

The fishes of this genus are closely allied to those ofPeprilus, from
which they particularly differ in the less extent of their dorsal and in
the development of their ventrals: the anal is long, the scales are so
extremely small that they are hardly visible till the skin is driedj
there are none on the fins; seven rays in the branchise: a pelvic spine
between the ventrals, and several small trenchant blades before the
dorsal, at whose base is a spine directed horizontally forwards.

A singularity of structure is presented in their skeleton; the ribs
are dilated, convex, and form rings which are in contact with each
other, thus enclosing a conical and empty space, which extends be-
neath the tail, in the inferior rings of the vertebrae, in a long and thin
tube which contains the natatory bladder. The

Kurt, indicus, Bl., 169, is very probably the female of the Kur-
tus cornutus or Somdrum-Kara-Mottee of Russel, a fish very re-
markable for a little cartilaginous and curved horn, which rises
from the first of the small trenchant blades before the dorsal.

CORYPH^NA, Lin.

The body compressed, elongated, covered with small scales; upper
part of the head trenchant; a dorsal extending along the whole of

(1) A specimen was taken at the isle of Re, in 1826, a drawing of which w.is
forwarded to us by M. Journal Rouquet.

I suspect that we should refer to it, at least as a congener, the Ausonia Cuvieri,
Risso, 2d ed. pi. xi, f 28, which is figured, however, with two anal spines.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 159

the back, composed of rays almost equally flexible, although there
is no articulation to the anterior ones; seven rays in the branchiae.

CoRYPHiENA, CuV.

The head much elevated; its profile curved into an arc which de-
scends very suddenly; eyes very far down; teeth in the palate as well
as in the jaws. Large and beautiful fishes, celebrated for the rapi-
dity of their motions, and the eternal war they wage against the
Flying-fish.

C. hippurus, L. Sixty dorsal rays; a silvery-blue above, with
deep blue spots; a lemon-yellow with light blue spots beneath.
From the Mediterranean. Several neighbouring species are
found in the ocean, hitherto confounded with it.(l) .

Caranxomous, Lacep.

The head oblong and but slightly elevated, the eye in a mediate
position, thus difi'ering in both these respects from the true Cory-
phaenae.(2) In the

Centrolophus, Lacep.

The palatine teeth are wanting; there is an interval without rays
between the occiput and the commencement of the dorsal.(3) A
species of each of these two last subgenera inhabits the Mediterra-
nean, and occasionally strays into the ocean.

AsTRODERMUs, BonncUi.

The elevated and trenchant head and long dorsal of the Cory-
phaenae; but the mouth is slightly cleft; there are but four rays in the
branchiae, and their ventrals are very small and placed on the throat;
the scattering scales of the body assume the radiated form of small
stars.

Astrod. guttatus, Bonn.; Diana semilunata^ Risso, Ed. II, pi.
vii, f. 14. Silvery, spotted with black; red fins, and a very
high dorsal. From the Mediterranean, and the only species
known. (4)

(1) We will describe 'several of them in our Icthyology, and endeavour to
settle their synonymes.

(2) Scomber pelagicus, L., Mus. Ad. Fred., xxx, f. 3, or Cychla pelagica, Bl ,
Schn.; Cor. fasciolata. Pall., Spic, Zool., Fasc, "VIII, pi. iii, f. 2.

(3) Coryphyhaena pompilus, L., Rondel. 250; the Centrolophe negre,Lzcep. IV,
441, tlie same as the Perca nigra, Gmel., Borlasse, Hist, of Cornw., pi. xxvi, f. 8,
or Holocentre noir, Lacep. ; the Merle, Duham., Sect. IV, pi. vi, f. 2.

(4) Astrodermus guttatus, Bonnelli, or Diana semilunata, Riss. 2d ed-, VII, f. 14.

^"^ PISCES.

Pteraclis, Gronov. Oligopodus, Lacep.
Teeth and head of the Coryphaenaej but the scales are larger, the
ventrals jugular and very small, and the dorsal and anal as high as
the fish Itself. ^

P.velifen Coryphcenavelifera, Pall., Spic. Zool.,Fasc., VIII,
pi. 1.(1) From the Carolinas, and the only species known.

FAMILY VIII.

T^NIOIDES.

This family is closely connected with the Scomberoides, and
its first genus is even intimately allied with Gempilus and
Thyrsites; the fishes which compose it are elongated, flattened
on the sides, and have very small scales.

In the first tribe we find the muzzle elongated, the mouth
cleft and armed with strong, pointed and trenchant teeth, and
the lower jaw advancing beyond the upper one : it comprises
but two genera,

Lepidopus, Gouan.
Whose special character consists in the reduction of the ventrals to
two small scaly plates; the thin and elongated body is furnished with
a dorsal above, which extends throughout its length, with a low anal
beneath, and terminates in a well formed caudal; there are eight
rays in the branchi^; the stomach is elongated, with upwards of
twenty csecums near the pylorus, and a prominent glandular body
IS attached to the natatory bladder, which is long and slender.

Lep. argyreus, Cuv. Frequently five feet in length; it has
been described under several names, (2) and is found from Eng-
land to the Cape of Good Hope, but is rare every where.

(1) Bosc assures us that he caught it in Carolina; Pallas says that his is from the
Moluccas. They may be different species.

(2) It is the Lepidopus of Gouan., Hist. Pise, pi. i, fig. 4; the Trichiurus
caudatus, Euphrasen, New Stockh. Mem., IX, pi. ix, f. 2; the Trick, gladius,
Ho ten, Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenh. V, p. 23, and pi. ii; the Trich. en^formis of Y^n-
delli, or Vandellius lusitanicus of Shaw; the Ziphotheca tdradms of Montagu, Wer-
ner. Soc. I^p. 81, pi. ii; the Sarcina argyrea, Rafin., Nuov. Caratt., pi. vii, f. 1; the
Leptdope Peron, Risso; and the Lepidope argente of Nardo.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 161

Trichiurus, Lin. Lepturus, Artedi. Gymnogaster,

Gronov.

The same form of body, muzzle, and jaws, as in Lepidopus; simi-
lar pointed and trenchant teeth, and a dorsal extending along- the
back, but the ventrals and caudal are wanting, and the tail is drawn
out into a long, slender, and compressed filament. In lieu of the
anal there is merely a suite of small and hardly perceptible spines on
the under edge of the tailj the branchise have but seven rays. They
resemble beautiful silver ribands; their stomach is elingated and
thick; their intestines straight; their cseca numerous, and their na-
tatory bladder long and simple.

Trich. lepturiis, Lin.; Brown, Jam., pi. xlv, f. 4,(1) is found
in the Atlantic, both on the coast of America and that of Africa.
Two other species are known from the Indian Ocean, one of
which Trich. haumela, Schn. ; Clupea haumela, Forsk., and
Gmel.; Savala, Russel, I, 41, is very similar to the lepturus,
being only somewhat shorter. The other, Trich. savala, Cuv.,
is still less elongated, and has a smaller eye.(2)

A second tribe comprehends genera in which the mouth is
small;, and but slightly cleft.

Gymnetrus, B1.

The body elongated and flat, as in all the preceding divisions, and to-
tally deprived of the anal fin; but there is a long dorsal whose length-
ened anterior rays form a sort of panache, but they are easily broken;
the ventrals, when not worn or broken, are very long, and the caudal,
composed of very few rays, rises vertically from the extremity of the
tail, which ends in a small hook. There are six rays in the branchise:
the mouth is slightly cleft, very protractile, and furnished with but
few and small teeth; some small spines on the lateral line, which
ai'e more salient towards the tail. These fishes are extremely soft,
and their rays very fragile; they have been frequently and incorrectly
figured from mutilated specimens;(3) their bones, the vertebrae in

(1) It is the Ubirre of Laet., Ind. Occid. S7o, which, through a mistake, pointed
out by himself, he has placed in Marcgr.,p. 161, as belonging- to the description of
the 3Iucu, which is a Maraena; this mistake has produced such confusion, that Bloch
and others were led to believe that the Trichiurus is a fresh-water fish.

(2) A tfansposition in the text of Nieuhof has caused electric properties to be
attributed to the Trichiuri of India, which they most assuredly do not possess.

(3) The Falx vmetorum of lielon, of which Gouan has made his genus Tba-

Vol II. V

^"^ PISCES.

pa ticular are but very slightly indurated, their stomach is elon-
gated, and their caeca are very numerous? the natatory bladder is
wantmg and their mucous flesh is very rapidly decomp'osed.

J'u v'T'T ^""^ "^ '^' ^""-^P^^" ^^ ^hich differ in the
number of thezr dorsal rays, and which when entire, that is when
young, frequent y present a most singular appearance from the pro-
longation of their fins. ^

The most brilliant of the Mediterranean species has but from
one hundred and forty to a hundred and fifty dorsal rays: it has
only been seen small, or of a moderate size. Another has from
a hundred and seventy to a hundred and seventy-five, specimens
of which are found in cabinets, from four to five feet in length.
A third has more than two hundred of these rays, and is more
than seven feet in length.

The Arctic ocean produces two species, called in Norway the
I.mg of the HerringsXl) one of which is said by some to have
one hundred and twenty rays, and by others one hundred and
sixty and to attain the length of ten feet? the other has more
than four hundred rays, and is eighteen feet in length.rs) The
ventrals consist of a long filament dilated near the extremity.
1 hey are also found in India.(3)

Walbau, and fr. .he T^,aU>a. ^,0.^7^^^. Walt LTJ

vanoua degrees of individual mutilation. I, is the same with resDec7trtreT

of the Icelanders of Olafsen and Powelsen, Isl. ,r fr 7v7r! , *^

and im-nPrinlU tr. fK ^ . ^^arau., l, t. o, to his Scarcina quadrimamlata

Narde Phys. wS., p.., .^^II'^L;^:^^^ ^^^^^
, c.es and not m the least as to genus. Bonnelli's specimen was the lls^'dlated
he calls It Trachypterus cristatus, Acad. Turin, XXIV pi ix "^"tikted:

na^d^^SLfi^:-^;:^'^!-^

figure of Ascanms. A better copy is, Encycl. Method., f. 358.

(2) Gymnetms Grillii, Lindroth, New Stockh. Mem., XIX, pi viii

(3) (rymnetrus Russelii, Shaw, IV, part. II, page 195 pi 28

Add the Gyranetrus Hawkenii, if the figure be correcJ; but the Regakc lancioU
or Ophidic chinoise,'L2icn.. I x^ii T or th /^, ^ 7. ''""^'^'"cfo<'

not belong to this genus Gymnetrus cepedtanus, Shaw, does

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 163

Stylephorus, Shaw.

A vertical caudal, as in Gymnetrus, but shorter; the extremity of
the tail, instead of being curved into a small hook, is prolonged into
a slender cord longer than the body.

S. chordatus^ Shaw, Lin. Trans. I, vi, Nat. Misc., VII, pi.
274, and Gen. Zool., IV, part I, pi. ii. A badly preserved spe-
cimen, and the only one known. It was taken in the Gulf of
Mexico, and for a long time we only had the above mutilated
drawing of it. M. de Blainville however has given us a more
regular figure; Journ. de Phys, tome LXXXVII, pi. i, f. 1,
which exhibits no ventrals.

In a third tribe the snout is short, and the mouth cleft ob-
liquely.

Cepola, Lin.(l)

A long dorsal and anal, both reaching to the base of the caudal,
which is tolerably large; no rise in the cranium; snout short; lower
jaw curved upwards; the teeth prominent, and the ventrals suffi-
ciently developed. There are but two or three non-articulated rays
in the dorsal, which are as flexible as the others; the spine of the
ventrals is alone stiff and sharp; there are six rays in the branchiae,
and the abdominal cavity is very short as well as the stomach; there
are some cseca and a natatory bladder which extends into the base
of the tail.

Cep. rubescens, L. ; Lin. Trans., VII, xvii; and Bl., 170, under

the false name of Cep. txnia.(2) A Mediterranean species of a

reddish colour.

LopHOTEs, Giorna.

A short head, surmounted with a high osseous crest; to whose sum-
mit a long and stout spine is articulated, bordered behind with a
membrane and a low fin, whose rays are nearly all simple, extending
from this spine to the point of the tail, which has a distinct, but very
small caudal; an extremely short anal beneath that point; moderate
pectorals, beneath which are scarcely perceptible ventrals, com-

(1) This name of Cepola, given by Willughby as a Roman synonyme of the Fie-
rasfer, has been applied by Linn, to the present genus, to which the Fierasfer does
not belong.

(2) Add the Cepola japonica, Krusenst. Voy. pi. lx,f. i.

^ PISCES.

posed of four or five excessively small rays. The teeth are pointed
and not crowded, the mouth is directed upwards, and the eye v ry
Ia,ge. There are s,x rays tn the brachi, and the abdominal cavity
occupies nearly the whole length of the body

L cep.to Giorna, Mem. of the Imp. Acad, of Turin,
1S05, 1808 p. 19, pi. 2. The only species known; it is found
though rarely, , the Mediterranean, and becomes ^ery large.(0

FAMILY IX.
THEUTYES.

Our ninth family is as closely allied to the Scomberoides as
the preceding one, but in other points ; such as the armature,
w nch .s found in several genera on the sides of the tail, or in
others, the horizontal spine before the dorsal, &c. It con-
tains but very few genera ; they are all foreign, and have a
compressed oblong body, a small mouth, but slightly or not at
all protractile, each jaw of which is armed with .a single ran^e
of trenchant teeth; palate and tongue without teeth, and a
single do,.al. They are herbivorous, feeding on fucus and
other marine plants ; their intestines are very large.

S.GANus, Forsk._Bt;Eo, Commer.-CENTROGAsTER, Hout.

^Amphacanthus, Bloch.
These fishes h.,ve a remarkable character-unique, in icthyology-
.n thetr ventrals, which are furnished with two spinous rays one

as usual. They have five branchial rays, and a horizontal spine
befo e the dorsal. The styloid bones of their shoulder curve asThev

l?the a^aK^T " "'''" " "'"'' ^"""""^^ ^'"' '"= - '""-P"-'
Numerous species are found in the Indian Occan.(3)

Jci Jl" ;'""'P''" f '^'--' p=rfct. because he only had a muShted

(2) Geoffr., Vh Anat. J, 471, and pi. ix, f. 108.

Fors^c.,-Jmphac. pundatus, Bl., Schn., or Acanihurus mdca^nis, Shaw-^J
ommei s., i.acep., V, 421 .Sigcmus nvulatus, Forsk s-Jlmphac nebu-

ACANTHOPTEllYGII. 165

AcANTHURUs, Laccp. and Bl. Harpurus, Forst.

Teeth trenchant and notched; a strong movable spine on each side
of the tail, that is as sharp as a lancet, and inflicts severe wounds on
those who carelessly handle these fishes^ hence their vulgar name of
Surgeons. They inhabit the hot parts of both oceans.(l)

The dorsal of some species is very high,(2)

Some have a sort of brush composed of stiff hairs, before the
lateral spine. (3)

In others again the teeth are deeply notched, or pectinated on one
side.(4) The

Prionurusj Lacep.

Only differs from the preceding genus in the armature of the sides
of the tail, which consists of a suite of fixed, horizontal and trench-
ant blades, (5)

Naseus, Commers. Monoceros, Bl. Schn.

Sides of the tail armed with fixed trenchant blades: but the teeth
are conical, and the front projects in a kind of horn or knob above
the muzzle; but four rays in the branchise and three soft ones in the
ventrals; the skin resembles leather. (6)

losus, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. Voy. Freycin., p. 369; Ccntrogaster fusccscens,
Houttuyn.; Chsetodon guttatus, Bl. 196; Amph. marmoratus, Quoy and Gaym.,
Voy. Freycin., Zool., pi. 62, f. 1 and 2; Jlmph. magniahac, lb. f. 3; Ccntrogas-
ter argentatus, Houtt., and several others to be described in our Icthyolog-y.

(1) Chsetodon chinirgus, BL, 208; Thcutis hepatus, L.; Seb. Ill, xxxiii, f. 3;
Ac. glauco-pareius, Cuv., Seb., Ill, xxv, 3, which appears to be the true Chcetodmi
nigricans, L. ; Chset. triostegus, Brousson., Dec. Icht. No. 4, ov Acanthure zehre,
Lacep., which is also his Chset. zehre. III, xxv, 3; Ac. guttatus, Bl., Schn.; Ac.
suillus, Cuv., Renard, I, pi. xiv, f. 82; CJisct. lineatus, L.; Seb. Ill, xxv, 1; Chxt.
Achilles, Broussonnet; Chset. meta, Russ. 82; Chxt. sohal, Forsk., of which Lacep.
has very improperly made a genus under the name of Apisurus; Ac. striatus,
Cuv.; Paningu, Renard, pi. 1, f. 8; Ac argente, Quoy and Gaym. Voy. Freycin.,
p. 63, f. 3; Chxt. nigrofuscus, Forsk.; Chxt. nigricans, Bl. 203, which is not that
of Linnjeus.

(2) Ac. velifer, Bl. 42/.

(3) Ac. scopas, Cuv., Renard, I, pi. xi, 101.

(4) Ac. ctnedon, Cuv., a new species.

(5) Prionure microkpidote, Laccp., An. Mus. IV, p. 205; Acanthurus scalprum.,
Langsdorf.

(6) Naseus fronticornis, Cuv., Lacep. Ill, vii, 2, Bl., Schn., pi. 42, Ilasseq., it.
pal. 332; Nas. tandock, Ren. I, iv, 23; Valent. 518; Chxt. unicornis, Forsk., differ
from our first species. Nas. brevirostris, Cuv., Ren. I, xxiv, 130; Nas. tumifrons.

^^^* PISCES.

AxiNURus, Cuv.
More elongated and without horn or knob, but with the same bran-
chial and ventral rays as in the preceding genusj each side of the
tail armed with a single, square, trenchant blade, without a shield;
the mouth very small and the teeth very slender. (1)

Priodon^ Cuv.

The notched teeth of Acanthurus, the three soft ventral rays of Na-
seus, and the unarmed tail of Siganus.(2)

FAMILY X.

This family is distinguished by

LABYRINTHIFORM PHARYNGEALS.

By this we mean, that part of the superior pharyngeals of
these fishes are divided into small irregular lamella, more or
less numerous, intercepting cells containing water, which thus
flows upon and humects the branchias, while the animal is re-
moved from its proper element. By this it is enabled to quit
the rivulet or pool, which constitutes its usual element, and
crawl to a considerable distance from it, a singular faculty, not
unknown to the ancients,(3) and which induces the people of
India to believe that they fall from heaven.

Anabas, Cuv.

It is in this genus that we find the greatest degree of complication
in these labyrinths; the third pharyngeals, however, have teeth en
pavSs, and there are others behind the cranium. Their body is

Cuv., badly drawn, Ren. I, 178;-Was. imornis, Cuv., Ren. I, f. 128, and not so '
well, f. 147, probably the Acanthurus harpuras, Shaw;-iVGS. caroUnarum, Quov
and Gaym. op. cit. pi. 63, f. h-Nas. tuber, Commers., or Nason-Loupe, Lacep
III, vii, 3, or Acanthurus nasus, Shaw, Renard, I, f. 79, Valent., No. 119 and 478

(1) Axinurus thymioides, Cuv., a new species brought by Quoy and Gaymard
from New Guinea.

(2) Priodon annularis, Cuv., a new species brought from Timor by the same
gentlemen, '

(3) Theophrastus, in his treatise upon fishes which live out of water, speaks
of small ones which leave their native streams for some time and then return to
them, and says that they resemble a Mugil.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 167

round and covered with strong scales, their head broad, muzzle
short and obtuse, and mouth small; the lateral line is interrupted at
its posterior third. The borders of their operculum, suboperculum,
and interoperculum strongly dentated, but not that of the preoper-
culum. There are five rays in the branchiae, and many spinous ones
in the dorsal, and even in the anal. The stomach is moderate, round-
ed, and their pylorus has but three appendages. But one species is
known,

An. testudineus^ Cuv.(l), called the Paneiri or Tree-Climber}
highly celebrated because it not only leaves the water, but, ac-
cording to Daldorf, even climbs up the shrubs on its banks; this
latter assertion, however, is denied. Found throughout all India.

POLYACANTHUS, Kuhl.

Rays spinous; as numerous as in Anabas, and more so; the same
mouth, scales, and interrupted lateral line; but neither of the oper-
cula is dentated; the body is compressed, and there are four rays in
the branchias; a narrow band of small, short, and crowded teeth in
the jaws, but none in the palate; the branchial apparatus is more
simple, and their pylorus has but two csecal appendages.

Found in rivers, &c. throughout all India. (2) The

Macropodus, Lacep.

Only differs from Polyacanthus in a less extended dorsal, which ter-
minates, as well as the caudal and the ventrals, in a slender point,
more or less elongated. The anal is larger than the dorsal.
Fresh-water fishes, found in India and China. (3)

Helostoma, Kuhl.

In addition to the characters of Polyacanthus, the fishes of this genus
have a small compressed mouth, so protractile that it seems to ad-
vance from the sub-orbitals and to retreat between them; their very
small teeth are attached to the borders of the lips, and not to the
jaws or palate: there are five rays in the gills. The arches of the

(1) It is the Amphiprion scaTisor, Bl., Schn., p. 204 and 570, or Perca scandens,
Daldorf, Lin. Trans. Ill, p. 62. It is also the Antkias testudineus, Bl., pi. 322, and
the Coins coboius, Ham. Buchan, pi. xiii, f. 38.

(2) Trichopodus coUsa, H. Buchan.; Trich. bejeus. Id. 118; Trich. cotra, Id.
119; TV. lalius. Id. 120; Tr. sola, Id. lb.; Tr. chuna, Id. 121; Trichogaster
fasciatus, Bl, Schn., pi. xxxvi, p. 164; Chxtodon chinensis, Bl., pi. ccxviii, f. 1.

(3) The Macropode vert dore, Lacep, III, xvi, 1, and a new and much more beau-
tiful species with alternate red and green bands.

168

PISCES.

branchiffi, on the side next to the mouth, are furnished with lamellx
nearly similar to the external ones, which may also assist in the pro-
cess of respiration.(l) Their stomach is small, and has but two
pyloric appendages, but their intestine is very long; the parietes of
their natatory bladder are thick.

OsPHEOMENusj Commers.(2)
All the characters of a Polyacanthus, but the forehead is somewhat
concave; the anal larger than the dorsal, as in Macropodus; the sub-
orbitals and lower part of the preoperculum very finely dentated;
the first soft ray of the ventrals extremely long; six branchial rays
and the body strongly compressed. A species of this genus origin-
ally from China,

Osphr. olfax, Commers.; the Gourami; Lacep. Ill, iii, 2, be-
comes as large as the Turbot, and is considered even more deli-
cious. It was introduced into the ponds of the Isle of France,
where it increases rapidly, and has been taken thence to Cay-
enne. The female is said to form a cavity in the sand for the
reception of her eggs. The

Trichopodus, Lacep.
Differs from Osphromenus in having a more convex forehead, and
a shorter dorsal, besides which there are but four rays in the bran- "
chise; the first soft ray of their ventrals very long.

There is but one species known; a small fish of the Moluccas,
marked with a black spot on the side. (3)

Spirobranchus, Cuv.
The general form of Anabas, but the opercula are not dentated; the
operculum merely terminating in two points; a series of palatine
teeth. ^

(1) But one species is known {Hel. TemmincUi, Cuv.), from the Moluccas,
which we shall minutely describe in our Icthyology.

(2) This name is derived from U^gof^ai {olfacio), and was invented by Com-
merson, who conjectured that the hollow pharyngeals visible in this fish, as in
others of the family, might be organs of smell, a kind of athmoides.

N B. The Osphromene gal Lacep., Scams gallus, Forsk. is a JuUs, Nob.: but
we have two new species of true Ophromeni, Ophr. notatus, and the vittaius, Cuv.

(o) It IS the Labrus trichopterus, Gmel., Pall., Spic, Fasc. Vin, p. 45; the Tri-
chopterusPaHasii, Shaw,IV, part II, p. 392; the Tnchogasterinckopterus, Kl., Schn
and the Tnchopode trichopthe, Lacep. N.B. The Trichopode mentonnier, Lac^. '
or 2. satyrus, Shaw, vol. IV, part II, p. 391, only rests upon a bad figure of Gou-

rami.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 169

Sp. capensiSf Cuv. A diminutive fresh water fish from the
Cape of Good Hope; the only species known. The

Ophicephalus, B1.

Resembles all the preceding genera in most of its characters, and
particularly in the cellular conformation of the pharyngeals, which
are adapted to retain water. These fishes also creep to a consi-
derable distance from their liquid abodes, but what particularly dis-
tinguishes, and even separates, them, from all other Acanthopte-
rygii, is the absence of spines in the fins, the first ray of their
ventrals at most excepted, and even that, though simple, is not
sharp and stiff. Their body is elongated and almost cylindri-
cal; their muzzle short and obtuse; their head depressed and fur-
nished above with scales, or rather polygonal plates, as in Anabas,.
&c. There are five rays in their branchiae; the dorsal occupies
nearly their whole length, the anal also is very long, the caudal
rounded, the pectorals and ventrals moderate, and the lateral line
uninterrupted. Their stomach is shaped like an obtuse sac; two
tolerably long csecums adhere to the pylorus. The abdominal cavity
extends above the anal, close to the end of the tail. The jugglers of
India exhibit this fish out of water, and even the children amuse
themselves by forcing it to crawl upon the ground. In the markets
of China the larger species are cut up alive for distribution. (1) They
may be divided by the number of their dorsal rays.

Some have but thirty odd of these rays.(2)

Others forty odd. (3)

Some again have more than fifty. (4)

FAMILY XI.

MUGILOIDES.

Our eleventh family of the Acanthopterygii is composed of
the genus

(1) This Is most incontestably the genus alluded to by Theophrastus.

(2) Ophicephalus pundatus, BL, or Oph. lata, Buchan; 0. marginatus, Cuv.,
or 0. gachua, Buchan. ? pi. xxi, f. 21, or Cor. motta, Russel, II, pi. 164; 0, auran-
ticus, Buch.

(3) Ophicephalus striatus, Bl. 359, or Muttah, Russel, pi. 162, or 0. chena, Buch. ?
0. sola. Id. ; 0. sowara, Russ. 163.

(4) Ophicephalus maruUus, Buch., which is the Bosirichoide ceille, Lacep. IJj
xiv, 3; Oph. barca, Buch. xxxv, 20, to which the Sostriche tachete, Lacep. Ill, p.

Vol. II.W

1^0 PISCES.

MuGiL, Lin.

These fishes present so many peculiarities in their organization,
that they may be considered as forming a distinct family,- their body
is almost cylindrical, covered with large scales, and furnished with
two separate dorsals, the first of which has but four spinous rays;
the ventrals are inserted a little behind the pectorals. There are six
rays in the branchiae; their head is somewhat depressed, and co-
vered with large scales or polygonal plates, their muzzle very short.
Their transverse mouth, in consequence of a prominence in the
middle of the lower jaw, which corresponds with a depression in the
upper one, forms an angle, the teeth being excessively tenuous, and
frequently almost imperceptible. Their pharyngeal bones, highly
developed, give an angular form to the opening of the oesophagus,
similar to that of the mouth, which only permits fluids or very small
matters to pass into the stomach, notwithstanding which, this sto-
mach terminates in a sort of fleshy gizzard, analogous to that of
Birds: they have but few pyloric appendages, but the intestine is
long and doubled.

They resort to the mouths of rivers in large troops, and are con-
tinually leaping out of the water; the European seas produce several
species hitherto very imperfectly ascertained; their flesh is esteem-
ed.(l)

M. cephalus, Cuv. (The Common Mullet.) Distinguished
from all the other species of Europe by its eyes, which are half
covered by two adipose veils, adhering to the anterior and pos-
terior edge of the orbit; by the fact, that when the mouth is
closed, the maxillary is completely hidden under the sub-orbital;
and by the base of the pectoral being surmounted by a long- and
carinated crest. The nasal openings are separated from each
other, and the teeth are tolerably prominent. It is the largest
and best of the Mediterranean species. We have not seen it on
the Atlantic coast of Europe, but its characters are visible in
several species of India and of Araerica.(2) Another species

143, is at least very closely allied, and several new species to be described in our
Icthyology.

(1) Linnsus and several of his successors have confounded all the European
Mullets under a sing-le species, their Miigil cephalus.

(2) America produces five or six species badly characterized and confounded
by Linn., under tlie name of M. albula. Among the number is tlie M. Plumieri,
Bl., become a Sphyrsena in Bl., Schn., p. 110, and the M. Uneatus, Mitch. The
true cephalus of the Mediterranean is found on the whole African coast. Add, of
species from India, the Bontah, Russel, II, 180, or the M. our. of Forsk., perhaps
the same as our cephalus; the Kunnesee, Id. 181; if. corsula, Buch., pi. ix, 97.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 171

nearly as large and common to the Mediterranean and the ocean
is the

M. capito, Cuv.; the Romando of Nice. The maxillary visible
behind the commissure of the jaws even when the mouth is
closed; much weaker teeth; nasal orifices approximated; the
skin of the edge of the orbit not extending to the globe of the
eye; the sur-pectoral scale short and obtuse; a black spot at the
base of the latter fin.( 1)

Two smaller species, M. auratiis, and 31. saltator, Risso, ap-
proach the capito; the maxillary of the first is hidden under the
sub-orbital as in the cephalus, but the nasal orifices are approxi-
mated as in the capito; the other, with the characters of the
capito, has an emarginated sub-orbital which allows the end of
the jaw to be seen. (2) A third large species also common to
both seas, is the

M. chelo, Cuv. Particularly distinguished by its extremely
bulky fleshy lips, whose edges are ciliated, and by teeth which
dip into their substance like so many hairs; the maxillary is re-
curved, and shows itself behind the commissure.

M. labeo, Cuv., a small, Mediterranean species, has, in pro-
portion to its size, still larger lips, with crenated borders. Se-
veral of these thick lipped species are found in the Indian
Ocean. (3) The

TetragonuruS; Risso,

So called from the two salient crests that are found on each side near
the base of the caudal, is another of these insulated genera, which
seem to indicate particular families. These fishes are partly allied
to the Mullets, and partly to the Scomberoides. Their body is elon-
gated; their spinous dorsal long but very low, the soft one approxi-
mated to it, short but higher, and the anal corresponding to the
latter; the ventrals are a little distance behind the pectorals. The

(1) This appears to us to be the species particularly described by Willoughby
and figured by Pennant.

(2) Add the 31. christian, Voy- Freycln.; M. Ferrandi, lb.; M.parsia, Buch.,
pi. xvii, f. 71; M. carcasia. Id.; M. peradak, Cuv., Russ. 182.

(3) M. crenilabis, Forsk.; M. cirrhosthomus, Forst., App. Bl., Schn., 121.
N.B. The M. coeruleo-maculatus, Lac^p. V, 389, the same represented under the

name oi crenilabis, pi. xiii, f. 1, belongs to the same group as the capito. The Mu-
gil appendiculaius, Bosc., or Mugilomore Jtme-Caroline, Lacep., V, 398, is nothing
else than the elops, which is also the fiict as respects the Mugil salmoneiis, Forst.,
Bl., Schn. 121; Mugil cinereus, Walbaum, Catesb. II, xi, 2, is a Gerres; the M,
chanos, Forsk., belongs to the Cyprinidx.

172 PISCES.

branches of the lower jaw, which are raised vertically and provided
with a range of transparent pointed teeth, forming a kind of saw,
are enclosed, when the mouth is shut, by those of the upper one.
TJiere is also a small series of pointed teeth in each palatine, aud
two in the vomer. Their stomach is fleshy and doubled, their cae-
cums numerous, and their intestine long. The oesophagus is fur-
nished internally with hard and pointed papillse.

Tetrag. Cuvieri, Risso; Courpata or Corbeau, of the Mediter-
ranean coast, is the only species known, and is never taken ex-
cept in very deep water. It is a foot long, and black; the scales
hard, deeply striate and indented. The flesh is said to be poi-
sonous.(l)

I also place a genus between the Mugiloides and the Go-
bioidesj which does not completely harmonize with any other.
I mean the

AtherinAj Lin.

The body elongated; two dorsals widely separated; the ventrals fur-
ther back than the pectorals; the mouth highly protractile and fur-
nished with very minute teeth; abroad silvery band along each flank
on all the known species. There are six rays in the branchiae; the
stomach has no cul-de-sac, and their duodenum no caecal appendages.
The transverse processes of the last abdominal vertebrae are bent,
and thus form a little conical bag or cornet, which receives the point
of the natatory bladder. These little fishes are highly esteemed for
the delicacy of their flesh. The young ones remain for a long time in
crowded troops, and are consumed on the coast of the Mediterranean
under the name of Nonnat^ the Jlphyes of the ancients. Several
species inhabit European seas, hitherto confounded with the Mh.
hepsetus, L.

Ath. hepsetics^ Cuv. ;(2) Saudet ofLanguedoc, or Cabassous of

Provence; Rondel., 216; Duham., sect. VI, pi. iv, f. 3. The

head somewhat pointed; nine spinous rays in the first dorsal;

eleven soft ones in the second, and twelve in the anal; fifty-five

vertebrae in all.

Mth. ^oyer, Risso; Joel or Cabassouda, Rondel., 217. The

(1) There is no good figure of it: Mugil niger. Rondel. 423; Corvus niloticus,
Aldrov., Pise, 610; Risso, Ed. 1, pi. x, f. 37-

(2) This is probably the special type of the hepsetus of Linna;us. It is neces-
sary to observe that the figure called Mherina hepsetus, Bl., pi. cccxciii, f. 3, and
Syst., pi. xxix, f. 2, is purely ideal.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 173

head broader and shorter, the eye larger? seven spines in the
first dorsal, eleven rays in the second, thirteen in the anal;
forty-four vertebrse in all.

Ath. mochon, Cuv. The form of the Saucletj but there are
seven spines in the first dorsal, fifteen soft rays in the anal, and
forty-six vertebrae.

th. presbyter, Cuv.; the PretrCf Musseau, &c.j(l) Duham.
Sect. VI, pi. iv, f. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7. The muzzle a little shorter
than that of the Sauclet; eight spines in the first dorsal, twelve
soft rays in the second, fifteen or sixteen in the anal, and fifty
vertebrse.
The Atherinas foreign to Europe are numerous. (2)

FAMILY XII.

GOBIOIDES.

The Gobioides are known by the length and tenuity of the
dorsal spines. All these fishes have about the same kind of
intestines, that is, a large uniform intestinal canal without
caeca, and no natatory bladder.

Blennius, Lin.

A strongly marked character in the ventral fins, vi^hich are placed
before the pectorals and consist of only two rays. The stomach is
slender and has no cul-de-sac, the intestine large but without a
caecum, and there is no natatory bladder. The body is elongated
and compressed, and has but a single dorsal almost entirely com-
posed of simple but flexible rays. They live in small troops among
the rocks on the coast, leaping and playing, and are capable of liv-
ing without water for some time. A slimy mucus is smeared over
their skin, to which they owe their Greek name of Blennius. Several
are viviparous, and there is a tubercle near the anus of all of them

(1) So called from the silvery band on the flanks, which has been compared to
a stole.

(2) Ather. lacunosa, Forst., Bl., Schn., 112, probably the hepsetus, Forsk., 69;
A. endrachiensis, Quoy and Gaym., Freycin., Zool., p. 334; A. Jaclcsoniana, Id.
333; Jl. brasiliensisyld. 332; A. neso-galica, Cuv., Lacep. V, pi. xi, f. 1, which is
not the same as the A, pinguis of the text. A. msenidia oilAn., which is not as he
supposes the mamidia of Brown, Jam. pi. xlv, f. 3, but is the A. notata, Mitch, op,
cit. I, pi. iv, f. fii; and sevei-al others to be described in our Icthyology.

174

^ PISCES.

and in both sexes, which appears destined for the purposes of coi
tion. Wedivide them as follows: ^ poses ot coi-

Blennius, Cuv.

Long, equal, and closely set teeth, forming but a single and regu-

ZT^t 'r """V"''' '''"^'^^^''^ '^^hi" J. in ome species, by a longer
and hooked tooth. The head is obtuse, the muzzle short, and the ore
head vertical; the intestines broad and short. Most o them have a
fimbriated appendage on each brow, and several have another on each
temple. Several species of this subdivision are taken along the coast
of France; one of the most remarkable is the

Bl ocellaris, Bl. 167, 1. The dorsal bilobate, its anterior lobe

elevated and marked with a round and black spot, surrounded

with a white circle and a black one.

^/. ^m^aa./am, Brann.jBI. 167, 2, under the name ^/. gafto^

rugne, rhe dorsal even, four filaments on the brows, a black

spot between the fourth and fifth rays.

name of Bl fasaatus. But two filaments; dorsal almost even:
marked with clouded and oblique brown bands.

BL palmicornis, Cuv.; Penn. Cop. Encycl. Method., f. 1 1 ,
under the name of gattorugine. The dorsal even; the append-
age over the eye fimbriated.(l) ^^

b Jl'h' '";"""'"' ^"^^''^'^^ appendages are hardly visible in others
but they have a membranous prominence on the vertex which cmate
and becomes red in the nuptial season. Some of them are found in
European seas. Such are,

Bl galerita, L., Rondel, 204; Bl. pavo, Riss. The dorsal
even; spotted and streaked with blue; a black ocellated spot be-
nind the eye. ^

Bl rubriceps, Riss. Three first rays of the dorsal elevated,
forming a red point: top of the head of the same colour.

cre orf of 7J'" """""'^'^ ^"''- ""^ """-" P-""' -
Frrn'oe. ' ' '"' "' "'"' " """"" '"' "^^t of

JlLpholis, L. Bl.; 71, 2. Profile vertical; the dorsal slightly
emarginale, dotted and marbled with brown and blackish

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 175

We distinguish from these Blennies, properly so termed, by the
name of

Myxodes, Cuv.

Species with an elongated head, a pointed muzzle projecting in
front of the mouth, and a single range of teeth, as in the Blennies,
but without caninesj(l) and by that of

Salarias, Cuv.

Species whose teeth, also forming a single range and placed close
to each other, are compressed laterally, hooked at the end, inex-
pressibly slender, and immensely numerous. They move, in the re-
cent specimen, like the keys of a harpsichord. Their head, strongly
compressed above, is very broad belowj their lips are thick and
fleshy, their profile is completely vertical, and their spirally convo-
luted intestines are longer and thinner than in the Common Blenny.
The only species known are from the Indian Ocean.(2) We call

Clinus, Cuv.(3)

Those with short pointed teeth, scattered in several ranges, the
first of which is the largest. Their muzzle is less obtuse than in
the two preceding subgenera, their stomach wider and their intes-
tines shorter.

In some, the first rays of the dorsal form a point separated by an
emargination from the rest of the fin,'(4) small fimbriated appen-
dages on the eye-brows.

There are even some of them in which the first rays are altogether
forward, and seem to form a pointed and radiated crest on the ver-
tex.(5)

In others again, the dorsal is continuous and even. (6)

(1) The species are new.

(2) Sal. quadripinnis, Cuv., which is the Blennius gaiiorugine, Forsk., p. 23;
Bl. simus, Sitjef. Act. Petrop. 1779, part II, pi. vi; the kittens, or Saltator of
Commers., Lacep., II, p. 479, and several new species. I have every reason to
believe that to this subgenus we should also refer the BL edenttilus, Bl., Schn., or
the truncatus of Forster, notwithstanding it is said to be without teeth.

(3) Clinus, the modern Greek term for the Blenny.

(4) Bl. mustelaris, L, Mus. Ad. Fred, xxxi, 3; Bl. superciliosus, Bl. 168; Bl.
argoiteus, Risso. N.B. The Blennie pointille, Lac^p. II, xii, 3, appears to me to
be a badly preserved specimen of the superciliosus.

(5) BL fenestratus, Forst.,Bl, Schn., p. 173.

(6) Bl. spadiceus, Schn., Seb. Ill, xxx, f. 8; BL acuminatus. Id , Seb., lb. 1;
J5/. pundatus, Ott, Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenh. vol. II, fasc. II, pi. x, f. 3;

^^ PISCES.

CiRRHIBARBA, Cuv.

The form of a Clinus; teeth small and crowded, and besides a lit
tie te,acd,,m over the eye and one in the nostril, there are thle

.::::: ^ ^ "" ' "^ -""^^'=' '"' "s"' -"- . poLTon::

But one species is known, from India, of a uniform fawn co-

lour.

MuR^NoiDEs, LacepCENTRONOTus, Schn.
The ventrals smaller than in any of the other Blennies and fre
quently reduced to a single ray. Their head is very sma Ind th r
body elongated like the blade of a sword, a dorsal/all of whose ray

:? thlT r ^T^'^t ^^^^-'^^--' -tends along the who e lengt'h
of the back. The teeth are like those of a Clinus, and their stomfch
and intestines of one uniform appearance.

Bl. gunnellus, L., BI., 71, l; Lacep., II, xii, 2. Very abun-
dant on the coast of France, there is'a' suite of ocella 7d p"s
along the whole base of the dorsal. ^

Opistognathus, Cuv.
The forn, of a true Blenny. and particularly its short snout- dis-

2"t: ' 7"'; '"^^ "^^"'^^ P-longed behind into ak id of
long, flat moustache; rasp-like teeth in each jaw, the externalrow

trpTttr '-'' ""'"'-'-'- -"- - p'-" "-r
Jm tTn:t'o":;:\rs:iVr:r '"-' " -

ZOARCUS, Cuv.

We dare not separate these fishes from the Blennies, although they
have no spmal ray; for they are provided with thei anal tubercle
.ntestmes without c=eca, and smooth, oblong body, sirravs in thl
branch . There are three rays in the ven.r'al; teeA con ca^ form
ing a smgle row on the sides of the jaws, and several in fron ; Ze

until the dorsal is considerably depressed.

Z. viviparusjBl. vivipams, L., BI., 72. A foot long, fawn
coloured, with blackish spots along the dorsal; from fhe seas

SI. Audifredi, Risso, pi. vi, f. 15;-^/. capemis, Forster Ul Schn ir^ m i
i^enu., Walb., Arted. Renov. part III, pi. Ui. ' "'' l^^'"^^' ^'-

ACANTHOFTERYGII. 177

of Europe and throughout the Northj it has long been recog-
nized as viviparous.

Z. labrosus, Cuv. ; Bl. labrosus, Mitch, op. cit. I, 1, 7. A
much larger American species which is three feet and more in
length; it is of an olive colour, sprinkled with brown spots.

AnarrhichaS; Lin.(l)

So very similar are these fishes to the Blcnny, that I would willingly
name them Blennies without ventrals. The dorsal fin entirely com-
posed of simple, but not stiflF rays, commences at the nape of the
neck, and extends, as well as the anal, close to that of the tail, which
is rounded, as well as the pectorals. Their whole body is smooth
and slimy. Their palatine bones, vomer and mandibles, are armed
with stout, bony tubercles, surmounted with small enamelled teeth,
the anterior ones however are longer and more conical. This mode
of dentition furnishes them with powerful weapons, which, added
to their great size, render them ferocious and dangerous.

A. lupus, L. Bl., 74 (The Sea-Wolf), is the most common spe-
cies; it inhabits northern seas, and is frequently seen on the
coast of Europe; six or seven feet long; brown, with clouded
bands of deep brown; the flesh resembling that of an eel. This
fish is valuable to the Icelanders, who salt and dry the flesh for
food, employ the skin as shagreen, and the gall as soap. (2) The

GoBius, Lin.

Commonly called Gobies or Sea-Gudgeons, are instantly recognized
by the union of their thoracic ventrals, either along the whole of
their length, or at least at their base, forming a single hollow disk
more or less infundibuliform. The spines of the dorsal are flexible,
the branchial apertures provided with five rays only, and generally
but slightly open. Like the Blennies, they can live for some time
out of water, their stomach has no cul-de-sac, and the intestinal ca-
nal is not furnished with caeca; finally, the males have the same
little appendage behind the anus, and some species are known to be
viviparous. They are small or moderate sized fishes, which live

(1) Anarrhkhas, Climber, a name invented by Gesner (Paralipomen, p. 1261,)
because this fish is said to climb upon rocks and shoals by the aid of its fins and
tail.

(2) The petrified teeth of this fish have been considered as constituting Biifo-
nites, but they have neither their form nor tissue.

Add the .^warr. minor, Olafsen., Voy. en Isl. Fr. Trans., pi. L.
Vol. II. X

1 7R

^'^ PISCES.

among the rocks near the shore. Most of them have a simple nata-
tory bladder.

GoBius, Lacep. and Schn.
In the true Gobies the ventrals are united throughout their whole
length and even before their base by a traverse, so as to form a
concave disk. The body is elongated^ head moderate and rounded;
cheeks inflated and the eyes approximated; two dorsal fins, the last
ot which IS long. Several species inhabit the seas of Europe, whose
characters are not yet sufficiently ascertained.(l)

They prefer a clayey bottom, where they excavate canals in which
they pass the winter. In the spring they prepare a nest in some
spot aboundmg with fucus, which they afterwards cover with
roots of the Zostera; here the male remains shut up, and awaits the
lemales who successively arrive to deposit their eggs; he fecun-
dates them, and exhibits much care and courage in defending and
preserving them.(2)

G niger L.; Penn., Brit. Zool. pi. 38. (The Common Goby.)
Body blackish-brown; dorsals bordered with whitish; the most
common species on the coast of Europe. The extremities of
the superior rays of the pectorals are free; length, four or five
inches.

G.jozzo,Bl,i07,r.3. (The Blue Goby.) Brown, marbled
with blackish; blackish fins; two white lines on the first dorsal,
whose rays are prolonged in filaments above the membrane.

G mznutus,L.; Jiphia, Penn. pi. S7. (The White Goby.) Body
a pale fawn-colour; fins whitish, transversely marked with fawn-
coloured lines: length, from two to three inches.
The Mediterranean, which is perhaps inhabited by these three
species produces several others of different sizes and colours.(3)

G. capxto, Cuv.; Gesner, 396. (The Great Goby.) Olive,

of the ' T "delet have endeavoured to prove that this fish is the GoUu.

mined Med t ' ^"''"'^ ^ '"^^ '"^"^ ^" '"^^ '^^ badly deter-

mined Mediterranean species of those authors. Hence has arisen a most ineztrica-

tions'and 7"' '" "T"^^' "''^'' '' '^ "^^^^^^^ * recommence both desc p.
tions and figures, a task we shall partially undertake in our Icthyology. ^

vinL which r"''"'r "'r "''''' '^ ^' '""'^ ^^'^''' " ^ ""'"^y ^*he canals of
Venice, which he considers identical with the niger, but which is perhaps another

sec nd ::r^"lf^^^^^ - ^Pe-s, they are given by M. de Martens in the

the pII r;.. ^"'- '' '^'""^' P- "'' ""'y ^^^'^^--^ '^' ^hat the Goby is

the PAya. of the ancients, the only fah that constructs a nest," Arist. Hist., lib
V 111, cap. XXX. '

B:!il fl't ''I'^.^'^'P^r^' '^"^ ^^thout wholly adopting the nomenclature of
Kisso, Icht. de Nice, p. 155, et seq.

ACANTHOPTEKYGIl. 179

marbled with blackishj lines of blackish points on the fins; the
head broad and the cheeks inflated; length one foot and more.

G. cruentatics, GmeL (The Bloody Goby.) Large; brown,
marbled with grey and red; lips and operculum marbled with a
blood-red; red lines on the first dorsal; lines of salient points
forming an H on the nape of the neck, See.

Some species are also found in fresh water; such is the Gob.
Jluviatilis observed by Bonnelli in a lake in Piedmont, smaller
than the niger^ blackish, without the free pectoral filaments,
and a black spot above the branchial aperture. A large one is
obtained in the environs of Bologna, the G. lota, Cuv.; brown;
blackish veins on the cheek; a little blackish spot on the base
of the pectoral, and another on each side of that of the caudal.

Among the Gobies foreign to Europe, we may observe the
G. macrocephalus; Cottus macroceph,. Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop.,
I, pi. X, f. 4, 5, 6, on account of the extreme length' of its head,
and the G. lanceolatiis, Bl., 33, 1; G. bato, Buch., pi. 37, f. 10;
Eleotris lanceolata, BL, Schn., pi. xv, which we call the Gobius
elongatiiS, on account of their elongated form and pointed cau-
dal.(l) The

GoBioiDEs, Lacep.

Only differ from the Gobies in the union of their dorsals, which
form but one. Their body is more elongated.(2) The

T^NioiDES, Lacep.

With the single dorsal of the Gobioides, have a still more elon-
gated body. Their physiognomy is extremely singular; the upper
jaw is very short, the lower, elevated and every where convex, as-
cends in front of it, both being armed with long hooked teeth; the
eye is almost reduced to nothing, and is completely hidden under
the skin. The cavity of the mouth is occupied by a fleshy and
nearly globular tongue; some small cirri beneath the lower jaw.

(1) Among' these species foreign to Europe we may unhesitatingly place the
Gobius Flumierii, Bl. 175, 3; G. lagoccphalus. Pall. VIII, pi. 11, f- 6, 7; G. Bod-
darti. Id. lb. pi. 1, f. 5; G. ocellaris, Brouss., Dec, pi. 11; G. bosc, Lacep. II,
xvi, 1, or G. viridi-pallldus, Mitch, op. cit. I, 8, or G. alepidotus, BL, Schn.;
G. Russelii, Cuv., Russ. I, 53; G. giuris, Buchan., pi. xxxiii, f. 13; Buss. 1, 50;
G. changua, Buch. pi. V, f. 10; the Bostryche chinois, Lacep. II, xiv, and many
new species to be described in our Hist, des Poissons.

(2) Gob. Broussonnet, Lacep. II, pi. xvii, f. 1, [Gob. oblongatus, Schn., add, 548).

180

PISCES.

But one species is known, the T^nioide Hermannien Lacen
w nch hves .n the n.ud of ponds, in the East Ind ^ n) "^"^P"

nufr^L'the' ' "' ''-' '-^-'^ -~ ^- -e ihole ,e-

Periophtalmus, Schn.

cover then, and the ne^^ f "" ''''"'"' "'"''='' '>^" "= "'"!'= >

half thei Te' "th whi h ,"' '""'" """ ^"'^^ f""- "">- <l-

Gobies.(2) ''"''"'' ^^^^-'^^^ ^-^"t^-^l^ of the true

The ventrals of others are divided nearly to the base (3^
I would also separate the Dase.(3J)

Eleotris, Gronov.
Fihe. Which, like the Gobies, have flexible spines in the first

to,*,, Buch., pi. V, ^9 ' " """''' '"'"'"S' "<1 'ho G.v*

(2) Goims^cA/ossm", Pall., Snic VITT t,i i ^ -,

the Gob. striatus, Schn., xvi, left amonAh. r\ T^' * ""^'"^ """^^ "^^ ^^ded
since it is a true FeriopLlr^us ' """'"'' '^""^^ ^^ '^ ^-^ to say why,

(3) Goi Kclreuteri, PalL, Spic. VIII, pi H f i^ p

i)api/io, Schn., pi. XXV. ^ ' ^^' ^''- ^^^r, Schn.; Per.

of.heve.U. they had r^f'JCr.tvTM^'^r'""-'''"''"'*^^-"
As arranged under these two Jnera have L n . *""*. but the spe.

for it has two d,sa,s both in filrf m,! ", *' '''"'='- """^ S"'.

vius, by its ventral, it is an Eleotris "' ""' '" ""= ''""'P''"" "f Grono!

Bloch, Ed. Srhn T^ 4-

^- different fro-n^haro IX^.S ^^ 'r^^^' ^"' "^^^^ ''^ ^^^ ^^-
whose ventrals are merely u^ted liU f u " ''' "^'"^' ^ ^^- ^Pecies

those which I have examCd the il "'''"* '^"'^ infundibuliforxn; but in
front is nierelyson^ewh^rsrol-"'"''''"^ ""'^^^ the external edges in
oWed,andfortldsrerri:::eT^^^^^^^^^

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 181

dorsal and the post-anal appendage, but whose ventrals are entirely
distinct, the head obtuse and slightly depressed, the eyes at a dis-
tance from each other, and which have six rays in the branchial
membrane. Their lateral line is but slightly marked, and their vis-
cera are similar to those of the Gobies. Most of them inhabit fresh
water, and frequently live in the mud.

E. dormitatrix, Cuv.; Platycephalus dormitator, Bl., Schn.
(The Sleeper.) Tolerably large, with a depressed head, inflated
cheeks, and fins spotted with black. From the marshes of the
Antilles.(l)

They are also found in Senegal, (2) and in India.(3)
A small species is taken on the coast of the Mediterranean,
Gobiiis auratus^ Riss., of a golden colour, Avith a black spot on
the base of the pectoral, (4)

Callionymus, Lin. (5)

Fishes of this genus have two strongly marked characters, one in
their branchize, which have but a single aperture, consisting of a
hole on each side of the nape, and another in their ventrals, which
are placed under the throat, are separate, and larger than the pec-
torals. Their head is oblong and depressed, their eyes approxi-
mated and directed upwards, their intermaxillaries very protractile,
and their preopercula elongated behind and terminating in some
spines. Their teeth are small and crowded, but there are none in
the palate. They are pretty fishes with a smooth skin, whose ante-
rior dorsal, supported by a few setaceous rays, is sometimes very
elevated. The second dorsal is elongated as well as the anal. They
have the same post-anal appendage as the preceding ones. There
is no cul-de-sac to their stomach, and the natatory bladder and caeca
are wanting. One of them is common in the British Channel, the
Call, lyra, L.j Bl. 161 j Lacep. II, x, 1. The first dorsal ele-
vated, and the second ray extended into a long filament^ orange

(1) It is the Gobiomore dormeur, Lacep. Add the Guaviiia, Parr., pi. xxxix, f. 1;
the Amove guagu, Marcgr. 66; the JLmore pixuma. Id. lb., or Gob. pisonts, Gm.

(2) I infer this from a note attached to a dried skin presented to the Museum by
Adanson, and which is specifically different from the preceding ones.

(3) The Gob. sirigatus, Brouss. Dec, pi. 1, or Gobiomore taiboa, Lacep. cop.
Ency. Method., f. 138; the Eleotris noir, Quoy and G. , op. cit. pi. Ix, f. 2, and the
Scixna macrolepidota, Bl. 298, and maculata, Id. 299, 2, which constituted my
former genus Frochilus, which must be suppressed.

(4) It is an Eleotris and not a Goby.

(5) Callionymus (beautiful name), one of the names of the Uranoscopus among
the Greeks. Linnaeus applied it to the present genus.

182 PISCES.

spotted with violet. The Call, dracunculus, Bl. 162, only differs
from it in the first dorsal being short and without the filament;
several authors consider it the female. Some others are found
in the Mediterranean, such as

Call, lacerta^ Cuv.; Rond. 304, and not so well, Call, pusillus,
Laroche, Ann. Mus. XIII, xxv, 16. First dorsal lowj the se-
cond much elevated in the malej silvery points, and white, black-
edged lines on the flanks; the caudal long and pointed. (1) The

Trichonotus, Schn.

Appears to be a mere Callionymus, with a very elongated body,
whose single dorsal and anal have a corresponding length. The
two first rays of the dorsal, extended into long setse, represent the
first dorsal of the Common Callionymus. The branchiae, however,
are said to be well cleft. (2)

CoMEPHORus, Lacep.

First dorsal very low; the muzzle oblong, broad and depressed;

gills much cleft, with seven rays; very long pectorals, and what

constitutes their distinguishing character, a total absence of ventrals.

But one species is known, from lake Baikal, the Callionymus

baicalensis, Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop. I, ix, 1; a foot long, of a soft

fatty substance, from which oil is obtained by compression. It

is only to be had when dead, after a storm.

Platypterus;, Kuhl and Van Hassel.

The broad and separated ventrals of a Callionymus; a short de-
pressed head; the mouth small, and branchise open; scales broad;
the two dorsals short and separated. (3)

It is with some hesitation that I close this family with a ge-
nus which will one day probably form the type of a separate
family; I mean the

(1) The Call, diacanthus, Carmich., Lin. Trans. XII, pi. sxvi, does not appear
to me to belong' to this genus. The Call, indicus, Lin. is nothing more than the
Plaiycephalus spatula, Bl. 424. Add, Call, cithara, Cuv.; C. jaculus, and other
new Mediterranean species; and of species foreign to Europe, the C. orientalis,
Schn., pi. vi; C. ocellatus, Pall. VIII, pi. iv, f. 13; C. sagittu. Id. lb., f. 4, 5; and
some others to be described in our Icthyology.

(2) Trichonotus setigerus, Bl., Schn., pi. 39.

(3) Platyptera melanocephala, K., and V. H.; Fl. trigonocephala, Id., two fishes
from India to be described in our Icthyology.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 183

Chirus, Stell. Labrax, Pall.

Fishes with a tolerably long body, furnished with ciliated scales;
a small unarmed head; slightly cleft mouth, provided with small,
unequal, conical teeth; the spines of whose dorsal are almost always
very delicate, the fin itself extending the whole length of the back.
Their distinguishing character consists in several series of pores, sim-
ilar to the lateral line, or, as it were, in several lateral lines. There
are no cseca to the intestines, and they frequently have an appendage
on the eye-brow, as is the case with certain Blennies, but their ven-
trals consist of five soft rays, as usual. The species known are from
the seaof Kamschatka.(l)

FAMILY XIII.
PECTORALES PEDICULATI.

This family consists of certain Acanthopterygii whose car-
pal bones are elongated so as to form a sort of arm, which sup-
ports their pectorals. It comprises two genera, which are
closely approximated although authors have generally placed
them at a distance from each other, and which are closely al-
lied to the Gobioides.

LoPHius, Lin. (2)

The general character of this genus, independently of the semi-
cartilaginous skeleton and the naked skin, consists in the pectorals
being supported by two arms, as it were, each of which is formed of
two bones that have been compared' to the radius and ulna, but
which in reality belong to the carpus, and which in this genus are
longer than in any other; in the ventrals being placed very far before
these pectorals; in opercula and branchiostegous rays enveloped in
the skin, and, finally, in the only opening of the gills being a hole
situated behind the said pectorals. They are voracious fishes, with
a wide stomach and short intestine, which survive a long time out
of water, on account of the smallness of their branchial apertures.

(1) Lahrax lagocephalus; L- decagrammus; L. super ciliosus; L. monoptery-
gius; L. odogrammus; L. hexagr animus, all described and figured by Pallas,
Mem. Acad. Petersb. vol. XI, 1810.

(2) Lophius, a name made by Artedi, from Ko^iu. [pinna], on account of the crests
of their head. The ancients called them jS*t/ii;^o{, and Rana or Frog.

184 PISCES.

LoPHius, Cuv.

The head excessively large in proportion to the rest of the body,
very broad and depressed, and spinous in many places; the mouth
deeply cleft and armed with pointed teethj the lower jaw furnished
with numerous cirri; two distinct dorsals, some rays of the first se-
parated before and movable on the head, where they rest on
a horizontal interspinal? the branchial membrane forming a very
large sac, opening in the axilla, and supported by six very long
rays; the operculum small. There are but three branchije on each
side. It is asserted that these fishes live in the mud; where, by agi-
tating the rays of. their head, they attract smaller ones, who take
the often enlarged and fleshy extremities of those rays for worms,
and thus become their victims; it is also said that they can seize or
retain them in their branchial sac.(l) They have two very short
caeca, near the origin of the intestine, but no natatory bladder.

L. piscatorius, L.; Bl., 87; Sea-Devil; Galanga, &c. (The
Angler.) A large fish, of from four to five feet in length, inha-
biting the seas of Europe, whose hideous figure has rendered it
celebrated.

L. parvipinnis, Cuv. A very similar species that is found in
the same seas; its second dorsal however is lower, and it has
only twenty-five vertebrae, while the piscatorius has thirty. (2)

Chironectes. Antennarius, Commers.

Four rays on the head, as in Lophius; the first of which is slen-
der, and frequently terminating in a tuft; the succeeding ones, aug-
mented by a membrane, are sometimes much enlarged, and at others
united into a fin. The body and head are compressed; the mouth
cleft vertically: the only opening of the branchis, which are furnish-
ed with four rays, is a canal and a small hole behind the pectoral;
the dorsal occupies nearly the whole length of the back. The en-
tire body is frequently provided with cutaneous appendages; there

(1) Geoff.,Ann. duMus.,X, p. 180.

(2 J We are ignorant whether it is the Lophias budecassa of M. Spinola and
Risso or not, that species being described as more fawn-coloured and varied than
the common one.

Add the Loph. setigerus, Vahl, Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenh. IV, p. 215, and pi. iii, f.
5 and 6, improperly named viviparus by Bl,, Syst., pi. xxxii.

N.B. The Baudroye Ferguson, Lacep-, Phil. Trans. LIII, xiii; the Lophius cornu-
hicuso{ Sh., Borlase, Corn., xxvii, 6; the L. barbatus, Gmel., Act. Stockh., 1779,
fasc. Ill, pi. iv, are merely altered specimens of the ^iscafonus; the L. monoptery-
gius, Shaw, Nat. Misc., 202 and 203, is a Torpedo disfigured by the stuffer.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 185

are four branchiae; the natatory bladder is large, and the intestine
moderate, and without caeca. These fishes, by filling their enor-
mous stomachs with air, are enabled to expand their belly like a
balloonj on land, their pairs of fins enable them to creep almost like
small quadrupeds, the pectorals, from their position, performing
the functions of hind feet, and thus they live out of water for two or
three days. They are found in the seas of hot climates, and several
of them were confounded by Linnaeus under the name of Lophius
histrio. ( 1 )

We might distinguish those species in which the second and third
rays are united in a fin which is even sometimes joined to the second
dorsal.(2)

Malthe, Cuv.,

The head excessively enlarged and flattened, chiefly by the pro-
jection and volume of the suboperculum; the eyes forwards; the snout
salient, like a small hornj the mouth, beneath the snout, moderate
and protractile; the branchiae supported by six or seven rays, and
opening on the dorsal surface by a hole above each pectoral; a sin-
gle, small, and soft dorsal; the body studded with osseous tubercles,
with cirri the whole length of its sides; but there are no free rays on
the head. The caeca and natatory bladder are wanting.(3)

Batrachus, B1. Schn. Batracoides, Lac. (4)
The head horizontally flattened, broader than the body; the mouth

(1) Species. Chiron, pidus, Cuv., or Lophius histrio-pidus, Bl., Schn., 142, or
Mem. Mus. Ill, xvi, 1; Ch. tumidus, Cuv., Mus. Ad. Fred., p. 56; Ch. kevigatus,
Cuv., or L. gibbus, Mitch, op. cit. I, vi, 9; Ch. marmoratus, or L. Hist. Marm.,
Hi., Schn., 142, Klein, Misc., Ill, iii, 4, or L. raninus. Tiles., Mem. Nat. Mosc,
II, xvi; CA. hispidus, Bl., Schn. 143, Mem. Mus., Ill, xvii, 2; CA. scuber, lb.,
XVI, 2, or Guaperva, Marcgr., 150 (but not the fig-ure), L. histrio, Bl. pi- cxi;
Ch. biocellatus, Cuv., Mem. Mus. Ill, xvii, 3; Ch. ocellatus, ov L. histr. acelL, Bl.,
Schn., 143, Parra, 1; Ch. variegatus, ov L. chironede, Lacep., I, xiv, 2,,or L. pic-
tus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. V, part II, pi. clxv; CA. furcipilis, Cuv., M^m. Mus. Ill,
xvii, 1; Laet., Ind. Occ, 574, a figure given for the guaperva, Marcgr. 150;
Ch. nummifer, Cuv., Mem. Mas. Ill, xvii, 4; Ch. Commersonii, Cuv., Lacep. I,
xiv, 3, and very badly, Ren., I, xliii, 212; Ch. tuberosus, Cuv.

(2) Ch. pundatus, Cuv., Mem. Mus. Ill, xviii, 2, and Lacep. Ann. Mus. IV, Iv,
3;Ch.unipin7iis, Cuv., Mem. Mus. Ill, xviii, 3, Lacep. Ann. Mus. Ill, xviii, 4.

(3) Lophius vespertilio, L., Bl, 110; Malth. nasuta, Cuv., Seb. I, Ixxiv, 2; M
notata, Cuv.; M. angusta, Cuv., the skeleton of which is found in Rosenthal, PL
Icthy., t. XIX, 2; M. truncata, Cuv.; M. stellata, Cav., or Lophius stellatus,
Vahl., Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenh , IV, pi. iii, f. 3, 4, the same as the Lophit
faujas, Lacep., I, xi, 2, 3, and the Lophius ruber, Til., Krusenstein's Voy., LXI.

(4) bariici-^os, frog, from their broad head.

Vol. II. Y

186

PISCES.

well clefti operculum and suboperculum sninn.,. u
the ventrals narrow, inserted under Te th.' ^^^^/^"^^"^^ ^^X^J
three rays, the first of whict " e on ' ted a" ' "h '^7^' ' '^'
supported by a short arm, the result of h. 7 "'''' ^^'^^^^'^

bones. The first dor..l \1 ^ elongation of the carpal

corresponds to ie. Tli^ l!. ? ' ' ""= """ '"I'ich

Those which ha e b e di ,!! I"'"""' ''"""''^'' *'* '"'-

oblong sac, and ho "".es: f l^.r" ' '"""'''' '"^"""^ -

pan of .he natator, bladre'r' "rdeep I' ;:..:;:r^Tr. /''\'^^-
selves hidden in the san,r t ., l^.- '"' '="ed. 1 hey keep them-

8=0.; the wounds Meted v th^"" ^"'' ''"= ""^ ^"Pl^'"'

They are found in bo^ ocean' '""" "' "'^"''^ "^S

appeTdlgto'veTtll^ry^oT""" ""^ '""'"" ^'"" =""' " ^"
eye(t;" "" """'' "'" =^^'"' -" '-- "o appendage over the

war:i:g:itwM:rrav:',i'.;r:/'' ""^^ '"^ ''-'" -" -'-^ -

Looked teeth in the lor jaw! ' """" '" ""= ^'''"(=) -"

FAMILY XIV.
LABROIDES.

ryngeals, two upper ones attached to the craninm . 7 F

lower one, all three armed with teeth now ^ "J''^^

wi[ reetn, now en pave and then

IV. l;-5a.n4-.,^,W,,^;; t t;"'/- '^'^^' 265,Nieuhof:Ap., Will., Ip!
B. compidllum, Cuv or th ""' P^" ^''' S^'ven as the Tau, Lacep., II xii i.

lectaon caUed Mentzel's, to which re I ' u""^^' '"P"'^ ^^^^^ f^^ ^l^e col-

o wjuch the engraver has added scales.

ACANTIIOPTERYGII. 1^7

pointed or laminiform, but generally stronger than usual ; an
intestinal canal either without caeca, or with two very small
ones, and a strong natatory bladder.

Labrus, Lin.

A very numerous genus of fishes which strongly resemble each other
in their oblong form; their double fleshy lips, from which they de-
rive their name, one adhering immediately to the jaws and the other
to the suborbitals^ their crowded branchiae with five raysj their co-
nical maxillary teeth, the middle and anterior of which are the
longest, and their cylindrical and blunt pharyngeal teeth arranged
en pave, the upper ones on two large plates, the lower on a single
one which corresponds to the two others. Their stomach does not
form a cul-de-sac, but is continuous with an intestine without caeca,
which after two inflexions, terminates in a large rectum. They have
a single and strong natatory bladder.

Labrus, properly so called.

The opercula and preopercula without spines or dentationsj
the cheek and operculum covered with scalesj the lateral line
straight, or nearly so. The seas of Europe produce several species
the variation of whose colours rarely allows them to be clearly dis-
tinguished.(l)

L. maculatus; Duham. Sect. IV, pi. ii, f. I; Lab. maculatusj
Bl. 284.?^ Lab. bergilta, Ascan. Ic. I. From a foot to eighteen
inches in lengthj twenty or twenty-one dorsal spines; blue or
greenish above, white beneath; every where chequered with
fawn colour, which sometimes becomes general.(2)

L.variegatus, Gm.; L. lineatus, Penn. XLV, cop.Encycl. 402.
One or more clouded, irregular dark bands along the flank, on
a ground more or less reddish; sixteen or seventeen spines in
the dorsal, which is marked with a dark spot in front. (3)

(1) With respect to these fishes we can neither trust to the figures of Bloch nor
to the descriptions of Gmelin.

(2) The Fielle tacheUe was indicated by Lacep., under the name o{ Lahreneus-
trien. It is possible that the Labrus maculatus, 131., 294, was a bad figure of it,
taken from a dried specimen whose colours had been entirely changed; the La-
brus tinea, Shaw, Nat. Misc., 426, and Gen. Zool., IV, pi. ii, p. 499, is a beautiful
variety, red spotted with white, but is not the tinea of Lin.; the Lab. ballan,
Penn., 44, cop. Encycl., 400, is the fawn coloured variety; the L. comber, Penn.,
XLII, cop. Encycl, 405, is a red variety, with a suite of white spots along the

flank.

(3) The only good drawing of this fish is that of Pennant; I suspect the Labr.

^^^ PISCES.

L. carneus, Bl.j L. trimaculatus, L. BI 280 T^^aa' u .u
black spots on the hind part of th^ back '' '''''

L. turdus, Gm.j Salvian. 87. Green mnrp o. i
scattered spots son,e.es .ese^blinT; Z of i;:, ' '

<.o.a,Ttts^:.;!ter:;^:L%rsr^^^^^^^

Cheilinus, Lacep.

wr::;;ei^r:r: '" r, ^ - - - ~/sr!

,P^ "^"^ "^^^ of the Cauda. Thev are bpiiit.-fnifi u /
the Indian Ocean.(3) oeautilul fishes from

Lachnolaimus, Cuv.
The gee.a, cha-ace. of a ...e Labt-us, b. the pharyngeals

vetula, Bl., 293, lo be an altered figure nf ih. v

Misc. ^"^22, and the ^;,aru* /omos, Shaw, Nat.

xxxu, 2; Z. Diane, Id., Hi, i. ' '~^- '^^"'^ cromc?i/5, Id., Ill,

N.B. The CteV. Bm-ai?!w, Commers t..^' T,r .o

very slender Labrus with flexible dorL spine. '^ ' ''" '' '^ "^^^'^'^^ ^

(3) The a7me M/oie, Lacep III vv^; -" fi
Bl., 2&0,~Sparusradiatus, BL, Schn 'seV T' ''' *'^' '^^'^'"^ ^'^^'''"'^^.

also the Zi.e..n.WM., Lacep., ,11 p '^^^T/'t'"' '''' '^"^' ^^'^''^'^ -
- also the Lahre malapieronole, Lacep.; m^^ttrf""'"' '''' '''' "^-'^
referred the description of the LaJefuli^Z' Um^'V" ."'"' ^''^"^'^ "^^
which as that of the Mesoprion uninotL 71' ; ' ^' ^^' ''"* ""' '^^ ^^'
agramme, Lacep., Hj / o. . "''-^"*'-"*'''^%*/^r, Bl., 296, 1,_Z J^

vocal description of Belon, Aq It"' tedt -Q ^ ^ ^"'^'""^"^ " - ^^-
possible to ascertain even the genu of tl efi'sh r T. '''" ^^ '^' ^^"^^^^ ^^ -^-
description of Rondelet, lib. I cLi '"'"' '" ^P^'^'"" ^''^ % -d
Ion, refer to a totally different fish of 1 'e^^:. ' T^'"' ^^^^^^^ '''''' *!-- of Be-
Creeks is anothe. fisb, .. -, ,fj';l t?^""^ 'P^'-" ^'- ^-e &... of the

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 189

have no teeth en pav6, except at their posterior part, the remainder
of their extent as well as a part of the palate being covered with a
villous membrane. These fishes are recognized at sight by the first
spines of their dorsal, which rise in long flexible filaments. The
species known are from America.(l)

JuLis, Cuv.

The head entirely smooth and without scales; the lateral line
forming an elbow opposite the end of the dorsal. Some species are
found in the seas of Europe.

/. vulgaris; Labhcs julis, L., Bl. 287, f. 1. A small fish re-
markable for its beautiful violet hue, relieved on each side by a
zigzag line of a rich orange colour, &c. It varies greatly, is
the best knoAvn of the Mediterranean species, and is also found
in the ocean.

J. Giqffredi, Risso. A fine scarlet; a black spot at the angle
of the operculum; a gilt band along the flanks; inhabits both
the Mediterranean and the ocean.

J. tursica, Risso. A rich green; a red streak on each scale;

the head red, with blue lines; one or more vertical bands of a

turquoise blue; a black spot on the pectoral; tail shaped like a

crescent; one of the most beautiful fishes of the Mediterranean.

Hot climates produce numerous species of this fish, most of which

are splendidly and variously coloured.

Some of them have a rounded or truncated caudal;(2) the first
dorsal rays of others(3) are drawn out into filaments.

(1) Lachnolaimus suillus, C\iY.; Catesb., II, xv; L. caninus, C\iv., Turra, ])l.
Vn, f. 2.

(2) Species with around or truncated tail; Labre parterre, Lacep., Ilf, xxix, 2,
the same as the Echiquier, Id., p. 493; L. trilobe. Id. Ill, iv, 3; L. teinioure,
Lac, III, xxix, 1, the same as his Spare hemisphere. III, xv, 3, and probably as
his Spare brachion. III, xviii, 3; L. ceiniure. Id., Ill, xxviii, 1; Lahrus brasilien-
sis, 151., 280; L. macrolepidotus, Bl., 284, 2; L. guttatus, Bl.,2S7, 2; L.cyano-
cej}halus, I.U., 286; L. malapterus,JM., 285; L. chhropterus, Bl., 288; L. bivitta-
tus, 284, 1; Julis crotaphus, Cuv., Parra, XXXVII, 1; L. albovittatus, Kjehlr.,
Nov. Com. ret. IX, 458, and Encycl., 399; i/. mola, Cuv., Russ., II, 120; i.
margaritiferus, Cuv., or Gir. Labiche, Voy. Freycin. Zool. pi., f. 3; L. ornatus,
Carmich. Lin. Trans. XII, xxvii.

(3) Tiie Girelle Gaymard, Voy. Freycin., pi. liv, which is also the Sparus
cretus, Forst., and Renard, part. I, pi. ii, No. 11, and part II, 160. N.B. The Caris
of M. de Lacepede established by that naturalist from the drawings of Commerson
have turned out to be fishes of the present g^nus with truncated tails, tlie artist
having' neglected to express the separation of the operculum from the preoper-
culum. The Coris unguis. III, iv, 2, appears to be the Lahrus malapterus, and the

PISCES.

Others again have a crescent-shaped or bifurcated tail.(l)

Anampses, Cuv.
^ All the characters of a Julis, with the exception of two flat teeth
m the jaws, which project fro. the n.outh and curve oTtLrds!

But one or two species are known; from the Indian Ocean.(2)

Crenilabrus, Cuv.
^Z7!CV]r "^'"^ '" '"^ L"'J-- "f B'^. In order to

Some of them arc taken in the northero seas: such as the
Lutjanus rupestris. Bl. 250; fawn coloured, with clouded bla k
ish vertical bands. Ztjnus norvegicns Id., 256 b,tvl h
jrregularly spotted and marbled with dee; bro v , 'xZ ^ '
fo^^. orange, spotted with blue,- a black sp'o. behind the e ^^ .

the w ,'n- 7- '""' "' ^- P""""'' ^'''' '^markable for

the five spines of its anal.(3)

The Mediterranean produces a great number which are de
cora ed with the most beautiful colours; the most splend d is
tl Lairusp,a Forsk.; silvery, with three broad Lg tud"

t.als blue, &c.(4) They abound also in the seas of hot cli-

III nl 1 f '^ ^ M f drawing- of Commerson, engraved Lacen

Suei .;;.."= *""' '' "' ^""" -^ ">' C-*. "hich at leas, are Sy
(1) Species with crescent-shaped or forked tails, Loire UiraTa^e Laceo m

n,ore than a,;a,teren2 LS::^ ':;;:; '^""ir 777''^.'"''''"^

as the .J. &;"' "' "" ^''' *"S-/fe, Porsk., is pwbably the same

4iit'2:r;?r; ti.'"'"' ^'^--*'"'^- ^"^'. uy -^ Caym., yy.
^^,3)^ Add. Lui.giUus,Ver.., M. copied Encycl., m^-Zu,j. nre^en.. BL,

1 our genus Chenilabrus, and carries the number of species

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 191

mates,(l) and several species hitherto left among the Labri,
should be placed here.

CoRicus, Cuv.

All the characters of a Crenilabrus; in addition to which, the
mouth is nearly as protractile as that of an Epibulus.

The species known are small, and from the Mediterranean.(2)

We must remove the following fishes from the genus Sparus, in or-
der to place them near Coricus or Cheilinus.

Epibulus, Cuv.

Remarkable for the excessive protractility of their mouth, which
by a see-saw motion of their maxillaries, and the sliding forwards of
their intermaxillaries, instantly becomes a kind of tube. They em-
ploy this artifice to capture the small fry which pass within reach of
this singular instrument; it is also resorted to by the Corici, Zei and
Smares, according to the greater or less protractility of their jaws.
The entire body and head of an Epibulus is covered with large
scales, the last range of which even encroaches upon the anal and
caudal fins, as is the case in Cheilinus; the lateral line is similarly
interrupted, and, as in the latter and in I^abrus, there are two long
conical teeth in front of each jaw, followed by smaller bluntones; we
have not had an opportunity of observing those in the pharynx.

But a single species is known; Sparus insidiator. Pal., Spic.
Zool. Fasc. VIII, pi. V, I, of a reddish colour. From the In-
dian Ocean.

Clepticus, Cuv.

A small cylindrical snout, which is suddenly protruded like that
of an Epibulus, but which is not as long as the head; the small teeth

to twenty-eight; but all his species are not distinct, and his synonymes are
sometimes uncertain. His species should be compared with those of Brunnich,
Bloch, &c. The Lab. venosus, Brunn. ; L. fiiscus, Brunn. ; L. univiaculatus,
Brunn. ; Lutjanus rostratus, Bl., 254, 2, perhaps the CV. tinea, Risso; Lab. 5-ma-
culatus, BL, 291, 2, is the Crenil. Roissal, Risso; Lutj. bidem, Bl., 251, 1; Lab.
medlterraneus, Brann.; Lab. rubens, Brunn.; Lab. perca, Brunn.; Lab. spala-
tensis, Br.; Lab. tinea, Brunn.; Lab. occllatus, Forsk., or olivaceus, Brunn., he.

(1) At the head of the list should be the Lutjanus verves, Bl., 255, the same as
liis Bodianus bodianus, 223, and as the Perro Colorado, Parra, pi. Ill, f. 1. Add,
Lutjanus notatus, Bl., 251, 2; L violaceus, or L. Linkii, Bl., 252; L. virescens,
151.254, 1; Lab. burgal, Schoepp., or L. chogset, Mitch., Ill, 2] L. chrysops,
Bl., 248.

(2) The Lutjanus virideiis, and the L. Lamarkii, Riss., first edition. In the
second he adopts this subgenus and adds to it a Coricus rubescens.

^^^ PISCES.

barely perceptible to the touchy the body oblong, head obtuse, and
the lateral line continuous^ the dorsal and anal enveloped by scales
nearly to the summit of the spines.

a genizara, Cuv.^ Parra. pi. xxi, f. i. The only species
knownj of a purple red. From the Antilles.

GoMPHosus, Lacep Elops, Commers.
Labroides, with an entirely smooth head, as in Julisj but owin^
to the pro ongation of the intermaxillaries and maxillaries, which
are united by the teguments as far as the small opening of the
mouth, the muzzle is made to resemble a long thin tube.(l)

They are taken in the Indian Ocean, and the flesh of certain
species is held in the highest estimation. (2)

XiRICHTHYS, CuV.
These fishes resemble a Labrus as to form, but are much com-
pressed j the front descends suddenly towards the mouth in a tren-
chant and almost vertical line, formed by the ethmoid and the ascend-
ing branches of the intermaxillaries. Their body is covered with large
scales; the lateral line is interrupted; the jaws are armed with a range
of conical teeth, the central ones longest; the pharynx is paved with
hemispherical teeth; the intestinal canal is continuous with two flex-
ures without, caeca; no cul-de-sac to the stomach; a tolerably long
natatory bladder. Until we arranged them otherwise, they were
always placed by naturalists among the Coryph^ns, from which
they greatly diff-er, both internally and externally. They approxi
mate most to Labrus, only diflering in the profile of the head. (3)
1 he greater number have a naked head. Such is

X novacula; Corypha^na novacula, L.;RondtL; 146,Salv. 117
Red, variously striped with blue. The flesh is esteemed.(4)

(1) Gomphoms viridis, Cuv., or G. Lacepede, Quoy and Gayra. Voy. Freycin
Zool pi. Iv f. 2;-G. cceruleus, Lacep. HI, pi. v, f. 1, or Acarauna longirostris,
Sevastianof, Nov. Act. Petrop. xiii, t. XI;-G. variegatus, Lacep., lb. f. 2.

Gomphosus, from >o^<?>of, cuneus, clavus.

(2) Renard, Poissons de la mer des Indes, part II, pi. xii, f. 109. Commerson,
however, says that the candeus is but indifferent food.

(3) The sharp edge of the head of the Coryph.n. is owing to the interparietal
c est; their scales are small and soft; their c^ca numerous. See Mem. du Mus,

(4) Th^Coryph. Uneolata, Rafin., Caratt., 33, does not differ from the novacula,-
but the Novacula corypha^na, of Risso, is nothing more than the Centroloplms.
Th^Coryph. cceruka, Bl., 176, is a Scarus-Add, Cor. psiitacus, L, and some new
species.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 193

Some of them have a scaly cheek, (I) and others are distinguished
by small scales.(2)

Chromis, Cuv.(3)

The lips, protractile intermaxillaries, pharyngeals, dorsal filaments,
and port of a Labrus; but the teeth of the pharynx and jaws resem-
ble those of a card, and there is a range of conical ones in front.
The vertical fins are filamentous, those of the belly being even fre-
quently extended into long threads; the lateral line is interrupted?
the stomach forms a cul-de-sac, but has no caeca.

C. vulgaris; Sparus chromis, L. Rondel., 152. The Common

or Black Coracinus of the ancients. A small chesnut-brown fish,

taken by thousands in the Mediterranean.

C. niloticus; Lab. niloticus, Hasselq., 346; Sonnini, pi. xxvii,

f. I5 the f'FIiite, or Egyptian Coracinus of the ancients. (4j

Found in the Nile; it is two feet long, and is considered the

best fish of Egypt.

Cychla, B1. Schn.

Teeth, small and crowded, forming a broad band, and differing
from Chromis in this, as well as in the greater elongation of the
body.(5)

(1) Coryphsena pentadadyla, Bl. 173, or Blennius maculis, 5, &c. Ankarstrom,
Stockh. Mem. pi. iii, f. 2. Linnaeus has confounded it with the five-toed fish of
Nieuhof, Willbughb, App. pi. viii, f- 2, which is a mere Pilot-fish, thereby induc-
ing M. de Lacepede to make his genus Hemlptcronotus of it, whose characters by
no means correspond to this Xirichthys.

(2) Rason I'ecluse, Q,uoy and Gaym. Voy. Freycin., Zool., pi. Ixv, f. 1.

(3) Xfiof^i;, x?^y-'^> X?'y-''^> Greek names of an unascertained fish.

(4) Add, Labrus pundatus, Bl., 295, 1; Labre Jilamenteux, Lac, III, xviii, 2;
Lab. 15-epines, Id., lb. XXV, 1; Sparus surinamensis, Bl., 277, 2; Chaetodon
suraiensis, BL, 217?; Ferca bimaculata, Bl., 310, 1.

(5) I strike out many species from the genus Cychla as constituted by Bloch,
but I leave there, C. suxatilis, Bl., 309; C ocellaris, Bl., Schn. pi. Ixvi; C. ar-
gus, Valenc, App. Humb. Obs. Zool. torn. II, p. 109; perhaps the C. brasiliensis,
BL, 310, 2, and new species. But the C. erythmra, Bl., 261, and the C. argyrea,
are Gerres; the C. cuning, a CjEsio; the C. brama, aCAjjTHARus; the C. macroph-
tulma, BL, 268, tlie C.Japonica, Id., 277, 1, the C. cynodon. Id., 278, 1, belong to
Dentex, the C. surinamensis. Id., 277, 2, and the C. bimaculata. Id., 310, 1, to
Chromis, tlie C. guttata, BL, 312, the C. maculata. Id., 313, the C.pundata, Id.,
314, to Serraxcs, or, according- to the system of Bloch, to Bodiakus. The C.
pelagica is the Caranxojioue of Lacep. or the Coryphxna pelagica, L. It is eas-
ily seen that Bloch was quite as unfortunate in the construction of his genus
Ctchla, as in that of Gkajimistes.

The Hiatulx would be Labri without an anal fin; but a single species, however.
Vol. IL Z

194 PISCES.

Plesiops, Cuv.

A Chromis with a compressed head, approximated eyes, and ex-
tremely long ventrals.

Malacanthus, Cuv.

The general characters of a Labrus, and similar maxillary teeth,
but the pharyngeal teeth are like those of a card, as in Chromis, Sec;
the body is elongated, the lateral line continuous, and the opercu-
lum terminated by a small spine; the long dorsal has but a small
number of spines; the anterior ones thin and flexible.

A species is found in the French Antilles, called by the inha-
bitants Vive; it is the Coryphxne Plumier, Lacep., IV, viii, Ij
yellowish, irregularly and transversely streaked with violet;(l)
a crescent-shaped tail.

ScARus, Lin.

A genus of fishes with remarkable jaws (that is, their intermaxil-
lary and premandibular bones), which are convex, rounded, and fur-
nished with teeth, arranged like scales upon their edge, and upon
their anterior surface; these teeth succeed each other from behind*
forwards, so that those of the base are the newest, and in time form
a row on the edge. Naturalists have erroneously thought that the
bone itself was naked; besides, during the life of the fish, its jaws
are covered by fleshy lips, but there is no double one adhering to
the suborbital. They have the oblong form of a Labrus, large scales,
and an interrupted lateral line; they have three pharyngeal plates,
two above and one below, furnished with teeth as in a Labrus; but
these teeth are transverse blades, and not like rounded paving stones.
A species, blue or red, according to the season, is found in
the Archipelago, which is the Scarus creticus, Aldrov., Pise, p.
8; and which late researches have convinced me is the Scarus,
so highly celebrated among the ancients; the same that Eli-

is quoted, (from Carolina,) and that merely from a note by Garden, which requires
confirmation {Labrus hiatula, L.). It is not easy to imagine why Bloch, Schn.,
p. 481, placed it in Trachypterus.

(1) N.B. This fig. taken from Plumier, was altered by Bloch to represent his
Coryphdsna Plumieri, pi. 175. Lacepede gives a more exact one. It is also the
Matejuelo bianco of PaiTa, XIII, 1, or the Sparus obhngus, Bl., Schn., 283.

Add the Tubleu of the Isle of France, or Labre large rate, Lacep. Ill, xxviii, 2,
the description of which is found, tome IV, p. 204, under the name of Txnianote
large rate.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 195

pertius Optatus, commander of a Roman fleet, during the

reign of Claudius, went to Greece in search of, for the purpose

of distributing it through the sea of Italy. It is an article of

food in Greece at the present day.(l)

Numerous species are found in the seas of hot climates. The

form of their jaws and the splendour of their colours have caused

them to receive the vulgar appellation of Parrot-fishes.

Some of them have a crescent-shaped tail,(2) and of these a few
with a singularly gibbous forehead. (3)
In others it is truncated. (4) We separate from Scarus the

Calliodon, Cuv.

Where the latter teeth of the upper jaw are separate and pointed,
and where there is an inner range of much smaller ones on the
same;(5) and the

Odax, Cuv.

Which approaches a true Labrus in the inflated lips and continu-
ous lateral line; the jaws, composed like those of a Scarus, are how-
ever flat and not gibbous, and are covered by the lips; the pharyn-
geal teeth are en paves, as in Labrus. (6)

FAMILY XV.

FISTULARIDiE.
The fishes of this family are characterized by a long tube,

(1) N.B. It is not the Sc. cretensis, LI. 228.

(2) Scarus coccineus, BL, Schn., Parra, XXVIII, 2, which is the Spams abild-
gardii, BL, 259, and the Spare rougeor, Lacep., HI, xxxiii, 3; the Great Scarus
with blue jaws, Sc. guacamaia, Cuv., Parra, XXVI; the Sc. Catesby, Lac6p., Ca-
tesb., II, xxix; the Sc. hridS, Lacep., IV, 1, 2; Sc. chrysopterus, BL, Schn., 57;
Sc. capitaneus, Cuv., which is the Sc. enniacanthe, Lac^p., IV, p. 6, and his Sc.
denticule, Id., p. 12 and pi. 1, f. 1, and of which he gives a description annexed to
the Sc chadri.

(3) Sc. Zoro, BL, Schn., Parra, XXVII, l;<S'c.cffiru/eus, BL, Schn., Parra, XXVII,
2, and Catesb., II, xiii, which is also the Coryphxna cxrulea, BL, 176, and what is
more extraordinary the Spare holocyanose, Lacep., Ill, xxxiii, 2 and IV, p. 441,
derives its origin from the same drawing of Plumler as this figure of Bloch.

(4) Sc. vetula, BL, Schn., Parra, XXVIII, 1; Sc. twniopterus, Desmarest; Sc.
chloris. Parr., XXVIII, 3;Sc. psittacus, Forsk. ; &. viridis, BL

(5) Scarus spinideiw, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. Voy. Freycin., p. 289, and some
new species.

(6) Scarus pulluSfTorster, BL, Schn., 288.

196

^^ PISCES.

of the ^ethmoid, vomer, preopercula, interopercula, pterygoi-
dals and tympanals, and at the extremity of which is the
th, composed as usual of the intermaxillaries, maxillaries,
and he palatine and mandibulary bones. Their intestine ha
neither great mequahties nor many folds, and their ribs are
short or wanting. iius are

Some of them, the Fistularia., have a cylindrical body: in
others, the Centnsci, it is oval and compressed.

FiSTULAEIA, Lin.
The name of these fishes, in particular, is derived from the tube
common to the .hole family. The jaws are a. its extremity slLht^y
cleft in a nearly horizontal direrfinn Ti i j '^'""yj sugnuy

a., some hLy ^.^^^:z:tz:r::z: z^z^

nor par. of the body, which they strengthen more o less The dor
sal ts opposite to the anal; the omach, resembling a flehy tube is

=;::ir:-re:'ct:a"r'"-'-"

FiSTULAEIA, properly so called.
Or the FisTULAUiA, Lacep., there is but a single dorsal most of
^hich, as well as of the anal, is composed of simple rays The in

re3''r: r ots':rtraT;''' T r" '-* "^"

^o-netimes as long as .::^-Z .reTfthe^ rirvI^^^L';
Tn": hiX" The -tatory bladder excessively small, and .he's ale!

AuLosTOMus, Lacei).(2)
The dorsal is preceded by several fppp <:T.;r.e i .1
cut teeth, the very scaly aL lessllte?:?; "3^^^^^
pressed hetween the dorsal and the anal, and fjllowld bja short Id

(2) Jlulostomus, from uvkoc and ro>a.

ACANTHOPTERYGII. 197

very small tail, terminated by a common fin. The tube of the snout
is shorter, thicker, and compressed; natatory bladder very large.
But a single species is known; from the Indian Ocean. (1)

CentriscuSj Lin. (2)

In addition to the tubular snout of the family, the fishes of this
genus have an oval or oblong (not elongated) body, compressed on
the side, and trenchant beneath; branchiae composed of but two or
three slender rays; a first spinal dorsal and small ventrals behind the
pectorals. The mouth is very small, and cleft obliquely; the intes-
tine without cseca, doubled three or four times, and the natatory
bladder considerable. In

Centriscus, properly so called,

The first spine of the anterior dorsal, which is placed very far
back, is long and stout, and supported by an apparatus connected
with the head and shoulder. They are covered with small scales,
and have, besides, some broad and dentated plates on the apparatus
just mentioned.

C. scolopax, L.; Bl., 123.(3) A very common species in the
Mediterranean, but a few inches long and of a silvery colour.

Amphisile, Klein.

The back mailed with broad scaly plates, of which the anterior
spine of the first dorsal seems to be a continuation.

Some of them even have other scaly plates on the flanks, and the
spine in question placed so far behind that it thrusts the second
dorsal and anal towards the lower part of the tail. Such is the
Centriscus scutatus, L., Bl., 123, 2.

Others are intermediate between this disposition and that of a com-
mon Centriscus. Their cuirass covers but the half of the back,
Centriscus velitaris, Pall., Spic, VIII, iv, 8. Both these species are
from the Indian Ocean.

(1) Fistularia chinensis, Hi., 388. '

(2) Centriscus, from xsvtb?.

(3) It is also the Silurus cornuius, Forsk.,the Maawamphose, Lac-

198 PISCES.

The second division of common fishes, or that of the Mala-
copterygii, contains three orders, characterized by the posi-
tion of the ventrals or by their absence.

ORDER II.
MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES.

In this order the ventrals are suspended to the under part
of the abdomen and behind the pectorals, without being at-
tached to the bones of the shoulder. It is the most numerous
of the three, and comprehends most of the fresh- water fishes.
We subdivide it into five families.

FAMILY I.

CIPRINIDiE.

The Ciprinidae are recognized by the slightly cleft mouth ;
the weak jaws, generally edentated, and whose border is
formed by the intermaxillaries ; by the deeply dentated pha-
ryngeals which compose the trifling armature of the jaws, and
by the small number of the branchial rays. Their body is
scaly, and they have no adipose dorsal, such as we shall find in
the Siluri and in the Salmons. Their stomach has no cul-de-
sac, neither are there any csecal appendages to their pylorus.
Of all fishes they are the least carnivorous.

Cyprinus, Lin.

A very numerous and natural genus, easily distinguished by the
small mouth, edentated jaws, and the three flat rays of the branchiae.
The tongue is smooth; the palate provided with a thick, soft, and
singularly irritable substance commonly termed a "carp's tongue."
The pharynx presents a powerful instrument of mastication, con-
sisting of stout teeth attached to the inferior pharyngeals, which
are so arranged as to be able to squeeze alimentary matters between
them, and of a stony disk set in a wide cavity under a process of the

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 199

sphenoid. These fishes have but one dorsal, and their body is co-
vered with scales which most commonly are very large; they live in
fresh water, and are perhaps the least carnivorous of the whole
class, feeding chiefly on seeds, grass, and even ooze. The stomach
is continuous with a short intestine which has no caecum, and their
natatory bladder is divided into two by a strangulation.
We divide them into subgenera as follows:

CypRiNus, Cuv.

Carps, properly so called, have a long dorsal, in which, as well
as in the anal, the second ray is formed by a spine more or less
stout.

Some of them have cirri at the angles of the upper jaw. Such is
Cyp. carpio, L., Bl. 16. (The Common Carp.) Olive-green;
yellowish beneath; dorsal and anal spines strong and dentated;
cirri, short; pharyngeal teeth flat, with a striated crown. Ori-
ginally from central Europe, it now inhabits the ponds of
France, where it attains a length of four feet. It is easily bred
in fish-ponds and is generally esteemed. (1)

Monstrous individuals of this species are sometimes taken
with a very gibbous front and short snout.

A race with large scales is bred, in certain individuals of
which the skin is naked in spots, or even entirely: it is called
the Reine des Carpes, Carpe a miroir, Carpe d cuir, Sec, Cy-
priniis rex cyprinorum, Bl., 17.
In others the cirri are deficient. Such, in Europe, are,

Cyp. carassiuSf L., BL, XI. The body elevated; lateral line
straight; head small; caudal truncated. Common in the north
of Europe.

Cyp. gibelio, Gm., Bl., 12. The body somewhat less elevated;
lateral line arcuated below; caudal crescent-shaped. Common
in the environs of Paris. The spines of these two species are
weak, and it is with difficulty that any dentations are to be per-
ceived in them.
Such also is the species which is so highly valued in France,

(1) The Cyprini, .inne-Caroline, Lac^p., V, xviii, 1, rouge-brun, Id. lb., XVI,
1, mordore, Ih., 2, vert-violet, lb., 3, known merely from Chinese paintings, closely
approach the Carp. The Chinese, who take much delight in breeding these
fishes, obtain many varieties, all very different, the figures of which are seen in
their drawings: it would not be safe, however, to consider them as species, upon
these documents only.

^^^ PISCES.

where it has been excessively multiplied, on account of the snlen
dour and variety of its colours. ^

%,._ auratu.. L, BL, 93. (The Golden Carp.) Dorsal and

, blackish and by degrees assumes that splendid golden red
which characterizes it^ some, however are of . .;. 1

nnrl rifha^o "uwcver, are ot a silver colour,

and others again are marked by various shades of .he three
colours. Indtvtduals are found without a dorsal, others have
a very small ouej the caudal of a third is very la ge and is d"
v-ded tnto three or four lobes; the eyes of a fourth are exce

Z2or::':1- ^'l '-"^ ^""'-"" ^"-S. which aretl
result of domesttcatton, may be variously combied.(I)

To thts group also belongs the smallest of the European Carps

%" "'narus, BI., VIII, 3; La BouvUre, or P^/.^e An

.nch long; greenish above; of a iine pale yellow bene h in tte

siroTtL't::;"; " ^^"' ''"^ '^ ^ ^'"'-"- - -':

siine ' ''""' ""''' --ay forms a tolerably rigid

Barbus, Cuv.
fol'Tdl""'"' ""' ""'' """ "* =='""' <" 'hird ray of the dorsal

^. t;w/^m; C^prinus barbus, L., Bl is rTh. r k i n

po:r:L::i:r^ '-"' r^'-tar.-"andlt^

ponds, where it is sometimes found ten feet in length.
. camnu., Bonuelli; B. planus. Val., B. ^uc, U.(,),

W Such are the Cs/pr. mmrophlalmm, Bl., 410 r .h
ivm, 2. the C. quatre lobe,, Lajp ft 3 ' /.i, ' . '" ^^ ""' ^''V- V,

Pe'^!;.";''n.7.",1 '^Tn T: '^^^ -'--.. NOV. CO...

Cyp. Unny, FL, ri/L'^inrp^; **r7 -t'^' TT"'' '"" ''
Poiss. du NU., pi. X, 2. " ^^-P- -^^i^'^o^"^, Geoff., E^.,

miit,teiv:^:{rZct.w i'^' ' ''^' ^^ p"- ' ' ">-sh .

C. .SoAita, lb. XXXVI SI .j I ^. "^'C-gimm, lb., IV, 82i

they are also f^undrA^e" " " ' "^ '*='""''"' '" ""^ "^'''y"'Sy,

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 201

neighbouring species from Italy "with a Aveaker spine, but
which differ from the Gudgeons in their four cirri.

GoBio, Cuv.

The Gudgeons have a short dorsal and anal, without spines and
cirri.

A species dotted with brown, Cyp. gobio, L., Bl., 8, f. 2,
which, notwithstanding its smallness, is highly esteemed, is
found in abundance in the rivers of France; it seldom exceeds
eight inches in length. (l)

TiNCA, Cuv.

The Tenches present all the characters of a Gobio; very small
scales, the cirri also small.

There is one of these fishes, Cyp. tinea, L., BL, 14, short and
thick, of a yellowish brown, found in France, which is only
eatable when taken in certain streams, and is sometimes of a
fine golden colour, Cypr. tinea auratus, Bl.. 25. It prefers
stagnant waters.

CiRRHiNus, Cuv.

The dorsal larger than that of a Gobio; the cirri on the middle of
the upper lip. (2)

Abramis, Cuv.

Neither spines nor cirri; the dorsal short and placed behind the
ventrals; a long anal. Two species are found in France.

.^5. vulgaris; C. brama^ L., Bl., 13. (The Common Bream.)
The largest species of this subdivision: there are twenty-nine
rays in the anal, and all the fins are obscure. It is a good fish
and is very abundant.

A. blicca; S. blicca; C. latus, Gm., BL, 10; La Bordeliere.
Pectorals and ventrals reddish; twenty-four rays in the anal; is
not much esteemed, being chiefly used to feed other fishes in
ponds.(3)

(1) Add Cyp, capoeta, Guldenst., Nov. Com. Petrop., XVII, pi. xviii, f. 12;
. curmuca, Buch. Trav. to the Mysore, III, pi. xxx; C. bendelesis. Id., lb., pi.,
xxxii.

(2) Cyp.cirrhosus, Bl., 411; C. mrigala, Buch., pi. vi, f. 79, C. nandina. Id.,
VIII, 84?

(3) Add three fishes which ascend the tributaries of the Baltic: the C. ballerus,
Bl., 9, the C. vimba, L., Bl., 4, and the C. Buggenkagii, BL, 95; and of foreign
species, C. cotis, Buch., pi. xxxix, f. 93.

Vol. IL 2 A

202

-^^^ PISCES.

Labeo, Cuv.
A long dorsal, as in the Carp properly so called, but neither
si3ines nor cxrnj remarkably thick, fleshy lips, frequently crenated.
Ihey are all foreign to Europe. (l)

Catostomus, Lesueur.
The same thick, pendent and fringed, or crenated lips as in La-
beo; but the dorsal is short, iike that of a Leuciscns, L is oppo-

rlca.|") " ''""''' ^''" ""^ ""=" "^ ^''* '^'"'-

Leuoiscus, Klein.
The dorsal and anal short; neither spines nor cirri, nothing par-
ticular about the hps. This subdivision is rich in species, buft'ey
are not much esteemed. They are known in different parts of France
by the various and rather indistinct appellation of Meunier, Che-
valine, Gar don, 8cc.(3) '

We distinguish them by the position of the dorsal, a character
however which xs not always sufficiently well marked! In some i
IS opposite to the ventrals. Of this group we find in France,

L.dobula; Cyp. dobula, L., Bl., 5; Le Meunier. The head
broad, and snout round; pectorals and ventrals, red

Z. idus; C. idus; Le Gardon, Bl., 6, and better Meidin.er, 36
About the same colours; the head narrower, back higha-, and
snout more convex.

L. rutilus; Cyp. rutilus, L.j La Rosse, Bl., 2. Body com-
pressed, silvery; red fins. ^

L. vulgaris; Cyp. kucisms; La Vandoise, BL, 97 f. 1 Bodv
straight; fins pale; snout slightly prominent. The

L. nasus; Cyp. nasus, L.; Le Nez, is taken in the Rhine; its
snout IS more salient and obtuse than that of the Leuciscus.(4.)

(1) C.nilotims, Geoff., Foiss. du Nil dI iv f 9 r ^ j. ,

which .ust be added the 'ca^osto.^.: ^^'.S^iLsu;" '^"^'""^"^' ""'' '''' "

(2) M. Lesueur describes seventeen species, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. ofPhilad
18ir, vol. I, p. ssetseq. and figures nine of them; the first, however c'^'
^r.^us, njust be abs.acted, as it is rather a Labeo. Add C,pr. Ls^2, ^p

ers ot the United States. .S/yi. Ed.]

fhlll ^'''', """^ ''"' '''"''''^'' l^'-^^e "t adhered to the cu.stomary application of
^1^71"^""""' "'"^^ "^^>""^^ ^'^^^'^"^-^ -'--t at random
207 cLr ^"'t^'^V^-^^^' -"d f ^o'-eign species, C. pala, Cuv., Russ.,
207, -C. tola, Cuv., Kuss., 208;-C. loga, Buch. Pise. Gang., pi. xxviii, f. m.-C.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 203

In others, the dorsal is placed opposite the interval between the"
ventrals and the anal. Of this group are found in France,

L. erythrophtalmus; Le Rotengle; BL, 1. Fins red as in the
Rutilusj the body thicker and more elevated.

L. albumus; Cyji. alburnus, L. ; LVlblelte; BL, 8, f. 4. Body
narrow, silvery, brilliant; fins pale; front straight; the lower
jaw somewhat longer; very abundant throughout Europe. It is
one of those fishes from which nacre is obtained for the manu-
facture of false pearls.

L. bipimctatiis; Cyp. bipunctatus, L. ;B1., 8, f. 1. Very simi-
lar to the alburnus; two black points on each scale of the late-
ral line.

L. phoxinus; Cyp. phoxitws, L.; Bl. 8, f. 5. Spotted with
blackish; the smallest of the French species.

L orpJms; C. orphus; Bl. , 95. A fine minium red; from the
rivers of Germany and Holland. (l)
There are some again where it is opposite to the commencement
of the anal the Chel^ of Buchanan; in several of these the body is
compressed almost as in certain Clupeae. Such is

L. cultratus; Cyp. cultratus, L.; Bl., 37. Also remarkable
for its lower jaw, which ascends in front of the upper one, for
its large falciform pectorals, 8cc.(2)
Species with cirri are found in this group.(3) We may separate
from all other Cyprini, the

GoNORHYNCHUs, Gronov.

Where the body and head are elongated, and, together with the
operculum and even the branchiostegal membrane, are covered with
small scales; the snout projects before a small mouth without teeth
and without cirri; there are three rays in the branchiae, and a small
dorsal is inserted above the ventrals.

mola, lb., XIX, f. 86; C. sophore, lb., XXXVIH, f. 92; C. ariza. Id., Trav. in the
Mysore, III, xxxi.

The difficulty of recognizing the figures given by authors of species so similar,
is increased from the circumstance that many species are found in the rivers of
Europe which have never been figured.

(1) Add the C. aspius, Bl., and of species foreign to Europe; Cyp. basbora,
Buch., Pise, Gang., II, f. 90; C. morar, lb., XXXI, f. 75, and a vast numberfrom
the rivers of all parts of the globe, several of which have already been indicated by
M. Mitchil and Buchanan; some others will be described in our Icthyology. M. Bu-
chanan alone found eighty Cyprini in India. We have only cited here the two he
has figured.

(2) Add, Cyp. dupeoides, Bl., 408, 2; C. bacaila, Buch., VlII, 76.

(3) Cypr. dantica. Id., XVI, 88.

204 PISCES.

G. vulgaris; Cyp. gonorhynchus^ Gm., Gronov., Zooph., pi.
X, f. 24. The only species known is found at the Cape of Good
Hope.(l)

CoBiTiSj Lin. (2)

The head small; body elongated, invested with small scales and co-
vered with mucus; ventrals very far back and above them a single
small dorsal; the mouth at the extremity of the snout, but slightly
cleft, without teeth, but encircled with lips fitted for sucking, and
w^ith cirri; but three rays in the branchiae, the apertures of which
are small; the inferior pharyngeals strongly dentated. There is no
caecum; and the small natatory bladder is enclosed in a bilobate, os-
seous case Avhich adheres to the third and fourth vertebrae.(3) Three
species inhabit the rivers of France.

C. barbaiula, L., Bl.; 31, 3. A small fish four or five inches
in length, clouded and dotted with brown on a yellowish ground,
with six cirri; common in brooks, E>cc.

C. fossilis, L.; Misgurn, Lac.;(4) Bl., 31, 1. Sometimes a
foot long with longitudinal brown and yellow rays, and ten cirri.
It lives in the mud of marshes, even long after they have been
dried up or covered with ice. In stormy weather it rises to the
surface of the water, which its restlessness keeps constantly
agitated; when it is cold, it descends more deeply into the mud.
It is constantly inhaling atmospheric air, which, according to
the interesting observation of M. Ehrman, after having been
converted into carbonic acid, is discharged per anum. The
flesh is soft and smells of ooze.(5)

C. txnia, L., xii; BL, 31, 2. Six cirri; the body compressed,
orange-coloured, and marked with a series of black spots; dis-
tinguished from the two others by a forked and movable spine,
formed before the eye by the suborbital. It is the smallest of
the three, and is found in rivers, among stones, &c.; it is not
much esteemed. (6)

(1) Badly copied, Schn., 78.

(2) Ka)/S7T<f, the Greek name of some small, undetermined fish.

(3) See Schneider, Syn. Pise. Arted., 5 and 337.

(4) I do not separate the Misgurns from the Cobites; there is no difference
whatever in their organization, and the number of jaw teeth is not greater in the
former than in the latter; I have vainly sought for those described by Bloch.

(5) Add the three species of Cobitis with unarmed cheeks described by Buchan-
an, Pise. Gang, p. 357359.

(6) Add; Cob. geta, Buch., XI, 96, and the other seven species with armed
cheeks described by that Ichthyologist, op. cit., p. 350 356.

MALACOPTERYGIT AT5D0MINALES. 205

Anableps Bl.,(l)

The fishes of this genus, for a long time and very improperly united
with the Cobites, possess very peculiar characters; the cornea and
iris of their very prominent eyes, which are placed under a roof
formed on each side by the frontal, are divided into two portions by
transverse bands, so that the organ of sight has two pupils, and ap-
pears to be double, although it has but one crystalline and one vitre-
ous humour, and but one retina, (2) a peculiarity of which there is
no other example among vertebrated animals. In the next place we
find that the excretory canal of the organs of generation and of the
bladder, in the male, is situated in the anterior edge of the anal fin,
which is thick, long, and scalyj its extremity is perforated, and that
it serves for the purpose of copulation is indubitable. The female
is viviparous, and the young are considerably advanced in growth
at the moment of their birth.

The body of these fishes is cylindrical and covered with stout
scales; there are five rays in the branchiae; the head is flattened, the
snout truncated, and the mouth transversely cleft at its extremity;
both jaws are armed with small and crowded teeth; the intermaxil-
laries have no pedicle, and are suspended under the nasal bones
which form the anterior edge of the snout. The greater part of the
pectorals is scaly, and there is a small dorsal on the tail, and nearer
to its extremity than the anal. The pharyngeals are large, and fur-
nished with very small globular teeth; the natatory bladder is very
large, and their intestine ample, but without caeca.

But a single species is known; the JlnabU'ps tetrophtalmiis, Bl.,
361, Cohitis anablejys, L. ; it inhabits the rivers of Guiana.

PcECiLiA, Schn.

The two jaws horizontally flattened, protractile, slightly cleft, and
furnished with a row of extremely small and slender teeth; top of
the head flat; large opercula; five rays in the branchiae; the body is
but little elongated, and the ventrals not far back; the dorsal above
the anal. Small viviparous fishes from the rivers of America. (3)
The

(1) From va/SA!r&), to raise the eyes, a name given by Artedi.

(2) See Lacep., Mem. de I'lnstitut, torn. II, p. 372.

(3) Poecilia Schneideri, Val., or P. vivipara, Schn., 86, 2; P. vmltilineata,
Lesueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. So. of Philad., 1821, pi. 1,P unimacula, Val., App.
Humb., Zool. Obs., 11, pi. li, f, 2; P. surinamensis. Id., lb., f, 1.

206

PISCES.

Lebras, Cuv.

neni;('o?;;! !:::,;' ':,^"'":'^' - ^-'V,- o./V, Bon-
streaks. ' "'" """'^^<' "' "<^ fl^"' "i.h little black

FuNDULus, Lacep.

ed; tolerably stout conic lo'nesare old .t""':^ ""^^ "''-
a.-e b. four rays in .be branchL;) xtr '""""' """^ "^^

MoLENEsiA, Lesueur,

similar to those of a Fimdn ^^ '' "''^ '''^^- "^he teeth are

the branch!^ (3) "' '"' '''''' ^^'^ ""'^ ^-"^ or five rays in

Cyprinodon, Lacep.
Slender, small and crowded teeth- ,V , ,
wise similar to the three plrdil; .LT " " '""^''^'- "'^^-

it is of a .wl r A ' P^''^'^"J^^-ly i'i subterraneous streams-

s of a ,edd,sh brown, with some brown spots.(4)

FAMILY IL

ESOCES.
We find no adipose fin in this family. The edge of the

(1) Add Lebias ellipsoidea, Lesueur, op. cit ISo, ^, ^ , ^
rhombordalis, Val.App. Humb. Zool. Obs ]! i,' : ^ ^r "'Z ' "^'^ ''-^^^

Schn., ovEsoxpisciculus Mit/h nf , i , ^" ' ' ' ""' ^"'^'^'a fasciata,

brasiliensis, Val. loc. cit. Lll, 2. ^' '" ^V^^^^^;-Fund.

U^ ff '^^''^':^^>. Lesvleur, Ac. Nat Sc. Philad 1891 m j
(4) Add Cv;,nWm >./., Val., loc cit I TIT ' \ f u ;,

MALACOPTEUYGII ABDOMINALES. 207

upper jaw is formed by the intermaxillary, or when it is not
completely so formed, the maxillary is edentated and conceal-
ed in the thickness of the lips. The fishes which compose it
are extremely voracious ; their intestine is short and without
cseca ; they all have a natatory bladder, and many of them
ascend rivers. With the exception of the Microstomse, all
those that are known have the dorsal opposite to the anal.
Linnoeus united them in the genus

Esox, Lin.
Which we divide as follows:

f. Esox, Cuv.

The Pikes, properly so called, have small intermaxillaries furnished
with little pointed teeth in the middle of the upper jaw, of which
they form the two-thirds, those on the sides of the jaw being eden-
tated. The vomer, palatines, tongue, pharyngeals and rays of the
branchiae, bristled with teeth resembling those of a card; a series of
long pointed teeth on the sides of the lower jaw. The snout is ob-
long, obtuse, broad, and depressed; but one dorsal opposite the anal;
the large and plaited stomach continuous, with an intestine without
cseca, which is twice flexed; a large natatory bladder.

JE.lucius, L. Bl., 32. (The Common Pike.) Well known as
one of the most voracious and destructive of all fishes, but whose
flesh is highly esteemed. This species, which inhabits Europe,
is found in the fresh waters of North America, where two other
species are also to be met with; the flanks of the one, Esox reti-
cularis, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., are marked with brown-
ish lines, sometimes resembling net-work; the other, ^soa; Estor^
Id., lb., I, 413, is sprinkled with round blackish spots.

Galaxias, Cuv.

No apparent scales on the body; the mouth slightly cleft; mode-
rate and pointed teeth in the palatines and two jaws; nearly the
whole edge of the upper one being formed by the intermaxillary; a
few strong, hooked teeth on the tongue. The sides of the head pre-
sent some pores, and the dorsal is opposite to the anal as in a true
Esox; the intestines also resemble those of the latter. (l)

Mitch., pi. iv, 8, or the Cobitis maialis, Schn.; C. ovinus, or Esox ovinus, Mitch.,
lb.; C. variegattts, Lacep., V, xv, 1.
(1) Esox tntttaceus, Cuv.; Esox alepidotus, Forst.

208

PISCES.

Alepocephalus, Risso.

The same general form, but the head only deprived of scales, the
body being covered with broad ones; the mouth is small, and the
teeth extremely delicate and crowded; very large eyes, and eight
branchial rays.

Al. rostratus, Risso, Ed., II, f. 27 and Mem. Acad. Turin,
XXV, pi. X, f. 24. The only species known; it is taken in the
depths of the Mediterranean.

Microstoma, Cuv.

A very short snout; the lower jaw projecting beyond the upper
one, and furnished, as well as the small intermaxillaries, with very
minute teeth; three broad and flat rays in the branchis; the eye
large, the body elongated, and the lateral line covered with a row
of stout scales; a single dorsal a short distance behind the ventrals;
intestines like those of a Pike.

But a single species is known, the Serpe microstome, Risso, p.
356. It inhabits the Mediterranean.

Stomias, Cuv.

The snout extremely short, and the mouth cleft almost to the gills;
the opercula reduced to little membranous laminse, and the maxilla-
ries fixed to the cheek. The intermaxillary, palatine, and mandi-
bulary bones armed with a few long and hooked teeth; similar ones
on the tongue. The body is elongated; the ventrals very far back,
and the dorsal opposite to the anal on the posterior extremity of the
body.

Two species of these singular fishes were discovered by
Risso in the Mediterranean; they are black, and ornamented
along the belly with several rows of silvery points. One of them,
Usox boa, Risso, Ed. I, pi. x, f. 34, has no cirri; the other, Sto-
mias barbatus, is furnished with a very long and thick one which
is attached to the symphysis of the lower jaw.

Chauliodus, Schn.

These fishes, as well as can be ascertained from a figure, Catesb.,,
Supp. pi. ix, and Schn. pi. 85, are nearly allied to Stomias in their
head and jaws. Two teeth in each jaw cross the opposite one when
the mouth is shut. The dorsal corresponds to the interval between
the pectorals and ventrals, which are not placed so far back as those
of a Stomias; the first ray of this dorsal is extended into a filament.
C. Sloani, Schn., pi. 85; Esox stomias, Sh., V, part I, pi. iii,
is the only species known, and has never been taken except at

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 209

Gibraltar. It is fifteen or eighteen inches in length, and of a
deep green colour. (l)

Salanx, Cuv.(2)
A depressed head; opercula folding beneath; four flat rays in the
branchiae; jaws short and pointed, each being provided with a range
of hooked teeth, and the upper one almost entirely formed, by the
intermaxillaries, which are without pedicles; the lower jaw slightly
elongated from the symphysis by a little appendage furnished with
teeth; the palate and bottom of the mouth entirely smooth, as there
is not even a lingual projection. (3)

Belone, Cuv.
The whole edge of the upper jaw, which as well as the lower one
is extended into a long snout, formed by the intermaxillaries, both
furnished with small teeth, no others in the mouth, and those of the
pharynx en pave. The body is elongated and covered with scales,
which are not very apparent, one longitudinal carinated range near
the lower edge excepted. The bones are very remarkable for their
colour, which is a beautiful green. (4) The intestines differ but little
from those of a Pike.

B. vulgaris; Esox belone, L. ; Bl., 33. (The Gar Fish.) Two
feet long; green above, white beneath; found on the coast of
France, where its flesh is much esteemed, notwithstanding the
colour of the bones. Neighbouring species inhabit all seas.
The bite of one of them, which is said to attain a length of
eight feet, is considered dangerous.(5)

ScoMBEREsox, Lacep. Sairis, Rafin.
The structure of the snout similar to that of a Belone; the same
port and scales, with the carinated range along the belly; but the

(1) The Stomlas Schneider!, Risso, Ed, II, f. 37, appears to mc to be of another
genus, and even of another order.

(2) Sahnx, the Greek name of an unknown fish.

(3) There is but one species, anew one. .

(4) This colour is inherent in the bone, and does not arise either from cooking'
or the spinal marrow, as was believed by Bloch, ed. Schn., p. 391.

(5) The Brocket de Bantam, Ren., part 11, fol. 14, No. 65; the Belone crocodila,
Lesueur, Ac. Nat. So. Philad., I, 129, probably the same as the Wahla kuddera,
Russ., 175, and as the variety of the Belone, Lac^p., VII, pi. v, f. 1.

Add, Belone caudimacii la, Cuv., kuddera, A, Russ., 176; Belone cancila, Ham.
Buchan, XXVII, 70; B. argalus, Lesueur, loc. cit., p. 125; B. truncata.
Id., p. 126; B. caribcea, Id., 127, which is perhaps the fimiicu of Marcg^., 168,
and other species to be described in our Ichthyology,
Vol. II. 2 B

^^^ PISCES.

last rays of the dorsal and anal are detached, forming spurious fins
as in the Mackerel.

One of them is taken in the Mediterranean, the ScomhrSsoce
camperien, Lac. V, vi, 3,- Esox saurus, Bl., Schn., pi. 78, 2;
&ains mans, Rafin., Nuov., Gen., IX, 1.(1)

Hemiramphus, Cuv.
_ The edge of the upper jaw, which as well as that of the lower one
IS furnished with small teeth, formed by the intermaxillariesj but
the upper jaw is very short, and the symphysis of ihe lower one is
extended into a long point or semi-beak without teethj the port, fins,
and viscera of a Belone,- scales large and round, and a carinated
range of them along the belly.

Several species are found in the seas of hot climates in both

hemispheres^ their flesh, although oily, is agreeable to the pa-

late. ( 2)

ExocETus^ Lin. (3)
These well known, or Flying-Fishes, as they are called, are instantly
distinguished among the Abdominales by the excessive size of their
pectorals, which are sufficiently large to support them in the air for
a r.^y moments. Their head and body are scaly, and a longitudinal
range of carinated scales forms a salient line on the lower part of

(2) Species from India: Bern. longirostris, Cuv., ov 7cuddera,C, lluss.,17SB

^/. Cuv... Lacep., V, vu, 2;-^. Commersonii, Cuv., Lacep., V, vii, 3, or L
Demi-bec de Baggewaal, Ren., part II, pi. v, No. 21. ^ ' ' ' ' '

American species, H. brasiUensis, Cuv, ov Esox brasiUensis, Bl., S9l~H. heme
tus, or Esox kepsefus, Bl., Sclui., and others to be described in our Hist, des Pois'

'N1. ^r , T ' *''^' ^ '' '^''^'"'' ^^^^- ^^*- ^'- t^l^'l-d., I, 134, et seq."

N.K. M. de Lac. un.tes the Esox hespetus, Lin., to the ^.. marglnatus- but the

former ,s a compound of two fishes-one, the P,-^utY/^. of MaLr., {59 rthe

mcemdia o{ Brown Tim vr v '^ -; lo a 1 , , '^'^'^s'-' '^^> (ine

01 isiown, jam.,XL\,o,)is an Anchovy; the other, Jmcen. Ac. I, p

o21 appears to me to be Indeterminable, but it cannot be a Hemiramphus.

(^) %a,.;T.c, sleeping: out, the Greek name of a fish, whicli, accordintj to the
ancients, came on shore to rest. It was most probably either a Goby or a Blenny
as imagmed by Rondelet and others. It is difficult to conjecture what could ha,^
induced Arted. to associate the fishes here in question with these Blennies: Lin-
n.us separated them, but without altering the name of exocefus, which does not

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 211

each flank, as in the Hemiramphi, &c.(l) The head is flattened
above and on the sidesj the dorsal placed above the anal; the eyes
large, the intermaxillaries without pedicles and constituting the
whole edge of the upper jaw; their two jaws are furnished with
small pointed teeth, and their pharyngeals with teeth en pave.
They have ten branchial raysj their natatory bladder is very large,
their intestine straight and without cieca; the superior lobe of the
caudal is the shortest.

They do not fly far: rising in the air to avoid their voracious ene-
mies, they soon fall into the sea, their wings merely acting as para-
chutes. Birds pursue them through the air and Fishes through the
water. They are found in all the seas of hot and temperate cli-
mates.

E. exilens, Bl., 397. Common in the Mediterranean, and

easily recognized by the length of its ventrals, placed posterior

to the middle of the body; the fins of the young are marked

with black bands. (2)
E. volitans, Bl., 398. Common in the Atlantic Ocean, and

has small ventrals placed anterior to the middle of the body.(3)
The American seas produce species with cirri, which are some-
times simple,(4) sometimes double, and even ramous.(5)

Next to the family of the Esoces we place a genus of fishes,
which, though differing but little from the former, has longer
intestines and two caeca. It will most probably give rise to a
particular family. It is the

(1) We must not, like Bloch, confound this carina with the lateral line, which,
thoug-h frequently but slighdy marked, is in its ordinary place.

(2) Such was the little Carolina specimen described by Linnaeus, and, as I be-
lieve, iheExocetusfasciatiis,Lesueui',Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., 11, pi. iv, f. 2; the se-
cond Pirabebe of Pison, 61, is the volitans.

(3) I see by the drawing's of Commerson and by that of White, Bot. Bay, App.,
p. 266, as well as by the fishes lately received from our travellers, that both these
forms are found in the Pacific Ocean.

N.B. The exiliens and the mesogaster, Bl., 399, closely resemble each other, and
it is not an easy matter to disting'uish ihem by the descriptions and fig-ures of tra-
vellers. The evolatis of Lin. seems to have been a volitans whose scales had
fallen.

(4) Exocetus comatus, Mitch., op. cit. I, pi. v, f. 1, probably the same as the
Ex. uppendiculatiis, W. Wood, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., IV, xvii, 2.

(5) Exocetus furcatus, Mitch., op. cit. I, f. 2, which I suspect is the same as
Ex. Nuttalii, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, iv, 1.

212 PISCES.

MoRMYRus, Lin.(] )

A compressed, oblong, scaly body; the tail thin at base, swelling out
near the finj the head covered by a naked, thick skin, which enve-
lopes the opercula and branchial rays, leaving no opening in the
latter but a vertical fissure, a circumstance which has led some na-
turalists to assert that these fishes have no opercula, although they
are as perfect as in any other, and which has caused the number of
their branchial rays to be reduced to one, although they have five or
six. The opening of the mouth is small, and almost like that of the
mammiferous animal termed the Ant-Eater; its angles are formed
by the maxillaries. Slender teeth, emarginated at the ends, are
planted in the intermaxillaries and lower jaw, and there is a long
band of small crowded teeth on the under surface of the vomer and
on the tongue. The stomach is a rounded sac, followed by two caeca,
and along slender intestine almost always enveloped with fat. The
bladder is long, ample, and simple. The Mormyri are ranked among
the best fishes of the Nile.

One portion of them has a cylindrical muzzle and along dorsal.(2)
A second has a cylindrical muzzle and a short dorsal. (3)
It is very probable, as observed by M. Geoffroy, that it is in one
of these two subdivisions that the Oxyrynchus of the Egyptians is to
be found.

In a third the snout is short and rounded, and the dorsal short.(4)
In a fourth the forehead forms a gibbous projection in front of the
mouth. (5)

(1) MopfAvimi, the Greek name of a littoral fish variously coloured, probably the
Sparus mormyrus, L. It was applied by LiniiKus, not very happily, to fresh-wa-
ter fishes of a uniform hue.

(2) The Morm. d'Hasselquist, Geoff. Poiss. du Nil., pi. vi, f 2; M. caschive,
Hasselq., 398, which appears to me to differ from the preceding in several im-
portant characters, judging- from tlie description; the M. oxyrinque, Geoff, pi.
vi, f. 1, which is the Centriscus niloticus, Schn., pi. 30; M. commune, Forsk., 74,
which does not agree with any of the preceding by the description.

(3) Tlie Morm. de Denderah or anguilloides, L., Geoff, pi. vii, f. 2, confounded
with the Caschive of Hasselq., by JLinnsus, but which is the Hers^, Sonnini, Voy. en
Eg., pi., xxii, f. 1.

(4) The Morm. de Salheyhe, M. labiatus, Geoff., pi. xxii, f. 1; the M. de Bel-
beys, M. dorsalls. Id., pi. vlii, f. 1, which is the Kascliou6, Sonnerat, pi. xxi, f. 3.

(5) The Morm. hani or M. cyprino'ides, L., Geoff., pi. viii, f. 2. N.B. The
Nile produces several other unpublished species.

MALACOPTF.RYGII AUDOMINALRS. 213

FAMILY III.
SILURIDiE.

This family is distinguished from all others of the order by
the want of true scales, having merely a naked skin, or large
osseous plates. The intermaxillaries, suspended under the
ethmoid, form the edge of the upper jaw, and the maxillaries
are reduced to simple vestiges, or are extended into cirri. The
intestinal canal is ample, flexed, and without caeca; the blad-
der large and adhering to a peculiar bony apparatus ; the first
ray of the dorsal and pectoral is, almost always, a strong arti-
culated spine, and there is frequently an adipose one behind,
as in the Salmon.

SiLURus, Lin.(l)

A numerous genus, easily recognized by its nudity, the mouth cleft
in the extremity of the snout, and in the greater number of the sub-
genera, by the strong spine which forms the first ray of the pectoral.
It is so articulated with the bone of the shoulder that the fish can
either depress it, or raise it perpendicularly, when it is immovable,
constituting a dangerous weapon, wounds from which are considered
as poisoned; an idea arising from the fact that tetanus frequently
ensues.

The head is depressed, the intermaxillaries suspended under the
ethmoid and non-protractile, the maxillaries very short, but each
of them almost always continued into a fleshy cirrus, to which are
added others attached to the lower jaw or even to the nostrils.
There is no suboperculum to the gill-cover; the two superior lobes
of the stout and cordiform natatory bladder adhere to a peculiar bony
apparatus, which is connected with the first vertebrae. The stomach
is a fleshy cul-de-sac, the intestine long, ample, and without C2eca.(2)

(1) Silurus and Giants, two ancient names, at one time employed as synonymes,
and at another as the reverse, g'iven to certain fishes of the Nile, Danube, and
Orontes, and of some rivers of Asia Minor. It is almost certain that they belong to
this genus.

(2J Hasselquist attributes caeca to the Schiiy-, 1 have ascertained, however, that
the contrary is the fact.

214 PISCES.

These fishes abound in the rivers of hot climates. Seeds are found
in the stomach of various species. In the true Silurus, or the

SiLURus, Lacep.

There is only a small fin with very few rays on the fore-part of
the back, but the anal is very long, closely approaching that of the
tail. In Silurus, more especially so termed, or the

Silurus, Arted. and Gronov.

There is no evident spine in the small dorsal; the teeth in both
jaws are like those of a card, and behind the intermaxillary band of
the same, is another on the vomer. Such is the

S. glanis, L. j the Saluth of the Swissj TVels or Scheid of the
Germans, Sec. j Bl., 34. The largest fresh water fish found in
Europe, and the only one of this extensive genus that it pos-
sesses; it is smooth, black, greenish, spotted with black above,
with yellowish white beneath; head large, with six cirri; it
sometimes exceeds six feet in length, and weighs three hundred
pounds. It inhabits the rivers of Germany and Hungary, the
lake of Haarlem, &c., and conceals itself in the mud to watch
for prey. The flesh, which is fat, is employed in some places
for the same purposes as lard.(l) The

ScHiLBE, Cuv.,

Differs from these true Siluri in a vertically compressed body and
in a strong and dentated spine in the dorsal. The small, depressed
head, suddenly raised nape, and eyes placed very low, give these
fishes a singular appearance.

The species hitherto known inhabit the Nile, where their
flesh is less disagreeable than that of the other Siluri, which
are found in the same stream. They have eight cirri. (2)
Certain American species with a round, blunt, small head, pro-
vided with cirri and almost imperceptible eyes, may constitute a
new subgenus. (3) The

(1) Add, Sil. fossiliSfBh/oTO, 2; Sil. bimaculatus. Id., 364; Wallagoo, llusse],
160; Sil. attu, Schn., 75:, the Sil. chinois, Lacep., V, li, 1; Sil. asotus, L.,
Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., I, xi, 2.

N.B. Judging from inspection of the dried specimen, the Ompuk siluro'ide,
Lacep. V, i, 2, is a Silurus whose folded dorsal escaped the notice of the artist
who drew it.

(2) Sil. mystus, Hasselq., Geoff., Polss. d'Eg'., pi. ii, f. 3 and 4; Silurus auri-
tus, Geoff., lb., f. 1 and 2.

(3) Sil. candira, Spix, X, 1; Sil. caecutiens. Id., lb., 2.

MALACOrTEUYGIl ABDUMINALES. 215

Mystus, Arted.; and Lin., Ed. I.

Or that of the Machoirans,(\) comprehends Siluri, which, in ad-
dition to their first radiated dorsal, have a second that is adiposej
they are chiefly the Pimelodes and the Doras of Lacepede.

PiMELODUS, Lacep.

The body merely covered with a naked skinj no lateral armature.
Tiiis subgenus is still much too numerous, and its species differ so
widely in conformation, that we have been compelled to divide and
subdivide it. We first distinguish the

Bagrus, Cuv.

A band of small crowded teeth in each jaw and behind that of the
upper one, a similar band on the vomerj they may be subdivided
by the number of cirri and the form of the head.

Among those which have eight cirri, some have an oblong and
depressed head,'(2) while in others it is broad and short.(3)

Of such as have six cirri, the most remarkable are those with a
snout as depressed and broad as that of a Pike, and more so. (4)

Some have an oval head, whose shagreen-like bones furnish it
with a kind of helmet.(5)

The head of others is round, without the helmet, and merely co-
vered with a naked skin. (6)

Some are remarkable for a depressed head, eyes placed very low
on its sides, and for an extremely small adipose fin; these greatly re-
semble a Schilbe.(7)

Finally, there are others again which have but four cirri. (8)

(1) Machoiran, a name given to these fishes in the French colonies. Schnei-
der, p. 478, improperly applies it to Balistes.

(2) Sil. Bayard., Forsk., Porcus Bayard., Geoff., Eg., Poiss., pi. xv, f. 1 and
2; Sil. Bocmac, Forsk., Geoff., lb., 3, 4; Pimelodus aor., Buchan., XX, 68?

(3) Sil. erythropterus, Bl., 369, 2; Pimel. carasius, Buchan., XI, 67,- Pirn.
gulio, Id., XXUI, 66; Pirn, carcio, Id., I, 72; Pirn, nangra, Id., XI, 63.

(4) Sil. lima, Bl. Schn.; Sil. fasciatus, Bl. 366, and various new species. This
division forms the genus Sorubim of Spix.

(5) Pimelode aboureal, Geoff., Eg., Poiss., pi. xiv, f. 3 and4 Pimel. bilineatus,
Deddi-Jallah, Russel, 169.

(6) The species are new.

(7) They constitute the genus Hypophtalmus of Spix, of which he has two spe-
cies, the Hyp. edcntatus, IX, and the Hyp- nuchalis, XVII.

(8) Sil. bagre, Bl. 365; Sil. marinus, Mitch.

216

PISCES.

PiMELODus, properly so called.

The band of teeth in the vomer parallel to that in the upper jaw
is wanting, but teeth are frequently observed in the palate. The
true Pimelodi, as to the number of filaments and form of the head,
present a greater variety than the Bagri.

Thus among those which have but a single band of teeth, some
have the head helmed, and an osseous plate or distinct buckler be-
tween the helmet and spine of the dorsal. (l)

In others, the buckler is united and forms a single piece with the
helmet, which thus extends from the snout to the dorsal. (2)

In others again the head is oval, and covered with skin only,
through which the bones are not perceptible; of this group some
have six cirri,(3) and others eight.(4)

Some, called Cats, have a naked but very broad headj one part of
these have six cirri,(5) and another eight. (6)

We should also distinguish those with a small flat head, very
small dorsals and almost imperceptible teeth. (7)

Then come those Pimelodi, which, besides the band of teeth in
the jaw, have plates of them in the palatines; these latter teeth may
be either small and crowded, or bent like those of a card, and then
the plate on the nape may be either distinct from the helmet,(8) or
be united with it. (9) These palatine teeth are sometimes round, or
like small paving-stones. (10)

There are some very singular Pimelodi with teeth, like those of
a card, forming a movable group under the skin of the cheek.(l 1)

Others have an elongated snout,(l2) or one that is even pointed

(1) Sil. chrias, Bl. XXXV, i, 2;Pimel. maculatus, Lacep., V, p. 103; SiL
hemioliopterus, Bl., Schn.

(2) New species.

(3) Sil. 4-maculatus, Bl., 368, 2; Fim. namdia, Cuv., Marcgr., 149; Fim,
Sebas, Cuv., Seb. Ill, xxix, 5; Pim.pirinamp., Spix, 8.

(4) Fim. odo-cirrhus, Cuv., Seb. Ill, xxix, 1.

(5) New species.

(6) Sil. catus,L.m., Catesb.,II, xxiii.

(7) New species.

(8) Fim. kerzbergii, BL, 367;' the Fim. doigt-de-negre, Lacep.

(9) New species.

(10) New species.

(11) Fim. gtmidens, Cuv., a new species.

(12) The Karasche {Fim. biscutatus), Geoff., Eg., Poiss, XIV, i, 2; Fim. gagata,
Buchan., XXXIX, 65?

MALACOPTEUYGll AliDOMINALES. 217

and nearly eclentated.(l) These latter lead to that much more ex-
traordinary group, the

Synodontis, Cuv.(2),

Where the snout is narrow and the lower jaw supports a bundle
of teeth, much flattened laterally, terminating in hooks and indivi-
dually suspended by a flexible pedicle, a mode of dentation of which
there is no other example known. The rough helmet formed by the
cranium is uninterruptedly continuous with an osseous plate which
extends from the base of the first spine of the dorsal, a spine which
is very strong, as are those of the pectorals. The inferior cirri, and
sometimes even the maxillaries, have lateral barbs. These fishes
are found in the Nile, and in the Senegal: they are not eaten. (3)

Ageniosus, Lacep.

All the characters of a Pimelodus, except that there are no true
cirri.

In some, the maxillary bone is turned up into a kind of dentated
horn instead of being continued into a fleshy and flexible cirrus. (4)

In others, it does not project, and remains concealed under the
skinj the dorsal and pectoral spines are but slightly apparent.(5)

Doras, Lacep.

Machoirans, that is to say Siluri, with a second dorsal, which is
adipose, and whose lateral line is mailed with a range of bony plates,
each of which is relieved by a spine or salient carina. The dorsal
and pectoral spines are very strong and deeply dentated; the helmet

(1) Pirn, conirostris, Cuv.

(2) Synodontis, the ancient name of an undetermined fish of the Nile.

(3) Sil. clarias, Hasselq., very different from the clarias of Gronovius and of
Bloch; it is the same as the Sil. schal, Schn., Sonnini, pi. xxi, f. 2, or as the Fime-
lode scheilan, Geoff., Poiss. d'Eg., pi. xiii, f. 3 and 4; Pimelodus synodontes
Geoff., lb., XII, f. 5; Pirn, membranaeeus. Id., lb., f. 1 and 2, N.B. Schal is
their generic appellation in lower BgyptGurgur in upper Egypt.

(4) Silurus militaris, Bl., 362.

(5) Sil. inermis, Bl., 363, Seb. Ill, xxix, 8;Pimel. silondia, Buchan., VII, 50.
N.B. The Silurus ascita, lu.. Ad. Fred. pi. xxx, f. 2, is nothing else than a

common Pimelodus quitting the egg, the yelk of which has not yet completely
entered the abdomen. Linnsus took this yelk for an ovary, and Bloch has para-
phrased his mistake. It was also through an error of the press that Linnxus is
made to place four cirri on the upper jaw his figures exhibit them on the lower
one.

Vol. II. 2 C

218 PISCES.

is rough and continues to the dorsal as in Synodontis, and their
shoulder bone forms a point behind.

Some of them merely have the band of small and crowded teeth
in the upper jaw.(l)

In others, the snout is pointed and the teeth are either wanting
or are hardly visible; the maxillary cirri are sometimes furnished
with lateral set3e.(2)

Heterobranchus, Geoff,

The head provided with a helmet that is rough, flat, and broader
than that of any other Silurus, a circumstance occasioned by two
lateral pieces furnished by the frontals and parietals which cover
the orbits and temples. The operculum is still smaller in propor-
tion than in the preceding fishes, and what chiefly distinguishes
them from all others is the peculiarity observed by M. Geoffroi,
that besides the ordinary branchise, they have an apparatus ramify-
ing like a tree, adhering to the superior branch of the third and
fourth branchial arch, and which appears to constitute a sort of su-
pernumerary gills. Their viscera resemble those of other Siluri,
and their branchial membrane has from eight or nine to thirteen or
fourteen rays. The spine of their pectoral is strong and dentated,
but there is none such in the dorsal; their body is naked and elon-
gated, as well as their dorsal and anal. There is no spine in the
dorsal. The caudal is distinct. All the species known have eight
cirri and inhabit the Nile, the Senegal, and some rivers in Asia.
Their flesh is indifferent or bad.

Some of them, the Macropteronotes, Lacep., or the Clarias,
Gronov., have but a single radiated dorsal.

One of these, the Sharmuth, or Black-Fish, Silurus anguilla-
ris, Hasselq. and L., is common in Egypt and in Syria, consti-
tuting in the latter a considerable article of food.(3)

(1) Silurus costaius, L., Bl., 576, and Gronov., V, 1, 2, which is also the Cata-
phradus americanus, Catesb., Suppl., IX, usually quoted as Sil. cataphr actus;
Sil carinatus, Lacep., which appears to ine the same as Gronov., Ill, 4 and 5, gen-
erally cited also as the S. caiaphr actus, and as the Kliji-hagre, Marcgr., 174, thus
reducing the *S'. cato^Aradwfi to nothing. i^oras gmnu/ow, Valenc, App. Humb
Zool., Obs., II, 133. '

(2) Doras niger, Valenc, loc. cit., or Corydoras edentulus, Splx, V;I)or. ox-
yrhynchus, Val., lb.

(3) Add Macropt. magur, Buchan. XXVI, the same as the Silurus called anguil-
laris by ratr. Russel, 168; -SiY. hatrachus, BL, 370, 1, which may be the same as
the Macropt^ronote hrun, Lac, V, ii, 2j the hexacircinc has only six cirri, but it
rests merely on Chinese drawings.

MALACOPTERYGII ARUOMINALES. 219

Others have a radiated dorsal and a second one that is adipose. (l)

Plotosus, Lacep.

A second radiated dorsal, which, as well as the anal, is very long,
both of them uniting at the caudal to form a point as in the Eelj
lips fleshy and pendent; the mouth armed in front with conical
teeth, behind which are globular ones, those of the upper jaw be-
longing to the vomer; the body and head enveloped by a thick naked
skin; nine or ten rays in the branchiae. The species known are from
the East Indies. They have eight cirri, and behind the anus, and
the fleshy and conical tubercle common to all the Siluri, is another

|. appendage which is fleshy and ramified, whose functions must be
very singular.

. Some of them have large and dentated dorsal and pectoral

i.' spines.(2)

In others they are almost hidden under the skin. (3)

Callichthys, Lin. Cataphractus, Lacep.(4)

c Sides of the body almost entirely mailed in four ranges of scaly
plates, and a compartment of these plates on the head; but the end
of the snout is naked, as well as the inferior surface of the body; a
single ray in the anterior edge of the second dorsal; the pectoral
spine strong, but the dorsal feeble or short. The mouth is but
slightly cleft, and the teeth are almost insensible; four cirri; eyes
small and on the sides of the head. These fishes can crawl about
out of water for some time like the Eel.

The pectoral spine of some is simply rough;(5) in others it is
dentated as in most of the Siluri. (6) The

Malapterurus, Lacep.

Is distinguished from Silurus, properly so called, by the absence
of the radiated fin on the back, there being nothing but a small adi-
pose one on the tail, and by the total deficiency of a spine in the
pectorals, whose rays are entirely soft. The head as well as the

(1) The Hali {Heterohramhus bidorsalis), Geoff., Eg., Poiss. du Nil., pi. xvi,
f. 2.

(2) Platystacus anguillaris, Bl., 373, 1; Renard, I, fol. 3, f. 19.

(3) Plotosus cassius, Buchan., XV, 44.

(4) Callichthys, L., first editions. NB. Block, in his genus Cataphractus,
includes Doras and Callichthys.

(5) Silw-us callichthys, Bl., 377, 1.

(6) A new species.

220

PISCES.

body is covered with a smooth skin; the teeth are small and crowded,
and arranged in a broad crescent both above and below; there are
seven rays in the branchiae, and the jaws and viscera resemble those
of a Sihirus.

M. electricus; Silurus electricus, L. ; Geoff. Poiss. d'Eg. pi.
xii, f. 1; Brouss., Acad, des Sc, 1782; the Raasch or Thun-
der of the Arabs. The only species known; it has six cirri, and
the head is not so big as the body, which is enlarged forwards.
This celebrated fish, like the Torpedo and Gymnotus, has the
faculty of communicating an electric shock. The seat of this
power seems to be in a particular tissue, situated between the
skin and the muscles, and presenting the appearance of a fatty
cellular tissue abundantly furnished with nerves. From the
Nile and the Senegal.

PlATYSTACUS, B1.(1) ASPREDO, L.

These fishes present very singular characters in the flattening of
their head and the widening of the anterior portion of their trunk,
which chiefly results from that of the bones of the shoulder; in the
proportional length of their tail; in their small eyes, placed on the
superior surface; in their intermaxillaries under the ethmoid, di-
rected backwards and provided with teeth on the posterior edge
only; and finally and principally, in the fact that they are the only
bony fishes known which have an entirely fixed and immovable oper-
culum, a circumstance that is owing to the pieces which should
compose it, being soldered to the bone of the tympanum and to the
preoperculum. The branchial aperture consists in a simple slit in
the skin under the external edge of the head; the membrane, which
has five rays, adhering everywhere else. The lower jaw is trans-
verse and the snout projected beyond it. The first pectoral ray is

(1) AspHEDO, L., fourth and sixth edit. Under this name of Plattstacus,
Bloch includes Plotosus and Mpredo. Lacepede leaves the latter with the Siluri,
but makes a distinct genus of the former.

N.B. We must separate from the whole of this great genus Silurus: 1st, the
Sil. cornutus, Forsk., p. 66, on which the genus Macroramphose, Lac, is founded;
it is nothing else than Centriscus scolopax, L.; 2d, the genus Pogonatus, Com-
mers.., and Lac. The first species is nothing more than the pogonias, Lac, II,
xvi, 2 and III, p. 138, and consequently of the family of the Scisense; the other,
Pogonatus auratus, evidently belongs to the genus Umbrina; 3d, the genus Cen-
tronodon, Lac, or Silurus imberbis, Houttuyn, Act. Haarl., XX, 2, 338; it cannot
possibly be a Silurus, as it has scales, spines on the opercula, the first dorsal
spinous, &c. It is probably allied to the Perches, though Bloch, Schn., p. 110,
very gratuitously arranges it among the Sphyrjens.

MALACOFTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 221

more strongly dentated than that of any other Silurusj there is but
one dorsal on the anterior part of the back, the first ray of which is
not very strong; the anal, on the Contrary, is very long, and extends
under the whole of the tail, which is long and slender.

But few species are known, and they have six or eight cirrij
it is somewhat remarkable, that when the latter number prevails,
one pair is attached to the base of those on the maxillaries; the
four of the lower jaw are disposed in pairs, one behind the
other.(l)
Some of them are found with globules, which appear to be their
eggs, adhering to the thorax by pedicles.

LoRicARiAj Lin.

So called on account of the angular and hard plates in which the
head and body are completely mailed. These fishes are otherwise
distinguished from the mailed Siluri, such as the Callichthys and
the Doras, by their mouth which opens under the snout. This mouth
is most analogous to that of a Synodontis; small intermaxillaries sus-
pended under the snout, and transverse disunited mandibularies, sup-
port long, slender, and flexible teeth, terminating in a hook; a broad,
circular,membranous veil encircles the opening, and the pharyngeals
are furnished with numerous teeth, en pave. The true opercula are
immovable, as in Aspredo, but two small, external, movable plates,
appear to supply their place. There are four rays in the membrane.
Strong spines constitute the first rays of the dorsal, pectorals, and
even of the ventrals. They have neither csca nor natatory bladder.
They may be divided into two subgenera.

Hypostomus, Lacep.

A seeond small dorsal furnished with a single ray as in Callich-
thys; the labial veil simply papillate, and provided with a small
cirrus on each side; no plates on the belly; the intestines, spirally con-
voluted, are as slender as thread, and twelve or fifteen times longer
than the body. From the rivers of South America. (2)

LoRicARiA, Lacep.

A single dorsal, forward; edges of the labial veil furnished with
several cirri, and occasionally bristled with villosities; under part

(1) Silums aspredo, L.; Platystacus Isevis, Bl, Seb. Ill, xxix, 9 and lU;Platys.
cotylephorus, Bl., o72\Silurus hexadadylus, Lac, V, p. 82. The Platystacus
verrucosus, Bl. 373, 3, differs from the others In having a shorter anal and tail.

(2) Loricariaplecostomus, L., B.,574;Hyp. etentaculum, Spix, IV.

222 PISCES.

of the abdomen covered with plates; intestines of a moderate thick-
ness. (1) ^

FAMILY IV.

SALMONIDES. I

The Salmonides, according to Linna3uSj form but a single
great genus, clearly characterized by a scaly body, with a first
dorsal whose rays are all soft, followed by a second one small '
and adipose, that is, formed of skin filled with fat, and unsup-
ported by rays. It comprises fishes with numerous csBca and
a natatory bladder ; nearly all of them ascend rivers, and are
highly esteemed. They are naturally voracious. The struc-
ture and armature of the jaws are singularly various. This
great genus,

Salmo, Lin.

Is subdivided as follows.

Salmo, Cuv.

The Salmon, properly so called, or rather the Trout, has a great
portion of the ed^e of the upper jaw formed by the maxillaries; a
range of pointed teeth in the maxillaries, intermaxillaries, palatines
and mandibularies, and a double one on the vomer, tongue, and pha-
ryngeals; so that of all fishes it is the most completely furnished with
teeth. In the old male the end of the lower jaw is bent up towards '^
the palate, where a cavity receives it when the mouth is closed.
The ventrals are opposite to the middle of the first dorsal, and the
adipose to the anal. There are ten branchial rays or thereabout.
There is one flexure in the long and narrow stomach, which is fol-
lowed by very numerous c^eca; the natatory bladder extends from
one end of the abdomen to the other, and communicates above with
the oesophagus. The body is usually spotted, and the flesh good.
These fishes ascend rivers to spawn, leaping over cataracts, &c.,
and are even found in the brooks and small lakes of the highest
mountains.

(1) Lmicaria cataphrada, L., or L. cirrhosa,B\. Schn., &nd setigej-a, hsicep.,
Bl., 375, 1, 2; Loricaria rostrata, Spix, HI; Rinekpis aspera. Id., II; Acanthi-
cus hystrix. Id., 1.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 223

S. salar, L.; Bl., 20. (The Salmon.) The largest species of
the genus, with red flesh and irregular brown spots, which soon
disappear in fresh water; the cartilaginous hook forn\ed by the
lower jaw is inconsiderable even in the old male. From all the
Arctic seas, whence it enters the rivers in the spring. The
value of this fishery in all northern countries is well known.

S. hamatus, Cuv.j Bl., 98. A Avhitish ground, spotted with
red and black; snout of the male narrowed into a point, and the
hook of the lower jaw much more strongly marked than in the
salar. Its teeth are stronger and its flesh red, but leaner and
not so much esteemed. Taken at the mouths of rivers in
Europe.

S. S chief ermuHeri, Bl., 103. Less than the salar, with longer
and ir.ore slender teeth; flanks sprinkled with little crescent-
shaped spots on a silvery ground; flesh yellow. Numbers of
this species are sent to Paris during the summer.

S. hucho, L. ; the Hucho of the Danube and its tributaries.
Bl., 100, and better, Meidinger, 45. Nearly as large as the
salar, diff'ering but little from the preceding in its spots, but
has a more pointed snout and much stronger teeth.
With respect to the remaining river Trouts, it may be said that
they are found in all the clear streams of Europe, and particularly
among the mountains, of very diff'erent colours and sizes, among
which several naturalists have thought they could detect various
species, while others afiirm that these are mere varieties, resulting
from age, nourishment, and especially from the waters in which
they sojourn; this supposition, however, is, I think, stretched be-
yond the bounds of probability.

S. lemanus, Cuv. From the lake of Geneva, and also found
in some neighbouring ones; head and back sprinkled with small
round and blackish spots on a Avhitish ground; the flesh white;
individuals are sometimes taken, weighing from forty to fifty
pounds.

S. triitta, L.; Bl. 21. (The Salmon Trout.) Ocellated spots, or
spots shaped like an X, the upper ones sometimes surrounded
with a circle of a lighter hue; many of these spots on the oper-
cula and adipose fin; flesh reddish. The finest specimens of
this species are taken from rivulets of clear water, which di-
rectly empty into the sea, but it is found at all heights. ^''^^

S.fario, L. ; Bl., 22. (The Common Trout.) Smaller; brown
spots on the back, red ones on the flanks, surrounded by a lighter
coloured circle, but varying infinitely as to the tint of the ground,
which is from a white and a golden yellow to a deep brown;

224 PISCES.

flesh whitej common in every brook whose waters are clear and
rapid.

S. punctatus, Cuv.; S. alpinus, Bl. 104, but not the alpinus of
Lin. J the Carpione of the lakes of Lombardy? Dotted with
small black and red points^ flesh delicious^ it is found all round
the Alps.

S. marmoratus, Cuv. Irregular close brown spots and streaks,
so intermixed as to resemble a kind of marbling, 8cc.j from the
lakes of Lombardy. Naturalists are more united in separating
the

S. salvelinus, L.; Meidinger, 19, under the name of alpinus;
Tndte rouge; the Charr of the English. Red spots on the flankj
orange abdomen,- anal and pectorals red, their first ray thick
and white.

S. alpinus, L.j Bl., 99 j Meidin., 22, under the name ofsalveli-
nus. Nearly the same colours j but the first rays of the inferior
fins are not distinguished. This species fills the mountain lakes
of Lapland, &c., and constitutes an invaluable supply of food to
the inhabitants of that country during the summer.

There is another small trout found in European rivers, the
Salmlet of the English? Saumoneau of the Rhine; Penn. 111. Brit.
Zool., pi. lix, 1, which many consider a distinct species. The
greenish of the back and the white of the belly form zigzags, in
each of which is a red spot; it is a small, but delicious fish.

S. umbla, L.j BL, loi. Smaller scales and finer teeth than in
either of the othersj the spots more strongly marked and fre-
quently wanting; flesh fatter and white, resembling that of an
Eel. The Umbla of the lake of Geneva is particularly cele-
brated.(l) ^

OsMERus, Artedi.

Two ranges of separated teeth in each palatine, but only a few in
front on the vomer; the general form is that of a Trout, but there
are only eight rays in the branchiae. The body is immaculate, and

(1) Besides these Salmons and Trouts which are found in Em-ope, several
others have been described by American and Russian naturalists, but they havae
not been sufficiently compared with the former, so that even Pallas expresses
doubts with respect to some of his species. We will endeavour to settle their
synonymes in our Ichthyology, but the extent of the details requisite for that pur-
pose prevents us from attempting it here; we shall also in that work describe
several species from North America, some of which have been pointed out by
Mitchill, Lesueur, Rafinesque, Richardson, &c.

MALACOPTERYGII ABUOMINALES. 225

the ventrals correspond with the anterior edge of the first dorsal.

Taken in the ocean and at the mouths of large rivers.

O. eperkmus; Sal. eperlcmus, L., Bl. 28, 2. (The Smelt.) The
only species known; it is small, and ornamented with the most
dazzling silvery and light green tints; an excellent fish.

Mallotus, Cliv.

The cleft mouth of the preceding, but very small and crowded
teeth, only in the jaws, palate and tongue; eight branchial rays; the
body elongated and covered with small scales; the first dorsal and
Tentrals posterior to the middle; particularly distinguished by large
round pectorals, which almost meet beneath.

But a single species is known, Salnio groenlandicus, Bl., 381;
the Capdan, Duhamel, Sect. I, pi. xxvi; Clupea villosa, Gmel.
A small fish employed as a bait in the Cod fisheries. The flank
of the male during the spawning season is marked with a broad
band furnished with long, narrow and raised scales, resembling
hairs.

Thymallus, Cuv.(l)

Structure of the jaw similar to that of a Trout; the mouth, how-
ever, is but slightly cleft, and the teeth are extremely fine: first dor-
sal long and elevated; it has larger scales, which also serve as a
mark of distinction from the Trout, which this fish resembles in
habits and delicacy of flesh. The stomach is a very thick sac; seven
or eight rays in the branchiae.

T. vulgaris; Salmo thymallus^ L., Bl. 24. (The Grayling.)
First dorsal as high as the body, and twice as long as it is high,
spotted with black and sometimes with red; brownish, longitu-
dinally streaked with blackish; a good fish. (2)

COREGONUS, Cuv.

The mouth as in the preceding subgenera, and more feebly armed,
as it is frequently edentated; scales still larger; length of the dorsal
less than the height of its anterior portion. Several very similar
species are found in Europe; one of them, however,

C. oxyrhynchus; Salmo oxyrhynchiis., L.; Bl., 25, under the
false name of Lavaret; the Houting of the Belgians, is easily

(1) Artedi comprehended both the HymallL and Coregoni in his genus Cobe-

GOKUS.

(2) Add, Coregonus signifer, Richardson, I, Voy. Capt. Franklin, p. 26; Cor.
thymallo'ides. Id.

Vot. II. 2 D

226 PISCES.

distinguished by a soft prominence at the end of the snout.
From the North Sea and the Baltic, where it pursues the Her-
ring. It is also taken in the lake of Haarlem, 8cc.(l)

C. marcemda; Salmo maroenula,V,\., 28, f. 3j S. albula, Ascan.
pi. xxix. Strongly characterized by the lower jaw, which pro-
jects beyond the upper one. (2)
The others have an obtuse snout, as if truncated; it is extremely
difficult, however, to assign to them precise characters. Such are

C. marosna; Salmo marcena, Bl., 27. From the lakes of Bran-
debourg; its snout, although obtuse, extends beyond the mouth.

C. Wartmanni; Salmo Wartmanni, Bl., 105. From the lakes
of Bourget, Constance, the Rhine, 8cc. The snout is truncated
even v/ith the front of the mouth, the head is shorter in pro-
portion, and the form longer and more slender.

C fera, Jurine, Mem. de la See. Phys. of Geneva, IH, part
I, pi. vii. From the lake of Geneva, and some others; it is
higher than the Wartmanni, and has larger fins.

C. hyemalisy Jurine, lb., pi. viii. From the lake of Geneva,
where it is found in the winter only; its head is thicker and its
fins are larger in proportion than in the fera.

C palxa, Cuv. from the lake of Neuchatel; higher than any
of the preceding species, particularly at the nape, and deeply
coloured.

C. sikus, Cuv. J Ascan., pi. xxx, under the name of Lavaret.
From the rivers of Norway; the snout is prominent as in the
maroena, but the body is narrower and browner .(3)

Argentina, Lin.

The mouth small and jaws without teeth, as in Thymallus, but
the mouth is depressed horizontally; the tongue is armed, like that
of the Trouts, Sec, with strong hooked teeth, and there is a trans-
verse range of small ones before the vomer. There are six rays in

(1) The g-enus Triptekonotus, Lac.ep., is founded on a bad figure of this
Houti7ig sent to Rondelet (Rondel., 195), to which, by some mistake, three dor-
sals had been given that genus must consequently be suppressed. The very
improper name of Albula nobilis was transferred to it by Schoenefeld, and Lin-
naeus and Artedi confounded it with the Coregonus, an example followed by
Bloch. The Salmo thymallus latus, Bl., 26, appears to be a variety of it in the
spawning season.

(2) Add Salmo clupeo'tdes, Pall.

(3) Add, Salmo silus, Ascan., XXIV; Coregonus albus, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. So.
Phil., I, p. 35; Cor. quadrilateralis, Richardson, Franklin's Voy., pi. xxv; f. 2;
Salmo pcled, Pall.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 227

the branchice, and the intestines differ but slightly from those of the
Trout.

A. sphyrcena, L., Cuv. ; Mem. du Mas., I^, xi. The only spe-
cies known; its natatory bladder is extremely thick, and singu-
larly loaded with that silvery substance (nacre) which is so
remarkable in fish; it is employed for colouring pearls. The
stomach is remarkable for its black colour.(l) From the Medi-
terranean.
Artedi and several of his successors have united all the Salmoni-
des, which have not more than four or five rays in the branchicE, in
the subgenus Characinus; but there is a sufficient difference iu their
figure, and particularly in their teeth, to warrant a still greater sub-
division. They all, however, have the numerous caeca of the pre-
ceding Salmons, with the bladder of the Cyprinidas, which is divided
by a strangulation. The lingual teeth of the Trout are always
wanting. We subdivide them as follows:

CuEiMATA, Cuv.

The whole external form of a Thymallus; small mouth, the first
dorsal above the ventrals, 8cc. Some of them resemble certain
Thymalli in their teeth which are only visible with the glass,
and merely differ from them in the number of their branchial
rays.(2)

Others have a range of teeth in each jaw, which are trenchant,
directed obliquely forwards, the anterior ones longest, and, in a word,
comparable to those of a Balistes.(3) From the rivers of South
America.

(1) This fish, which Is most certauily the .Argentina of Willughby, 229, and
consequently that of Artedi and Linnreus, always has a second adipose dorsal, as
was observed by Brunnich, Icth. mass., 79; it should therefore have been placed
among the Salmons. The Argent, machnata, Forsk., is the Elops saurus; this is
also, most probably, the case with the .^rg-ewf. caro/ma of Lin., although Catesby
has omitted the dorsal in the fig. cited, Car., II, xxiv. The Argentina of Grono-
vlus is an Anchovy, and that of Pennant a Scopelus, Serpe of Risso. The Argent,
glossodonta, Forsk., is a particular genus, the Butirinus of Commerson.

(2) Sahno edentulus, Bl., 380; S. unimaculatus, Bl., 381, 3; S. tseniurus, Va-
len. App. Humb., Zool. Obs., II, p. 166; S. curima,C\xv., Marcgr., 156; Curi-
mate G-ilbert, Quay et Gaym, Voy. de Freyc. Zool., pi. xlviii, f. 1; and probably
S. ct/prinoides, Gronov., Zooph., No. 378. They are the Pacu, Spix, XXXVIII,
and XXXIX. His Axodus, XL and XLI, only differs in tlie moutl), which is ra-
ther more cleft.

(3) Sahno fasciatus, Bl., 379; S. Fridericii, Id., 378.

228

PISCES.

Anostomus, Cuv.

The form of a Thymallus and an upper and lower range of small
teeth; the lower jaw turned up in front of the upper one and gib-
bous, so that the little mouth resembles a vertical slit on the end of
the snout. (l)

Gasteropelecus, B1. Serpes, Lacep.

The mouth directed upwards as in Anostomus; but the belly is
compressed, projecting, and trenchant, owing to its being supported
by ribs which terminate in the sternum; ventrals very small and far
back; first dorsal over the anal which is long; conical teeth in the
upper jaw, trenchant and dentated ones in the other.(2)

Plabucus, Cuv.

The small head and slightly cleft mouth of the Curimatse; a com-
pressed body; the ventral carina trenchant but entire, and a very
long anal; the first dorsal opposite to the commencement of the lat-
ter. (3) The

Serrasalmus, Lacep.,

Already distinguished by that naturalist, is known by the com-
pressed, high body, and the trenchant and serrated belly, to which
characters must be added that of the triangular trenchant and den-
tated teeth. The edentated maxillary passes obliquely over the
commissure. There is frequently a horizontal spine in front of the
dorsal.

The species known are all from the rivers of South America.
It is said that they pursue ducks, and even men, while bathing,
inflicting severe wounds with their sharp teeth.(4)

Tetragonopterus, Artedi.

The long anal, and trenchant, dentated teeth of the Serrasalmi,
and the edentated maxillary passing obliquely over the commissure;

(1) Salmo anostomus, L., Gronov., VIII, 2.

(2) Gastropelecus sternicla, Bl., 97, 3.

(3) Salmo argentifiiis, El., 382, 1; Marcgr., 170; 5'. himaculatus, Bl, 16; S.
gibbosus, Gronov., Mus., I, i, 4;S. melanurus, Bl. 381, 2.

(4) Salmo rhomboides, Bl., o83;~Serras.piraya, Cuv., Mem. Mus., V, pi. xxviii,
f. 4iSerras. mento, Id., lb., f. 3;Serras. aureus, Spix, XXIX, S. nigricans, Id.,
XXX.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 229

the mouth however is but slig^htly cleft, and the abdomen is neither
carinated nor dentated.(l)

Chalceus, Cuv.

The same mouth, and trenchant, notched teeth as in the preced-
ing subgenus, but the body is oblong and neither carinated nor den-
tated^ very small, round teeth in the maxillary.(2)

Myletes, Cuv.

These fishes are remarkable for their very singular teeth which
resemble short triangular prisms, rounded on the ridge, and exca-
vated on top by mastication, so that three salient points are formed
there by the three angles. There are two ranges of these teeth in
the intermaxillaries of the slightly cleft mouth, and a single one in
the lower jaw, with two teeth behind; the palate and tongue, how-
ever, are smooth. The totally edentated maxillaries are placed on
the commissure.

Some of them have the elevated figure, the falciform vertical fins,
forwardly inclined spine, and even the trenchant and notched abdo-
men of the Serrasalmi, to which, but for their teeth, we should cer-
tainly unite them. One of them even has a horizontal spine in front
of the dorsal. (3) Very large ones, whose flesh is much esteemed,
are found in America. (4)

Others have an elongated form, the first dorsal being opposite to
the interval between the ventrals and the anal. The species known
are only found in Egypt. (5)

Hydrocyon, Cuv.
End of the snout formed by the intermaxillaries; the maxillaries

(1) Tetragonopterus argenteus, Artec!., App. Seb. Ill, pi. xxxiv, f. 3, or Corego-
no'ides amboi7iensis. Art., Spec, 44, improperly confounded with the Salmo btmac-
ulatus, Chalceus fasciatus, Cuv., Mem. Mas., V, pi. xxvi, f. 2;Serrasalmo chal-
ceus, Spix, XXXIII, 1.

(2) Chalceus macrolepidotus, Cuv., Mem. Mus., IV, pi. xxi, f. 1; Ch. opalinus,
Id., lb., V, pi. sxvi, f. 1; Ch. angulatus, Spix, XXXIV.

(3) Myletes rhomboidalis, Cuv., Mem. du Mus., IV, pi. xxii, f. 3.

'(4) Add to the preceding- species, 3/i//. duriventris, lb. f. 2; M. hrachypomus,
lb., f. 1; 3/. mucropomus, lb., pi. xxi, f. 3; 3f. paco, Uumb., Zool. Obs), II, pi.
xlvij, f.2.

(5) The Rail of the Nile, which is the Cyprinus dentex, L., Mus. Ad. Fred, and
ed. XII, or the Salmo dentex, Hasselq., and tlie S. nllotictis, Forsk., and which is
tlius twice found in Gmelin and his successors. It is the Myl. Ilassclquistii, Cuv.
M^m. Mus., IV, pi. xxi, f. 2.

230 PISCES.

commencing near the eyes, or before them, and completing the upper
jaw. The tongue and vomer always smooth, but both jaws are fur-
nished with conical teethj a large suborbital, thin and naked like the
operculum, covers the cheek.

Some of them have a compact range of small teeth in the maxilla-
ries and palatines, their first dorsal corresponding to the interval
between the ventrals and anal.(l) They inhabit rivers in the torrid
zone; their flesh resembles that of the Carp. (2)

Others have a double row of teeth in their intermaxillaries and
lower jaw, and a single one in the maxillaries; but their palatines
are edentated. Their first dorsal is above the ventrals. (3)

Others again only have a single range in the maxillaries and lower
jaw, the teeth being alternately very small and very long, the two
second ones below in particular, which, when the mouth is closed,
pass through two holes in the upper jaw. Their lateral line is fur-
nished with larger scales, and the first dorsal corresponds to the in-
terval between the ventrals and anal. (4)

There is a fourth sort in which the snout is pointed and very
salientj the maxillaries very short, and furnished, together with
the lower jaw and the intermaxillaries, with a single compact range
of very small teeth; their first dorsal corresponds to the interval be-
tween the ventrals and anal. The entire body is covered with strong
scales. (5)

Finally, the only teeth possessed by others are those in the lower
jaw and intermaxillaries; they are but few, strong, and pointed.
Their first dorsal is above the ventrals. But a single species is
known, and it inhabits the Nile. (6)

CiTHARINUS, Cuv.

A depressed mouth, transversely cleft in the end of the snout,

(1) It is for this reason that M. de Lacepede placed them among the Osmeri.

(2) Salmo falcatus, Bl., 385, -S*. odoe, Id., 386; Hydrocyon fakirostris, Cuv.,
Mem. Mus., V, pi. xxvii, f. 1; Ilyd. hepsetus, Cuv., or Hydr. faucille, Zool. Voy.
de Freycin., pi. 48, f. 2.

(3) A new species from Brazil, the i/2/c?TOC. hrevidens, Cuv., Mem. Mus., V, pi.
xxvii, f. 1, or Characinus amazonicus, Spix, XXXV.

(4) Another Brazilian species, Hydroc. scomberdides, Cuv., Mem. Mus. V, pi.
xxvii, f- 2, or Cynodon vulpinus, Spix, XXVI; Cynodon gihbus. Id., XXVII.

(5) Another species from Brazil, the Hydroc. lucius, Cuv., M^m.Mus., V, pi.
xxvi, f. 3, or Xiphostoma Cuvieri, Spix, XLII.

(6) The Eoschal or Water-dog o'iV orsk., 66, or Characinus dentex, Geoff., Poiss.,
d'Eg;., pi. 4, f. 1, and Cuv., Merri. Mus., V, pi. xxviii, f. 1, but which is not, as P'ors-
kahl thouglit, the Salmo dentex of Hasselquist that is tlie raii.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 231

whose upper edge is wholly formed by the intermaxillaries, and
where the small and dentated maxillaries only occupy the commis-
surej the tongue and palate are smooth, and the adipose fin is covered
with small scales, as is the greater portion of the caudal. They in-
habit the Nile.

Some of them have very small teeth in the upper jaw only, and an
elevated body as in Serrasalmus; the abdomen however is neither
trenchant nor indented.; 1)

Others have several compact rows of numerous slender teeth,
forked at the end, in both jaws; their form is more elongated. (2)

Saurus, Cuv.

A short snoutj the mouth deeply cleft, opening far behind the
eyes; edge of the upper jaw wholly formed by the intermaxillaries;
sharp pointed teeth along the jav/s, palatines, tongue, and pharyn-
geals, but none on the vomer; eight or nine and frequently twelve or
fifteen rays in the branchice. The first dorsal is a little behind the
ventrals, which are large; scales on the body, cheeks, and oper-
cula; viscera similar to those of a Trout. They are salt water fishes,
and extremely voracious.

One of them, ^S". sauriis, L., Salv., 242, is found in the Me-
diterranean. (3) The lake of Mexico produces a second, S.
mexicanus, Cuv., which is nearly transparent. A third equally
diaphanous, with very long flexible teeth, some of which have
a sagittiform termination, an extremely short- snout and very

(1) The Serrasahne cltharine, or Night-Star of the Arabs, Geoff., Poiss. d'Eg.,
pi. V, f. 2 and 3, {Citharinus Geoffrcei, Ciiv. ); Salmo cyprino'ides, Gronov., Mas.,
p. 378.

(2) The Characin nefasch, Geoff., lb., f. 1, ov Salmo aagyptius, Gm; it Is the
Salmo niloticus of Hasselquist, very different from that of Forskahl, which is the
raii.

(3) Add; S. saiirus, 131., 384, v/hich appears to me to differ from the Mediter-
ranean species; ;S'a/mo fatens, Bl., 384, 2; -S". tumbil, Bl. 400; the Osmere
galonne, Lac, V, vi, 1; the Sulmone varie. Id., V, iii. 3; the Osmere a bandes,
Risso, Ed. I, p. 326; S. hadi, Cuv., {Badi motta) Russel, 172; Salmo myops,
Forster, Bl. Schn. p. 421; S. minutus, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., V, parti,
pi. V; S. conlrostris, Spi'x, XLIII; S. intermedius. Id., XLIV; S. truncatus, Id.,
XLV, and several new species to be described in our Icthyolog-y. N.B. The
Esox synodus, Gronov., Zooph., VII, 1, Synodus synodus, Schn., Synode fasce,
Lac, appears to be nothing more than a Saurus which had lost its adipose fin;
its extreme smallness renders it easily effaced by friction or desiccation.

232 PISCES.

weak fins, S. ophiodon, Cuv. ; Vana motta, Russel, 171, is em-
ployed in India, when dried and salted, as a condiment.(l)

ScoPELUs, Cuv. Serpes, Risso.(2)

Mouth and branchiae deeply cleft; both jaws furnished with very
small teeth; edge of the upper jaw wholly formed by the intermax-
illaries; tongue and palate smooth. The snout is very short and
obtuse; there are nine or ten rays in the branchiae, and besides the
ordinary dorsal, which is opposite to the interval between the ven-
trals and anal, there is a very small one behind, in which vestiges of
rays are perceptible.

These fishes are taken in the Mediterranean along with An-
chovies, where they are called Melettes. One of them, Serpe
Humholt, Risso, pi. x, f. 38, is remarkable for the lustre of the
silvery points arranged along the tail and abdomen. (3)

AuLopus, Cuv. (4)

The characters of a Salmon and Gadus united; the mouth well
cleft; the intermaxillaries, which form the whole of its upper edge,
the palatines, the anterior extremity of the vomer and the lower jaw,
furnished with a narrow band of teeth resembling those of a card;
the tongue and level part of the ossapalati rough. The maxillaries
are large and edentated, as is the case with the greater number of
the class. The ventrals are almost under the pectorals, their external
rays being stout and only forked; the first dorsal opposite to the an-
terior half of the interval v/hich separates it from the anal; twelve
rays in the branchiae; body, cheeks and opercula covered with large
ciliated scales.

One species, Salmo Jilamentosus, Bl., Berl. Schr., X, ix, 2,
is found in the Mediterranean.

(1) The Salmo microps, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., V, part I, pi. iii, if not
the same species, is at least a closely allied one. It forms the genus HAKPODOjir of
that naturalist, who considers it as having- teeth in the vomer, but they are in the
pharyngeals, and not in the vomer: the mistake has arisen from the extreme
shortness of the snout.

(2) 'XKOTTiKog, the Greek name of an unknown fish.

(3) I believe this fish to be the same as the pretended Argentina sphyrcena of
Pennant, Brit. Zool., No. 156: thus it would also be found in our Ocean. Add the
Scrpe crocodile, Risso, p. 357; the Serpe balbo. Id., Ac. of Sc. Turin, Vol. XXV,
pi. X, f. 3. But the Serpe microstome, p. 356, certainly belongs to another genus,
and to the family of the Pikes.

(4) AvKieTTog, the Greek name of some unknown fish.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 233

Sternoptyx, Herman.

A genus of small fishes with a very elevated and compressed body,
supported by the ribsj their mouth is directed upwardsj their hu-
merals form a trenchant crest in front, terminated below by a small
spine, and the bones of the pelvis form another, also terminated by
a small spine in front of the ventrals, which are so small as to have
escaped the notice of the first observer. There is a series of small
fossulae along each side of the pelvic crest which has been con-
sidered as a festooned duplicature of the sternum, whence the name
of Sternoptyx. Before their first dorsal is an osseous or mem-
branous crest which belongs to the anterior interspinals, and behind
that fin a slight membranous projection is visible, which represents
the adipose fin of the Salmon; the sides of the mouth are formed by
the maxillaries. Two species are found in the Atlantic, which may
one day constitute the types of two separate genera.

S. diaphana, Herman, Naturforscher, Fasc. XVI, pi. 8; copied
Walbaum, Arted. renov. tom. Ill, pi. 1, f. 2. Teeth small and
crowded; five rays in the branchiae; its form is singularly ob-
lique, the mouth being out of a vertical line.

*S'. Olfersii, Cuv. Teeth hooked, and nine rays in the bran-
chiae. Both these species are taken in the warm parts of the
Atlantic Ocean. (l)

FAMILY V.
CLUPE^.

This family is easily recognized ; there is no adipose fin ;
the upper jaw is formed, as in the Trouts, by intermaxillaries
without pedicles in the middle, and by the maxillaries on the
sides; the body is always covered with numerous scales, and
in the greater number we find a natatory bladder and many
caeca. A part only of the family ascend rivers. The

Clupea, Lin.
Has two well marked characters in the narrow and short intermax-

(1) Our descriptions are drawn from nature. Herman refused to allow his
specimen branchial rays and ventrals, although it possesses both; it is still in ex-
istence at Strasbourg. We shall be more particular on this subject in our Icthy-
ology.

Vol. II. 2 E

234 PISCES.

illaries, that constitute but a small portion of the upper jaw, the
sides of which are completed by the maxillaries, so that these sides
are alone protractile; and in the inferior edge of the body, which is
compressed, and where the scales form notches resembling those of
a saw. The maxillaries, besides, are divided into three parts. The
branchiae are so much cleft, that all the fishes of the genus are said
to die instantly when taken from the water. The sides of the bran-
chial rays next to the mouth are pectiniform. The stomach is an
elongated sac; the natatory bladder long and pointed, and the cseca
numerous. Of all fishes, these have the finest and most numerous
bones.

Clupea, Cuv.

The maxillaries arcuated before, and longitudinally divisible in
several pieces; opening of the mouth moderate^ upper lip entire or
not emarginated.

C. harengus-, L. Bl., 29, I. (The Common Herring.) Teeth
visible in both jaws; carina of the abdomen but slightly marked;
suboperculum rounded; veins on the suborbital, preoperculum and
upper part of the operculum. The ventrals arise from under the
middle of the dorsal; the length of the head is one-fifth of that
of the whole fish, and by transferring backwards the measure
of the distance from the snout to the first dorsal, it marks the
middle of the caudal. There are sixteen rays in the anal.

This celebrated fish leaves the Arctic seas every summer and
descends in autumn on the western coast of France in number-
less legions, or rather in solid shoals of incalculable extent,
spawning on their way, and arriving at the mouth of the British
channel in the middle of winter, in a very extenuated condition.
Whole fleets are occupied in this fishery, the extent and import-
ance of which are too well known to need a comment. The
best are those taken in the North; such as are caught on the
coast of Lower Normandy are lean, dry, and of a disagreeable
flavour.

C. sprattus, Bl. 29, 2. (The Sprat.) The proportions of the
Herring, but a much smaller fish; no veins on the opercula; a
gilt band along the flanks in the spawning season.(l)

C. latulus, Cuv. Schonefeldt, p. 41. (The White-Bait.) The
body more compressed and the abdomen more trenchant than
in the Herring; height of the body and length of the head, each

(1). Artedi and his successors have confounded the Sprat with the Sardine.

MALACOPTERYGII ARDOMINALES. 235

one fourth of the whole length of the fishj the dorsal more for-
wards, the anal longer and approaching nearer to tlie caudal.
A very small fish, of the most brilliant silver colour, with a lit-
tle black spot on the end of the snout. (l)

C. pilchardiis, Bl. 406 j and better. Will., pi. 1, f. 1. (The
Pilchard.) About the size of the Herring, but with larger
scales; the suboperculum square; radiated strise on the pre-
operculum and operculum; the head shorter in proportion than
that of the Herring and the dorsal more forward, so that the
distance from the snout to the dorsal does not reach the caudal.
The ventrals arise from under the end of the dorsal; tliere are
eighteen rays in the anal, and on each side of the caudal are
extended two scales longer than the rest. It is preferred to the
Herring, particularly on the western coast of England.

C. sardina, Cuv.; Duham., Sect. IH, pi. xvi, f. 4. (The Sar-
dine.) So similar to the Pilchard, that the only perceptible
difference is its inferior size. It is celebrated for the extreme
delicacy of its flavour, and the numbers which are taken on
the coast of Brittany. It is also captured in the Mediterra-
nean, where the Herring is unknown. (2) The

Alosa, Cuv.

Differs from Clupea, properly so styled, in an emargination of the
middle of the upper jaw; all the other characters are those of the
Pilchard and Sardine.

^. vulgaris; Clupea alosa, L., Duham., Sect. Ill, pi. 1, f. I.
(The Shad.) A much larger and thicker fish than the Herring,
attaining a length of three feet, and distinguished by the ab-
sence of sensible teeth and by an irregular black spot behind
the gills. It ascends the rivers in spring, and is then highly
esteemed; when taken at sea it is dry and of a disagreeable fla-
vour.

Jl.Jinta, Cuv.; CI finta, Lac; the Venth of Flanders; Jtgone
of Lombardy; .^lachia of Italy, 8cc. More elongated than the

(1) Species allied in form to the latulus: the Cailleu (CI. clupeola, Cuv.), Du-
ham., Sect. Ill, pi. xxxi, f..3; the Sardine de la Martinique {CI. humeralis, Cuv.),
Duham., lb., f. 4; CI. melanura, Cuv., Lacep., V, xi, 3, under the name of
Clupanodon Jussieu, but the description of which belong-s to fig. xi, 3, called a
variety of the Clupanodon chinois; CI. covul, Cuv., &c.

(2) We may also separate from the true Herrings the Jangartoo, Riissel, 191, or
tlie Clupea mektstoma, Schn. ; and his Difchnee, 192, which have tlie dorsal poste-
rior to the ventrals, and a long anal.

^36 PISCES.

Shad, and has well marked teeth in both jaws; five or six black
spots along the flank. It is found as far as the Nile, but is
much inferior to the vulgaris. (1)

Chatoessus, Cuv.

The Chatoessi are true Clupeae, whose last dorsal ray is prolonged
into a filament. In some the jaws are equal, and the snout is not
prominent; the mouth small and edentated.(2)

In others the snout is more prominent than the jaws, their mouth
also is small. The superior combs of the first branchia unite with
those of the opposite side, forming a singular pennated point under
the palate.(3)

Next to the true Clupeae come some foreign genera, which
approach them in the trenchant and indented abdomen.

Odontognathus, Lacep. GnathoboluSj Schn.

A strongly compressed body, with very acute dentations, as far as
the anus; the anal long and low; a very small frail dorsal, which is
almost always destroyed; six rays in the branchiae; the rnaxtUary
somewhat extended into a point, and armed with two small teeth
directed forwards; ventrals have never been perceived on it. (4)

But a single species is known; the Odontognathe aiguillonne,

Lacep. II, vii, 2, which resembles a small Sardine in form, but

is still more compressed. From Cayenne.

(1) liloch, pi. 30, under the name o{ Jinta, fjives an Alosa the posterior part
of whose abdomen had been deprived of scales. Add; CI. vernalis, Mitch., V,
9; C/. sestivalis, Id., V, 6; C/. menhaden, Id. V, 7; CI. matowaka, Id. V, 8;
CI. palasuh, Cuv., Euss., 198; C/. kelee, Id., 195; Clupanodon ilisha. Ham. Buc'b.,
XIX, 73;Clupan. champole, H. Buch., XVIII, 74, and his other species p
246251.

The genera, PomoioBus, Dorosoma, Notemigonus of Hafin., (Ohio fishes.) must
approach the Alosa more or less; they have no teeth, but we are not sufficiently
atquainted with them to assign their definitive situation.

(2) Tlie Cailleu-tasmi-d of the Antilles [Clup. thrissa, Bl., 404, f. 3.) Duham.,
Sect. Ill, pi. xxxi, f. 3;Feddakome, Russ., \97;Megalops oglina, Lesueur, Ac'.
Nat. Sc. Phil., I, 359 -.M. notatus. Id., 3&;^3L cepedianus, Id., lb.

(3) Clupeu nasiis, BL, 427, or Kume, Russ., 196.

(4) M. de Lacepede hr.ving only seen one badly preserved specimen, thought
that its maxillaries naturally projected in front of the mouth like two horns; this,
however, was an accidental circumstance, for they are placed in this genus as in
all the others. It is from this erroneous idea tliat arose the name of Gnathobolus,
i. e. shooting out its jaws.

malacopterygit ardominales, 237

Pristigaster, Cuv.

Head and teeth of an ordinary Herring; four branchial rays, and
apparently no ventrals; the abdomen strongly compressed, forming
a trenchant, convex, and dentated arch. From both Oceans.(l)

NoTOPTERUS, Lacep.

The Notopteri, which for a long time were placed among the Gym-
noti, approach nearer to the Herrings. Their opercula and cheeks
are scaly; their suborbitals, the lower part of their preopercula and
interopercula, the two ridges of their lower jaw, and the carina of
their abdomen, dentated; both jaws and the palatines armed with
fine teeth; most of the upper jaw formed by the maxillary; the tongue
furnished with strong hooked teeth. The branchiostegal membrane
has a single, but strong and bony ray; two almost imperceptible
ventrals are followed by a very long anal, which occupies three-
fourths of the length and unites, as in Gymnotus, with the fin of the
tail; on the back, opposite to the middle of this anal, is a small dor-
sal with soft rays.

A species is known which inhabits the fresh Avater ponds of

India; it is the Gymnotus notopterus, Pall. Spic, VI, pi. vi, f. 2;

the Clupea synura, Sch., 426; or x.\\t Notoptire kapirat, Lacep. (2)

Engraulis, Cuv.

A genus sufficiently distinguished from that of the Herrings by the
mouth, which is cleft far behind the eyes, and by the greater open-
ing of the branchiae, which have twelve or more rays; a little point-
ed snout, under which are fixed the very small intermaxillaries,
projects in front of the mouth; maxillaries straight and elongated.

The common species have not even tjie trenchant abdomen; their
anal is short, and the dorsal corresponds to the ventrals.

E. encrasicholus, CI. encrasichol., L.; Bl. 302. (The Common
Anchovy.) A span long; back, a bluish brown; flanks and belly
silvery; is taken in countless numbers in the Mediterranean,
and as far as Holland.

E. meletta, Cuv. Duham., Sect. VI, pl.iii, f. 5. A small spe-
cies with a more convex profile; also from the Mediterranean.

(1) Pr. tardoore, Cuv., Russ, 193; Pr. cayanus, Cuv., a new species.

(2) It is truly tlie Sea-Tench of Bontius, Inrl., 78, but not the Capirut or Pangais,
Hen , feuille 16, f. 90, which has long ventrals.

238

PISCES.

E. edentulus, Cuv.,- Sloane, Jam., II, pi 250 c ^r,s .
cies without teeth. America nrorl,... , ^^^ ^ '?"

remarkable. ^ '^'^""^ '"^^^^^ ^hers equally

In a second kind, as in the true Herrino-s the hn.i
and the abdomen trenchant and dentlt2(2) The ^^^P^^^^^^'

Thryssa, Cuv.
Only differs from an Anchovy with a dentpfoH oK 7
treme prolongation of the max 111 es ThT 1 '"' "' '^' '^'

from the East Indies. (3) '''"^"''- ^ ^^ ^^^^ ^P^cies known are

Megalops, Lacep.

The jaws of the Megalopes are formed like those of the true Her

rings, which they also resemble in th^i. , r

position of ,i>ei, fins; b, le b "bcloln ' "' "" ""-

tl>eir body compressed- tl eir i 1 7 ? ""' "''="<=''"'' ""- is

very shorl s.a^a^dto deV ;.:" h^ifj;"","" '"'^"^'' "">

more numerous (from twenty two ',, r "> ''">'' " '""'''

tlie dorsal, and f reciuemlv of iC T >" "''^ ""' ""= '=>=' '^y f

as in tl,e Chatoessus ' "'' '' "="S"'=<^<1 "to a filament

j,] T. . ^ mere is a hlament also on thf

falL'I'r'f :^;S C"o"ftb "'" "'^ "" "'"'" ""=
^ >^uss. 20o. It has seventeen dorsal rays.

Elops, Lin.

"ittrrjbittf^iTeeii^ttr '^'^-'""'-'

in the branehial raembrae/u,I s,"ne ,: l! V"" "'" "P"^^"'

caudal armed with a flat spine ^ """'''' "'S'= ' ""=

Species are found in both hemispheres.(4;

S^l:^e^Z^ZT::T;: ";7f' '.^. c,r.. ,59. Spi XXI,-.e

./*;.../&, White,- . we f ^ th/r, ?,""'; '^' """"'''y !'=

460. N.ll ThatliU r; J, '^'"''" '"'"''"ttust, Lacep., V n

240i_P<, ,i,,._ .J; "' '' "'"^ "''. "> 72,-0/. plu^a, IJ., p.
(3) C&^ (,>.;,, Brousson., Dec. Icth., copied Ecvcl 'm r;

(4, The Et^s of the InUian Ocean i,, the ..,^,w ^w , ,^,,,_ ^^

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 239

EuTiRiNUs, Commers.

The jaws formed like those of a Herring; the body round and elon-
gated, as in Elops and Megalops, and the prominent snout of an An-
chovy. The mouth is slightly cleft, small crowded teeth in the jaws,
and twelve or thirteen branchial rays; particularly distinguished by
rounded, closely set teeth on the tongue, vomer, and palatines. From
both Oceans.

The Elopes and Butirini are beautiful, silvery fishes, with numer-
ous bones and caeca, that attain a considerable size.(l)

Chirocentrus, Cuv.

The edge of the upper jaw, as in the Herring, formed by the inter-
maxillaries, and the sides by the mamillaries, which are united with
them, both, together with the lower jaw, being furnished with a row
of stout conical teeth, the two middle anterior upper ones of which,
as well as all those of the lower jaw, are of extraordinary length.
The tongue and branchial arches are bristled with teeth resembling
those of a card, but there are none on the palate or vomer. There
are seven or eight rays in the branchiae, the external ones very broad.
Above and beneath each pectoral is a long, membranous, and point-
ed scale, and the pectoral rays are very hard; the body is elongated,
compressed, and trenchant, but not dentated beneath; the ventrals
are extremely small, and the dorsal is shorter than the anal, oppo-
site to which it is placed. The stomach is a long, slender, and
pointed sac, the pylorus is near the cardia, and the natatory bladder
long and narrow. I find no caeca.

the Mugil salmoneus of Forster, Bl., Schn., p. 121; although he gives it but four
branchial rays, I have ascertained this by the figure. It is also the Jinagow, Russ.,
179, and the Synode chmois, Lacep., V, x, 1. The American Elops is the Mugil
appendiculatus of Bosc, or the Miigihmore Anne-Caroline, Lacep., V, 398; the
Pounder, Sloane, Jam., II, p. 250, f. 1. The .^rgoiimw caro/ma, L., is also the
same fish, although he quotes but a single bad figure, Catesb., II, xxiv; but the
Saurus maximus, Sloane, 11, pi. 251, 1, usually cited as synonymous with the
Elops, is of a totally different genus. It is the Esox synodus, L., Synode fasc6,
Lacep., or, what is the same thing, one of our Sauri that had lost its adipose fin.
(1) The But. hanana, Commers., Lacep., V, 45, which is also his Synode re-
nard. Id., V, pi. viii, f. 2, or Esox vulpes, L., Catesb., II, i, 2, cop. Encycl., 294,
is a fisl\ found on the Atlantic Coast of America, the same as the Ubarana of
Marcgr., Brazil, 154, or Clupea brasiliensis, Bl, Schn.; as the Amia of Brown; as
the Alhula gonorynchus, Bl., Schn., p. 432, or Albula Plumieri, Id. pi. 86; as
the Clupee macroceplude, Lacep., V, xiv, 1, and as the Macahi, Parra, pi. 25, f. 4,
or Amia immaculata, Bl., Schn., 451. Spix has two of them, pi. xxiii, 2, and
xxiv. The Bulirinus of India is the Argentina glossodonta, Forsk., or Argentine

240

^^ PISCES.

But a single species is known; it is of a silver colour and in
habits the Indian Ocean.(l)

Hyodon, Lesueur.
The form of, a Herring, abdomen trenchant but not dentated- the

oTd^rtrL'th?-"^^^ '''''' '' ^^^"^ -^^ '- ^'^ '^-^^ -

hooked teeth .n the jaws, vomer, palatines and tongue, as in the
ricrcir"'" '""" "^'^''^ ''' '"^^^ '''''''-' f ^--^h Ame-

EuYTHEiNus, Gi-onov.
The fishes of .his genus, like all the rest of the family, have small
tn.ermax>llaes, and a great portion of the sides of the uppe "w
formed hy the maxillaries,- a range of conical teeth occupi 'Z
edge of each ja,v, among the anterior of which are some larg r th
the others Each of the palatines is provided with a p ate ? small

nch is a Wide ^acf^nd' *t: trnZ:::':: r^r^'Thr'"-

tatory bladder is very large ^^ "^"

ag'elLetvo^'r" r"^ " '" ^'""^'- ^^ *^'- - '^ "^ an

Wl, Lacep., the Esox argenteus, Forst. App. BI Schn 396

American species only I am 7inf- ,,f n ' Havings seen the

characters. ^' "' ^'' ^'^" -cquamted with their distinguishing

(1) T\\Q Esoce chirocentrp T ir-pr. v -,

which is the same fish :^2^^;: ]:Z' t^^' '''fT ^ ^ "'
the Clup. aoral, Gm., and as the Wam^. 9 " 'n i ''; ^^I^'^-' T ''' ^ ^
r".^, or Chnee., of the Moluccas, Ren., VIII S^ ^^''^^^^ '^'" *^^^ ^'-

(2) i^3/orfo;i cfo^/,;Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad I nl V- , o
tergisus, Id. lb., p. 366. i-miaa., I, pi. s^y, and p. 367;-//.

(3) i^soa; malabaricus, Bl., 392 .%/n/7 . ^7

Esox gymnocephalus, L. '^ ' -^-IX, probably also the

N.B The Synodus vulpes, only known from Cateshv TT ^ , ,

me to be the same as the Ri i T t^atesby, II, xxx, which appears to

-o.,va,.,oii\rz:~'::d^M:nrr^rf'-;-->^

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 241

Amia, Lin.

The Amiae are closely related to the Erythrini in their jaws, teeth,
and head, which latter is covered with hard and bony plates, in their
large scales, and in the flat rays of their branchiae; but there are twelve
of these rays. Between the branches of their lower jaw is a sort of
bony buckler, the rudiment of which is visible in Megalops and
Elops; behind their conical teeth are others resembling small paving-
stones, and their dorsal, which commences between the pectorals
and ventrals, extends close to the caudal. The anal, on the contra-
ry, is short. Each nostril is provided with a little tubular appen-
dage. The stomach is ample and fleshy, the intestine wide, strong,
and without caeca, and what is very remarkable, the natatory blad-
der is cellular, like the lung of a reptile.

A. calva^ L.j Bl., Schn.; 80.(1) The only species known; it

is found in the rivers of Carolina, where it feeds on crabs. It is

rarely eaten.

SuDis, Cuv.(2)

Fresh-water fishes which have all the characters of an Erythrinus,
except that their dorsal and anal, placed opposite to each other and
of about an equal size, occupy the last third of the total length of
the body.

There is one species with a very short snout, Sudis Adanso-
nii, Cuv., brought from the Senegal by Adanson, and another,
S. gigas, Cuv.; ^S*. pirarucu, Spix, XVI, of a very great size,
with an oblong snout, large bony scales, and singularly rough
head, from Brazil. A third, S. niloticus, Ehr., discovered by M.
Ehrenberg in the Nile, has a singular spiral tube which adheres
to the third branchia, perhaps somewhat analogous to that ob-
served in Anabas and other neighbouring genera. The

OsTEOGLOssuM, Vaiidelli,

Has many points of resemblance with Sudis, but is particularly dis-
tinguished from that genus by two cirri which float from beneath
the symphysis of the lower jaw; the anal is united with the caudal;
the tongue is bony and excessively asperous from the circumstance
of its being so completely covered with short, straight, and trun-

(1) N.B. The ^mia immaculaia, Schn., 451, or the Macabi, Parra, XXXV, 1,
3, 5, is nothing more than the Butirin banane.

(2) Sudis, a name employed by Pliny as synonymous with Sphyrsena.

Vol. II. 2 F

242 PISCES.

cated teeth, that it serves as a rasp for reducing fruits into pulp, or
for expressing their juice.

O. Vandellii, Cuv,; Ischnosoma biciri'hosicm, Spix, XXV. A
tolerably large species from Brazil.

Lepisosteus, Lacep.

The snout formed by the union of the intermaxillaries, maxillaries
and palatines with the vomer and ethmoidj the lower jaw equal
in length, and the edges of both of them, their whole interior sur-
face being covered with rasp-like teeth, provided with a series of
long pointed teeth. The branchiae are united on the throat by a
common membrane which has three rays on each side. The scales
are of a stony hardness, and the dorsal and anal opposite to each
other and very far back. The two last rays of the tail-fin, and the
first of all the others, are invested with scales which give them the
appearance of being dentated. The stomach is continuous with a
thin intestine which is twice flexed and provided with numerous
short caeca at the pylorus; the natatory bladder is cellular as in the
Amiae, and occupies the whole length of the abdomen.

They inhabit the lakes and rivers of the hot climates of Ameri-
ca,(l) attain a large size, and form an agreeable food. (2)

POLYPTERUS, Geoff.

Margin of the upper jaw immovable, the middle formed by the in-
termaxillaries, and the sides by the maxillaries; a shagreened bony
plate, like those on the rest of the head, covers the whole cheek,
and there is but a single flat ray in the branchiae. The elongated
body is invested with stony scales as in Lepisosteus, and what
particularly distinguishes this genus from all others is a great num-
ber of separate fins extending along the back, each of which is up-
held by a strong spine, furnished with some soft rays, attached to
its posterior edge. The caudal surrounds the end of the tail, the
anal is close to it, the ventrals are very far back, and the pectorals

(1) I do not believe with Bloch that the fish from the East Indies, Kenard, VIII,
f. 56; Valent., Ill, 459, is the jEsox osseus it is more probably a species of Be-
lone.

(2) The Caiman, Esox osseus, L., Bl., 390; the Lepisostee spatiile, Lacep., V,
vi, 2, and tiie other species or varieties described by Rafin., Fishes of the Ohio,
p. 72, et seq.

N.B. Under the name of Esox vlridis, Linn^iis appears to have united a de-
scription of the Belone sent by Garden with tlic fig-ure of the Caiman given by
Catesby, II, xxx.

MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. 243

placed on a scaly and somewhat elongated arm. There is a range of
conical teeth round each jaw, and behind them, others which arfe
small and crowded, or rasp-like. The stomach is very large, the
intestine thin, straight, and furnished with a spiral valve and a sin-
gle caecum; the double natatory bladder has large lobes, that on the
left is particularly so, and communicates with the oesophagus by a
wide hole.

There is one species with sixteen dorsals, discovered in the

Nile by M. Geoffroy, Polypterus bichir, Geoff., Ann. Mus., I, v;

and another from the Senegal which has but twelve, the P. se-

negalus, Cuv. They are both eaten.

ORDER III.

MALACOPTERYGII SUBRACHIATI.

This order is characterized by veiitrals inserted under the
pectorals ; the pelvis is also directly suspended to the bones of
the shoulder. It contains almost as many families as genera.

FAMILY I,
GADITES,

This family is almost wholly composed of the great genus

Gadus, Lin.(l)

Recognized by the ventrals, which are pointed and attached to the
throat. The body is moderately elongated, slightly compressed, and
covered with rather small and soft scalesj the head is well proportion-
ed, but without scales; all the fins are soft; the jaws and front of the
vomer armed with pointed, unequal, moderate or small teeth, dis-

(1) Gadus, the Greek name of a fish also called Onos. Artedi applied it to this
genus in order to avoid those of Onos, Jlssellus, and Mustela, employed by the an-
cients, and which were thought, by the first modern icthyologists, though without
proof, to indicate some of our Gadi, but which, being also name sof quadrupeds,
would have occasioned ambiguity.

244

PISCES.

posed in several rows, and resembling a card or raspj the branch!^
are large and have seven rays. Most of the genus have two or three
fins on the back, one or two behind the anus, and a distinct caudal.
The stomach forms a strong and large sac, the CKca are numerous,
and the intestine is long. The natatory bladder is large, strong,
and frequently dentated on the sides.

The greater number of these fishes inhabit cold or temperate seas,
and constitute the object of important fisheries. Their white flesh,
easily separated in layers, is generally esteemed as light, wholesome
and sapid. They may be subdivided as follows:

MORRHUA, Cuv.

Three dorsal fins and two analsj a cirrus at the point of the lower
jaw.

Gadus morrhua, L. Bl. 64.(1) (The Cod.) From two to three
feet long; back spotted with yellowish and brownj it inhabits
the whole Northern Ocean, and multiplies so excessively in north
latitudes, that whole fleets are annually despatched to capture
it. The fresh Cod is termed in France Cabeliau, from its Dutch
name.

Gadus cegkfinus, L.; Bl. 62. (The Haddock.) The back
brown, belly silvery, and lateral line black; a blackish spot be-
hind the pectoral; quite as numerous in northern latitudes as
the cod, but not so much esteemed. (2)

Gadus callarias, h.; Bl. 63;(3) the Faux Merlan of the Paris
market. (The Dorse.) Spotted like the Cod, but generally
much smaller, and the upper jaw longer than the other. The
best of the genus when eaten fresh, and in great request on the
coast of the Baltic.(4)

(1) Belon is of opinion that morrhue is derived from merwtl, a name which he
says is English; it is not to be found, however, among the modern authors of that
nation they call it Cod or Cod-fish.

(2) Egrejin, or ratlier Eagkfin, according to Belon and Rondelet, was its an-
cient English name. It is the Schelfisch of Anderson, the Germans, Dutch,
Danes, &c.

(3) Dorsch, the name of this fish on the coast of the Baltic. Callarias, Gala-
rias, &c. were undetermined aucient names which were certainly not apphcable
to a fish foreign to the Mediterranean.

(4) Add; tlie Tomcod (G. iomcodus, Mitch.); the Tacaud, Gode, Mollet[G. hatha-
tusy Bl. 166); the Capelan [G. minutus, Bl. 67, 1); the Wachnia, [G. macroce-
phalus. Tiles.) Act. of Petersb., li, pi. xvi; Gadus gracilis, Id. lb. pi. xviii; the
Saida [Gad. saida, Lepechin) Nov. Com., Petrop., XVIII, p. v, f. 1, copied En-
cyclop., f 360; the Bib [Gad. luscus, Penn.), cop. Ency. 102; Gad. blennotdes,
Penn., copied Encyclop., 363.

MALACOPTERYGII SUBRACHIATI. 245

Merlangus, Cuv.

The same number of fins as the Cod, but no cirri.

Gadus merlangics,lj.;'B\. 65. (The Whiting.) Well known
along the sea-coast for its abundance and the lightness of its
flesh; it is distinguished by its pale reddish-grey back and sil-
very belly, and by the superior length of the upper jaw; the
whole fish is about a foot long.

Gad. carbonariics, L.j Bl. 66; Le Colin, 8cc. (The Coal-fish.)
Twice the size of the whiting, and of a deep brown colour; the
upper jaw shorter; lateral line straight; the flesh of the adult is
coriaceous, but it is salted and dried like the Cod.(l)

Gad. pollachius, L. Bl., 68. (The Pollach.) The jaws and
nearly the form of the carbonarius; brown above, silvery be-
neath; flanks spotted. A better fish than the preceding one, and
only inferior to the Dorse and Whiting. They all inhabit the
Atlantic, and live in large troops.(2)

Merluccius, Cuv.

But two dorsal fins and a single anal; the cirri deficient as in Mer-
langus.

Gad. merluccius, L.; Bl., 164. (The Hake.) From one to
two feet in length, and sometimes much longer; the back brown-
grey; anterior dorsal pointed; the lower jaw longest. Great
numbers are taken in the Ocean and in the Mediterranean,
where the inhabitants of Provence call it the Merlan; salted and
dried, it receives in the north the name of Stochfisch, which is
also applied to the Cod .(3) The

Lota, Cuv.

To the two dorsals and one anal, adds a greater or less number of
cirri.

Gad. molva, L.; Bl., 69.(4) (The Ling.) From three to four
feet in length; olive above, silvery beneath; the two dorsals of
an equal height; the lower jaw somewhat shortest and furnished

(1) The common French name Colin is taken from its northern appellation of
^o^/-^scA, or Coal-fish.

(2 J Add the Sey, Gadus virens, Ascan., 25.

(3) Add, Gad. magellanicus, Forst., App., Bl., Schn., p. 10; Gad. maraldi,
Uisso, Ed. I, f. 13.

(4) Lsenga, Lainge, Ling, names of this fish in various northern countries. Mo-
lua, a corruption ofmorrhua, applied to this species by Charleton.

246 PISCES.

with a single cirrus. This fish, which is almost as abundant as.
the Cod, is as easily preserved, and constitutes a fishery of nearly
as much importance.(l)

Gad. lota, L.; Bl., 70. (The Burbot.) Length, from one to
two feet; yellow, marbled with brown; a single cirrus on the
chin; the two fins of equal height; the slightly depressed head
and almost cylindrical body give this fish a very peculiar aspect.
It is the only one of the genus that ascends rivers to any great
distance; its flesh and liver, which latter is very voluminous, are
highly esteemed. (2)

MoTELLA, Cuv.

The anterior dorsal is so low in this subgenus that it is scarcely
perceptible.

Gad. mustela, L. Bl., 165, under the name of G. tridrrhatus.
Fawn-coloured brown, with blackish spots; two cirri on the
upper jaw, and a third on the lower one. (3)

Brosmius, Cuv.

The dorsal entire, and forming one single long fin that extends
close to the tail.

They are only found in the North. The most common spe-
cies, G. brosme, Gm., Penn. Brit. Zool., pi. 34, never descends
further than the Orkneys. A larger species, G. lub., New
Stockh. Mem., XV, pi. 8, it appears is taken in Iceland. (4)

Brotula, Cuv.

The dorsal and anal united with the caudal forming one fin, ter-
minating in a point.

But a single species is known, the Enchelyopus barbatus, Bl.
Schn.; Parra, pi. xxxi, f. 2.(5) From the Antilles. The

(1) Add, Gad. hacchus, Forst., App., Bl., Schn., p. 53; Lota elongata, Risso,
Ed. II,f. 47.

(2) Add Gadus maculosus, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad.,1, p, 83.

(3) Add, Gad. eimbricus, Schn., pi. 9; or G. quinquecirrhatus, Penn. Brit. Zool.
pi. 33, improperly called Mustela by Bloch and Gmelin. Compare, also, the Mus-
tela maculata ^nAfusca, Risso, Ed., II, p. 215 and the Blennius lupus and labrus,
Rafin., Caratt, pi. iii, f. 2 and 3.

(4) The. names of jLig and Dorse are also applied to the Torsks (Bromus) in
several Cantons. See Penn., loc. cit., and Olafsen. Voy. en Isl., tr. fr. pi. 27
and 28.

(5) My four subdivisions, Lota, Motexla, BaosMius, and BBomA, are united
by Schneider in the genus EifCHErTOPus. This name, originally formed by

MALAUOPTERYGII SUBRACHIATI. 247

Phycis, Arted., and Schn.(l)

Only differs from the other Gadi in having; ventrals with a single
ray, and frequently forked. The head is thick, the chin furnished
with a cirrus, and the back with two finsj the second of which is
long. Some species are found in the seas of Europe.

P. mediterraneiis, Laroche; P. tinea, Schn. ; Blennius phycis,
L; Salvian.; fol. 230. (The Sea-Tench.) The most common in
the Mediterranean; its anterior dorsal is round, and not higher
than the other; ventrals about the length of the head.

P. bletinoides, Schn.; Gad. albidus, Gm.; Blennius gadoides,
Riss. ; Gad. furcatus, Penn.; Merhis barbu, Duham., II, pi. xxv,
f. 4. (The Forked Hake.) Another species that is also taken
in the Ocean; the first dorsal is elevated, and its first ray consi-
derably elongated; ventrals twice the length of its head. (2)

Raniceps, Cuv.

The head more depressed than that of a Phycis or of any other
Gadus, and the anterior dorsal so extremely small, that it is lost, as
it were, in the thickness of the skin. From the Ocean. (3)

Macrourus, B1. Lepidoleprus, Risso.

It is impossible to avoid approximating the fishes of this genus to
the Gadi. Their suborbitals unite in front with each other, and
with the bones of the nose, to form a depressed snout which pro-
jects above the mouth, and beneath which the latter preserves its
mobility. The entire head and body are invested with hard scales
covered with small spines; ventrals small and somewhat jugular;
pectorals moderate; first dorsal short and high; the second dorsal

Klein for all sorts of eloiig'atecl fishes, signifies anguilliform. Gronovius restrict-
ed it to the Blennius vivipurus, which is my genus Zoarous.

(1) Phycis, the old name of a Goby. Rondelet apphed it to our first species,
of which Artedi had made a genus, united with the Blennies by Llnnecus, and re-
established byBloch, Ed, Schn., p. 56.

(2) The above characters were taken down by me witli both the fishes under
my eye. The Batracjio'ides Gmelini, Hiss., Ed. I, fig. 16, does not differ from our
first species. Add, the Enchelyopiis ainericanus, Schn., or Blennius chubs, Nat. of
Berl., VII, 143, or Gadus longipes, Mitch., I, 4. N.B. The fig. of Schn., pi. vi,
is improperly referred to the Phycis tinea, as has been truly remarked by M. de
la Roche, Ann. Mas., XIII, p. 333; it is rather that of the G. longipes.

(3) The Gadus runinus. Mull. Zool. Dan. pi. 45. Blennius raninus, Gmel.
Battacho'ides bltnnio'ides, Lacep. Phycis ranina, Bl., Sclin., 57\ the Gadus tri fur ~
fo/uj, Penn. Brit. Zoo!., Ill, pi. 32. Phycis fusca, Schn.

248 PISCES.

and the anal both very long, uniting in a point at the caudalj only
very fine and very short teeth in the jaws. They inhabit deep water,
and when taken from it utter sounds similar to those produced by a
Gristes.

Two species are captured in the depths of the Ocean and the

Mediterranean, the Lepklol. Ccelorhynchus and tranchyrynchus of

Risso, Ed. I, pi. vii, f. 21 and 22.(1)

FAMILY II.

PLANI.

The second family of the Malacopterygii Subrachiati; com-
monly called Flat-fishes, comprises the great genus

Pleuronectes, Lin. (2)

These fishes present a character, which, with respect to vertebrated
animals, is perfectly unique: it is the total want of symmetry in the
head, where both eyes are on one side, which always remains upper-
most when the animal is swimming; and which is always deeply
coloured, while that on which the eyes are wanting is always whitish.
The remainder of the body, although, generally speaking, formed as
usual, participates a little in this irregularity. Thus the two sides
of the mouth are not equal, and the two pectorals are rarely so.
Their body is strongly compressed and vertically elevatedi the dor-
sal extends along the whole backj the anal occupies the under part
of the body, and almost seems to be continued forwards by the ven-
trals, which are frequently united with it. There are six rays in the
branchiae. The abdominal cavity is small, but is prolonged by a

(1) Direct comparison has satisfied me that the Lepidoleprus cxlorhynchus of
the Mediterranean, Risso, Ed. I, pi. vii, f. 22, does not differ in the least from the
Macrourus rupestris, Bl., 177, or Coryphxna rupestris, Gmel., Gunner, Mem. de
Dronth., Ill, pi. iii, f. I. On the other hand, the Lepidoleprus trachyrhynchus,
Risso, lb., f. 21, is the same fish as the Oxycephas scabrus, Rafin., Indie, pi. 1,
f. 2. The same species, or one closely allied to it, is given in the Atlas of Kru-
senst , pi. Ix, f 8 and 9. Giorna had also furnished incomplete figures of the two
species, Mem. of the Ac of Turin, Vol. IX, pi. 1 . The Lepidoleprus trachyrhyn-
chus is also the Mysticetus of Aldrovand. Pise. p. 342.

(2) Pleuronedes, a name formed by Artedi, from Trxivfet, the flank and vrntrii;, a
swimmer, because they swim on the side. The ancients gave them different
names according to the species, such as Passer, Rhombus, Buglossa, &c.

MALACOPTERYGII SUBRACHIATI. 249

sinus, which penetrates into the thickness of both sides of the tail,
for the purpose of lodging a portion of the viscera. The natatory-
bladder is wanting, and they seldom quit the bottom." The cranium
is rendered an object of curiosity by this subversion, which throws
both orbits on one side; all the bones, however, common to other
genera, are found in it, but unequally proportioned. They are taken
along the coasts of almost all countries, and furnish a wholesome
and delicious article of food.

Individuals are sometimes captured whose eyes are placed on the
side opposite to that in which they are generally seen, they are then
said to be contournes, or turned; others again have both sides of the
body coloured alike, when they are called doubles or doubled; it is
most generally the brown side which is thus reproduced, though it
sometimes happens to the white one. (I) We divide them as fol-
lows:

Platessa., Cuv.

A range of obtuse trenchant teeth in each jaw, and, generally,
teeth en paves in the pharyngeals; the dorsal extending no farther
than to above the upper eye, and leaving, as does the anal, a naked
interval between it and the caudal. The form of these fishes is rhom-
boidal, and most of them have their eyes on the right; they have
two or three small caeca. Several species are found in the seas of
Europe, such as

P. platessa, L.; Bl., 42. (The Plaice.) Easily recognized by
six or seven tubercles, forming a line on the straight side of
its head, between the eyes, and by the pale yellow spots which
relieve the brown on the same side of the body. Its height is
but one third of its length. Its flesh is considered more tender
than that of any of this subgenus. (2)

P. latuSy Cuv. (The Broad Plaice.) The same tubercles as
the vulgaris, but the body is only once and a half as long as it
is high. It is sometimes taken on the coast of France, though
rarely.

P.flesus, L. ; BL, 44, and 50, under the name of PI. passer.(3)

(1) The Hose-coloured Flounder, Shaw, IV, ii, pi. 43, is one of those in which
the white side is doubled.

(2) It would appear that there is a very large Platessa found in the North,
which, in some respects, differs from that taken on the coast of France, and
chiefly in the spine, which, behind the anus, lies buried under the skin it is the
PI. borealis, Faber, Isis, torn. XXI, p. 868.

(3) The PI. passer of Artedi and Linnaeus does not diflfer from the Turbot; that
of Bloch is only an old Flounder turned to the left.

Vol. IL 2 G

250 PISCES.

(The Flounder.) Nearly similar in form to the platessa, but
with lighter spots; more granules on the salient line of the
head; a small rough button on the base of each ray along the
whole of the dorsal and anal; lateral line covered with rough-
ened scales. This species ascends rivers to a great distance,
and individuals are frequently found turned.

P. pola, Cuv.; Vraie Limandelle, Duham. Sect. IX, pi. vi, f.
3 and 4. The form oblong and approaching that of the Sole,
although wider, and distinguished from other Platessae with
trenchant teeth by a smaller head and mouth; body smooth and
lateral line straight. It is considered in France equal to the
Sole.

P. limanda, L.; Bl., 46. (The Dab.) Form rhomboidal, like
that of the Flounder; eyes large, with a salient line between
them; the lateral line strongly curved above the pectoral; scales
rough, whence its French name Limande (from lima, file); the
teeth on a single range as in other Platessae, but narrower and
almost linear; the sides on which the eyes are placed of a light
brown, with some faded brown and whitish spots. (1)

HiPPOGLOSSUS, Cuv.

The shape and fins of a Platessa, with the jaws and pharynx armed
with teeth, which are most commonly strong and pointed; the form
is usually more oblong.

PL hippoglossus, L.; Bl., 47. (The Holibut.) Eyes on the
right side; lateral line arcuated above the pectoral. From the
north seas, where it attains a length of six or seven feet, and
weighs from three to four hundred pounds. It is salted, dried
and sold by pieces throughout the North. (2)
The Mediterranean produces several smaller species, some of
which have the eyes on the left; one of them is the

Pi. macrolepidotus, BL, 190; Citharus, Rondel., 314. Oblong;
lateral line straight; distinguished by the scales, which are
larger in proportion than in any other.

Rhombus, Cuv.
Teeth small and crowded, or like those of a card in the jaws and

(1) Add, Fleur. planus, Mitch.; Pleur. stellatus. Pall., Mem. Ac. Petersb.,
Ill, X, 1.

(2) The PI. limandides, Bl., 186, or Citharus asper. Rondel, 315, and \.\\e pin-
guis, Faber, Isis, torn. XXI, p. 870, also appear to be northern Hippoglbssi. Add
Pleur. erumei, Bl. Schn., or Malah, Russel, I, 69; P/. nalaka, Cuv., or Noree
nalaka, Russel, 77.

MALACOPTERYCII SUnRACIITATI, 251

pharynx, as in Hippoglossus; but the dorsal advances towards the
edge of the upper jaw and extends, as well as the anal, close to the
caudal. The eyes of most of them are sinister.

In some the eyes are approximated, the interval being- occupied
by a slightly salient crest. Such are the two following large spe-
cies of the coast of Europe, the most highly esteemed of the whole
genus.

PL maximus, L.; Bl., 49. (The Turbot.) The body rhom-
boidal and almost as high as it is long, the brown side studded
with small tubercles.

PL rhombus, L. ; Bl., 43; la Barbue; the body more oval
and without tubercles; distinguished by the first rays of the
dorsal, which are half free, and split into thongs at the extre-
mity.

PL punctatus, Bl. 189; PL Imvis, Shaw; PL hirtus, Dan.
Zool., pi., 103; the Kitt, Penn., pi. 41; Ray, Syn., pi. 1, f. 1;
Duham., Sect. IX, pi. v, f. 4. Much less common on the coast
of Europe; oval like the vulgaris, but has no thongs to its rays;
scales rough; teeth very small; the cheek covered as if with fine
velvet; black spots and points on a brown ground. (l)

PL cardma, Cuv. ; Duham., Sect. IX, pi. vi, f. 5; and Ray,
170, pi. 1, No. 2.(2) (The Whiff.) A perfect oblong; its first
rays free but simple; teeth very short, small and crowded; white
and blackish spots, partly laid on a brown ground. It is some-
times, though rarely, taken on the coast of the British Channel.
PL nudus, Risso; .drnoglossum, Rondel., 324. A Mediterra-
nean species but a few inches long, whose large thin scales are
easily dislodged. The same sea produces another, the

P. candidissimics^ Risso, Ed. II, f. 34; PL diaphanus, Schn.,
IV, part ii, 309. Still smaller, wholly diaphanous, with a
series of separated red spots on the dorsal and anal.
In others the eyes are far apart and the upper one is thrown back-
wards, the interval between them being concave. At the base of

(1)1 have reason to believe that the PL unimaculatus, Risso, Ed.. II, f. 35, is
merely a sexual variety of the punctatus.

(2) These figures represent the eyes on the right, whereas they are on the
left. Bloch thought that the Whiff of Ray and Pennant was the Ixvis, but the
Lsevis is the Kitt of those authors a single glance at the first plate of Ray, where
they are both figured, will convince any one of the fact. Add: PL triocellatiis,
Schn., Russ., 76; PL maculosus, Cuv., Russ., 75; PL aquosus, Mitcli., pi. ii, f.
3; PL Boscii, Riss., Ed. I, pi. viii, f. 3o; PL aramaca, Cuv., Marcgr., 181, very
different from the PL macrolepidotus, which is not from Brazil, but from the
Mediterranean, and with which Bloch has confounded it.

^^2 PISCES.

the maxillary, on the side on which the eyes are placed, is* a small
salient hook, and sometimes a second one is found over the lower
eye. Species of this description are taken in the Mediterranean.(l)

SOLEA, CuV.

The mouth twisted to the side opposite to the eyes, and on that
side only furnished with very minute and crowded teeth, the oppo-
site one being edentated. The form is oblong; snout rounded, and
generally projecting beyond the mouth; the dorsal commencing at
the mouth, and extending, as well as the anal, to the caudalj lateral
line straight; side of the head opposite to the eyes usually covered
with a sort of viUosity. The intestine is long and has several flex-
ures, but no caecum.

PL solea, L.; Bl., 45. (The Sole.) A well known and com-
mon species; brown on the side in which the eyes are placed;
pectorals spotted with black. Sec an excellent fish.
There are several other species, particularly in the Mediterra-
nean.(2)

In some foreign species there is no distinction between the three
vertical fins.(3)

MoNocHiRus, Cuv.

^ One extremely small pectoral on the side with the eye, the oppo-
site one almost imperceptible or totally wanting.

Pleur. microchirus, Laroche, Ann. Mus.' XIII, 356; Lingua-
tula, Rondel., 324. A Mediterranean species. (4)

(1) Pleur. podas, Laroche, Ann. du Mus , XIII, xxiv, 14, or Fl. rhomboYdes,
Rondel, 313, which is also the same as the Fl. argus and mancus of Risso, Ed. I-
Pleur.mancus, Brousson. Dec. Ictht., pi. iii, iv;-P/. argus, BL, and lunatus, Gm.,
Bl. 48, or better Catesby, Carol., XXVII.

(2) The Pole of Belon, 143, and of Uondel., 323, different from the one sold at
Pans, which is a Platessa, according to these authors, has the eyes on the left- I
am not sure it is the Rh. polus, Riss., Ed. II, f. 32, in which the eyes are on the
right; the Fl. ocellatus, Sch., 40, the same as the Fl. Rondcletii, Sh., Solea ocu-
lata,ovPegouze, Rondel., 322;-P/. la-miris, Risso, Ed. I, pi. vii, f. 32, and other
foreig-n species to be described in our Hist, des Poissons.

(3) Fl. zebra, m., 187-RI. plagiusa, L.;Fl. orientalis, Schn., 157;~PL
Commersomen, Lac, III, xii, 2, or Jerre potoo, A, Russel, 70; but the description
Lacep., IV, 656, belongs to another species of the subgenus Rhombus; the
Horned-^ole, Russ., 7% an incorrect figure ;-P/. jm-eus, Cuv., or Jerre potoo, 15,
Russel, 7\\Fl. pan, Buch., XIV, 42.

(4) It is probably the Pleur. maugllii, Risso, 310. Other species exist, some of
winch are unquestionably confounded with the Achiri of authors. The PL iri-
chodadylus, must also belong to this subgenus. Add the pegouze of Risso, 308,
Ed. II, f. 33; J/o72. theophile. Id,

MALACOPTEKYGIT SUBRACHIATI. 253

AcHiRus, Lacep.

Soles totally deprived of pectorals.

They may also be divided into Achirus properly so called, (l) in
which the vertical fins are distinct; and into Plagusia, Brown, (2) in
which they are united with the caudal.

FAMILY III.

DISCOBOLI.

These fishes, so called on account of the disk formed by
i their ventrals, form two genera.

Ul Lepadogaster, Gouan.

The small fishes which compose this genus are remarkable for
the following characters. Their ample pectorals having reached
the inferior surface of the trunk, assume stouter rays, curve slightly
forwards, and unite with each other on the throat by a transverse
membrane directed forwards, which is formed by the union of the
"ventrals. The body is smooth and without scales, the head broad
and depressed, the snout salient and protractile; the branchias, but
slightly cleft, are furnished with four or five rays, and they have
but a single soft dorsal opposite to a similar anal. The intestine is
short, straight and without caeca, and notwithstanding they are de-
prived of a natatory bladder, they may be seen swimming along the
shores with great vivacity. In

Lepadogaster, properly so called,

The membrane which represents the ventrals extends circularly
under the pelvis and forms a concave disk; on the other side the
bones of the shoulder project slightly behind, which completes a

(1) PI. achirus, I.., Mare barbu, Geoff., Ann. du Mas., vol. I, pi. xi. It is not
the same as tliat of Lacep. It is necessary to observe that its barbs are not rays,
but cilia, such as are found in the common Sole, and on many of the Achiri; the
^ck. marbre, Lac, III, xii, 3, and IV, p. 660; the dch. fasc^, Id., Fl. lineatus,
Sloane, Jam., pi. 346; PL mollis, Mitch., II, 4.

(2) PL bilineatus, lil, 188, or Jerre potoo, E, llussel, 74; the ch. orne, Lacep.,
IV, p, 663; Plcur. arel, Sch., 159, PL plagusix, aff., Jam., Br. 445, different
from the PL plagiusa, L. ; PL potous, Cuv., or JerrS potoo, D, Russel, 73,

254 PISCES.

second disk by means of the membrane which unites the pectorals.
Several species inhabit the seas of Europe.

In some, the dorsal and anal are separated from the caudal, with
which, however, their membrane is sometimes continuous, but be-
comes narrower.(l)

In others, the three fins are united. (2) In the

GoBiEsox, Lacep.

There are none of these double borders, and consequently the in-
terval between the pectorals and ventrals is not divided into a dou-
ble disk, forming but a single large one cleft on the two sides, and
extending itself there by membranes. The dorsal and anal are short
and separate from the caudal, and the branchial openings much
larger. (3)

Cyclopterus, Lin.

This genus is well marked by the ventrals, whose rays, suspended
round the pelvis, and united by a single membrane, form an oval
and concave disk, used by the fish as a sucker to attach itself to
rocks. The mouth is wide, and its jaws and pharyngeals furnished
with small and pointed teeth; opercula smallj branchiae closed be-
low, and provided with six rays; pectorals very large, and uniting
almost beneath the throat, as if to embrace the disk of the ventrals.
The skeleton hardens but little, and the skin is viscous, without
scales, but studded with indurated granules. There is a large sto-
mach with numerous cseca, a long intestine and a moderate natatory
bladder. We divide it into two subgenera.

LuMPUs, Cuv.

The first dorsal more or less visible, although very low, and with
simple rays; a second with branched rays opposite to the analj the
body is thicker.

Cydopterus himpus, L. ; Bl., 90. (The Lumpsucker.) The
first dorsal so enveloped in a thick and tubercular skin, that it

(1) Lepadog. gouan, Lacep., I, xxiii, 3, 4, or Lep. rostratus, Schn. ; Lep. balbis,
liisso, pi. iv, f. 9, probably the same as the Cyclopt. comubicus, Sh., or Jura sucker,
Penn. Brit. Zool., No. 59; Lep. JDecandolle, Ilisso, p. 76.

(2) Lepadogaster TVildenow, Risso, p. 76.

(3) Lepadogaster deutex, Schn., Pall., Spic, VIII, 1, the same as the Cydopte-
rus nudus, Lin., Mus. Ad. Fred., XXVII, 1, and as the Gobiesoce testar, Lacep.,
II, XIX, 1; Cydopterus bimaculatus, Penn., Brit. Zool., pi. xxii, f. 1; Cydopterus
littoreus, Schn., 199.

MALACOrTERYGII SUBRACHIATI. 255

has the appearance, externally, of being; a simple dorsal hump;
there are three ranges of thick conical tubercles on each side
of it. It feeds on Medusas and other gelatinous animals, parti-
cularly in the North. Its flesh is soft and insipid; heavy and
with scarcely any means of defence, it becomes the prey of the
Seal, Shark, Sec. The male is said to keep careful watch over
the fecundated eggs. (I)

LiPARis, Arted.

A single dorsal which, as well as the anal, is rather long; the
body smooth, elongated, and compressed behind.

Cycl. liparis, L.; Bl., 123, 3, 4. Inhabits the coast of
France.(2)

EcHENEis, Lin.

This genus, as well as that of Pleuronectes, might form a particular
family in the order of the Malacopterygii Subrachiati. The fishes
of which it consists are remarkable for a flattened disk placed upon
their head, composed of a certain number of transverse, cartilagin-
ous laminae, directed obliquely backwards, dentated or spiny on their
posterior edge, and movable, so that by creating a vacuum between
them, or by hooking on to various bodies by means of the spines,
they are enabled to attach themselves firmly thereto, a circumstance
which gave rise to the fabulous saying, that the Remora possessed
the power of suddenly stopping a vessel in the middle of its swiftest
course.

Their body is elongated and covered with small scales; there is a
small soft dorsal opposite to the anal; the top of the head is per-
fectly flat; the eyes are on the sides; the mouth cleft horizontally
and rounded; the lower jaw projects beyond the other and is fur-
nished, as are the intermaxillaries, with small teeth resembling
those of a card; a very regular range of delicate teeth, that may be
compared to cilia, runs along the edge of the maxillaries, which
form the external border of the upper jaw; the anterior edge of the

(1) The Cyclopterus pavonius is a mere variety of ag-e of the vulgaris. The
Cyclop, gibbosus, Will., V, 10, f. 2, appears to be tlie vulgaris badly stuffed. Add

the Cyclop, spinosus, Schn., 46; Cyclop, minutus. Pall., Spic, VII, iii, 7, 8, 9;

Cyclop, ventricosus, Id., lb., II, 1, 2, 3? Gobius minutus, Dan. Zool., CLIV, B.

(2) It is the same as the Gobio'ide smyrneen; Lacep., Nov. Com. Petrop., IX,
pi. ix, f. 4 and 6, and probably as the Cyclop, souris, Lacep., IV, xv, 3, and per-
haps as the pretended Gobius, Dan. Zool., CXXXIV; Add Cyclop, montaguiy
Wern. Soc, J, v, 1; Cyclop, gelatinosus. Pall, Spic, VII, iii, 1; Gobius, Dan.
Zool., CLIV, A.

256 ^ PISCES.

vomer is furnished with a band of teeth like those of a card, and its
whole surface, which is wide, as well as the tongue, is asperous.
Thev have eight branchiostegal rays; their stomach is a wide cul-
de-sac; they have six or eight cseca, but no natatory bladder; their
intestine is ample but short.

The species are not numerous; the most common one that
inhabits the Mediterranean, Echen. remora, L.; Bl., 172, well \
known by the name of Remora, is the shortest, and has but
eighteen laminse in its disk. Another and longer species,
Ech.naucratus^ L.; Bl., 171, has twenty-two; and the third, the
longest of all, Ech. lineata, Schn., Linn. Trans, pi. 17, has but ^

ten.

We have discovered a species, Ech. osteochh\ Nob., whose
pectoral rays are osseous, compressed, and terminated by a
slightly crenated palette.

ORDER IV.
MALACOPTERYGII APODES.

This order may be considered as forming but a single na-
tural family, that of the

ANGUILLIFORMES.

Fishes with an elongated form, a thick and soft skin which
almost renders its scales invisible, and but few bones. They
have no cseca, but nearly all of them possess natatory bladders
which frequently assume the most singular shapes. The great
genus

MuR^NA, Lin.,

Is recognized by the little opercula concentrically surrounded by the
rays, ail of which are enveloped in the skin, which only opens at a
considerable distance back by a hole or species of tube, an arrange-
ment which, by more completely protecting the branchiae, allows these

MALACOPTERYGII APODES. 257

fishes to remain some time out of water without perishing. Their
body is long and slender; their scales, as if encrusted in a fat and
thick skin, are only distinctly visible after desiccation; they have
neither ventrals nor caeca, and their anus is placed far back. This
genus has been successively separated into five or six genera, which
we are compelled to subdivide still more.(l)

Anguilla, Thunb. and Shaw. Mur^na, B1.

Eels are distinguished by the two-fold character of pectoral fins
and of branchiae opening under them on each side. Their stomach
is a long cul-de-sac; their intestine straight, and their elongated na-
tatory bladder is furnished near the middle with a peculiar gland.

Anguilla, Cuv. Mur^na, Lacep.

The dorsal and caudal evidently continued round the end of the
tail, forming by their union a pointed caudal.

In the true Eels the dorsal commences at a considerable distance
behind the pectorals.

In some, the upper jaw is the shortest.

The common Eels belong to this division. The French fishermen
admit of four kinds, which they pretend constitute as many species,
but which are confounded by authors under the name of Mureena
anguilla^ L,; they are the Jing. vermiaux, which is, I think, the
most common; the Ang. long bee, whose snout is more pointed and
compressed; the ^ng. plat bee, or the Grig-eel, whose snout is more
flattened and obtuse, and eye smaller; and the Jlng. pwiperneaux, or
the Glut-eel, where the snouL is shorter in proportion, and the eye
larger. (2)

In others the upper jaw in longest.(3)

Conger, Cuv.

The dorsal commencing close to the pectorals, or even on them;
the upper jaw longest in all the known species.

(1) In none of these fishes, to our knowledge, are the opercula or rays want-
ing, as some authors have thought. The common Murxna has seven rays on
each side; the Mur. colubrina has twenty -five. These rays are even very strong
in Synhranchus, where the operculum is also complete, and formed of all its
usual portions. N.B. The Echei.us, Kafin., Nov. Gen., p. 63, pi. xv, 1, 3, pi.
xvi, f. 2 and 3, would be of two kinds, the first Eels, and the other Congers,
without branchial opercula but we doubt the truth of this character.

(2) We will give a comparative desci-iption of them, with exact figures, in our
Icthyology.

(3) Mur. longicollis, Cuv. Lacep., H, iii, 3, under the false name of Muraena
myrus.

Vol. II. 2 H

258 PISCES.

Mur. conger, L.j Bl., 155. (The Conger Eel.) Found in all
the seas of Europe; it attains the length of five or six feet and
the thickness of a man's leg; dorsal and anal edged with black;
lateral line dotted with whitish. It is not in much request for
the table.

Mur. myrus, L.; Rondel, 407.(1) The form of a Conger, but
remains smaller; it is known by spots on the snout, a band across
the occiput, and two rows of dots on the nape, all of a whitish
colour.(2)

In some foreign Congers the dorsal conxmences even before
the pectorals, or at least on their base.(3) The

Ophisurus, Lacep.

Differs from the true Eels in the dorsal and anal, which cease be-
fore they reach the end of the tail, which is thus deprived of a fin,
and terminates like a punch. The posterior orifice of the nostril
opens on the very edge of the upper lip, and the intestines are simi-
lar to those of an Eel, a portion of them, however, extending into
the base of the tail beyond the anus.

The pectoral fins of some are of the ordinary size; their teeth are
trenchant and pointed.

Mwr. serpens, L.; Salv., 57. (The Snake Eel.) Six feet and

upwards in length, and of the thickness of a man's arm; brown

above, silvery beneath; the snout slender and pointed; twenty

rays in the branchial membrane. From the Mediterranean.(4)

In others the pectorals are so extremely small, as sometimes to

(1) Myrus, a fish so called by the ancients, which some have considered as the
male of the Murxna; liondelet was the first who applied it to this species, which
is very distinct, although since Willughby, no one has properly described it but
Risso; no drawing- has been made of it.

(2) The Mediterranean produces other smaU species of Congers described by
Laroche and Risso under the names of Mur. lalearica, Lar., Ann. du Mus., XIII,
XX, 3, or Mur. cassini, Risso, 31ur. mystax, Lar., lb., XXIII, 10; Mur. 7iigra[
Risso, p. 93. The Mur. strongylodon, Schn., 91, which is far from being a variety
oi myrus as that author supposes, should also be referred to them. The Anguilk
marbree, Quoy and Gaym., Zool., Voy. de Freycin., pi. 51, f 2.

^ (3) Mur. talabou, Russel, 38; ifwr. savanna, Cuv., from Martinique; the C.
' chapekt, Krusenst., V, Ix, 7.

(4) This is doubtless the place of Mur. ophis, BI., 154, Ophis hyala, Buchan.,
pi. V, f. 5;~0pkis longmuseau, Quoy et Gaym., Zool. Voy. Freycin., pi. li, f. 1;
Ophisurus guttatus, Cuv., a new species from Surinam.

N.B. The CoGRus, Rafin., Nov. Gen., p. 62, must be Ophisurl without bran-
chial membranes; we fear there is some mistake in this as in his Echelus.

MALACOPTERYGII APODES. 259

have escaped the notice of observers. They connect the Eels with
the Mursensej their teeth are obtuse. (l)

MuRiENA, Thunb. Gymnothorax, B1. Mur^nophis, Lacep.
The Mursenae, properly so called, have no vestige of pectorals?
their branchiae open on each side by a small holej their opercula are
so thin, and their branchiostegal rays so slender and concealed under
the skin, that able naturalists have denied their existence. The
stomach is a short sac, and the natatory bladder small, oval, and
placed near the upper part of the abdomen.

Those species which have a very visible dorsal and anal, are the
MuraenopMs of Lacepede.

Some of them have a single row of sharp teeth in each jaw. The
most celebrated is

M. helena, L. ; Bl., 153. Common in the Mediterranean; a
fish much esteemed by the ancients, who fed it in ponds ex-
pressly constructed for that purpose. The history of Vsedius
Pollio, who caused his transgressing slaves to be flung alive
into these ponds as food for the Muraenae, is well known. It
attains a length of three feet and more, is mottled with brown
and yellowish, and is excessively voracious. (2)
Others have two rows of sharp teeth in each jaw, independently of
the one on the vomer. (3)

In a third kind there are two rows of round or conical teeth in
each jaw: such is

M. unicolor, Laroche, Ann. Mus., XIII, xxv, 15; M. Christini,
Risso. From the Mediterranean; everywhere covered with
close, small, brown points or lines, which give it the appear-
ance of being uniformly brown. (4)
We find some which have a single row of lateral round teeth, and
two rows also round on the vomer, the anterior ones conical.(5)

(1) Mur. coluhrina, Bodd., or annulata, Thunb., or Murenophis colubrina, Lac,
V, xix, 1; Mur. fasciata, Thunb.; Mur. nob. maculosa, given under the name of
Ophisurus aphis, Lacep., II, vi, 2; the Oph. atfernan, Quoy et Gayin., Zool. Frey-
cin., pi. 45, f. 2.

(2) Add, the M. moringa, Cuv., of the Antilles, Catesb., II, xxi; M. punctata,
Bl., Schn.; 7k?. mdeagris, Sh. or M. pintade, Quoy et Gaym., Voy. Freycin., pi.
52, f. 2;M. Parthenon, Id., lb., f. 2;M. favaginea, lil.. Schn., 105; il/. pan'
therine, Lacep., or M.picta, Thunb erg.

(3) Murenophis gris, Lacep., V, xix, 3.

(4) The other species are new.

(5) Murenophis HoiU, Lacep., ov M. ne6u/osff, Thunb., Seb. II, Ixix, 1; M.
ondul^, hsic, V, xix, 2 {M. catcnatus, Bl. SchnJ; M. sordida, Cuv., Seb. 11,
Ixix, 4.

260 PISCES.

Another has two rows of lateral round teeth, and four rows, also
round, on the vomer, forming a kind of pavement. The fins of this
species are scarcely apparent. (l)

Finally, there are others which have several rows of teeth resem-
bling those of a card: such is

M. saga^ Risso, Ed. I, f. 39. From the Mediterranean; re-
markable for its elongated, round and pointed jaws, and the ex-
tension of its tail into a very sharp point. (2) The

Sphagebranchus, B1.

Differs from a Mursena by the approximation of the branchial
openings on the throat. The vertical fins, in several species, only
begin to project near the tail; the snout is extended and pointed.
The stomach is a long cul-de-sac, the intestine straight, and the
bladder long, narrow and placed behind.

Some species are totally deprived of pectorals. (3)

Others have small vestiges of them. (4)

There are even some, the Apterichthes, Dumer., Cecilia, La-
cep., in which no vertical fin whatever can be perceived, and conse-
quently are Fishes without fins. (5) ,

MoNOPTERus, Commers. and Lacep.

The two branchial apertures united on the throat in a transverse
fissure, divided in the middle by a partition; the dorsal and anal only
visible in the middle of the tail, and uniting at its point; teeth like
those of a card in the jaws and palatines; six rays in each gill, and
only three very small branchiae.

M. javanensis, Lacep. The only species known; back green
and a fawn-coloured belly. From the Sunda islands. (6)

Synbranchus, B1, Unibranchaperturus, Lacep.
The branchial opening consisting of a single round or longitudinal

(1) Gymnomurene cerclee, Lacep. V, xix, 4, or M. zebra, Shaw, Seb. II, Ixx, 3.

(2) The Nettasoma melanura, Rafin., Caratt, pi. xvi, f. 1, is at least closely
allied to this Saga of lUsso. N.B. The Dalophis of Rafinesque, Caratt., pi. vii, f.
2, 3, should be edentated Murxnae, but we do not know them.

(3) Sphagebranchus rostratus, Bl. 419, 2, and the Leptocephalus Spallanzani,
Risso, 85; Cxcula pterygea, Vahl., Mem. d'hist. Nat. de Copenh. Ill, siii, 1, 2,
Manti'huharopaumu, Russel, I, 37.

(4) Sphagebranchus imberbis, Laroche, Ann. Mas., XIII, xxv, 18.

(5) Muraena cxca, L., Laroche, Ann., Mus. XIII, xxi, 6.

(6) I suspect it is the same fish figured by Lacep. V, xvii, 3, under the differ-
ent name of Unibranchaperture lisse.

MALACOPTERYGII APODES, 261

aperture under the throat, common to both sides; no pectorals; ver-
tical fins almost wholly adipose. The head is thick, the snout round-
ed, teeth obtuse, and the opercula partly cartilaginous; six strong
branchial rays. The intestinal canal is perfectly straight; the only
distinction between it and the stomach is, that the latter is a little
more ample and has a valve at the pylorus. There is a long and
narrow natatory bladder, but not caecum. From the seas of hot cli-
mates.(l)

Alabes, Cuv.

A common branchial aperture under the throat, as in Synbranchus;
but the pectorals are Avell marked, and between them is a little con-
cave disk. A small operculum and three rays are distinguishable
through the skin; the teeth pointed, and the intestines as in syn-
branchus.

But a single small species is known; it inhabits the Indian
Ocean.

It is immediately after this great genus of the MursensB
that should be placed a newly discovered iishj which is one
of the most singular of the whole class ; I mean the

SaccopharynXj Mitch. Ophiognathus, Harvvood.

Whose trunk, susceptible of being so inflated as to resemble a thick
tube, terminates in a very long and slender tail, surrounded by an
extremely low dorsal and anal which unite at its point. The mouth,
armed Avith sharp teeth, opens far behind the eyes, which are placed
close to the very short point of the snout. The branchial aperture
consists in a hole under the pectorals, which are very small.

This fish attains a large size, and appears to be voracious. It has
only been seen in the Atlantic Ocean, floating on the surface by the
dilatation of its throat.(2)

Gymnotus, Lin. (3)
The gills partly closed by a membrane, as in Anguilla, but opening

(1) Synbranchus mdrmoratus, Bl., 418; Synh. invmaculatus. Id. 419, Unibranch.
cachla, Buchan., XVI, 4, Dondoo-paum, Russel, XXXV, has no appearance of a fin.

(2) The Saccopharynx Jlagellum of Mitchill was six feet in length, and the
Ophiognathus ampullaceus of Harwood was four and a half. The first appeared
to have no teeth in the lower jaw, and it is possible that these two fishes, al-
though found in the same latitude, are different species; they evidently, how-
ever, belong to the same genus.

(3) Gymnotus, or, properly speaking, Gymnonotus (Bare-back), a name given
to these fishes by Artedi.

262

PISCES.

before the pectorals; the anus very far forwards; anal fin occupying
the greater part of the inferior surface of the body, and most fre-
quently extending to the end of the tail; no dorsal fin whatever.

Gymnotus, Lacep.

No fin at the end of the tail, under which extends the anal.
The True Gymnoti have no sensible scales; their intestines which
have several flexures occupy but a moderate space; the caeca are nu-
merous, and the stomach resembles a short obtuse sac strongly
plaited within. One of their air vessels, cylindrical and elongated,
extends very far behind in a sinus of the abdominal cavity, the
other, oval and bilobate, composed of a thick substance, occupies
the upper part of the abdomen, and is placed on the CEsophagus.
The species known inhabit the rivers of South America. The most
highly celebrated is

G. ehctricus, L.; BL, 156 (The Electrical Gymnotus);
which, from its almost uniform shape and obtuse head and tail,
has also been called the Electrical Eel. It is from five to six
feet long, and communicates such violent shocks that men and
horses are struck down by them. This power is dependent on
the will of the animal, which gives it what direction it pleases,
and renders it effective, even at a distance, killing fishes there-
with, so situated. It is, however, dissipated by use, and to renew
it, the Gymnotus requires rest and nourishing food.(l) The or-
gan which is the seat of this singular faculty, extends along the
whole under side of the tail, occupying about half its thickness;
it is divided into four longitudinal fasciculi, two large ones
above, and two smaller ones below, and against the base of the
anal fin. Each bundle is composed of numerous parallel, mem-
branous laminae, nearly horizontal, and closely approximated
to each other, one end terminating on the skin, and the other on
the median vertical plane of the animal; they are united with each
other by a multiplicity of small transverse and vertical laminae.
The little cells, or rather the little prismatic and transverse
canals formed by these two kinds of laminae, are filled with a
gelatinous matter, and the whole apparatus receives a propor-
tionably large number of nerves. (2)

(1) See Humboldt, Zool. Obs. , I, p. 49, at seq.

(2) See Hunter, Phil. Trans, vol. LXV, p. 395. Add the Gymnotus xquita-
biatus, Humb., Zool. Obs., I, pi. x, No. 2, according to whose observations this
.species has no posterior natatory bladder.

MALACOFTERYGII APODES. 263

Carapus, Cuv.(l)

A compressed and scaly body; the tail much narrowed behind.
From the rivers of South America.(2)

We might, perhaps, distinguish from the common species those
with an elongated snout only open at the end. (3)

Sternarchus, Schn.(4) Apteronotus, Lacep.

The anal terminated before it reaches the end of the tail, which is
furnished with a particular fin; a soft fleshy filament on the back,
lodged in a groove running to the end of the tail and retained there
by tendinous threads, which still allow it some degree of liberty, a
singular mode of organization, the use of which cannot be divin-
ed. (5) The head is oblique, compressed, naked, and the skin pre-
vents both the opercula and the rays from being seen externally;
rest of the body scaly; teeth small and crowded, and on the middle of
each jaw scarcely perceptible. The Sternarchi like the preceding
fishes inhabit the waters of South America.(6)

Gymnarchus, Cuv.

The body scaly and elongated, and the gills slightly open before the
pectorals as in Gymnotus; but a fin, with soft rays, occupies the
whole length of the back; and there is none behind the anus, nor un-
der the tail, which terminates in a point. The head is conical and
naked, the mouth small, and furnished with a single row of small
trenchant teeth.

G. niloticus. The only species known; discovered in the Nile
by M. Riflfault.

(1) Carapo, according to Marcgrave, the name of these fishes at Brazil.

(2) Gymnotus macrourus, Bl., 157, 2; Carapo, Gm.; G. brachiurus, Bl., 157,
l;fasciatus, Gm.; G. albus, Seb., Ill, pi. 32, f. 3.

(3) Gymnotus rostratus, Schn.,^1. 106.

(4) Sternarchus, i. e. anus in the sternum.

(5)1 rather think the separation is accidental, and that, in fact, it is one of the
muscles of the tail, which, as the skin is weak in this particular place, is easily de-
tached.

(6) Gymnotus albifrons. Pall., Spic. Zool., VIII, pi. vi, f. 1; Lacep. II, vi,
146, 3.

N.B. The Gymnotus acus, or fitrasfcr, belongs to the genus Ophidium, and the
Gymnotus notopterus. Pall, and Gm., Notoptere capirat, Lacep., to the Herrings.

264 PISCES.

Leptocephalus, Penn.

The branchial aperture before the pectorals; body compressed like
a riband; head extremely small, with a short and somewhat pointed
snout; pectorals almost imperceptible, or totally wanting; the dor-
sal and anal hardly visible, and uniting at the point of the tail. The
intestines occupy but an extremely narrow line along the inferior
edge.

L. morisii, Gm.; Lacep. II, iii, 2, inhabits the coast of France
and England. Several other species, however, are found in the
seas of hot climates, all of them as thin as paper and transpa-
rent as glass, so that even the skeleton is not visible. The pro-
found study of their organization is one of the most interesting
to which travellers can devote themselves.

Ophidium, Lin.

The anus, as in Aguilla properly so called, far behind; the dorsal
and anal fins united with that of the tail, and terminating the body
in a point; the body so elongated and compressed that it has been
compared to a sword, and invested like that of an Eel with small
scales planted in the thickness of the skin. The Ophidii, however,
differ from Eels in their well cleft branchiae, which are furnished
with a very apparent operculum and a membrane with short rays.
Their dorsal rays are articulated, but not branched.

Ophidium, Cuv,

Two pairs of small cirri under the throat, adhering to the point
of the hyoid bone. Some of them are found in the Mediterranean.

O. barbatum, Bl., 59. Flesh-coloured; dorsal and anal bor-
dered Avith black; the anterior cirri shortest; greatest length
from eight to ten inches.

O. Vassalli, Risso. Brown; no edging on the fins; cirri equal.
The stomach of these fishes is a thin oblong sac; their intes-
tines, which have several flexures, are without caeca, their oval,
large and very thick natatory bladder is supported by three pe-
culiar bones suspended under the first vertebra, the middle one
one of which is moved by its proper muscles. Their flesh is
good.

O. brevibarbe, Cuv. A third species from Brazil; brown,
with shorter cirri.

MALACOPTERYGII APODES. 265

0. blacodes, Schn., 484.(1) From the South Seasj a very
large rose-coloured species, spotted with brown.

FlERASFER, CuV.

No cirri, and the dorsal so thin that it seems to be a mere fold of
the skin; the natatory bladder supported by two bones only, the
middle one being wanting.

One species is found in the Mediterranean, Ophidium im-
berbe, L.,(2) whose teeth are small and crowded, and another,
Oph. dentatum, Cuv., which has two hooked teeth in each jaw.
They are very small fishes.

Ammodytes, Lin.

An elongated body like that of the preceding fishes, provided with
a fin, having articulated but simple rays, occupying a great part of
the back, with a second behind the anus, and with a third, whichl s
forked, at the end of the tailj these three fins, however, are separated
by free spaces. The snout is acute; the upper jaw susceptible of
extension, and the lower one, when at rest, longer than the other.
The stomach of these fishes is fleshy and pointed; they have neither
caeca nor natatory bladder, and they live in the sand, whence they
are taken after the tide has ebbed.

Two species are found on the coast of France which were long
confounded under the common name of Ammodytes tobianus, L.,
but which have lately been distinguished.(3) They are:

A. tobianus, Bl., 75, 2; Ray., I; Synop., Ill, f. 12. The lower
jaw most pointed; the maxillaries longest; pedicles of the in-
termaxillaries very short; the dorsal commencing opposite to
the end of the pectorals; and

^. lancea, Cuv. Penn. Brit. Zool. pi. xxv, f. 66. The max-

(1) Add the Ophidium barbatum, Mitch., I, f. 2, which appears to be a distinct
species.

(2) It is the Gymnotus acus, Gm., and the Notoptere fontanes, Risso, Ed. I, pi.
iv, f. 11.

With the Ophidium imberbe of the northern Icthyologists, such as Schonefeldt,
Montag., Werner. Soc I, pi. ii, f. 2, and the Ophidium viride. Fab., Faun. Groenl.
148, I am unacquainted; I believe them, however, to be allied to the Eels.

The Ophidium ocellatum. Tiles., Mem. Ac. Petersb., Ill, pi. ISU, iii, 27, seems
to me to approach the Gunnelli.

(3) It is to M. Lesauvage, a learned physician of Normandy, that we owe this
distinction, but he has transposed the name of tobianus. See the Bullet des Sc.
Sept. 1824, p. 141. There remains to be ascertained whether the Ammodytes
eieerellus, liafin., Caratt., pi. ix, f. 4, differs from the tobianus.

Vol. II. 2 I

266

PISCES.

illarie, .hor.er, pedicres of the interraa^iUaries longer; the dor
sal com,onc,s opposite to the middle of the pectorah- thj
body tiMckcr in proportion. pectorals, the

Both specie, are common along the whole coast of France-
reamed '"r ,'" '""'' """ ' " ^""S-X colour They'
are esteemed as food, and are also used for bait.

ORDER V.
LOPHOBRANCHII.

All the fishes of which we have hitherto spoken, have not

on ly a hony or fibrous skeleton, and eo^pletf and LJZ,

but then, branchta, are nnifortnly composed of lamina,, or are

pectnnform. In thts ,-der, however, we likewise find the

rir T^^.P'^'?' l-"' it is eminently distinguished by

omb t: "^"".VT'"'' f '^-""''"'S' - --'', the teeth of I
comb are divided ,nto small round tufts, arranged in pairs
along the branch.a arches, a structure of which no other fishe
present any example. They are enclosed beneath a large oper
cu um, ued down on all sides by a membrane which 1 Ls
only a single small orifice for the exit of the water, and exh
b.ting ,n ,ts thickness only vestiges of rays. These fishes arc
Jso recognized by the scutellated plates of mail which ov
the,,, body, and usually render it angular. They are geneill v
small, and almost without flesh. Their intestine is equ d

ably ;";r"' ^"' ""- -^'^'^^^ "'^o"- ^"i-' 't pi. tion

Syngnathus, Lin.(l)

LOPHOBRANCHII. 267

tion of the ethmoid, vomer, tympanals, preopercula, subopercula,
&c., and terminated by an ordinary mouth, but one that is cleft al-
most vertically on its extremity. The respiratory aperture is near
the nape, and the ventrals are wanting. There is a peculiarity in
the generation of these fishes, whose ova slip into a pouch formed
by an inflation of the skin and are hatched there; this pouch, in some,
is situated under the belly, and in others under the base of the tailj
it splits spontaneously for the passage of the fry.

Syngnathus, properly so called.

An extremely elongated and very thin body, differing but little in
diameter throughout. Several species are found in the seas of Eu-
rope.

Some of them, besides their ventrals, have a dorsal, a caudal, and
an anal.(l)

In others the anal only is wanting.(2) In these two groups the
pouch is situated under the tail.

Others again have neither anal nor pectorals, but are provided
with a dorsal and caudal; their pouch is under the belly. (3)

A fourth kind are deprived of every fin but the dorsal. (4)

Hippocampus, Cuv.

The trunk laterally compressed, and considerably more elevated
than the tail; by curving after death the head and body assume some
resemblance to the head and neck of a horse in miniature, whence
their vulgar name of Sea-Horses. The edges of their scales are
raised into ridges, and their salient angles into spines. The tail is
without fins.

One species is found in the seas of Europe with a short snout,
Hipp, brevirostris, Cuv., Will., pi. J, 25, fig. 3; and another with
a longer snout, Hipp, guttulatus, Cuv., Will., J. 25, f. 5, both of
which have only a few filaments on the snout and body. Others
closely allied to these, are taken in the Indian Ocean. (5)

New Holland produces a larger one, which, from the leaf-like

(1) Syngnathus iyphle, L., Bl., 91, 1; Syng. aciis, L., Bl., 91, 2.

(2) Syng. pelagicus, Risso, p. 63i Syng. Rondeletii, Laroche, Ann. Mus., XIII,
5, 5, viridis, Risso, 65, Rondel., 229, 1; S. barbarus, Penn., Brit. Zool., or rubes-
cens, Risso.

(3) Syng. sequoreus, L., Montag'., Werner. Soc, I, 4, f. 1.

(4t Sy7ig. ophidion, L., Bl., 91, 3; Syng. papacimis, Risso, IV, 7? Syng. fas-
ciatus, Id., lb., 8.

y5) Syng. longirostris, Cuv., Will., J.; 25, f. 4, and other species to be describ-
ed ill our Icthyology.

268 PISCES.

appendages that decorate various parts of its body, presents a
most singular appearance: it is the Syngnathus foliatus, Shaw,
Gen. Zool., V, ii, pi. I8O5 Lacep., Ann. du Mus. IV, pi. 58, f.
3. The

SoLENosTOMus,(l) Seb. and Lacep.

Differs from Syngnathus in being furnished with very large ven-
trals behind the pectorals, united with each other and with the trunk,
that form a kind of apron, which, like the pouch of the Syngnathi,
serves to retain the ova. There is a dorsal with few, but elevated
rays near the nape; another very small one on the origin of the tail,
and a large pointed caudal; otherwise very similar to Hippocampus.
But a single species, the Fistularia paradoxa, Pall., Spic,
VIII, iv, 6, is known; it inhabits the Indian Ocean.

Pegasus^ Lin.

A salient snout, formed as in the preceding divisions, but the mouth,
instead of being at its extremity, is under its base; it reminds us, by
its protractility, of that of a Sturgeon, but is composed of the same
bones as in ordinary fishes. The body is mailed like that of a Hip-
pocampus and Solenostomus, but the trunk is broad and depressed,
the branchial apertures are on the side, and there are two distinct
ventrals behind the pectorals, which are frequently large, whence
the name of the genus. The dorsal and anal are opposite to each
other. The intestine being lodged in a cavity wider and shorter
than that of the Syngnathi, has two or three flexures.
Some species are found in the Indian Ocean. (2)

ORDER VI.

PLECTOGNATHI.

We have now passed from tlie preceding five orders of bony
or fibrous fishes, with free and complete jaws, to the sixth,

(1 ) Solenostomus, mouth like a tube, from a-mxiiv, tube, and ?-o/Act, mouth.

(2) Pegasus draco, L., BL, 209; Pegas. nataiis, Bl,, 121; Pf^. volans, L.;
P. laternarius, Cuv., whose snout is furnished with six longitudinal rows of den-
tations.

PLECTOGKATIIl.

269

which may be approximated to the Chondropterygii, with
which it is allied by the imperfection of the jaws, and the
tardy induration of the skeleton ; this skeleton, however, is
fibrous, and its whole structure is that of ordinary fishes. The
most distinguishing character of the order consists in the max-
illary bone being soldered to the side of the intermaxillary,
which alone constitutes the jaw, and in the mode in which the
palatine arch is connected with the cranium, which, being by
a suture, consequently renders it immovable. Besides this, the
opercula and rays are concealed under a thick skin, through
which only a small branchial fissure is visible.(l) Of ribs,
nothing is to be found but very small vestiges. There are no
true ventrals. The intestinal canal is ample, but without
C8eca,(2) and in almost every instance there is a large natatory
bladder.

This order comprises two very natural families, character-
ized by their mode of dentition.

FAMILY I.
GYMNODONTES.

The Gymnodontes have jaws, which, instead of teeth, are
furnished with an ivory substance, internally divided into lami-
nae, whose ensemble resembles the beak of a Parrot, and which
in fact consists of true teeth united, that succeed each other
as fast as they are destroyed by trituration. (3) The opercula
are small, and there are five rays on each side, all of which
are but imperfectly seen. They live on Crustacea and fucus,
their flesh is mucous, and that of several species is considered
poisonous, at least in certain seasons.

(1) This peculiai- arrangement, indications of which are visible in the Chiro-
nectes, has led several naturalists to believe that both opercula and rays are want-
ing in the Plectognathi; it is a mistake, however, for they are provided with them
like other fishes.

(2) Bloch eiToneously atti-ibutes caeca to genus Dodon.

(3) See my Legons d'Anat. Comp. vol. Ill, p. 125.

270

PISCES.

Two of the genera, Tetraodon and Diodon, have the faculf v
of swelhng themselves up like a balloon, b/fi, " thd, s '
mach or rathe,, a sort of very thin and extensib crop wh c
occup.es the whole length of the abdomen, and adhe es'Is!
to t le pento,,eun a circumstance which has occasioned^ ^

the ri :;:':: o7^ '^ ^^ "- pentoneu itsdf, andt : :

tnci as a speces of epiploon, with air. When thus inflated
S: ;r','"'f ^' "" "- ^-f-e, with the Ibdo^en ut

spiesih ,.'"""' P"'"'"" 'y "'^ ^'^"'""of the
spines with which their skin is everywhere furnished m

Their natatory bladder has two lobes, and their kidnev, which

ungs.(2) They have but three branchiae on each side,f3) and

the ai rushing out of their stomach. Each of their nostril,
-s furnished with a double fleshy teutaculum.

Diodon^ Lin.

resemb e , Ik , "?' ''"'''' 'P'""' ">=" -^en inflated, the,-

Some of them have Ion, spines supported by two lateral roots,
bette,, Seb., Ill, xxiu, 1, 2, ,s ,ore than a foot in diameter.(5)

(1) See Geoffroy-St-Hilaire Poi";<; rTPo. ti
A sh^ila. di.spositio'n is obse;:b,erchi,ot'c;:s '"^^ ""' " ""^ ^""^^^-

<ien,Lin syst Fd XII "' ^'"^^' '='^"-' ^l^' -d doubtless that of Gar-

Bro^ssonnerAc dJss'rs'o Tas ' .T '" '^^""'^" ^^^"^ mentioned by

rambles them The nro'clL f ^'^ ' ''" " "^'""^ * '^ ^""^ "'1^'^^ re-

to that of others. ' '"''"'"" " ''^^^ '^'^^ ^^ ^^^'^^ - -" things

(3) An instance of this we have already seen in Lophius.

' T, n'T?^''''^^''''^'-'P^'" ^- "t uncommon.

4 on, call u Ao^on pundatus,~KA^ Died, spinosisdmus, Cuv., Mem.

PLF.CTOGNATHI. 271

Others have short spines, proceeding from three diverging
roots. (l)

Some again have spines as slender as pins or hairs.(2)

Tetraodon, Lin.

Jaws divided in the middle by a suture, so as to present the appear-
ance of four teeth, two above and two below'j spines -small and low.
Several species are said to be poisonous.

T, lineatus^ L. j Fahaca of the Arabs; Fiasco psaro of the

Greeks; T. physa, Geoff., Poiss. d'Egypt., I, 1; Rondel. 419.

Back and flank longitudinally striped with brown and whitish.

From the Nile, which, during its inundations, casts thousands

of them on shore, where they serve as play things for the

children.
Some of them have a laterally compressed body, and a somewhat
trenchant back; their power of inflation must be less than the others.
One of them is electrical.(3)

Mus., IV, p. 134, Seb., Ill, xxiv, 10; Diod. triedricus, Cuv., Mem. Mus. IV, p.
133, Seb., II, xxiii, 4; D. nidemerus, Cuv., loc. cit., IV, vii, 5; D. novem-mac-
ulatus. Id., lb., VI, 3; D. sex-maculatus. Id., lb., VII, 1; D. multimaculatus,
Id., lb., 4.

(1) Diod. tigrinus, Cuv., Mem. Mus., IV, vi, 1, or orbiculatus, Bl., 127, Seb.,
ni, xxiii, 3; D.rivulatus, Cuv., lb., 2, or iacwtoo-s/rta/ws, Mitch., VI, 3, pro-
bably the Orhe, Lacep., I, xxiv, 3; D-jaculiferus, Cuv., loc. cit., VII, 3; D. an-
tennatus. Id. lb., 2.

(2) Diod. pilosus, Mitchil., I, 471.

(3) The head and tail of the fishes of this genus are generally smooth, but the
rest of their body is rendered more or less rough, by the very sm.iU spines which
arise from the skin. The various combinations of die smooth and rough parts,
andthe difierent configurations resulting from the more or less oblique form of
their head, have allowed me to arrange them in the following manner:

I. Species with a short head, possessing the faculty of inflating themselves so
as to attain a globular form.

1st. The entire body rough.

A. Immaculate; Tetr. immacidatus, Lacep., I, xxiv, 1, Russel, I, 26.

IJ. With black spots; Tetr. mouchete, Lacep., I, xxv, i, or T. Commersonii,
Schn., Russ., I, 28; Tetr. Jluviatilis, Buchan, XXX, 1; Tetr. geometricus, Bl.,
Schn., Catesb., II, xxviii.

C. With black bands; Tetr. fahaca, or T. physa, Geoff", Poiss. d'Eg., I, 1;
T. lineatus, Bl., 141, to which the Tetr.psittaius, Bl., Schn., 95, is at least closely
allied.

D. With pale spots; Tetr. testudineus, Bl., 139, of which the T. reticularis, Bl.,
Schn., appears to be a variety; T. hispidus, Lacep., I, xxiv, 2, and Geoff". Poiss ,
d'Eg., I, 2;T. patoca, Buchan, XVIII, 2-

2d. The entire body smooth: T. Ixvissimus, Bl., Schn.; T. ctttcuiia, Buchan,
XITT, 3.

272 PISCES.

Cephalus, Sh.' Orthagoriscus, Schn.

Jaws undivided as in Diodon; but the body, compressed and spine-
less, is not susceptible of inflation, and the tail is so short and high
that this fish resembles one whose posterior portion has been trun-
cated, producing a singular appearance, that is amply sufficient to
distinguish it. The dorsal and anal, both high and pointed, are
united to the caudal^ the natatory bladder is wanting; the stomach
is small and penetrated directly by the ductus choledocus. A thick
layer of a gelatinous substance is spread under the skin.

C. brevis, Sh.; Tetr. mola, L.; Bl., 128.(1) (The Short Sun
Fish.) Four feet and more in length, and weighing upwards of
three hundred pounds; the skin is very rough, and of a fine sil-
ver colour. European seas.

C. oblongus; Orthagoriscus oblongus, Bl., Schn., 97. (The
Oblong Sun Fish.) Skin hard, and divided into small angular
compartments. Cape of Good Hope.

C. spinosus: Orth. spinosus, Bl. Schn.; Diodon mola, Pall.,
Spic. Zool., VIII, pi. iv, f. ; and better, Kselr., Nov. Com. Pe-
trop. X, pi. viii, f. 3. A third and very small species, with a
few spines, that is sometimes taken in the Atlantic.

3d. The flanks only smooth, and with lateral tentacula: T. Spengleri, Bl., 144,
Seb., Ill, xxiii, 7 and 8, the same as the Tetr. Plumieri, given from Plumler, La-
cep., I, XX, 3. N.B. That what Lacepede considered a lump is only the pectoral
of the other side, the point of which is visible, and that the Sphero'ide tubercule,
Lacep., II, 1, is drawn from. the same plate of Plumier, and represents the same
fisli seen in front. Schneider was aware of this, Bl., Schn., Ind. pi. vii. T. hon-
kenii, Bl., 143.

4tli. Smooth flanks, without lateral tubercles: T. ocellafus, Bl., 145; 7*. furgi-
dus, Mitch., pi. vi, f 5; T. lunaris, Russel, 1, 29.

II. Species with an oblong' head.

1st. The flanks only smooth: T. arg-e?2iais, Lacep., Ann. Mus. IV, xiii.
2d. Back and flanks smooth, the belly only rough: T. lagocephalus, Bl, 143,
and Seb. Ill, xxiii, 5 and 6; T. Ixvigatus, Will., pi. J. 2.

III. With a carinated back. T. rostratus, BL, 146, 2, to which the T. ekdricus.
Paters. Phil. Tran's., vol. 76, pi- 3, is closely allied; T. Gronovii.

(1) Add Ort. oblongus, Schn., 97;Ort. varius, Lacep., I, xxii, 2;0rt. hispi-
dus, Nov. Com., Petr., X, viii, 2 and 3.

N.B. The Ovoidefasce, Lacep., I, xxiv, 2, the Ovum Commersoni, Schn., 108, was
described and figured by Commerson from a stufi'ed specimen which he himself
suspected was a mutiltited Tetraodon, and which, in fact, is a Tetraodon lineatus
that had lost its fins.

The Sphero'ide tubercuU was given, as we have stated, from a drav^ing of Plumier,
which represents a front view of a Tetraodon v/hose vertical fins are not visible.
Conf , Schn., index, LVII. These two genera must consequently be suppressed.

PLECTOGNATHI. 273

TriodoNj Cuv.

We also make a separate genus of these fishes, whose upper jaw is
divided as in Tetraodon, and the lower one single, as in Diodon. An
enormous dewlap, almost as long as the body and twice as high, is
supported before by a very large bone which represents the pelvis
and approximates them to certain Balistes, Their fins are those of
a Diodon, their body is rough as in Tetraodon, and the surface of
their dewlap is covered with numerous, small, rough crests, placed
obliquely.

T. bursarius^ Reinw. ; Triod. macroptere, Less, and Garn.,
Voy. deDuper., Poiss. No. 4. The only species known^ it was
discovered in the Indian Ocean by M. Reinward.

FAMILY II.

SCLERODERMI.

The second family of the Plectognathi is easily distinguished
by a conical or pyramidical snout, prolonged from the eyes
and terminated by a small mouth, armed with a few distinct
teeth in each jaw. The skin is usually rough or invested with
hard scales ; the natatory bladder is oval, large, and strong.

Balistes, Lin.(l)

The body compressed; eight teeth in a single row in each jaw, ge-
nerally trenchant; the skin scaly or granulated, but not exactly os-
seous; the first dorsal composed of one or more spines articulated
with a particular bone which is attached to the cranium, marked by
a furrow into which they are received; the second dorsal long, soft, and
placed opposite to a nearly similar anal. Although the ventrals are
wanting, a true pelvic bone is observed in the skeleton suspended
to the shoulder.

These fishes abound in the torrid zone, near rocks and on the sur-
face of the water, where they display their brilliant colours. Their
flesh, which is but lightly esteemed at all times, becomes, it is said,

(1) Balistes, a name given to these fishes by Artedi, from their Italian appella-
tion Pesce balestra, which is itself derived from a supposed similitude between the
motion of their great dorsal spine and that of a cross-bow.
Vol. II. 2 K

274 PISCES.

poisonous during the period in which they feed on the coralline Po-
lypi; fucus is all that I met with in those I opened.

Bali^stes, proper.

The entire body covered with very hard, large, rhomboidal scales
which do not overlap, and have the appearance of compartments
of the skin; the first dorsal has three spines, the first of which is
much the longest, and the third very small and placed far back; the
extremity of the pelvis is always salient and prickly, and behind it
are some spines involved in the skin, which, in the long species, have
been considered as rays of ventrals.

Some of them have no peculiar caudal armature, and of these

again, some have scales behind the gills which are no larger than

the others. Such is a species that inhabits the Mediterranean, the

B. capriscus, L.; Salv., 207, and Will., I, 19; Pourc, Pesce

balesira, 8cc. (The Mediterranean File-Fish.) Brownish-grey,

spotted with bhie, or greenish. Its flesh is not esteemed. (1)

Others, with this unarmed tail, have scales behind the gills which
are larger than the rest.(2)

In the greater number, the sides of the tail are armed with a cer-
tain number of rows of spines bent forwards, and all those of this
division with which we are acquainted, have scales behind the gills
larger than the others. (3)

(1) I suspect the 1?. maculatus, Bl., 151, is the same as the capriscus. lam
even inclined to believe that such is also the case with the B. buniva, Lacep., V,
xxi, 1; Add, Bal. siellaris, Schn., Lacep., I, vi;JBal. sufflamen, Mitch., VI, 2;
Bal. jellaka, Cuv., Lamayellaka, Russel, I, 22.

(2) Bal. forcipatus, Will., I, 22; Bal. vetula, Bl., 15Q;Bal. punctatus, Gtn.,
Will., App. y, f. 4; We might also distinguish the Bal. noir, Lacep., I, xv, re-
markable for its upper lateral teeth, which are prolonged into canini, aad for the
great forks of its tail. N.B. The B. 7iiger, Schn., does not differ from the Rin-
gens; J5a/. fuscus, Schn., or B. grandes tackes, Lacep., I, 373, remarkable for its
naked cheeks furnished with rows of tubercles.

(3) Species with two or three rows of spines. Bal. lineatus, Schn., 87, Re-
nard, 217, or B. lamouroux, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. Freycin., pi. 47, f. 1? Bal.
cendre, Lacep., I, xvii, 2, or B. arcuatus, Schn., Journ. de Phys., Juillet, 1774.

Species with three rows. Bal. aculealus, L., BL, 149, Lac, I, xvii, 1, Renard,
J, 28, f. 154, and II, 28, f. 136; Bal. verrucosus, L., Mus. Ad. Fred., XXVII, 57,
the same as B. pradin, Lacep., I, 335, and the B. viridis, Schn.

Species with four or five rows. Bad. echarpe, Lacep., I, xvi, 1, or Bal. recian-
gulus, Schn., or Bal. medinilla, Quoy and Gaym., Zool., de Freycin., pi. 46, f.
2; Bal. conspidllum, Schn., Renard, I, 15, f. 88, and Lacep., I, xvi, 3, under the
improper name o( Baliste americam it is from the Indian Oceanj B. viridescens,
Sclui., or verddtre, Lacep., I, xvi, 3.

PLECTOGNATHI.

275

MONOCANTHUS, CuV.

Very small scales, covered with stiff and thickly set asperities,
like the pile on velvet; extremity of the pelvis salient and spinous as
in the true Balistesj a single large serrated spine in the first dorsal,
or at least the second one is almost imperceptible.

In some of them the pelvic bone is very movable and is connected
with the abdomen by a sort of extensible dewlap; strong spines are
frequently observed on the sides of their tail.(l)

Others are distinguished by the sides of their tail being bristled
with stiff setae.(2)

Some, because their body is completely covered with small pedi-
culated tubercles. (3)

Others again, because that same part is furnished with slender
and frequently branched cilia.(4)

A fifth kind have none of these various characters. (5)

Aluteres, Cuv.

An elongated body covered with small and scarcely visible granu-
les; a single spine is the first dorsal; the chief character is in the

Species with six or seven rows. Bal. armi, Lacep,, XVIII, 2. N.B. It is nei-
ther the armatus of Schn., nor, as he supposes, his chrysopterus; Bal. ringens,
Bl., 152,2, ovniger, Schn., or sillonne, Lacep., I, xviii, 1.

Species with twelve or fifteen rows. Bal. bursa, Schn.; B. bourse, Lacep., Ill,
7, Renard, I, 7, and Sonnerat, Journ. de Phys., 1774.

Species in which the spines are not very sensible, and are reduced to small
tubercles. Bal. bride, Lacep. I, xv, 3; Bal. etoile, Lacep., I, xv, 1, or B. stellaris,
Schn., or Dondrum yellakah, Russel, XXIII.

N.B. If the Baiistapus of Tilesius, Mem. Acad. Petersb., VIl, ix, actually
want the pelvis, it will form a subgenus immediately after the true Balistes.

(1) Balistes chinensis, BL, 152, 1; Bal. iomentosus. Id., 148, which is not that
of Linnaus, but the Pira aca, Marcgr., 154; Bal. japonicus. Tiles. Mem. Soc.
Moscow, vol. II, pi. 13; Bal. pelleon, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. de Freycin., pi.
45, f. 3; Bal. geographicus, Per., Cuv., Regn. Animal, pi. ix, f 2.

(2) Bal. tomentosus, L., Seb., Ill, xxiv, f. 18, Gronov., Mus., VI, f 5; B. a
brasses, Bal.scopus, Commers., Lacep., I, xviii, 3, agreeing with the description
given by Linnsus of the hispidus, but neither with the character nor figure quo-
ted by Seba.

(3j Bal. papillosus, Schn., White, p. 254.

(4) Bal. penicilligcrus, Peron., Cuv., Regne Animal, pl. ix, f. 3; Bal. villosus,
Ehrenb.

(5) Bal. hispidus, L., Seb., Ill, xxxlv, 2; Bal. longirosiris, Schn., Seb., Ill,
xxiv, 19; Bal. papillosus, L. ? Lacep., I, xvii, 3, under the name of monoceros,
Clus., Exot., lib., VI, cap. xxviii; Bal. villosus, Cuv.; Bal. guttatus. Id.

^^^ PISCES.

pelvis, which is completely hidden under the skin and is without
that spinous projection observed in the other Balistes.(l)

Triacanthus, Cuv.
Is distinguished from all other Balistes by a kind of ventrals, each
of which IS supported by a single large spinous ray, adhering to a
non-salient pelvis. The first dorsal has three or four small fpines
behind a very large one. The skin is crowded with small scales,
and the tail is longer than in the other subgenera.

But a single species is known; it inhabits the Indian Ocean.(2)

OsTRAcioN, Lin.

The head and body of these fishes, instead of scales, are covered
with regular bony plates soldered in such a manner as to form a sort
of inflexible shield, which invests them, so that the only movable
parts are the tail, fins, mouth, and a sort of small lip with which
the edge ot their gills is furnished, all passing through holes in this
coat ot mail. The greater number of their vertebrae are also sol-
dered together, and each of their jaws is armed with ten or twelve
conical teeth. The external branchial aperture is a mere slit fur-
nished with a cutaneous lobe, but internally we find an operculum
and SIX rays. Both the pelvis and ventrals are wanting, and there
are but a single dorsal and ventral, both small.

They have but little fleshj their liver, however, is larije and pro-
duces much oil. Their stomach is membranous and large, some of
them are considered poisonous.

They may be divided according to the form of their body and the
spmes with which it is armed, we are not certain, however, that
there is not, in this respect, some sexual difference.(3)

urlfli rr;? ':u''t- ^'^-^'^ "^^^^^^^^^^ ^ ^^' -^^-^^ ^^ ^'^-nt,

three preceding ones;-5a/. Kklnii, M so. II ^pi H 'f 2 ^f '"^Z^'^";;'^-
Cuv., Ren., II, part of pi. xlii, f. 284. ^ ' ^'^^^^^'''"^.

(2) al. biacukatus, HI, 148, 2

pJ^Zr" ^P^'^^^^"'^" ^'^-^ -^.?--^ -11 be described in our Hist, des

4th. Triangular, the ridges armed with spines. Osi. siellifer Schn Q- fh.
same as the 0.^. bicuspis, Blumenb., Abb., 58. ^ ' ' ^' ' '^^

277

CHONDROPTERYGII.

The second series of the class of fishes, or the Chondroptery-
giij can neither he considered as superior nor inferior to that of
the ordinary fishes, for several of its genera approach the Rep-
tiles in the conformation of the ear and of the genital organs,
while in others the organization is so simple, and the skeleton
so much reduced, that we might be excused for hesitating to
place them among vertebrate animals. It is therefore a suite
somewhat parallel to the first, as the Marsupialia, for instance,
are parallel to the other unguiculated Mammalia.

The skeleton of the Chondropterygii is essentially cartila-
ginous; that is, it contains no osseous fibres, the calcareous
matter being deposited in small grains, and not in filaments ;
hence the absence of sutures in their cranium, which is always
formed of a single piece, but in which, by means of projections,
depressions, and holes, regions analogous to those in the cra-
nium of other fishes may be distinguished. It sometimes hap-
pens that movable articulations, which are found in other or-
ders, are not met with in this one ; part of the vertebrsB of
certain Rays, for instance, being united in a single body. Some
of the articulations of the bones of the face also disappear, and
the most apparent character of this division consists in the
absence of the maxillaries and intermaxillaries, or rather in

5th. Triangular, without spines. Ost. cubicus, iil., 137; Ost. pundatus and
kntiginosus, Schn., Seb., Ill, xxiv, 5; Lacep., I, xxi, 1, or mekagris, Sh., Gen.
Zool., V, part II, pi. 172; Ost. nasus, Bl. 138, Will., I, ii; Ost. tuberculatus.
Will. I, 10.

6th. A triangular body armed with spines before and behind the abdomen.
Ost. cornutus, Bl., 133.

7th. A quadrangular body, the ridges armed with spines. Ost. diaphanus,
Schn., p. 501; Ost. iurritus, Bl., 136.

8th. A compressed body, with a carinated abdomen and scattered spines. Ost.
auritus, Sh., Nat. Misc., IX, No. 338, and Gen, Zool., V, part II, pi. Iviii, 1, and
some neighbouring species.

N.B. The Ost. areas, Seb. Ill, xxiv, 9, is perhaps a mere variety of the comw/Ma,
and the gibbosus, Aldrov., 561, appears to me to be a badly drawn triqueter.

278 PISCES.

their reduction to mere vestiges concealed under the skin^
while their functions are fulfilled by bones analogous to the
palatines, and even sometimes by the vomer. The gelatinous
substance, which in other fishes fills the intervals of the ver-
tebrse, and only communicates with them by a small hole, forms
a long cord in several of the Choiidropterygii, which traverses
the bodies of almost all the vertebrae, without scarcely vary-
ing in diameter.

This series is divided into two orders the Chondropterygii
whose branchiae are free, like those of ordinary fishes, and
those in which they are fixed, that is to say, attached to the
skin by their external edge in such a manner that the water
can only escape from their intervals through holes on the
surface.

ORDER I.

STURIONES, OR CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS

LIBERIS.

Or Chondropterygii, with free branchiae, which are still
closely allied to the ordinary fishes in their gills, which have but
a single wide opening, and are furnished with an operculum,
but without rays in the membrane. This order comprises but
two genera.

AciPENSER, Lin.(l)

The general form of the Sturgeon is similar to that of the Shark,
but the body is more or less covered with bony plates in longitudi-
nal rows; the exterior portion of the head is also well mailed; the
mouth, placed under the snout, is small and edentated,' the palatine,
soldered to the maxillaries, converts ihem into the upper jaw, and
vestiges of the intermaxillaries are found in the thickness of the lips.
This mouth, placed on a pedicle that has three articulations, is more

(1) Acifenser is the ancient name; Sturio, whence Sturgeon, is modern, and is
probably the German name fStoer latinized.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANGHIIS LIBERIS. 279

protractile than that of the Shark. The eyes and nostrils are on the
side of the head, and cirri are inserted under the snout. The laby-
rinth is perfectly formed in the cranial bone, but there is no vestige
of an external ear. A hole perforated behind the temple is a mere
spiracle, which leads to the branchiae. The dorsal is behind the ven-
trals, and the anal under it. The caudal surrounds the extremity of
the spine and has a salient lobe beneath, shorter, however, than its
principal point. Internally, we already find the spinal valve of the
intestine and the united pancreas of the Selachii, but there is, more-
over, a very large natatory bladder, which communicates with the
oesophagus by a wide hole.

The Sturgeon ascends certain rivers in great numbers, and is the
object of important fisheries; the flesh of most species is agreeable,
their ova are converted into caviar, and their natatory bladder into
isinglass. Western Europe produces

A. sturio, h.; Bl., 88. (The Common Sturgeon.) Six or
seven feet long; snout pointed; plates strong and spinous,
arranged in five rows; the flesh resembling veal.

The rivers which empty into the Black and Caspian seas, in
addition to the sturio, produce three other species, and perhaps
more.(l)

A. Riithenus, L.; A. pygmosus, Pall., BL, 89. (The Sterlet.)
Seldom more than two feet in length; plates of the lateral rows
more numerous and carinated, those of the belly flat. It is
considered a delicious fish, and its caviar is reserved for the
Russian court. There is reason to believe that it is the Elops
and the Acipenser, so highly celebrated among the ancients. (2)
A. helops, Pall.; A. stellatus, Bl. Schn.; Marsill., Dan. IV,xii,
2; the Scherg of the Germans; Sevreja of the Russians. Four
feet in length, and has a longer and more slender snout, and
rougher plates than the others. This species is excessively
numerous, but is less valued than the Sturgeon.

A. Jmso, L.; Bl., 129; the Hansen, Sec. (The Great Sturgeon.)
Blunter plates and a shorter snout and cirri than those of the
Common Sturgeon; the skin also is smoother. It is frequently

(1) The various species of the Sturgeon are not yet well determined, and even
Pallas, who knew more of them than any one else, does not give them sufficiently
distinct comparative characters; he does not agree either with Kramer, Gulden-
stedt, or Lechepin. The figures of Marsigli, on the other hand, are too coarse.
Wc expect better ones from the learned Austrian naturalists, to whom the Da-
nube offers abundance of these fishes.

(2) See my note on Pliny, Lemaire's Ed. vol. II, p. 74.

28.0 PISCES.

found to exceed twelve and fifteen feet in length, and to weigh
more than twelve hundred pounds. One specimen was cap-
tured whose weight amounted to near three thousand pounds.
The flesh is not much esteemed, and is sometimes unwholesome,
but the finest isinglass is made from its natatory bladder. It
is also found in the Po.

North America has several species of this genus which are
peculiar to it.(l)

PoLYODON, Lac. Spatularia, Sh.

These. fishes are recognized at once by the enormous prolongation
of their snout, to which its broad borders give the figure of a leaf.
Their general form and the position of their fins, remind the ob-
server of a Sturgeon, but their gills are still more open, and the
operculum is prolonged into a membranous point which extends to
near the middle of the body. The mouth is well cleft and furnished
with numerous small teeth. Their upper jaw is formed by the union
of the palatines with the maxillaries, aud the pedicle has two arti-
culations. The spine of the back is furnished with a cord like that
of the lampreyj and the spiral valve, common to almost all the Chon-
dropterygii, is found in the intestine, but the pancreas begins to be
divided into cseca they have a natatory bladder.

But a single species is known, the Polyodon feuille, Lacep.,

I, xii, 3; Squatus spatula, Manduit, Journ. de Phys. 1774, pi.

II. From the Mississippi.

Chimera, Lin. (2)

The Chimserae are closely allied to the Sharks in their general form
and in the position of their fins, but all their branchiae open exter-
nally by a single apparent hole on each side, although if we penetrate
more deeply, we find that they are attached by a large part of their
edges, and that in fact there are five particular holes terminating in
the bottom of the common aperture. A vestige of an operculum,
however, is concealed under the skin. The jaws are still more re-
duced than in the Shark, for the palatine and tympanic bones are

(1) Jlcip. oxyrhynchus, Lesueur, Amer. Philos. Trans, new series, vol. I, p.
394; Acip, brevirostris, Id. lb. 390; Ac. rubicundus. Id. lb. 388, and pi. xii, which
appears to bear a close resemblance to the Sterlet; Ac. macutosus, Id. lb., 392,
approaches the Common Sturgeon.

(2) This name was given to them on account of their fantastic figure, which,
when they are carelessly dried, as was the case with the specimens first repre-
sented by Clusiud, Jlldrovandus, &c., appears monstrous.

CHONDllOl'TEIiYGlI BUANCIUIS LIBERIS. 281

also mere vestiges suspended to the sides of the snout, and the vomer
is the only representative of the upper jaw. Hard and indivisible
plates supply the place of teeth, four on the upper jaw^ and two on
the lower. The snout, supported like that of a Shark, projects for-
wards and is pierced with pores arranged in tolerably regular linesj
the first dorsal, armed with a strong spine, is placed over the pec-
toralsj the males are recognized, as among the Squali, by bony ap-
pendages of the ventrals, which are divided, however, into three
branches, and they have besides, two spinous laminae situated before
the base of these same ventrals; a fleshy appendage between the
eyes is terminated by a group of small spines. The intestine of the
Chimaerag is short and straight, it is furnished, however, with the
spiral valve, as in the Shark. They produce very large coriaceous
eggs with flattened and hairy borders. In the

Chimera, Cuv.

Or true Chimjera, the snout is simply conical; the second dorsal
commences immediately behind the first and extends to the tip of
the tail, which is drawn out in a long filament, and is furnished be-
neath with another fin similar to the caudal of a Shark. But one
species is known.

C. monstrosa, L. ; BL, 124, and Lacep., I, xix, 1, the female;
vulg., King of the Herrings; the Chat of the Mediterranean.
(The Arctic Chimaera.) Two or three feet long, of a silvery
colour, and spotted with brown. From the Northern and Euro-
pean seas. In the

Callorhynchus, Gronov.

The snout is terminated by a fleshy appendage resembling a hoe
as to form. The second dorsal commences over the ventrals and
terminates opposite the beginning of the fin attached to the under
part of the tail. But one species is known,

Chim. callorhynch., L.; Lacep. I, xii, a female. (The Antarc-
tic Chimaera.) From the South Seas.

Vol II. 2 L

^^^ PISCES,

ORDER II.
CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS,

Or the Chondropterygii with fixed branchial, instead of
having those organs free on the external edge, and opening all
their intervals into a large common orifice, as is the case in all
the fishes of which we have hitherto spoken, have them adhe-
ring by this external edge in such a manner that they permit
the water to escape through as many holes pierced in the skin
as there are intervals between them, or, at least, that these holes
may terminate in a common duct, through which the water is
ejected. Another circumstance peculiar to these fishes is the
presence of little cartilaginous bows, frequently suspended in
the muscles opposite to the external edges of the branchiae.,
and which may be termed branchial ribs.

FAMILY L

SELACHII, PLAGIOSTOMI, Dumer

This family, hitherto comprized under two genera, Squalus
and Raia, has many common characters. The palatines
and post-mandibularies, alone armed with teeth, supply the
place of jaws, the usual bones of which are reduced to mere
vestiges ; one single bone suspends these apparent jaws to the
cranium, representing at once the tympanal, jugal and tempo-
ral bones, and the preoperculum. The hyoid bone is attached
to the single pedicle just mentioned, and supports branchios-
tegal rays, as in ordinary fishes, although they are not so very
visible, externally; it is followed by the branchial arches, as
usual, but neither of the three pieces compose the operculum.
These fishes have both pectorals and ventrals : the latter are
are situated behind the abdomen, and on each side of the anus.
Their membranous labyrinth is enclosed by the cartilaginous
substance of the cranium ; the sac, which constitutes part of it,

CHONDROPTERYGII BllANCHIlS FIXIS. 283

contains mere amylaceous masses, and not stones. The pan-
creas resembles a conglomerated gland, and is not divided into
distinct tubes or caeca. The intestinal canal is short in propor-
tion, but a portion of it is provided internally with a spiral
lamina, which retards the expulsion of the aliment.

Fecundation is performed by an intromission of semen ; the
females have highly organized oviducts, which supply the place
of a matrix in those whose young are hatched within their
body ; the others produce ova, invested with a hard or horny
shell, to the formation of which a large gland that surrounds
each oviduct contributes. The males are recognized by certain
appendages, situated on the internal edge of the ventrals,
which are very large, and highly complicated; and whose use
is not well understood.

Squalus, Lin.(l)

The Sharks form a first great genus distinguished by an elongated
body, a thick fleshy tail and moderate pectorals, so that the general
figure approaches that-of ordinary fishes; the branchial openings
correspond with the sides of the neck, and not with the under sur-
face of the body as we shall see is the case with the Rays; the eyes
also are on the sides of the head. The snout is supported by three
cartilaginous branches connected with the anterior part of the cra-
nium, and the rudiments of the maxillaries, intermaxillaries, and
premandibularies are evident in the skeleton.

The shoulder bones are suspended in the muscles behind the
branchiae without articulating either with the cranium or spine.
Several are viviparous. The others produce ova invested with a
yellow and transparent horn, the angles of which are prolonged into
horny cords. The little branchial ribs are apparent, and there are
also small ones along the sides of the spine, which is completely di-
vided into vertebrae. The genus is very numerous and authorizes
various subdivisions. We first separate the

ScYLLiuM, Cuv.(2)
Distinguished from other Squali by the short and obtuse snout.

(1) Sqiialus, the Lathi name of a fish, employed by some authors; the species,
however, is unknown. Artedi applied it to this genus. We also find Squalus for
Squaiina.

(2) ScylUum, one of the Greek names of this fish.

284 PISCES.

and by the nostrils opening near the mouth, continued in a groove
extending to the edge of the lip, and more or less closed by one or
two cutaneous lobules. The teeth have a point in the middle, and
two smaller ones on the sides. There are spiracles and an anal fin;
the dorsals are placed very far back, the first never being further
forward than the ventralsj the caudal is elongated, not forked and
truncated; the branchial apertures are partly under the pectorals.

In some of them the anal corresponds to the interval between the
two dorsals: such are the two species of the coast of Europe that
are frequently confounded, the

Sq. canicida, L.; La Grande Roussetie; Bl., 114; Rondel.,
380; Lacep. I, x, 1. Numerous small spots; the ventrals ob-
liquely truncated.

Sq. calulus, and stellaris, L.; La Rockier; Rondel,, 383; La-
cep., I, ix, 2. Fewer but larger spots sometimes ocellated;
ventrals cut square.

A third species from the same locality is marked with black
and white spots. (1)
In others, all of them foreign to Europe, the anal is attached be-
hind the second dorsal, the spiracles are singularly small, the fifth
branchial opening is frequently concealed in the fourth, and the
nasal lobules are usually prolonged into cirri.(2) Under the name of

Squalus, properly so termed.

We include all the species with a prominent snout, under which
are placed nostrils neither prolonged in a furrow nor furnished with
lobules; there is a lobule on the under part of the caudal which ap-
proximates it more or less to the bifurcated form. The old arrange-
ment may be preserved which is founded on the presence or absence

(1) Add the Eoussette of Artedi, Risso, Ed. II, f. 5, or Sqnalus prionurus, Otto. ;
the Raussette of Gunner (Squalus catulus, Gunn. ), Mem. Soc. Dionth., II, pi. i,
which appears to be a peculiar species; the Sq. Edwardsii {Edw., 289), under
the erroneous name of the Greater Cat-fish, which would indicate tlie Roussette,
and which is improperly quoted as the pretended Sq. stellaris,- tlie Sq. africanus,
ov galonnc, of liroussonnet (Sh., Nat. Misc. 346). N.B. That the tei-m longitudi-
nalihus, gratuitously added by Gmelin, is not correct,- the pretended Sq. cani-
cula, Bl., 112, which is a distinct foreign species, unless it be a very uncommon
variety of the Catulus.

(2) The Sq. pointille, Lacep., II, iv, 3, the same as the Sq. harhillon, Brouss.,
{Sq. barbaius, Gm.), and as the Sq. punctaius, Schn., Parra., pi. 34, f. 2; tlie
Sq. tigre, Lac, or Sq. fasciatus, BL, 113 ('S". tigrinus and S. longicaudus, Gm.);
the -S. lobatus, Schn., Phil- Voy. pi. 43, p. 285; the Bokeesorra, Russ., Corom.,
XVI.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS. 285

of the spiracles and anal; in order to make it a natural one, however,
we must increase the number of its divisions.

Species ivithout spiracles, provided with an anal.

Carcharias, Cuv.(l)

A numerous and by far the most celebrated tribe; with trenchant,
pointed teeth, most commonly dentated on the margin. The first
dorsal is far before the ventrals, and the second about opposite to the
anal. The spiracles are wanting; the nostrils arc placed under the
middle of the depressed snout, and the last branchial apertures ex-
tend over the pectorals.

Sq. carcharias, L.; Belon, 60.(2) (The White Shark.) This
species attains the length of twenty-five feet, and is recognized
by its teeth, which in the upper jaw nearly form isosceles tri-
angles with rectilinear and dentated sides. The lower ones con-
sist of narrow points placed on wider bases, terrific weapons,
which are the dread of mariners. It would appear that it in-
habits every sea, but its name has frequently been applied to
other species with trenchant teeth.

Sq. vulpes, L.; Rondel., 387. (The Fox Shark.) Teeth form-
ing pointed isosceles triangles in each jaw, and particularly
distinguished by the upper lobe of the tail, which is as long as
the entire body. The second dorsal and anal, on the contrary,
are extremely small. (3)

Sq. glaucus, L.; Bl., 86. (The Blue Shark.) Body slender,
of a slate-blue above; pectorals very long and pointed; upper
teeth forming curvilinear triangles bent outwards: the lower
ones straighter, all of theni dentated. (4) The

(1 ) Carcharias, the Greek name of some large Squalus, synonymous with Lamia.

(2) N.B. This figure of Belon is the only good one. Most of the others are
incorrect. Bl., 119, is a very different species, which appears more allied to Scym-
nus; Gunner, Mem. of Dronth., II, pi. x and xi, the same described by Fabr.,
Groenl., 127, is another species also allied to Scymnus; Rondel., 390, copied
Aldrov., 383, is the cornubicus, as well as Aldrov., 388, where the anal is torn
away and the jaws. Id., 382; I will not name the monstrous figure of Gesner,
173, copied Will., B. 7; Lacep., I, viii, 1, is the Sq. ustus.

(3) It is on this last character that tlie genus Alopias, Raf , is founded.

(4) Add; Sq. ustus, Dum. {Sq. carcharia minor, Forsk.,) Lac, I, viii, 1; Re-
qiiin d nageoires noires, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. dc Fi'cycin. pi. 43, f. 1; Sq.
glauque, Lac, I, ix, 1, which differs from that of Bl.; Sq. dliaris, Schn., pi. 31, the
cilia of which only denotes its extreme juvenility. The Palasorrah and the Sorra-
kowah, Russ., XIV and XV, and a large number of new ones to be described in our
Icthyology.

286 PISCES.

Lamna, Cuv.,(1)

Only differs from a true Squalus in the pyramidal snout, under the
base of which the nostrils are placed, and in the locality of the bran-
chial openings which are before the pectorals. The species that in-
habits the seas of Europe,

Sq. cornubicus, Schn. ; Lacep., I, ii, 3(2) (The Porbeagle
Shark), has a projecting carina on each side of the tail, and
the lobes of its caudal are almost equal. Its size has often
caused it to be confounded with the White Shai'k.(3)

Species with spiracles and an anal.

Galeus, Cuv.j(4)

The general form of the Sharks, but differing in the presence of
spiracles. But a single species is known that inhabits the seas of
Europe. It is the 'S*^. galeus, L.; BL, 118, Duham., Sect. IX, pi.
XX, f. 1 and 2.(5) The

MUSTELUS, CUV.(6)

Resembles the Squali and Galei in form, but in addition to the
presence of spiracles as in the latter, the teeth are like small paving
stones.

Two species are taken in the seas of Europe, which ai'e con-
founded under the name of Sq. musteliis, L.(7) The

(1) Lamna, one of the Greek names of the lamia, which particular word I am
prevented from using, as Fabricius has applied it to a genus of insects.

(2) The lamia, Rondelet, 399, the carcharias, Aldrov., 383 and 388, are nothing
more than the coi-nubicus, which attains a very large size, notwithstanding what
Bl., Schn., p. 132, says to the contrary. The pretended jaws of the carcharias,
given by Aldrov., 382, are also those of the cornubicus. It appears to be more com-
mon in the Mediterranean than the true Squalus.

(3) Add Sq. monensis, Sh., which has a shorter snout and sharper teeth; Isu-
rus oxyrJiynchus, Rafin., Caratt., XIII, 1, is very possibly a species of this genus,
perhaps the common one disfigured by the stuffer.

(4) Galeus, the generic name, in Greek, of the Squali.

(5) It is also the lamiola, Rondel., 377, cop. Aldrov., 394 and 393, Salv., 130,
I, cop. Will., B, 6. The enormous size sometimes attributed to it, is owing to the
fact that the teeth and jaws, represented Lacep., I, vii, 2, and Herissant, Ac. des
Sc, 1794, have been refeiTcd to it they belong, however, to a foreign species,
which will be described in our Icthyology.

(6) Mustelus, the Latin translation of yttxic;, a generic name for the Squali.
N.B. M. Rafin. unites ScylUum, Galeus, and Mustelus, in his genus Galeus.

(7) The Emissole commune. Rondel., 375, Salv., 136, f. 2, cop. Will., pi. B, 5, f.
1, and improperly cited as the galeus.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS. 287

NOTIDANUS, CUV.(I)

Only diflPers from Galeus in the absence of the first dorsal.

Sq. griseuSf L. j Sq. vacca, Schn. ; Augustin Scilla, pi. xvii;
Le Griset.(2) Ash-coloured above, whitish beneath, and very
remarkable for its six wide branchial openings, and for its teeth
which are triangular above and serrated below; the snout is de-
pressed and rounded like that of the Shark.

Sq. cinereus, Gm. Seven very wide branchial openings; teeth
similar to the lower ones of the Griseus; snout pointed like that
of the cornubicus.(3) Both these species inhabit the Mediter-
ranean. (4) The

Selache, Cuv.(5)

In addition to the form of the Squali, and the spiracles of the Ga-

lei, is furnished with branchial openings that are nearly large enough

to encircle the neck, and with small conical and unemarginate teeth.

The common species, ^S'^'. maximus, L.; Blainv., Ann. du

Mus. torn. XVIII, pi. vi, f. 1 (The Basking Shark), has nothing

of the ferocity of the Shark, although it surpasses it in size as

well as all other Squali. Individuals have been captured that

were more than thirty feet in length. It inhabits the Arctic

Seas, but is sometimes driven on the coast of France by the

strength of the north-east winds.(6)

Cestracion, Cuv.
The spiracles, anal, and teeth en pave of the Musteli, with a spine

The Emissole tachetee de blanc, ovlentillat Rondel., 376, ]3el., 71, cop. Aldrov.,

(1) NajT/tTfitvo? (dry back), the Athenian name of some Squalus.

(2) The teeth are well figured, but the fish itself very badly. It is the genus
Hexanchus, Rafin.

(3) It is the genus Heptrakchias, Rafin., who erroneously states that it has no
spiracles.

(4) Messrs Quoy and Gaym. have discovered, in the Indian Ocean, a species of
this subgenus which is all spotted with black, and has seven spiracles.

(5) Selache, liXeL^^^n, a Greek name common to all the cartilaginous fishes.

(6) See the anatomy of this fish by M. de Blainville, loc. cit. N.B. The differ-
ences observed between the figures and descriptions of Gunner, Dronth., Ill, ii,
1, of Pennant, Brit. Zool., No. 41, of Home, Phil. Trans., 1809, and of Shaw, Gen.
Zool. may be owing to the difficulty that attends all attempts to observe such large
fishes, and may not be sufficient to establish species. Nor can I see in what par-
ticulars the Squalus elephas, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., differs from this maxi-^
mus-

288 PISCES.

before each dorsal as in Spinax; the pointed jaws projecting as much
as the snout, with small pointed teeth in the middle, and very broad
rhomboidal ones towards the angles, the ensemble of which resem-
bles certain spiral shells.

But a single species is known, the Sq. Philippi, Schn., Phil.,
Voy. pi. 283, and the teeth: Davila, Cat., I, xxii.

Species ivithout an anal hut furnished with spiracles.

Spinax, Cuv.

All the characters of a Carcharias, with the addition of spiracles,
and distinguished besides by the want of an anal, by several rows of
small trenchant teeth, and by a strong spine before each dorsal.

Sq. acanthias, L.; Bl., 85. (The Picked Dog-Fish.) Brown
abovej whitish beneath. The young, Edw., 288,(1) are spotted
with white.

Centrina, Cuv.(2)

The spines, spiracles, and deficiency of the anal as in Spinaxj the
position of the second dorsal over the ventrals and the shortness of
the tail, give it a more clumsy appearance than is presented by any
other species. The lower teeth are trenchant and placed in one or
two rows; the upper ones are slender, pointed, and arranged in se-
veral rows. The skin is very rough.

The species most common on the coast of France is the Sq.
centrina, L.; Bl. 115.

SCYMNUS, Cuv.(3)

All the characters of the preceding fishes except the dorsal spines.
They also are found on the coast of France.

(1) Add the Sagre, Brouss., (Sq. spinax, L.,) Gunner, Dronth., Mem., II, pi.
vii; the Mguillat Blainville, Risso, Ed. II, f. 6. N.B. The SauAius uyatus, Rafin.,
Caratt., pi. xiv, f. 2, does not difFer from a Spinax, and is probably the Squalvs
spinax, L. His Dalatias nodurnus, lb., f. 3, is a Spinax whose spiracles escaped
his observation. His Etmopterus aculeatus, also, appears to me a Spinax drawn
from a dried specimen. This author gives it three branchial orifices, but he only
allows the same number to the Squat, angelus, which most certainly has five.

(2) KVT/)v, the Greek name of this fish, from Kivrfiov, sting. It is the Oxrwo
Tds of Rafin.

(3) Scymnus, the Greek name of a ScyUium.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS KIXIS. 289

The Leiche or Liche,, Brouss., called, through a mistake, Sq.
americanus.(\)

A species inhabits the arctic seas which is said to be as fero-
cious and terrible as the White Shark, (2) and the Indian Ocean
produces another, remarkable for the smallness of its first dor-
sal. (3)

A third, the 'S'^'. Scailleux, Brouss.; Sq. sqiiamosus, Lacep., I,

X, 3, under the false name of iS'^'. liche, is remarkable for the

small raised and crowded scales resembling leaves, that cover

its entire skin. Its snout is long and depressed.

We distinguish those species whose first dorsal is over the ven-

trals, and the second further back.

One of these is completely covered with small spines, the
Squale boucle, Lacep., I, iii, 2; Squalus spinosus, Bl., Schn.

A second genus may be formed of tlie

Zygcena, Cuv. Sphyrna, Raf.

Which to the characters of a Carcharias, adds a form of head of
which there is no other example in the animal kingdom. It is hori-
zontally flattened and truncated before, the sides extending trans-
versely in branches, which give it a resemblance to the head of a
hammer; the eyes are placed at the extremity of the branches, and
the nostrils on their anterior edge.

The most common species of the European seas, Sq. zygosna,
L.j Z. malleus, Valenciennes, M6m. Mus., IX, xi, 1; Parra,
32 J Salv., 40; Will., B., 1, is sometimes twelve feet long. (4)

(1) Because Gmelin has confounded Cape Breton near Bayonne, with ano-
ther Cape of the same name near Newfoundland. The Sq. niceen, Risso, Ed. I, f.
6, is a bad drawhig' of the same fish; in Ed. U, f. 4, it is somewhat better. 'I'he
Dalatias sparophagus, Raf., Car., XIII, 2, must also belong' to this g-cnus.

(2) It is the pretended S'q. carcharias, of Gunner, Dronth., II, x and x*, and of
Fab., Groen., 127, and perhaps also that of Bl., 119, although he gives it an anal.
This is probably the place for the Sq. brevipliinis, Lesueur, Ac Nat. So. Philad.,
I, 122, which forms the genus Sojuniosus of that author, who does not, however,
describe the teeth.

(3) Leiche Laborde, Quoy and Gaym., Zool., Freycin.pl. 44, f. 2.

(4) Add the species represented by Hi., 117, known by its nostrils, which are
placed much nearer the middle {Z. Blochii, Nob.), Val., Mem. Mus. IX, xi, 2- Its
second dorsal is also much nearer the caudal; the broad-headed species under
the name o{ pantoujiier, L-j.cep., I, vii, 3. It is thejt3a^0i^_^er of Risso, Zyg. tudes,
Val., Mem. Mus. IX, xii, 1, Koma sorra, Russel, XII, 2- The true punioujlier
(Sq. tiburo, L., and Val., loc. cit. XII, 2), Maicgiv, 181, known by its heart-shaped

Vol. II. 2 M

290 PISCES.

Sqatina, Dumer.(l)

Spiracles, but no anal, as in the third division of the Squali, but dif-
fering from all of them in the mouth, which is cleft in the end of
the snout and not beneath, and in the eyes, which are placed on its
dorsal surface and not on the sides. The head is round, the body
broad and horizontally flattened, the pectorals large and extending
forwards, but separated from the body by a fissure where the bran-
chial orifices are piercedj the two dorsals are behind the ventrals,
and the caudal is attached both above and beneath. The

Squat, angclus', Squalus squaiina, L.; Bl., 1 16(2) (The Angel-
Fish), attains a considerable size in the European seas. Its skin
is rough, and the edges of the pectorals are furnished with small
spines.

Pristis, Lath. (3)

The Saw-fish forms a fourth genus. To the elongated form of the
Squali it unites a body flattened before and branchise opening below,
as in the Rays^ but its peculiar character consists in a very long de-
pressed snout resembling the blade of a sword, armed on each side
with stout, bony, trenchant and pointed spines, planted like teeth.
This beak, from which these fishes derive their name, is a most
powerful weapon, and with it they attack the largest Whales. The
true teeth of their jaws resemble small paving stones, like those of
a Mustelus.

The common species, Pristisantiquorum, Lath.j Squal. pristis,
L., attains a length of twelve or fifteen feet.

Raia, Lin. (4)

The Rays form a less numerous genus than the Squali. They are
recognized by the horizontally flattened body which resembles a

head. N.B. The tail of Bloch's figure is twisted, whence the error of Schn., p.
131 Caudse inferiore lobo longiore.

(1) 'P/v, in Greek, Squatina and Squatus in Latin: the ancient names of this
fish still used in Greece and Italy.

(2) Add Squat, aculeata, Dumer., of the Mediterranean, which has a row of
strong spines along the back; Squat. Dumerilii, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad.,
I, X, with a granulated skin, &c.

(3) n^/r/c, saw, the Greek name of this fish. Species: Pristis antiquorum;
Pr. pedinatus; Pr. cuspidatus; Pr. microdon; Prist, cirrhatus. See Lath.,
Trans, of the Lin. Soc. vol. 11, p. 282, pi. 26 a.nd 27 ; Pristis semi-sagiitatus,
Shaw. , Russel, I, 13.

(4) Baia, in Latin, Batjc and Buros, in Greek, are the ancient names of these
fishes.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCIIIIS FIXIS. 291

disk, from its union with the extremely broad and fleshy pectorals
which are joined to each other before or to the snout, and which ex-
tend behind the two sides of the abdomen as far as the base of the
ventrals. The scapulae of these pectorals are articulated with the
spine behind the branchiae. The eyes and spiracles are seated on
the dorsal surface, the mouth, nostrils, and orifices of the branchiae
on the opposite one. The dorsal fins are almost always on the tail.
The ova are brown, coriaceous, and square, the angles extended
into points. We subdivide the genus as follows:

Rhinobatus, Schn.(l)

The Rhinobati connect the Rays with the Squali by their thick
fleshy tail, furnished with two very distinct dorsals and a caudalj
the rhomboid formed by their snout and their pectorals is acute in
front and narrower in proportion than in ordinary Rays. Indepen-
dently of this they have all the characters of the latter genus; their
teeth are crowded and planted in a quincunx order like small flat
paving-stones.

Some of them still have the first dorsal on the ventrals. (2)
In others it is much further back.

Such are the Mediterranean species, B. rhinobatus^ L. ; Will,,
D, 5, f. 1; and that of Brazil, B. electricus, Schn., Marcgr. 152,
which has been said to participate in the properties of the
Torpedo; this however has not been proved.

There is another species, Bh. granulatus, the skin of which
is granulated. (3) The

Rhina, Schn.

Only differs from Rhinobatus in a short, broad, and rounded
snout. (4)

(1) P/vo;S*Toc, which Gaza translates by Squatino-raia, is the Greek name of
these fishes, which were considered by the ancients as produced from the union of
the Ray with the Squatina.

(2) Rhin. lasvis, Schn. 77, Russel, 10, &ndllh. JDjiddensis, Forsk., 18, which pro-
bably form but one species. It is to it must be referred the fig', of the Rhinobate,
Lacep., V, vi, 3, and that of Duhamel, part II, Sect. IX, pi. xv.

(3) N.B. The R. thouin, Lacep., I, 1, 3, is a variety of the common Rhinobatus.
The Raia halavi, Forsk., also appears to be the same. Add the Suttivara, Russ.,
XI.

(4) Rhina ancylostomus, Bl., Schn., 72, to which the editor improperly adds
the Raie chinoise, Lacep., I, ii, 2, which, as well as can be determined from a
Chinese figure, rather approaches the Torpedo.

292

PISCES.

Torpedo, Dum.(l)

The tail short, but still tolerably fleshy; disk of the body nearly
circular, the anterior border being formed by two productions of
the snout which incline side-wise in order to reach the pectorals;
the space between these pectorals, head and branchise is filled on
each side with a singular apparatus formed of little membranous
tubes placed close together like a honeycomb, subdivided by hori-
zontal diaphragms into small cells filled with a sort of mucus, and
traversed by numerous nerves proceeding from the eighth pair. It
is in this apparatus that resides the electric or galvanic power
which has rendered the Torpedo so celebrated; violent shocks are
experienced by touching it, and it is most probable that the same
power is employed to bewilder its prey. The body is smooth, the
teeth small and sharp.

Several species are found in the seas of Europe confounded
by Linnaeus and most of his successors under the name of
Raia torpedo. (2)

T. mrke, Riss.; BL, 122; Rondel., 258 and 362. (The Ocel-
lated Torpedo.) Number of spots varying from five to one; no
fleshy indentations on the edges of the spiracles.

T. galvanii, Riss.; Rondel. 363, 1. (The Galvanic Torpedo.)
Seven fleshy indentations round the spiracles; sometimes of a
uniform fawn-colour, and sometimes marbled, dotted, or spot-
ted with blackish.

Several others are found in foreign seas. (3)

Raia, Cuv.

Rays, properly so called, have a rhomboidal disk, a thin tail, fur-
nished above and near its point with two small dorsals, and some-
times with the vestige of a caudal; small, slender, and crowded teeth
in quincunx order in the jaws. Many species inhabit the seas of

(1) Torpedo, va>;t, ancient names of these fishes, derived from then- benumbing'
faculty.

(2) The Torpille vulgaire d cinq taches. Torpedo narJce, Riss., llondcl., 358 and
362.

Torpedo unimaculata, Riss., pi. iii, f. 3.
T. marmorata. Id., lb., f. 4, Rondel., 362.
T. galvanii. Id., lb., f. 5, Rondel., 363, f. 1.

(3) Temeree, Russel, hNallatemeree, Id., 2;~the Raie chinoise, Lacep., I, ii,
2. Both of them being the Maia timlei, Bl, Schn., 359.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS. 293

Europe which are not yet well determined. Their flesh though hard
is eaten.

R. clavata, L.; the male, Bl., 84, under the name of rubus,
the female. (The Thornback.) Distinguished by its rough-
ness and the thick, oval, bony tubercles, each of which is fur-
nished with a recurved spine, that are irregularly scattered
over its two surfaces. Their number varies greatly.

i?. r?<6z<5, L.j'Lacep., I, V (The Rough Ray), differs from
the clavata in the absence of the tubercles. The male of both
species, however, has hooked spines on the front and angle of
the wings, their posterior edge being similarly furnished in the
female. The appendages of the male are very long and com-
plex.(l)

i?. batis, h.; R. oxyrhinchus major, Rondel., 348. (The
Skate.) Superior surface of the body rough, but spineless, with
a single row of spines on the tail. It is the largest of all the
species, and is sometimes found to weigh upwards of two
hundred pounds. It is spotted when young, assuming a more
uniform and a paler tint with age. (2)

In some species of Raia individuals have been observed with
a recurved membrane on the middle of the disk, resembling a
fin. Such, in the R. aspera,h the Raie Cuvier, Lacep., I, vii, 1.
I have seen the same in a R. batis. The

(1) N.R. The R. batis, Penn. Brit. Zool., No. 30, is nothing- more than this
rubus, Lacep. The rubus, 151., 84, which is the R. clavata, WiM., is, if not a
species, at least a variety remarkable for the tubercles that are scattered over
both surfaces. There is also a variety, R. oculata aspera, llondel. , 351, marked
with an ocellated spot on each win,^.

(2) Add the R. undulata, Lacep., IV, xiv, 2, which differ but little, or not at
all, from the mosaique, Id., lb., XVI, 2; the R. chardon {R.fullonica, L.), Rondel.,
356, figured under the name of oxyrhinchus, BL, 80, and Lacep., I, vi, 1; the R.
rudula, Laroche, An. Mas., XIII, 321, is closely allied to it. The R. lentillat [R.
oxyrhinchus). Rondel., 347, of which the Raie bm-dee, Lacep., V, xx, 2, or the R,
rostellata, Risso, pi. 1 and 2, Lseviraia, Salv., 142, is also a closely allied spe-
cies; R. asterias. Rondel., 350, and Laroche, An. Mus. XIII, pi. xx, f. 1; ^. mi-
ra&^ws. Rondel., 349; R. aspem, Rond.,356.

No reliance whatever is to be placed upon the synonymes given by Artedi,
Linnaeus, and Bloch, as they are in a state of complete confusion, a circumstance
principally owing to the fact of their employing, as a chief character, the number
of rows of spines on the tail, which varies both with the age and sex, and cannot
serve to distinguish the species. That of sharp or blunt teeth is likewise not
sure.

294 PISCES.

Trygon, Adans.(l)

Is recognized by the tail armed v/ith a spine notched on both
sides, and the small, slender, and crowded teeth arranged in quin-
cunx order. The head, like that of the common Ray, is enveloped
by the pectorals, which generally form a very obtuse disk.

The tail of some is slender and barely furnished with a fold in the
form of a finj of this number some have a smooth back. Such is

R. pastinaca, L. ; Bl., 82. (The Sting Ray.) Disk, round and
smooth; inhabits European seas, where its spine is considered
venomous, on account of the dangerous nature of the wounds
inflicted by its serrated edges.(2)

The back of others is more or less spinous,(3) or tubercu-
lated.(4)

Some again have a wide membrane on the under surface of
the tail, and the species, E. Sephen., Forsk.,(5) whose back,
crowded with osseous tubercles, furnishes us with shagreen, is
of this number. The rounded body of one of them is even co-
vered with small spines, and the tail with tubercles like those
on the E. davata, E. Gesneri,(6) Cuv. Several, however, have
a smooth back. (7)

In some again the slightly elongated and thick tail is termi-
nated by a fin. (8)

Finally, in others the extent of the wings renders the body
very broad and the tail very short. (9) The

Anacanthus, Ehrenb.

Resembles a Trygon, but the long and slender tail has neither fin
nor spine. There is a species in the Red Sea whose back is fur-

(1) Tpuyoov, or Turtur, ancient names of these fishes.

(2) Add Tenk^e Shindraki, Russ. , I, 5.

(3) The Raie tuberculee, Lacep., I, iv, 1, in which the engraver has omitted the
caudal spine; Raia Sabina, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil.

(4) Isakurrah-Tenkee, Kuss., I, 4.

(5) Add Wolga-Tenkee, Russ., I, 3.

(6) They only had the figure of the tail, Gesner, 77.

(7) R. lymna, Forsk., p. 17. It is at least a very closely allied species which
is figured, but without a spine, under the name of torpille, Lacep., I, vi, 1, and
perhaps it is also the P. grabatus, Geoff., Eg. Poiss., Bl., XXV, i, 1. N.B. The
lymne, Lacep., I, iv, 2 and 3, is merely a common Trygon; .R. jama'i'censis, Cuv.,
Sloane's Jam., pi. 246, f. 1.

(8) The Raie croisee, Lacep., Ann. Mus., IV, Iv, 2.

(9) P. kunsua, Cuv., Tenkee knnsu, Russel, I, 6,R. Madura, Lesueur, Ac.
Nat. So. Phil., or micrura, Bl., Schn., 360.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS. 295

nished with a coarser shagreen than that of the Sephen, and with
stellated granules.(l)

Myliobatis, Dumer.(2)

The head projecting beyond the pectorals, which are larger
transversely than in other Rays, giving them somewhat the appear-
ance of a bird of prey with outstretched wings, which has caused
them to be compared to the Eagle. The jaws are furnished with broad
flat teeth, placed like flags in a pavement, and differing in size ac-
cording to the speciesj their extremely long and slender tail termi-
nates in a point and is armed, like that of a Trygon, with a strong
spine notched on both sides, supporting near its base and before the
spine, a small dorsal. Sometimes there are two or more spines.(3)
The snout of some projects in a parabola. Such as

R. aqiiilat L.; Mgle de mer; Mourine; Ratepenade; Bceuf;
Pesce ratto, &c.; Duham., part II, Sect. IX, pi. xj and the
teeth, Juss. Ac. des. Sc, 1721, pi. 17.(4) (The Sea Eagle.)
The middle plates of its jaws are much wider than they are
long, and placed in a single row; the lateral ones, which are re-
gular hexagons, in three rows.(5) It attains a large size and is
found in the Mediterranean and the Atlantic.
In others, the Rhinoptera, Kuhl, the snout is divided into two
short lobes, under which are two similar ones. (6)

Chepaloptera, Dum.(7)

The tail slender; the spine, small dorsal, and the pectorals broad,
as in Myliobatis; but the teeth are still more tenuous than those of

(1) Th&Mereba, Marcgr., 175 {Itaia orbicularis, Bl., Schn.), belongs, perhaps,
to this division.

(2) MuxioySetToc, from /xvkh (grindstone), referring to the form of the teeth.

(3) See the tail with five spines, Voy. de Freycin., Zool. 42, f. 3.

(4) N.B. The fig. of Bloch, 81, is not that of the aqulla, but of a Trygon
with a fin placed before the spine.

(5) Add: Myl. bovina, Geoff., Eg. Poiss., pi. xxvi, f. 1;R. narinari, L.,
Marcgi-., 75, and under the name of aigle, Lacep., I, vi, 2, and the teeth, Phil.
Trans., Vol. XIX, No. 2S3, p. 673. Eel tenkee, Russ., I, 8, found in both hemi-
spheres; i?. flagellum, Schn., 73. Hisi?. nieuhowii. Will. App., X, Mookarrah
tenkee, Russ., VII, perhaps only differs from it in the loss of the spine. The teeth
are like those of the aquila,- R. Jussieui, Guv., has the middle teeth broader
than they are long, and in three rows. Jus. Ac. des Sc, 1721, pi. iv, f. 12.

(6) Myliobatis marginata, Geoff., Eg., Poiss., pi. xxv, f. 2;Raia quadriloba,
Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil.

(7) Chepaloptera, winged head, from the projection of the pectorals.

296 PISCES.

a Trygon and finely serrated. The anterior part of the head is trun-
cated, and the pectorals instead of clasping it have each of their an-
terior extremities extended into a salient point, which gives the fish
the appearance of having horns.

A gigantic species is occasionally captured in the Mediterra-
nean, the Raid cephaloptera, Schn. j Haie giorna, Lacep. V, xx,
3,(1) with a black back bordered with violet.

FAMILY II.

SUCTORIL CYCLOSTOMI, Burner.,

The Suctorii; as regards the skeleton^ are the most imper-
fect of fishes^ and even of all vertebrate animals. They have
neither pectorals nor ventrals ; their elongated body is termi-
nated before by a circular or semicircular fleshy lip, and the car-
tilaginous ring which supports it results from the soldering of
the palatines to the mandibularies. The bodies of all the ver-
tebrae are traversed by a single tendinous cord filled with a
mucilaginous substance without strangulations, which reduces
them to the condition of cartilaginous rings, scarcely distinct
from each other. The annular portion, a little more solid than
the rest, is not however cartilaginous throughout the whole of
its circle. They have no ordinary ribs; but the small bran-
chial ones, which are hardly perceptible in the Squali and
Rays, are here greatly developed and united with each other,
forming a kind of cage ; while there are no solid branchial
arches. The branchiae, instead of being pectinated as in
all other fishes, resemble purses, resulting from the junction
of one face of a branchia with the opposing one of its neigh-
bour. The labyrinth of the ear is enclosed by the cranium, and
the nostrils open externally by a single orifice, in front of

(1) The Rale fabronienne, Lacep., II, v, 1,2, is most probably a mutilated indi-
vidual of the gioma, but the R. giorna, Lesueui-, Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad., appears to
differ from that of the Mediterranean, and may rather be the Mohulur, Duham.,
second part. Sect. IX, pi. 17. As to the R. bank&itnne, Lacep., II, v, 3; Mana-
iia. Id., I, vii, 2; Diabolus marinus. Will., App. IX, 3; they unfortunately I'est on
no authentic foundation. Add the Cephaloptera viassena, Riss., p. ISiSregoodcc-
tenkee, Russ., I, 9.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS. 297

which is a blind cavity.(l) The intestinal canal is straight
and thin, with a spiral valve.

Petromyzon, Lin. (2)

The Lampreys have seven branchial openings on each side; the skin of
the tail above and beneath is turned up into alongitudinal crest which
supplies the place of a fin, but in which the rays resemble scarcely
visible fibres.

Petromyzon, Dumer.

The maxillary ring of the True Lamprey is armed with strong
teeth, and the interior disk of the lip, which is very circular, is fur-
nished with tubercles covered with an extremely hard shell, and
similar to teeth. This ring is suspended under a transverse plate
which appears to supply the want of intermaxillaries,and on the sides
of which vestiges of maxillaries may be observed. There are two
longitudinal rows of small teeth on the tongue, which moves back-
wards and forwards like a piston; by this, that suction is produced
which distinguishes this animal. Water reaches the branchiae from
the mouth by a particular membranous canal, placed under the oeso-
phagus and perforated with holes, that may be compared to a tra-
chea. There is a dorsal before the anus and another behind it,
which unites with that of the tail. These fishes habitually fix them-
selves by suction to stones and other solid bodies; they attack the
largest fishes in the same way, and are finally enabled to pierce and
devour them.

P. marinus,h.; Bl., 77; the teeth better in Lacep. I, i, 2.
(The Sea-Lamprey.) Two or three feet in length, marbled
with brown on a yellowish ground; first dorsal very distinct
from the second; two large approximated teeth on the upper
part of the maxillary ring. It ascends the mouths of rivers in
the spring, and is highly esteemed.

P. fluvialis, L.; Pricka; Sept-Oeil, Sec; BL, 78, 1. (The
River Lamprey.) From a foot to eighteen inches in length; sil-

(1) Improperly styled a spiracle. With respect to this family in general, see
Dumeril, Diss, sur les Poiss., Cyclostomes.

(2) Lamproye, Lampreda, Lamprey, corruptions of Lampetra, which is itself
modern, and, according' to some, derived from Z.amiecfo, ^je^ras. Petromyzon \s
the Greek translation of the same, by Artedi. It is somewhat singular that so
much uncertainty should envelope the ancient name of a fish so much esteemed,
and so common in the Mediterranean.

Vol. IL 2 N

298 PISCES.

very, blackish and olive on the backj first dorsal very distinct
from the second; two large separated teeth on the upper part of
the maxillary ring. Inhabits rivers, &c.

P. planeri^ Bl.j iSucet, &c.; Gesner, 705. (Small River Lam-
prey.) From eight to ten inches longj teeth and colours of the
fluvialis; the two dorsals contiguous or united. Rivers, &:c.(l)

Myxine, Lin.

But a single tooth on the upper part of the maxillary ring, which is
altogether membranous; lateral dentations of the tongue strong, and
arranged in two rows on each side, so that the jaws of these fishes
seem to be lateral like those of Insects or the Nereides, which in-
duced Linnaeus to place them in the class of Vermes; the rest of
their organization, however, is analogous to that of the Lampreys:(2)
the tongue also acts like a piston, and the spine of the back is in the
form of a cord. The mouth is circular and surrounded with eight
cirri; in its upper margin is a spiracle which communicates with its
interior. The body is cylindrical, and furnished behind with a fin
that surrounds the tail. The intestine is simple and straight, but
wide and plaited internally; the liver bilobate. There are no
vestiges of eyes. The eggs become large. These singular animals
pour out such an abundance of mucus through the pores of their
lateral line, that the water of the vases in which they are kept seems
to be converted into a jelly. They attack and pierce other fishes
like the Lampreys.

They are subdivided according to the external orifices of their
branchise. In

Heptatremus, Dumer.

There are still seven holes on each side, as in the Lampreys.

But a single species is known, Gastrobranche dombey, Lacep.,
I, xxiii, 1; Petromyzon cirrhatus^ Forster; Bl., Schn., p. 532;
from the South Seas. (3)

1 ) N.B. The figure of the Planeri, Bl., 78, 3, is a young Jluvialis. I also
think that the Petrom. sucet, Lacep., II, i, 3; Sept-oeil, IV, sv, 1? Noir, lb., 2,
are mere varieties of the planeri: but the fig-. I, ii, 1, under the name of Lam-
proyon, Petrom. branchialis, represents a peculiar species of this genus, and not an
AmmoccEtes. I see no difference between the Petrom. argenieus, BL, 415, 2, and
the Jluvialis.

(2) See the Memoir of Abildgaart, Trans. Soc. Nat. Berlin, vol. X, p. 193.

(3) See the Memoir of Sir Ev. Home, Phil. Trans., 1815.

CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCIIIIS FIXIS. 299

Gasthodranohus, B1.

The intervals of the branchise, instead of having separate issues,
communicate with a common canal on each side, each of which ter-
minates in a distinct hole situated under the heart, near the first
third of the whole length.

But a single species is known, Myxine glutinosa, L.; Gastro-
branchus csecus, Bl., 413; the Glutinous Hag. From the Arcflc
Ocean.

Ammoccetes, Dumer.

All the parts which should constitute the skeleton, so soft and
membranous that they are hardly entitled to the appellation of bone.
The general form of these fishes, and external orifices of the branchia;
are similar to those of the Lampreys, but their fleshy lip is semi-
circular, and only covers the top of the mouth, consequently they
cannot attach themselves to bodies like a true Lamprey. They have
no teeth, but the opening of their mouth is furnished with a row of
small branched cirri. They have no particular trachea, and their
branchiae are supplied with water from the oesophagus as usual.
Their dorsals are united with each other and with the caudal, form-
ing a low and sinuous fold. They inhabit the ooze of brooks, and
their habits are greatly like those of Worms, which they otherwise
so strongly resemble. (1)

One of them is found in France, the Petrom. branchialis, L. ;
Lamprillion, Civelle, &c. From six to eight inches long, and
the size of a large quill; it has been accused of sucking the
branchiae of fishes, possibly from having confounded it with the
Petrom. planeri. It is used as bait.

(1) See Omaliusde Hallois, Journ. <le Phys., May 1808.

N.B. The Petrom. rouge, Lacep., II, i, 2, belongs to thi3 genus, and perhaps
does not differ materially from the common species quoted.

SECOND GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL

KINGDOM.

ANIMALIA MOLLUSCA(l).

The Mollusca have neither an articulated skeleton nor a
vertebral canal. Their nervous system is not united in a spinal
marrowj but merely in a certain number of medullary masses
dispersed in different points of the body, the chief of which,
termed the brain, is situated transversely on the oesophagus,
and envelopes it with a nervous collar. Their organs of motion
and of the sensations have not the same uniformity as to nuni-

(1) That portion of the Baron's work which relates to the Mollusca, and with
which he commences the third volume of his last edition, is preceded by a few re-
marks in the shape of a preface- As I have replaced this division, as well as that
of the Zoophytes, in their proper situation, it is impossible to give that preface
without creating an awkward break in the series. Besides this, it contains but little
of moment. The author merely states the reasons which delayed the publication of
the third volume for a long time after the appearance of the fourth; among the most
prominent of which were the number of changes in the genera, and in the distribution
of species, he was compelled to make by recent discoveries. He also acknowledges
his obligations to the works of the late lamented M. de Lamarck, and those of
MM. de Blainville, Savigny, Ferrussac, Des Hayes, D'Oi'bigny, liudolphi, Bremser,
Otto, Leuckart, Chamisso, Eisenhardt, Rang, Sowerby, Charles Desmoulins, Quoy
and Gaymard, Delle Chiaje, Defrance, Deslonchamp, Audouin, Milne Edwards,
Duges, Moquin Tandon, Morren, Ranzani, and other savans whom he names in
different places. He concludes by regretting that he had not received in time cer-
tain very recent works, which would have supplied him with valuable materials,
particularly the Syst. Acalepk., Berlin, 1829, 4to, of M. Eschholtz,and the article
Zoophytes of the Diet. desSc. Nat., of M. de Blainville, which was not then pub-
lished. m. Ed.

302 MOLLUSC A.

ber and position, as in the Vertebrata, and the irregularity is
still more striking in the viscera, particularly as respects the
position of the heart and respiratory organs, and even as re-
gards the structure of the latter ; for some of them respire
elastic air, and others salt or fresh water. Their external or-
gans, however, and those of locomotion, are generally arranged
symmetrically on the two sides of an axis(l).

The circulation of the Mollusca is always double ; that is,
their pulmonary circulation describes a separate and distinct
circle. This function is at least always aided by a fleshy ven-
tricle, situated between the veins of the lungs and the arteries
of the body, and not as in Fishes between the veins of the body
and the arteries of the lungs. It is then an aortic ventricle.
The Cephalopoda alone are provided besides \Yith a pulmo-
nary ventricle, which is even divided into two. The aortic
ventricle is also divided in some genera, as in Area and Lin-
gula; at others, as in other bivalves, its auricle only is divided.

When there is more than one ventricle they are not joined
in a single mass, as in the warm-blooded animals, but are fre-
quently placed at a considerable distance from each other, and
in this case the animal may be said to have several hearts.

The blood of the Mollusca is white or bluish, and|it appears

(1) N.B. LiniiKus united all invertebrate animals without articulated limbs in
a single class, under the name of Vermes, dividing them into five orders: the
iNTESTijfA, embracing some of my Annelides and Intestina; the Moilusca, com-
prehending my Naked Mollusca, my Echinodermata, and part of my Intestina and
Zoophytes; the Testacea, comprising my Mollusca and Annelides ivith shells.- the
Ltthophtta, or Stony Corals; and the Zoophytes, embracing the remainder of
the Polypi, some of th^ Intestina and the Infusoria.

No regard whatever was paid to nature in this arrangement, and Brugiere,
Encycl. Method., endeavoured to rectify it. He there established six orders of
worms, viz. the Infuhiosa; the Intestina, including the Annelides; the Mollus-
ca, uniting several of my Zoophytes to my true Mollusca; the EcniNODERMAXA,
which only comprised Echinus and Asterias; the Testacea, nearly the same as
those of Linnseus; and the Zoophxtes, under which name he included the Co-
rals only. This arrangement was merely superior to that of Linn^us in the more
complete approximation of the Annelides, and by the distinction it effected of a
part of the Echinodermata.

r proposed a new arrangement of all the invertebrate animals, founded on their
internal structure, in a paper read before the Societe d'Histoire Naturelle on the
10th of May 1795, of which my subsequent labours on this part of natural history
are the development.

MOI.LUSCA. 303

to contain a smaller proportionate quantity of fibrine than that
of the Vertebrata. There are reasons for believing that their
veins fulfil the functions of absorbent vessels.

Their muscles are attached to various points of their skin,
forming tissues there which are more or less complex and
dense. Their motions consist of various contractions which
produce inflexions and prolongations of their different parts,
or a relaxation of the same, by means of which they creep,
swim, and seize upon various objects, just as the form of these
parts may permit ; but as the limbs are not supported by arti-
culated and solid levers, they cannot advance rapidly, or per
sal turn.

The irritability of most of them is extremely great, and re-
mains for a long time after they are divided. Their skin is
naked, very sensible, and usually covered with a humour that
oozes from its pores; no particular organ of smell has ever
been detected in them, although they enjoy that sense ; it may
possibly reside in the entire skin, for it greatly resembles a
pituitary membrane. All the Acalepha, Brachiopoda, Cirrho-
poda, and part of the Gasteropoda and Pteropoda, are de-
prived of eyes ; the Cephalopoda on the contrary have them
at least as complicated as those of the warm-blooded animals.
They are the only ones in which the organ of hearing has been
discovered, and whose brain is enclosed within a particular
cartilaginous box.

Nearly all the Mollusca have a development of the skin
wliich covers their body, and which bears more or less resem-
blance to Simantle; it is often however narrowed into a simple
disk, formed into a pipe, hollowed into a sac, or extended and
divided in the form of fins.

The JVaked Mollusca are those in which the mantle is simply
membranous or fleshy ; most frequently however one or seve-
ral laminaB, of a substance more or less hard, is formed in its
thickness, deposited in layers, and increasing in extent as well
as in thickness, because the recent layers always overlap the
old ones.

When this substance remains concealed in the thickness of
the mantle, it is still customary to style the animals Naked

304

MOLLUSCA.

Mollusca. Most generally, however, it becomes so much de-
veloped, that the contracted animal finds shelter beneath it;
it is then termed a shell, and the animal is said to be testaceous;
the epidermis which covers it is thin, and sometimes desic-
cated(l).

^ The variety in the form, colour, surface, substance and bril-
liancy of shells, is infinite ; most of them are calcareous ; some
are horny, but they always consist of matters deposited in lay-
ers, or exuded from the skin under the epidermis like the
mucous covering, nails, hairs, horns, scales, and even teeth.
The tissue of shells differs according to the mode of this de-
position, which is either in parallel laminse or in crowded ver-
tical filaments.

All the modes of mastication and deglutition are visible in
the Mollusca ; here the stomachs are simple, there multiple,
and frequently provided with a peculiar armature ; their in-
testines are variously prolonged. They most generally have
salivary glands, and always a large liver, but neither pancreas
nor mesentery : several have secretions which are peculiar to
them.

They also present examples of all the modes of generation.
Several of them possess the faculty of self-impregnation;
others, although hermaphrodites, require a reciprocal coitus,
while in many the sexes are separated. The first are vivipa-
rous, and the others oviparous ; the eggs of the latter are
sometimes enveloped with a harder or softer shell, and some-
times with a simple viscosity.

These varieties of the digestive and generative processes are
found in the same order, and sometimes in the same family.

The Mollusca in general appear to be animals that are but
shghtly developed, possessed of but little industry, and which
are only preserved by their fecundity and vital tenacity(l).

(1) Until my labours on the subject were made public, the Tes/ocea constituted
a particular order; but there are so many insensible transitions from the naked
Mollusca to the Testacea, and their natural divisions form such groups with each
other, that this distinction can no longer exist. Besides this, there are several of
the Testacea which are not Mollusca.

MOJ.LUSGA. 305

Division of the Mollusca into Six Classes{i).

The general form of the body of tlie MolUisca, being in pro-
portion to the complication of their internal organization, in-
dicates their natural division(2).

The body of some resembles a sac open in front, containing the
branchiae, whence issues a well developed head crowned with
long and strong fleshy productions, by means of which they
crawl, and seize various objects. These we term the Cepha-
lopoda.

That of others is closed; the appendages of the head are
either wanting or are extremely reduced ; the principal or-
gans of locomotion are two wings or membranous fins, situated
on the sides of the neck, and which frequently support the
branchial tissue. They constitute the Pteropoda.

Others again crawl by means of a fleshy disk on their belly,
sometimes, though rarely, compressed into a fin, and have
almost always a distinct head before. We call these the Gas-
teropoda.

A fourth class is composed of those where the mouth re-
mains hidden in the bottom of the mantle, which also encloses
the branchisB and viscera, and is open either throughout its
length, at both ends, or at one extremity only. Such are our

ACEPHALA.

A fifth comprises those, which, also inclosed in a mantle and
without an apparent head, have fleshy or membranous arms,
furnished with cilia of the same nature. We term these
Brachiopoda.

Finally, there are some, which, although similar to the other
Mollusca in the mantle, branchiae, &c., differ from them in
numerous horny and articulated limbs, and in a nervous sys-
tem more nearly allied to that of the Articulata. They will
constitute our last class, or that of the Cirrhopoda.

(1) M. <le lUainville has substituted the name of Malacozoaires for that of Mol-
lusca, separating from them the Chitons and Cirrhipoda, which he calls Malento-
zoaires.

(2) The whole of this arrangement of the Mollusca, and most of the secondary
subdivisions, belong exclusively to me.

Vol. II. 2 O

306

MOLLUSCA,

CLASS I.

CEPHALOPODA(l).

Their mantle unites under the body, forming a muscular sac
which envelopes all the viscera. In several, its sides are extend-
ed into fleshy fins. The head projects from the opening of the
sac ; it is rounded, furnished with two large eyes, and crowned
with longer or shorter conical and fleshy arms or feet, ca-
pable of being flexed in every direction, and extremely vigor-
ous, the surface of which is armed with suckers or cups, which
enable them to adhere with great tenacity to every body they
embrace. These feet are their instruments of prehension,
natation, and walking. Tliey swim with the head backwards,
and crawl in all directions with the head beneath and-the body
above.

A fleshy funnel placed at the opening of the sac, before the
neck, affords a passage to the excretions.

The Cephalopoda have two branchiae within the sac, one on
each side, resembling a highly complicated fern leaf; the
great vena cava, having arrived between them, divides into
two branches, which pour their contents into two fleshy ven-
tricles, each of which is placed at the base of the branchiae on
its own side, and propels the blood into it.

The two branchial veins communicate with a third ventricle,

(1) M. de Blainville has changed this name to that of Cephabphora.

M. de Lamarck at first united my Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda under the com-
mon name of Cephala, but having subsequently increased the number of classes,
he resumed that of Cephalopoda.

CEPHALOPODA. 307

situated near the bottom of the sac, which, by means of vari-
ous arteries, distributes the blood to every part of the body.

Respiration is effected by the water which flows into the
sac and issues tlirough the funnel. It appears that it can even
penetrate into two cavities of the peritoneum, traversed by
the vena cava in their passage to the branchice, and act upon
the venous blood by means of a glandular apparatus attached
to those veins.

Between the base of the feet we find the mouth armed with
two stout horny jaws resembling the beak of a parrot.

Between the jaws is a tongue bristling with horny points ;
the (Esophagus swells into a crop, and then communicates with
a gizzard as fleshy as that of a Bird, to which succeeds a third
membranous and spiral stomach, which receives the bile from
the two ducts of the very large liver. The intestine is sim-
ple and short. The rectum terminates in the fuiniel.

These animals are remarkable for a peculiar and intensely
black excretion, with which they darken the surrounding
water when they wish to conceal themselves. It is produced
by a gland, and held in reserve by a sac, variously situated,
according to the species.

Their brain, which is contained in a cartilaginous cavity of
the head, gives ofl" a cord on each side which produces a large
ganglion in each orbit, whence are derived innumerable optic
filaments ; the eye consists of several membranes, and is co-
vered by the skin which becomes diaphanous in that particular
spot, sometimes forming folds which supply the want of eye-
lids. The ear is merely a slight cavity, on each side near the
brain, without semicircular canals or an external Meatus, where
a membranous sac is suspended which contains a little stone.

The skin of these animals, of the Octopi particularly,
changes colour in places, by spots, with a rapidity which
greatly surpasses that of the Chameleon(l).

The sexes are separated. The ovary of the female is in the

(1) See Carus, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XII, part I, p. 320, and Sangiovanni, Ann.
des Sc Nat. XVI, p. 308.

MOLLUSC A.

bottom of the sac; two oviducts take up the ova and pass them
out through two large glands which envelope them in a viscid

placed hke he ovary,, communicates with a vas deferens which

r wXt '"; ''"''" '"""' '''"'""' "" "'^ '^ft "f the anus.
A bladder and prostate terminate there likewise. There is

reason to believe that fecundation is effected by sprinklinras
IS the case w th most Fishes Tn ,i, '^ "'K"ng, as

most rjsnes. in the spawnnig season the blad-
der contains a multitude of little filiform bodies, which, by

rTaTn " ''?", ""'"'"^'"' " "P'"^'^'' "= 0"'ent they
reach tl,e water, where they move about with great rapidity!
and diffuse a humour with which they are filled

.J^r ,"'""""' "" ^'"^"'"" ""^ ''"'^' ' P-'^^^^^'^'l hoth of
agihty and numerous modes of seizing their prey, they destroy

immense quantities of Fish and cLstacea' TheiT flesh "s
eaten ; then- ^nA ,s employed in painting, and the Indian, or
Lhina ink is supposed to be made from it(l)

The Cephalopoda comprise but a single order, which is di-
vided into genera, according to the nature of the shell.

Sepia, Lin. (3)
Which is now divided as follows:

Octopus, l.^m.-Polypus of the ancients.
But two small conical granules of a horny substance, on the two
sides, of the thickness of the back; the sac, having no fin , rese^b s
an ova purse; eight feet, all of which are about equal, very la^e
proportion to the body, and united at base by a inemb ane; they a e
employed by the animal in swimming, crawling, and s i g "
prey. The length and strength of these limbs render them fefrfu
v^eapons, which it twines round animals; in this way it has even d"
sro ed men while bathing. The eyes are small in proportion ad
the skin contracts over them so tightly as to cover them entirely at

coiSta'.hisid!:"'''"'' ''""""' "" "^ "*'" "" -'^- of China which
j2) M. de ElainviUe makes an order of them, which he calls the C,r,.,.

CHIATA.

CEPHALOPODA. 309

the will of the animal. The receptacle of the ink is seated in the
liver; the glands of the oviducts are small. Some of them

Polypus, Aristotle,

Have two alternate rows of cups along each foot.

The common species, Sepia octopodia, Lin., with a slightly
rough skin, arms six times the length of its body, and fur-
nished with one hundred and twenty pairs of cups, infests the
coast of Europe in summer and destroys immense numbers of
Fishes and Crustacea.

The seas of hot climates produce another, Sepia rugosa,
Bosc; Seb. , III, ii, 2, 3, whose body is rougher; arms some-
what longer than the body, and furnished with ninety pairs of
cups. It is from this species that some authors suppose the
Indian Ink is procured. Others again,

Eledon, Aristotle,

Have but a single row of cups along each foot.

One of them, the Poulpe miisque. Lam., Mem. de la Soc.
d'Hist. Nat. 4to, pi. ii; Rondelet, 516(1), is found in the Me-
diterranean, which is remarkable for its musky odour.

Argonauta, Lin.

Octopi with two rows of cups, the pair of feet which are nearest
to the back being dilated at the extremity into a broad membrane.
The two cartilaginous granules of the common Octopus are want-
ing, but these MoUusca are always found in a very thin shell, sym-
metrically fluted and spirally convoluted, the last whorl so large
that it bears some resemblance to a galley of which the spine is
the poop. The animal makes a consequent use of it, and in calm
weather whole fleets of them may be observed navigating the sur-
face of the ocean, employing six of their tentacula as oars, and
elevating the two membranous ones by way of a sail. If the sea
becomes rough, or they perceive any danger, the Argonaut with-
draws all its arms, concentrates itself in its shell, and descends to
the bottom. The body of the animal does not penetrate to the
bottom of the spires of the shell, and it appears that it does not ad-
here to it, at least, there is no muscular attachment, a circumstance
which has induced some authors to believe, that its residence there

(1) Add the Poulpe cirrheux. Lam., loc. clt., pi. i, f. 2, and, in general, several
new species of the whole genus Sepia, which will shortly be published by M. de
Ferussac.

310

MOLLUSCA.

is that of a parasite(l), like the Pagimis Bernhardus, for instance.
As it is always found in the same shell, however, and as no other
animal is ever seen there(2), although it is very common and so
formed as to show itself frequently on the surface, and as the germ
of it is visible even in the ovum of the Argonaut(3), this opinion
must be considered as highly problematical, to say nothing more
of it.

The ancients were well acquainted with this singular animal
and its maneuvres. It is their Nautilus and their Pompilus,
Pliny, IX, c. xxix.

Several species are known, closely resembling each other
both in the animal and the shell, which were united by Lin-
naeus under the name of Argonauta argo, or the Paper Nauti-
lus (4).

Bellorophon, Montf.

Certain fossil shells, so called, the animal of which is supposed
to have been analogous to the Argonauts. They are spirally and
symmetrically convoluted, without septa, but thick, and not flutedj
the last whorl proportionably shorter(5).

LoLiGO, Lam.

An ensiform lainina of horn in the back in lieu of a shell; the sac
has two fins, and besides the eight feet promiscuously loaded with
little cups on short pedicles, the head is furnished with two much
longer arms, provided with cups near the end only, which is
widened. The animal uses these latter to keep itself immovable, as
if at anchor. The receptacle of the colouring matter is lodged in
the liver, and the glands of the oviducts are very large. The co-
alescing eggs are deposited in narrow garlands, and in two rows.

They are now subdivided according to the number and armature
of the feet and the form of the fins.

(1) It is upon this hypothesis that M. Rafin. and others have formed the animal
into the genus Ocithoe.

(2) All that has been stated to the contrary, even in modern times, is founded
upon report and conjecture.

(3) PoU, Test.Napol., Ill, p. 10. See, also, Ferussac, Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist.
Nat., II, p. 160, and Ranzani, Mem. di Stor. Nat. dec, ), p. 85.

(4) rg. argo, Favanne, VII, A, 2, A, 3;Arg. haustrum, Delw., lb., A, 5; J.
tuberculata, Shaw, Nat. Misc., 995; A. navicula, Solander, Fav., VII, A, 7; ^.
Mans, Sol., Fav., VII, A, 6;^. Cranchii, Leach, Phil. Trans., 1817.

(5) Bellorophon vasulites, Montf., Conch. Syst., I, p. 51. See, also, Defrance,
Ann. des So. Nat, I, p. 264.

CEPHALOPODA. 311

LoLiGOPSis, Lam.

Or the Calmarets, should have but eight feet as in Octopus; they
are only known, however, by drawings of but little authority(l).

In the true Loligo the long arms are furnished with cups like
the other tentacula, and the fins are placed near the point of the sac.
Three species are found in the European seas.

L. vulgaris; Sepia loligo, L.; Rondel., 506; Sal v. 169. Fins
forming a rhomb at the bottom of the sac.

L. sagittata, Lam.; Seb., Ill, iv. Fins forming a triangle at
the bottom of the sac; arms shorter than the body, and loaded
with cups for about half their length.

L. media; Sep. media, L. ; Rondel, 508. Fins forming an
ellipsis at the bottom of the sac, which terminates in a sharp
point(2).

Onykia, Lesueur. Onychotheuthis, Lichtenst.

The long arms furnished with cups terminating in hooks; in other
respects the form is the same(3).

Sepiola, Cuv.

The rounded fins attached to the sides of the sac and not to its
point. One species,

S. vulgaris; S. sepiola, L.; Rondel., 519, inhabits European
seas. The sac is short and obtuse, and the fins small and cir-
cular. It seldom exceeds three inches in length, and its horny
lamina is as slender and sharp as a stilet.

Chondrosepia, Leukard. Sepiotheutes, Blainv.

The whole margin of the sac, on each side, bordered with the fins,
as in Sepia; but the shell horny, as in Loligo(4).

(1) See, however, Leachia cyclura, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, p- 89, and
Krusenstern, Atlas, pi. Ixxxviii.

(2) Add, Lol Bartramii, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, vii, 1, 2\Lol. Bart-
lingii. Id., XCY,Lol. illecebrosa, Id., pi. F, No. 6;L. pelagica, Bosc, Vers.,
I, 1, 2;L. Pcalii, Lesueur, I, c, viii, 1, 2;L. pavo. Id., XCVI; L. brevipinna.
Id., lb.. Ill, X.

(3) Cn. cariboea, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, ix, 1, 2; On. angulata. Id.,
lb., I, o\0n. uncinata, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. Freycin., Zool., pi. vii, f. 66; On.
Bergii, Licht., Isls, 1818, pi. xix; 0;i. Fabricu, lb., Id.; On. Banksii, Leach,
App. Tuckey, pi. xviii, f. 2, copied Journ. de Phys., tome LXXXVI, June, f. 4;
On. Smithii, Leach, lb. f. 3, Journ. de Pliys , lb., 5.

(4) Chondrosepia loligifurmis, Leukard, App. Ruppel., pi. vi, f. 1-

^^^ MOLLUSCA.

Sepia, Lam,
The Sepise, properly so called, have the two long arms of a Loli-
go, and a fleshy fin extending along the whole length of each side of
the sac The shell is oval, thick, convex, and composed of nume-
rous and parallel calcareous laminae, united by thousands of little
hollow columns, running perpendicularly from one to the other.
This structure rendering it friable, causes it to be employed for po-
lishing various kinds of work; it is also given to birds in aviaries,
tor the purpose of whetting their beaks.

The ink-pouch of the Sepiae is detached from the liver and situ-
ated more deeply in the abdomen. The glands of the oviducts are
enormous. The eggs are produced attached to each other in branch-
ing clusters resembling those of grapes, and are commonly termed
seu'grapes.

The species most commonly found in the seas of Europe,
Sepia officinalis, U; Rondel., 498, Seb., Ill, iii, attains the
length of a foot and more. Its skin is smooth, whitish, and
dotted with red.

The Indian Ocean produces another. Sepia tuberculata. Lam
Soc. d'Hist. Nat., 4to, pi. i, f. i(i).

Nautilus, Lin.
In this genus Linnsus united all spiral, symmetrical and chambered
shells, that IS to say such as are divided by septa into several cavi-
ties; their inhabitants he supposed to be Cephalopoda. One of them,
in fact, belongs to a Cephalopode that strongly resembles a Sepia
but It has shorter arms it forms the genus,

Spirula, Lam.
^ In the hind part of the body, which is that of a Sepia, is an inte-
rior shell, which, although very diff-erent from the bone of that ani
mal as to figure, differs but little in its formation. A correct idea
of the latter may be obtained by imagining the successive lamina,
instead of remaming parallel and approximated, to be concave to-
wards the body, more distant, increasing but little in breadth, and

TEHA Deshayes. See my note on this subject, Ann. des Sc. Nat. II, xx 1 2
to i^ZZl Ze?' Tr'^' petrified-Fossils, which appear to b^ clJse;^ allied
cs ac. jNat., 11, 485, and pi. xxii, and of Orbigny, lb., pi. vi.

CEPHALOPODA. 313

forming an angle between them, thus producing an elongated cone,
spirally convoluted in one plane and divided transversely into cham-
bers. Such is the shell of the Spirula, which has additional cha-
racters consisting of a single hollow column that occupies the inter-
nal side of each chamber, continuing its tube with those of the other
chambers to the very extremity of the shell this column is termed
the sipho7i. The turns of the spire do not come into contact.

But a single species, Nautilus, spirula, L.j List., 550, 2, is
known. The

Nautilus, properly so called,

Has a shell which differs from the Spirula in the sudden crossing
of the lamina;, and in the last turns of the spire, which not only
touch the preceding ones but envelope them. The siphon occupies
the centre of each septum.

N. pompilius, L.j List. 551, the most common speciesj it is
very large, formed internally of a beautiful nacre, and covered
externally with a white crust varied with fawn-coloured bands
or streaks.

The animal, according to Rumph, is partly contained within
the last cell, has the sac, eyes, parrot-beak, and funnel of the
other Cephalopoda^ but its mouth, instead of having their large
feet and arms, is surrounded by several circles of numerous
small tentacula without cups. A ligament arising from the
back traverses the whole siphon and fastens it there(l). It is
also probable that the epidermis is extended over the outside
of the shell, though we may presume it is very thin over the
parts that are coloured.

Individuals are sometimes found, Naut. pompilius, 12, Gmel.j
List., 552; Ammonie, Montf., 74, in which the last whorl does
not envelope and conceal the others, but where all of them,
though in contact, are exposed, a circumstance which approxir
mates them to the Ammonites; they so closely resemble the
common species, however, in all the rest of the shell, that it is
scarcely possible to believe them to be any thing more than a
variety of it.

Fossil Nautili are found of a large or moderate size, and

(1) The figure of Rumphius is absolutely unintelligible, and it is somewhat as-
tonishing, that, of the many naturalists who have visited the Indian Ocean, not
one has ever examined or collected this curious animal, which belongs to so com-
mon a shell.

Vol. II. 2 P

314 MOLLUSCA.

much more various, as to form, than those now taken in the
ocean(l).

Chambered shells are also found among fossils, furnished with
simple septa and a siphon, the body of which, at first arcuated or
even spirally convoluted, remains straight in the more recent partsj
they are the Lituus of Breyn, in which the whorls are sometimes
contiguous(2), and sometimes distinct the Hortoles of Montfort.

In others, the ORTHOcEiiATiTEs(3), it is altogether straight. It is
not improbable that the aniinal resembled that of the Nautilus or
of the Spirula. The

Belemnites

Probably belong to this family, but it is impossible to ascertain the
fact, as they are only found among fossils; every thing, however,
proves them to have been internal shells, thin and double, that is,
composed of two cones united at base, the inner one much shorter
than the other, and divided into chambers by parallel septa, which
are concave on the side next to the base. A siphon extends from
the summit of the external cone to that of the internal one, and con-
tinues thence, sometimes along the margin of the septa and some-
times through their centre. The interval between the two testaceous
cones is filled with a solid substance here composed of radia-
ting fibres, and there of self-involving conical layers, the base
of each being on the margin of one of the septa of the inner
cone. In one specimen we only find this hard portion, and in ano-
ther we also find the nuclei of the chambers of the inner cone, or
what are termed the alveoli. Most commonly these nuclei and the
chambers themselves have left no other traces than some projecting
circles on the inside of the internal cone. In other specimens again
we find more or fewer of the nuclei, and still in piles, but detached
from the double conical sheath that enveloped them.

Of all fossils the Belemnites are the most abundant, particularly
in chalk and compact limestone(4).

(1) Large species, with a single siphon; the Anguiite, Mont., f. 1, 6; the
Aganide, Id., 50; the Cantrope, Id., 46.

(2) Nautilus lituus, Gm. ; Naut. semilituus, Plainc, I, x.

(3) Breyn. de Polythal., pi. iii, iv, v, and vi; and Walch, Petrif. of Knorr.,
Supp. IV, b, iv, d, iv. See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an. IX, pi. 1, under the
name of Belemnite.

(4) The best works on this singular genus of Fossils, are the Memoires sur les
Belemnites constderees zoologiquement et geologir/uement, by M de Blainville, Paris,
4to, 1827; and that of M. J. S. Miller on the same subject in the Geol. Trans., se-
cond series, vol. II, part I, London, 1826. See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an. IX, and

CEPHALOPODA. 315

M. de Blainville divides ihem according to the greater or less
depth to which the internal cone or chambered portion penetrates,
or as the edges of the external cone have a small fissure or not, or as
the external surface is marked on one side by a longitudinal furrow,
or by two or more furrows towards the summit, or finally as that
surface is smooth and without furrows.

Bodies very similar to Belemniles, but without a cavity and with-
a rather prominent base, form the genus Actinocamax of Miller. It
is also upon conjectures of a similar nature that reposes the classi-
fication of the

Ammonites, Brug.

Or theCornua-Ammoni(l), for they no longer exist except among fos-
sils. They are distinguished from the Nautili by their septa, which,
instead of being plane or simply concave, are angular and sometimes
undulated, but most frequently slashed on the edge like the leaf of
an acanthus. The smallness of their last cell seems to indicate that
like the Spirula they were internal shells. They are very abundant
in the strata of secondary mountains, where they are found varying
from the size of a lentil to that of a coach wheel. Their subdivi-
sions are based upon the variation of their volutes and siphons.

The name of Ammonites, Lam., (Simplegades, Montf., 82) is par-
ticularly restricted to those species in which all the whorls are visi-
ble. Their siphon is near the margin(2).

They have lately been divided into the Ammonites, Planites of
Haan, where the edge of the septa is foliaceous, and into the Ceka-
TiTEs of Haan, where it is simply angular and undulated.

Those in which the last whorl envelopes all the others form the
Orbitulites, Lam., or the Globites, and Goniatites of Haan, or
the Pelaguses, Montf., 62, in all of which the siphon is situated as
in the preceding ones.

Kaspail, Journ. des Sc. d'Observ., second No. To this genus we refer the Paclite
Montf., I, 318; the Thalamule, 322; the Acheloite, 358; the Cefocine, 370; the
Acame, 374; tlie Belemnite, 382; the HibolUe, 386; the Prorodrague,390; the
Pirgopole, 394, which arc the cases of different species. As to the Amimone, Id.,
326; the Callirhoe, 362; the Chrisaore, 378, they appear to be mere nuclei or
piles of alveoli detached from their cases.

(1) From this resemblance of their volutes to tliosc of a ram's horn.

(2) The various species of Ammonites have long been collected and described,
but with less care than those of other shells. We may commence studying them
in the article Ammonite, Ency. Method. Vers., I, 28, and in that of M. de Koissy,
in Sonini's Buffon, Molkisca, V, 16. See also the Monograph of Haan, entitled
*' Monographise Ammoniteorum e,t Goniafeorum Specimen," I.eid., 1325.

316 MOLLUSCA.

The ScAPHiTEs, Sowerb., are those in which the whorls are con-
tiguous and in the same plane, the last one excepted, which is de-
tached and reflexed on itself(l).

Some, Baculites, Lam., are entirely straight without any spiral
portion whatever.

Some of them are round(2), and others compressed(3). The last
"Sometimes have a lateral siphon.

The first cells of some of them the Hamites, Sowerb., are arcu-
ated.

Finally, those which vary most from the usual form of this family
are the Turrilites, Montf., 1 18, where the whorls, so far from run-
ning in the same plane, suddenly descend, giving to the shell that
form of an obelisk which is called turreted(4).

It is also thought, and from similar considerations, that we should
refer to the Cephalopoda, and consider as internal shells the

Camerines, Bmg. Nummulites, Lam.

Commonly called Nummulites, lenticular stones, See. which are
only found among fossils, and present, externally, a lenticular figure
without any apparent opening, and a spiral cavity internally, di-
vided by septa into numerous small chambers, but without a siphon.
They constitute the most universally diffused of all fossils, forming,
per se, entire chains of calcareous hills and immense bodies of build-
ing stone(5).

The most common, and those which attain the greatest size, form
a complete disk, and have only a single range of cells in each
whorl(6).

(1) Sc. obliqiius, Sowerb.; Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, part II, pi. li, f. 13.

(2) Baculites vertebralis, Montf, 342; Fauj., Mont, de St Pierre, pi. xx'i.

(3) The Tiranite, Montf., 346; Walch., Petrif, Supp., pi. sii, constitutes the
genus Rhabdites of Haan, who refers the Icthtosahcoxites of Desmar. to it.

(4) Montf Journ.de Phys., an VII, pi. i, f 1. There are some doubts as to the
position of the siphon. Perhaps, as M. Audouin observes, what has been .taken
for It, is the columellar convolution.

(5) The stone termed picrre de Laon is wholly formed of Nummulites. The
pyramids of Egypt are placed upon rocks of this description, which also furnished
the materials of the superstructure. See the Memoir of Fortis on the DiscoUtes
in his work on Italy, and that of M. Hericart de Thury, as well as Lam., Anim. sans
Verteb., VIII, and M. D'Orbigny, Tab. Method, des Cephalopodes.

(6) Nautilus mammilla, Ficht., and Moll., VI, a, b, c, d^Naut. knticularis,
VI, e, f, g, h, VII, a h. To this genus also we refer the Licophee and Egeone,
Montf, 158, 166, and his Rotalitk, 162, which differs from the Rotalies of La-
marck.

CEPHALOPODA. 317

Some very small species are also found in certain seas(l).

The margin of other small species, (the Siderolithes, Lam.,,)
both fossil and living, are bristled with points which give them a
stellated appearance(2).

The labours and researches, fruits of an infinite patience, of Bian-
chi (or Janus Plancus), Soldani, Fichtel, Moll, and D'Orbigny, have
ascertained an astonishing number of these chambered shells with-
out a siphon, like the Nummulites, that are extremely small and
frequently microscopical, both in the sea, among the sand, fucus.
Sec. and in a fossil state in the sand formations of various coun-
tries. They vary in a remarkable degree as to their general form,
the number and relative position of the chambers, 8cc. In one or
two species, the only ones whose animals have been observed, there
appears to be a small oblong body crowned by numerous and red
tentacula, which, added to the septa of the shell, have caused them
to be placed immediately after the Cephalopoda, like the genera just
mentioned. This arrangement, however, requires to be confirmed
by more numerous observations before we can consider it as final.

Such of these species as were known in the time of Linnaeus and
Gmelin were placed by those naturalists among the Nautili.

M. D'Orbigny, who has exceeded every other person in attention
to this subject, forms them into an order which he calls Foramini-
FERA, on account of the only communication between the cells being
by means of holes, and divides them into families according to the
manner in which the cells are disposed.

When the cells are simple and spirally arranged, they constitute
his Helicostega, which are again subdivided. If the whorls are
enveloped, as is particularly the case in the Nummulites, they be-
come his Helicostega Nautiloida(3).

(1) Nautilus radiatus, Ficlit. and Moll., VII, a, b, c, d; Nauf. venosus, lb., e,

(2) Siderol. calcitrapoide,'La.m., Fauj., Mont.de St Pierre, pi. xxxiv.

(3) These infinitely sipall beings having but little to do with our plan, we will
merely cite the names of the genera with a few examples. The Nummulites
themselves are compressed in this first division under the name of Nummulines,
Nautilus pompiloides, Fich., and Moll., N. incrassatus, Id.

The Stderolina, the same as the Sjderolites, Lam.

Cristellaria, Nautilus cassis, Naut. galea. Id., &c.

RoBULiNA, Nautilus calcar, Naut. vortex. Id.

Spirolina, Spirolinites cylindraceu, Lam., Anim., sans verteb.

Peneropla, Nautilus planatus. Fitch, and Moll,, &c.

Dentritina,

polistomella,

Anomalina,

318 MOLLUSCA.

If the whorls do not envelope each other, they are the Helicos-

TEGA AmMONOIDA(I).

If the whorls are elevated as in most Univalves, they are the He-

LICOSTEGA TuRBIN0IDA(2).

Simple cells may also be strung upon a single, straight or slightly
curved axis, constituting the family of the Styoostega(3).

Or they may be arranged in two alternate series, when they be-
come the Enallostega(4).

Vertebralina,
Cassidulina.
{ 1) M. D'Orbigny divides them into four genera:
soidania,
Opehculina,

PlANORBULINA,
PlANUIINA.

(2) These form ten genera:

TttUNCATULINA,

Gtroidina,

GLOBlGERIIfA,

Calcarina, where is placed, among others, the Nautilus Spengkri, Fich.
and Moll., XIV, d., I, and XV.

ROTALIA,

rosalina,

Valvulina,

bueimina,

uvigerina,

Clavulina.

(3) The Stycostega are divided by M. D'Orbigny into eight genera: the Nodo-
SAHiA, which he subdivides into the true Nodosaria, such as the Nautilus radicu-
lus, h.iNaut.jugosus, Montag., Test. lirit.,XlV, f. 4; and into Dentaiina, such
as the Nautilus rectus, Montag., I, cit., XIX, f. 4, 7 (the genus Reophaga, Montf.,
I, 330); into Orthocerika, such as the Nodosaria c/aro/us, Lam., EncycL, pi. 466,
f. 3; and into Mucronina.

Frondicularia, where comes Renulina complanata, Blainv., Make.

LlNGUtlNA,
RlMULINA,

Vaginulina, to wlilch belongs the Nautilus legumen, Gm., Plane, I, f. 7; En-
cy., pi. 465, f. o.

Marginulina, where we find the Nautilus raphanus, Gm., Soldan., II, xciv.
Peanularia, such as the Nautilus crepidulus, Fich., and Moll., XIX, g, h, i.
Pavonina.

(4) M. D'Orbigny has five genera of Enallostegac:

BlGENERIJfA,

Textularia,
vulvulina,

DiMORPHINA,
POLTMOBPHINA,

CEPHALOPODA. 319

Or a few of them may be collected and united as in a pellet, form-
ing the Agathistega(I).

Finally, in the Entomostega(2) the cells are not simple as in the
other families, but are subdivided by transverse septa in such away
that a section of the shell exhibits a sort of trellis.

ViRGUlINA,

Sphehoidina.

(1) The Agathistega or Milliola of authors, which compose immense banks of
II' calcareous stone, in the arrangement of M. D'Orbigny, only form six genera:

BlLOCUHNA,

Spirolocuhna,

Tbilgculiita,

Articuliita,

QuiNaTJEtOCUtlBTA,

Adelosina.

M- de Blainville assures us that he has ascertained, from observation, that their
animal has no tentacula: should this be the case, they are at once greatly removed
from the Cephalopoda.

(2) The Entomostega resemble^ externally, several of the Helicostega. M.
D'Orb. divides them into five genera;

Amphistegtna,

Heterostegtna,

Orbiculina,
K; Alyeolina,

Fabtjlaria.

Those who are desirous of penetrating more deeply into the study of this curious
portion of Conchyliology, on which our limits forbid us to expatiate, but which
may be useful in the investigation of fossil strata, will find an excellent guide in
the Table Method, des Cephalopodes, inserted by M. D'Orbigny in the Ann. des
Sc. Nat., 1826, tome VII, p.- 95 and 245, and may profit by the large models con-
structed by this able observer.

320 MOLLUSCA,

CLASS II.

PTEROPODA(l).

The Pteropoda;, like the Cephalopoda, swim in the ocean^
but being deprived of feet, can neither fix themselves to other
bodies, nor crawl. Their organs of locomotion consist of fins
placed like wings on the two sides of the mouth. But few
and small species are known, all of- them hermaphrodites.

Clio, Liuo Clione, Pall.

Body oblong, membranous, without a mantle; head formed of two
rounded lobes, whence originate small tentacula; two small fleshy-
lips, and a little tongue on the front of the mouth; the fins covered
with a vascular net-work which acts as branchiae, the anus and geni-
tal orifice under the right one. Some authors consider them as pos-
sessing eyes.

The external envelope is far from being filled with the viscera; the
stomach is wide, the intestine short, and the liver voluminous.

Clio borealisy L. This species, which is the most celebrated,
is found in astonishing numbers in the arctic seas, furnishing,^'
by its abundance, food for the whales, although each individual
is hardly an inch long(2).

Brugiere has observed a larger and not less abundant species
in the Indian Ocean; it is distinguished by its rose colour, emar-

(1) M. de Blainvllle unites my Pteropoda and my Gasf eropoda in a, smgleclsiSSf
which he calls Pahacephaiophoha, of which my Pteropoda form a particular order^
under the name of Apobobranchiata. This order is divided into two families; the
Thecosoma, which are furnished with a shell, and the Gymnosoma which are not.

(2) The Clio borealis of Pallas (Spicil, X, pi. 1, f. 18, 19), the Clio retusa of
Fabricius (Faun. Groen., L., 334), and the Clio lamacina of Phips (Ellis, Zooph.,
pi. 15, f. 9, 1, 10), of which Gmelin makes as many different species, appear to be
this same animal.

PTEROPODA. 321

ginated tail, and the division of the body, by grooves, into six
lobes, Encycl. Meth., PI. of the Mollusc, pi. Ixxv, f. 1, 2.

Cymbulia, Peron.

A cartilaginous or gelatinous envelope resembling a galley, or ra-
ther a sabot or wooden shoe, bristling with small points disposed in
longitudinal rows. The animal has two large wings composed of a
vascular tissue, which are its branchiae and fins; between them, on
the open side, is a third and smaller lobe with three points. The
mouth with two small tentacula is situated between the wings to-
Avards the closed side of the shell and above two small eyes, and the
genital aperture, whence issues a small penis in the shape of a little
proboscis. It is so diaphanous, that the heart, brain, and viscera
can be distinguished through the envelopes(l).

Pneumodermon, Cuv.

The Pneumoderma begin to be a little further removed from the
Elios. Their body is oval, without a mantle and without a shelly the
branchiae are attached to the surface and composed of little laminae
arranged in two or three lines so disposed as to form an H on the
part opposite to the head. The fins are small; the mouth furnished
with two small lips and two bundles of numerous tentacula, each
terminated by a sucker, has a little lobe or fleshy tantaculum be-
neath(2).

Pneumodermon Peronii, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, pi. 59; and
Peron, lb., XV, pi. 2. Not more than an inch long. This spe-
cies, which is the most common, was captured in the Ocean by
Peron.

LiMACINA, Cuv.

The Limacinae, according to the description of Fabricius, should be
closely related to the Pneumoderma; but their body terminates in
a spirally convoluted tail, and is lodged in a very thin shell formed

(1) See Peron, Ann. Mus., XV, pi. iii, f. 1011. N.B. In the fig. of Cymbulia,
given by Blainville, Malac, XLVI, the position of the animal in the shell is di-
rectly the reverse of the true one. Our description is founded upon the recent
and repeated observations of M. Laurillard,

. (2) M. de Blainville once thouglit that the fins supported the branchial tissue,
and that what I have considered as branchix is another kind of fin. In this case
the analogy with the Clios would have been greater; but since then, (Malacol., p.
483) that gentleman has adopted my views.
Vol. II. 2 Q

322

MOLLUSCA.

by one whorl and a half, umbilicated on one side, and flattened on
the other. The animal uses its shell as a boat and its wings as pars,
whenever it wishes to navigate the surface of the deep.

Clio helicina, Phips and Gmel.; Argonauta arctica, Fab., Faun.
Groenl., 387. Almost as common on the arctic seas as the
Clio borealis, and is considered as forming the chief source of
food for the Whale(l).

Hyalea^ Lam., Cavolina, Abitdg.

Two large wingsj no tentacula,- a mantle cleft on the sides, lodging
the branchiae in the bottom of its fissures, and invested by a shell
also cleft laterally, the ventral face of which is arched, and the dor-
sal flat and longer than the other; the transverse line which unites
them behind, furnished with three sharp dantations. When alive,
the animal thrusts several appendages, that are more or less long,
through the lateral fissures of its shellj they are productions of the
mantle.

B. cornea, Lam.; nomia tridentata, Forskahl.,- Cavolina nu-
tans, Abildgaard; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, pi. 59; and Peron,
lb., XV, pi. 3, f. 3. A small, yellowish, semi-diaphanous shell,
found in the Mediterranean and the Atlantic Ocean(2).

Cleodora, Peron.

The Cleodorae, for which Brown originally created the genus Clio,
appear to resemble the Hyalese in the simplicity of their wings and
in the absence of tentacula between them; it is also probable that
their branchiae are concealed in the mantle; their conical or pyra-
midal shell, however, is not cleft on the sides. M. Ray distin-
guishes

Cleodora, properly so called, with a pyramidal shell,
Creseis, with a conical and elongated shell(3),

(1) 1 am not sure that the animal drawn by Scoresby, of which de Blainville
(Make, pi. xlviii, bis, f. 5) makes his genus Spirateiia, is, as he thinks, the
same as those of Phips and Fabricius.

(2) Add: Hyal. lanceolata, Lesueur, Bullet., des Sc. June 1813, pi. v, f. 3;
Hyal. injlexa, lb., f 4.

N.B. The Glaums, Carinaire, and Firole, referred by Peron to the family of the
Pteropoda, belong to the Gastekopoda; the PhilUroe of the same author also
probably belongs to it. His CallianYre is a Zoophyte.

(3) It is probably near the Creseis, and perhaps even in the same subgenus,
according to Messrs Rang and Audouin, that we must place the genus Tripteua
of Messrs Quoy and Gaymard, which is referred by M. de Blainville to the family
of the Akerae.

PTEROPODA. 323

CuviERA, with a cylindrical shell,
Psyche, Avith a globular shell, and
EuRYBiA, with a hemispherical shell(l).

Pyrgo.

It is thought that we may approximate to the Hyaleae, this very
small fossil shell discovered by M. Defrance. It is very thin, glo-
bular, and divided by a very narrow transverse cleft, except before,
where it becomes somewhat widened.

(1) See the Mem., of M. Rang, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Novemb., 1827, and March
1828.

N.B. Several Pteropoda have been discovered in a fossil state. M. Rang has
found, near 15ourdeaux, Hyalese, Cuvieriac, and Cleodorse. See Ann. des Sc. Nat.
August 1826. The Vaginella of Daudin is a Cresis according to M. Rang; it has,
in fact, all the characters of the latter.

324 MOLLUSCA.

CLASS III.

GASTEROPODA.

The Gasteropoda constitute a very numerous class of the
Mollusca, an idea of which is afforded by the Slug.

They generally crawl upon a fleshy disk, situated under
the abdomen, which sometimes however assumes the shape of
a sulcus, or that of a vertical lamina. The back is furnished
with a mantle which is more or less extended, takes various
forms, and in the greater number of genera, produces a shell.
Their head, placed anteriorly, is more or less visible, as it is
the more or less involved under the mantle | its tentacula are
very small, situated above the mouth and do not surround it,
varying in number from two to six ; sometimes they are want-
ing ; their function is that of touch, or at most that of smell. The
eyes are very small, here adhering to the head, and there to
the base, side, or point of the tentaculum; sometimes they are
wanting. The position, structure, and nature of their respi-
ratory organs vary, and afford the means of dividing them
into several families ; they never, however, have more than a
single aortic heart, that is to say, one placed between the pul-
monary vein and the aorta.

The position of the apertures, through which the genital
organs and that of the anus project, varies ; they are almost
always, however, on the right side of the body.

Several are entirely naked ; others have merely a concealed
shell, but most of them are furnished with one that is large
enough to receive and shelter them.

The shell is formed in the thickness of the mantle. Some
of them are symmetrical and consist of a single piece ; others

GASTEROPODA. 335

are non-symmetricalj which, in those species where they are
very concave, and where they continue to grow for a long
time, become obliquely spiral.

If we figure to ourselves an oblique cone, in which other
cones, always wider in one direction than in the others, are
successively placed, it will be easily seen that the convolution
of the whole takes place on the side which enlarges the least.

This part, on which the cone is rolled, is termed the colu-
mella; it is sometimes solid, and sometimes hollow. When
hollow, its aperture is called the umbilicus.

The whorls of the shell may either remain in one plane, or
incline towards the base of the columella.

In this last case the preceding whorls rise above each other,
forming the spire, which is so much the more acute, as the
whorls descend more rapidly, and the less they increase in
width. These shells with a salient spine are said to be tur-
binated.

When, on the contrary, the whorls remain nearly in the
same place, and do not envelope each other, the spine is flat,
or even concave. These shells are said to be discoidal.

When the top of each whorl envelopes the preceding ones,
the spii^e is hidden.

The part through which the animal appears to come out is
named the aperture.

When the whorls remain nearly in the same plane, while the
animal crawls, its shell is vertical, the columella crosswise on
the hind part of its back, and its head passes under the edge
of the opening opposite to the columella.

When the spire is salient, it inclines from the right side in
almost every species; in a very few only does it project from
the left when they are in motion ; these are said to be reversed.

It is observed that the head is always on the side opposite
to that to which the spire is directed. Thus it is usually on
the left, and in the reversed on the right. The case is reversed
with respect to the organs of generation.

The organs of respiration, which are always situated in the
last whorl of the shell, receive the ambient element from under

326 MOLLUSCA.

its edge, sometimes because the mantle is entirely detached
from the body along this edge, and sometimes because it is
perforated there.

It sometimes happens that the margin of the mantle is pro-
longed in a canal, in order to allow the animal to seek the
ambient element without protruding its head and foot from its
shell. The latter, in this case, has also an emargination or ca-
nal in its edge, for the purpose of lodging that of the mantle.
The canal, consequently, in ordinary species, is on the left; and
in the reversed, on the right.

The animal, however, being very flexible, frequently
changes ,the position of the shell, and most commonly when
there is an emargination or canal, it directs the latter forwards,
which throws the spine behind, the columella to the left, and
the opposite margin to the right. It is the contrary in the
reversed, for which reason their shell is said to be contorted
to the left.

The aperture of the shell, and consequently the last whorl,
are more or less large, in proportion to the other whorls, as the
head or foot of the animal, which is constantly protruding
from and retracting within them, is more or less voluminous in
proportion to the mass of the viscera which remain fixed in
the shell.

This aperture is wider or narrower in proportion to the
greater or less degree of thickness of these same parts. The
aperture of some shells is narrow and long this is because the
foot is thin, and becomes folded in order to enter.

Most of the aquatic Gasteropoda, with a spiral shell, have
an operculum, a part sometimes horny, sometimes calcareous,
attached to the posterior part of the foot, which closes the
shell when its occupant is withdrawn into it and folded up.

In some of the Gasteropoda the sexes are separate ; others
are hermaphrodite ; some of the latter possess the faculty of
self impregnation, while others require a reciprocal coitus.

Their organs of digestion vary as much as those of respira-
tion.

This class is so numerous that we have been compelled to

GASTEROPODA. 327

divide it into a certain number of orders, which we have found-
ed upon the position and form of the branchiae. Tlie

PULMONEA

Respire the natural air in a cavity, the narrow orifice of
which they open and shut at pleasure. Some of them have no
shell, others have one which is even frequently turbinated,
but the operculum is always wanting. The

NUDIBRANCHIATA

Have no shell, and are furnished with naked branchiae, of va-
rious forms, on some part of their back. The

Inferobranchiata,

Similar in other respects to the Nudibranchiata^ have their
branchiae on the margin of their mantle. The

Tectibranchiata

Have branchiae on the back and side, covered by a lamina of
the mantle, which generally contains a shell more or less de-
veloped, or sometimes only involved in a recurved margin of
the foot.

Thesie four orders are hermaphrodites, requiring a recipro-
cal coitus. The

Heteropoda

Have their branchiae on the back, where they form a trans-
verse range of small panaches, protected, as well as part of
the viscera, in some species, by a symmetrical shell. They
are particularly distinguished however by the foot, which is
compressed into a thin, vertical fin, on whose margin is fre-
quently observed a small cup, the only vestige of the horizon-
tal foot of the rest of the class. In the

Pectinibranchiata

The sexes are separated ; the respiratory organs almost always
consist of branchiae, composed of lamella?, united in the form

328 MOLLUSCA.

of combs, and are concealed in a dorsal cavity, widely open

above the head.

Nearly all of them have a turbinated shell, a mouth some-
times entire, sometimes furnished with a ^phon, and most ge-
nerally susceptible of being more or less perfectly closed by
an operculum attached to the foot of the animal behind(l).
The

TUBULIBRANCHIATA

Have a shell resembling a more or less irregularly pointed
tube, which attaches itself to various bodies. Their branchiae
consist of a single range along the left side of the roof of the
branchial cavity. The

SCUTIBRANCHIATA

Have branchi^ similar to those of the Pectinibranchiata ; but
the sexes are united, so that fecundation takes place without
a mutual copulation, as in the Acephala. Their shell is very
open, and in several forms a non-turbinated shield ; the oper-
culum is always wanting. The

Cyclobranchiata,

Hermaphrodites like the Scutibranchiata, have a shell com-
posed of one or several pieces, but never turbinated nor with
an operculum ; their branchise are attached under the margin
of their mantle, as in the Inferobranchiata.

ORDER I.
PULMONEA(2).
The Pulmonea are distinguished from the other Mollusca

(1) N.B. Sometimes, as in Vermetus, he, the foot is recurved in such a man- j
ner that the operculum is before.

(2) M. de Blainville prefers the term Pulmonobbakchiata.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 329

by respiring elastic air through a hole opening under the
margin of the mantle, and which they dilate and contract at
will; they have no branchiae, but a mere net-work of pulmo-
nary vessels which creep over the parietes of the respiratory
cavity and chiefly on its ceiling.

Some of them are terrestrial ; others are aquatic, but are
compelled to visit the surface from time to time for the pur-
pose of opening the orifice of their pectoral cavity, or to re-
spire. They are all hermaphrodite. The

PULMONEA TERRESTRIA

Have generally four tentacula ; in two or three only, of a very
small size, the lower pair are not to be seen.

Those which possess no apparent shell, form in the Linnaean
system the genus

I LiMAX, Lin.

Which we divide as follows:

LiMAX, Lam.

The body elongated, and the mantle, a dense fleshy disk which is
confined to the forepart of the back, merely covering the pulmonary
cavity; in several species it contains a small, flat and oblong shell,
or at least a calcareous concretion in place of it. The respiratory
orifice is on the right of this species of shield, and the anus on the
margin of that orifice. The four tentacula are protruded and re-
tracted, evolving themselves like the inverted fingers of a glove, and
the head itself can be partly withdrawn under the disk of the mantle.
The genital organs open under the upper right tentaculum. The
mouth has only an upper jaw, resembling a dentated crescent, which
enables these animals to gnaw fruits and herbs, which they do with
so much voracity as to eff*ect considerable injury. The stomach is
elongated, simple and membranous.

M. de Ferussac distinguishes

Arion, Fer.,

Where the respiratory orifice is towards the anterior part of the
shield, which merely contains a few calcareous granules. Such is
Limax nifus, L.; Ferussac, Moll. Terr, et Fluv., pi. 1 and iii.
It is everywhere to be met with in wet weather, and is some-
VoL. IL 2 R

330 mOllusca.

times entirely black, lb. II, i, 2. A decoction of this species
is sometimes used in France for pulmonary disorders(l).

Lima, Feruss.

The respiratory opening towards the posterior part of their shell,
and frequently much larger. Such is

L. antiquorum, Feruss., pi. iv and viii, A, f. \; L. maximus,
L.; L. sylvaticus,D rap., Moll., IX, x. Frequently spotted or
streaked with greyj found in caves and dark forests.

X. agrestis,L..', Feruss., pi. v, f. 510, Small, immaculate?
very common and extremely noxious(2).

Vaginulus, Feruss.

A dense mantle without shell, stretching over the whole length
of the body; four tentacula, the lower ones slightly forked; the anus
at the extreme posterior extremity, between the point of the mantle
and that of the foot, the same orifice leading to the pulmonary cavity
situated along the right flank; orifice of the male organ of genera-
tion under the right inferior tentaculum, and that of the female
under the middle of the right side. These organs, as well as those
of digestion, are very similar to the same parts in the Slug.

These Mollusca are found in both Indies, and closely resem-
ble the common Limaces(3).

(1) Add: the L. albus, Miill, Feruss., pi. i, f. 3;L. hortensis. Id., pi. ii, f.
46.

(2) Add: L. alpinus, Feruss., pi. v, a? L. gagates, Drap., pi. ix, f. 1 and 2,
&c. N.B. The Plectuophora, Feruss., would be Limaces, having a sort of small
conical shell on the end of their tail, and far from the shield; they are only known,
however, by drawings of very equivocal authority, Favanne, Zoomorphosc, pi.
Ixxvi, copied Feruss., pi. vi, f. 5, 6, T.

M. de Blainville (Malac, p. 464) now doubts the reality of his genus Lima-
CELiA, and rejects his genus Veroniceila, Diet, des Sc. Nat. The Putlomt-
CHus and Eumeles, Raf., are too imperfectly indicated to be admitted into a work
like this.

(3) Vaginulus Taunaisii, Feruss., pi. viii, A, f. 7; and viii, B, 2,3; V. alius.
Id., pi. viii, A, f. 8, and viii, B, f. 6; V. Langsdarfii, Id., pi. viii, B, f. 3 and 4;
V. laevigatuSt Id., pi. viii, B, f. 5, 7; Onchidium occidentale, Guilding, Lin. Trans.
XIV, ix.

The genus Meghimatium of Van Hassel., Bullet. Univers., 1824, Zool. tome III,
p. 82, should apparently be added to it.

N.B. The genus Vaginula differs from Onchidium, with which M. de Blain-
ville has united it, Malac, p. 465, detaching from it, at the same time, the true
Onchidiums to form his genus Peronia. His anatomy of the Vaginula in the
Moll. Terr, et Fluv. of M. de Ferussac, pi. viii, C, is very good.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 331

Testacella, Lam.

The respiratory orifice and the anus at the posterior extremityj
the mantle very small, and placed on the same part; it contains a
small oval shell with an extremely wide aperture and a very small
spine, which is not one tenth of the length of the bodyj otherwise
these animals resemble the Limaces.

Test, haliotoidea, Drap. ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxvi, 6, 11.
A common species in the southern departments of France; it
lives under ground, and feeds chiefly on Lumbrici. M. de Fe-
russac has observed that when accidentally placed in too dry a
situation, the mantle experiences a singular development, and
furnishes it with a sort of shelter.

Parmacella, Cuv.

A membranous mantle with loose margins placed on the middle
of the back, and containing in its posterior portion an oblong, flat
shell, the hind part of which exhibits a slight indication of a spine;
the respiratory orifice and the anus, under the right side of the
middle of the mantle.

Parm. Olivieri, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxix, 12 15. The
first species known; from Mesopotamia.

Parm. palliolum, Feruss., pi. vii, A. Inhabits Brazil. Some
others are found in India.

In the terrestrial Pulnionea with complete and apparent
shells; the edges of the aperture in the adult are usually tumid.

Helix, Lin.

To this genus Linnaeus referred all those species in which the aper-
ture of the shell, somewhat encroached upon by the projection of
the penultimate whorl, assumes a crescent-like figure.

When this crescent of the aperture is as wide as it is high, or
wider, it becomes the

Helix, Brug. and Lam.

Some of them have a globular shell.

Of this number is the Helix pomatia, L., common in the gar-
dens and vineyards of France, with a reddish shell marked with
paler bands, an animal which in some places is considered a
delicious article of food. The Hel. nemoralis, L., is another;
whose shell is variously and vividly coloured; in wet seasons it

332

MOLLUSC A.

is very injurious to espaliers(l). There are but few persons
who have not heard of the curious facts respecting the repro-
duction of their amputated parts(2).
In others the shell is depressed, that is, the spire is flattened(3).
Some of these have ribs projecting internally(4), and there are
others in which the last whorl is suddenly recurved, (in the adult,)
assuming an irregular and plaited form(5).

ViTRiNA, Drap. Helico-Limax, Feruss.

The Vitrins are Helices with a very thin flattened shell, without
an umbilicus; the aperture large, but its margin not tumid^ the
body too large to be completely drawn into the shell,* the mantle has
a double border(6), the upper one, which is divided into several
lobes, extends considerably beyond the shell, and is reflected over it.
The known European species inhabit wet places, and are
very small(7). Hot climates produce larger ones.

There are some species of Helix, in which the body can hardly
enter the shell, although not furnished with this double border,
which should be approximated to them(8).

(1) Add the Hel. glauca,H. cit1fna;-H. rapa,H.castanea.H., globulus,
H. lactea,H. arhustorum,~H. fulva;H. epistylium;~H. cinda,H. ligata,
H. aspersa,H. extensa;H. nemorensis.H. fruUcuvi;H. lucena;H. vitta-
ta.H. rosacea; H. itaUa;H. lusitanica,H. amleata,H. turturum,H.
cretacea.H. fuscescens,H. terrestris,H. nivea.;H. hortensis,H. lucorum,
H.grisea,H. hsemastoma.H. pulla,H. venusta,H. pida, Gmel. &c.

(2) See Spallanzani, Schceffer, Bonnet, Sic.

(3) Hel. lapidda;H. dcatricosa;H. CEgopldalmus;H. oculus capri.H. al-
hdla,H. maculata.H. algira,II. lsevipes;H.vermiculata,H.exilis;~H.
caracolla;H. cornu militare,H. pelUs strpmtis;H. Gualteriana,H. oculus co7n.
munis;H. marginella.H. maculosa, H. naevia,H. corrugata;H. ericdo-
rum,H. nitens;H. costata;H. pulchdlasH. cellaria;H. ohvoluta,H. stri-
gosula.H. radiata;H. crystalUna.H. unguUna,H. volvulus; H.inwlvulus;
H. badia; H. cornu venatorium, &c.

(4) Helsinuata;-H. lucerna.H. lychnuclius;-H. cepa,H. isogiiomostoma;
H. sinuosa; H. punctata, &c.

(5) Hel. ringens, Chemn., IX, cix, 919, 920, the Axostoma of Lam., or Tomo-
GEKEs, Montf.; an analogous fossil shell is the Stbophostoma, Deshayes. See
also, pi. V, vi, vii, viii, of Draparn., with the accompanying descriptions; the
works of Sturm and Pfeiffer on the German species, but particularly see the splen-
did folio of M. de Ferussac on the "MoUusques terrestreset fluviatiles."

(6) Termed by M. de Ferussac " iine cuirasse d un collier."

(7) Hel pellucida, Miill. and Geoff. ; Vitrina pellucida, Drap,, VIII, 34 37: the
Helicarion, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. de Freycin., pi. Ixvii, 1; Feruss,, pi. ix, f. i j >

(8) Hd, rufa and brevipes, Feruss., Drap., VIII, 2633.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 333

When the crescent of the aperture is higher than it is wide, a
disposition which always obtains when the spire is oblong or elon-
gated, it constitutes the

BuLiMus Terkestris, Brug.
Which requires a still further subdivision:

BuLiMus, Lam.

Margin of the aperture tumid in the adult, but without denta-
tions.

Hot climates produce large and splendid species, some of which
are remarkable for the volume of their ova, the shell of which is of
a stony hardness^ and others for their left shell.

Several moderate-sized or small species are found in France,
one of which, the Helix decoUata, Gm. ; Chemn., cxxvi, 1254,
, 1257, has the singular habit of successively fracturing the whorls
of the summit of the spire. This is the example referred to, as
a proof that the muscles of the animal can be detached from
the shellj for at a particular epoch, of all the whorls of the spire
originally possessed by this Bulimus, not a single one re-
mains(l).

Pupa, Lam.

Summit of the shell very obtusej the last whorl, in the adult,
narrower than the others, giving it the form of an ellipsoid, or
sometimes almost that of a cylinder; the surrounding margin of the
aperture tumid and emarginated on the side next to the spire by the
preceding whorl. Small species, inhabiting wet places, among
mosses, &c.

Sometimes there is no dentation(2).

(1) Add Helix avails, Gm., Chemn., IX, cxix, 1020, 1021; H. ohlmga, lb.,
1022, 1023; H. trifasciuta, Id., CXXXIV, 1215;^. dextra, lb., 1210, 1212;^.
intcrrupta, lb., 1213, 1214;//., lb., 1215; /f., lb., 224, 1225-H. perversa,U.,
CX and CXI, 928-937;-/?: inversa, lb., 925, 926; /T. contraria, Id., CXI, 938,
939;^. Iseva, lb., 940 and 949; /f. lahiosa. Id., CXXXIV, 1234; /f., lb., 1232;
//, lb., 12Zl-H.cretacea,\d.., CXXXVI, 1263;^. pudica. Id., CXXI, 1042;
H. calcarea, Id., CXXXV, 1226.

Bulla amis Malchi,L.., Gm., lb., 1037, 1038, V, lb., 1041.

Bulimus columha, Brug., Seb., Ill, Ixxi, 61; Bui. fasciolatus, Oliv., Voy., pi.
xvii, f. 5. For the small species of France see Draparnaud, Moll. terr. et fluviat.,
pi. iv, f. 2132.

(2) Bulimus lahrosus, Oliv., Voy. pi. xxxi, f. 10, A, B; Pupa edmtula, Drap.
Ill, 28, 29; Pupa obtusa. Id., 43, AA;Bul. fusus,, Brug.

334 MOLLUSCA.

More commonly there is one in that portion of the aperture
which is closed by the penultimate whorl(l).

It is frequently observed inside of the external edge('2).

Chondrus, Cuv.

The aperture, as in the last mentioned Pupse, indented on the side
next to the spine by the preceding whorl and bordered with salient
laminse or teeth; but the form is more ovoid, like that of a common
Bulimus.

Some of them have teeth on the margin of the aperture(3).

Others are furnished with more deeply seated lamin?e(4).

Here terminate that series of terrestrial Helices, the adult shells
of which have a tumid margin round the aperture.

SucciNEA, Drap.

Shell ovalj the aperture higher than it is broad, as in Bulimus,
but larger in proportion; margin of the aperture not tumid, and the
side of the columella almost concave. The shell will not receive
the entire animal, and it might almost be considered as a large-
shelled Testacella. Its inferior tentacula are very small, and it lives
on the plants and shrubs which line the banks of rivulets, a circum-
stance which has caused the genus to be considered as amphibi-
ous(5).

Clausilia, Drap.

These Mollusca formerly belonged to the genus Turbo of Linnaeus,
from which it has been found necessary to separate them, in order
to approximate them to the terrestrial Helices. The shell is long,

(1) Turbo uva, L., Martini, IV, cllii, 1439; Turbo muscorum, L. [Pupa margi-
nata, Drap., 111,36, 37, 38); Pupa muscorum, Drap., Ill, 26, 27 {Vertigo cylin-
Jnca, Feruss. ); Pupaumhilicata, Drap. 111,39,40; P. doliolum, lb., 41,42.

(2) Hel. vertigo, Gm., [Pupa vertigo, Drap., Ill, 34, 35); Pupa antivertigo, lb.,
32, 33; Pupapygmeea, lb., 30, 31; Bulimus ovularis, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 12, a, b.

(3) Bulimus zebra, 01., XVII, 10; Pupa iridens, Drap., Ill, 57; Pupa varia-
hilis, lb., 55, 36.

(4) Bulimus avenaceus, Brug., [Pupa avena) Drap., Ill, 47, 48; P. secale, lb.,
49, 50; P. frumentum, lb., 51, 52; Bulimus similis, Brug. ; P. cinerea, Drap.,
lb., 53, 54; P . polyodon, IV, 1, 2; Helix quadride-)is, {Pupaquadr-, Drap.) lb., 3.

(5) Succinea amphibia, Drap., IV, 22, 23 {Helix putris,!^.); S. oblonga, lb., 24.
The genera CocHLOHTDUA, Feruss., Uucina, Oken, Tassade, Huder, correspond
to the Succineae. M. Delamark at first styled them Amphibulimi. The Amphib-
ulime encapuchonne , Lam., Ann. du Mas. VI, Iv, 1, may also form a Testacella.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 335

slender and pointed, the last whorl, in the adult, narrowed, com-
pressed, slightly detached, and terminated by a complete aperture
with a tumid margin, frequently dentated or furnished with laminse.
In the contraction of the last whorl we usually find a little plate
bent into an S, the use of which to the living animal is unknown.

The species are very small, living in mosses at the foot of
trees, Sec. A great many of them are reversed(l).

AcHATiNA, Lam.

Necessarily separated from the Bullae of Linnseus and placed here.
The aperture of the oval or oblong shell is higher than it is broad,
as in the Bulimi, but wants the tumid margin; the extremity of the
columella also is truncated, the first indication of the emarginations
which we shall find in so many marine Gasteropoda. These Acha-
tinae are large Helices, which devour trees and shrubs in hot coun-
tries(2).

Montfort distinguishes those, in the last whorl of which we find a
callus or peculiar thickening, Liguus, Montf.(3); this whorl is
proportionably lower in them than in the others:

And those in which the extremity of the columella is curved to-
wards the inside of the aperture Polyphemus, Montf.(4)j the last
whorl is higher. The

PULMONEA AaUATICA

Have but two tentacula^ as already stated ; they are continu-
ally compelled to rise to the surface for the purpose of breath-
ing, so that they cannot inhabit very deep water ; they are
usually found in fresh water or salt ponds, or at least in the
vicinity of the sea coast and of the mouths of rivers. Some
of them have no shell, such as

(1) Turho i^erversus, L., List., 41, 39; T. lidens, Gm., Drap., IV, 5, 7; T. pap-
illaris, Gm., Drap., lb., IS; and the other Clausilise of Drap., figured on the same
plate; Bulimusretusus, Oil v., Voy., XVII, 2; Sul. injlatus, lb., 3; Bui. teres,
Ib.^ 6; Bui. torticollis, lb., 4, a, b; Turbo /riWms, L., Chemn., IX, xii, 957" ;
Clausilia collaris, Feruss., List., 20, 16.

(2) Bulla zebra, L. Chemn., IX, ciii, 875, 8"6; cxvlii, 1014 1016; Bulla
achatina, lb., 1012, 1013; Bulla purpurea, lb., 1018; Bulla dominicensis. Id.,
CXVU, 1011; Bulla stercus pulicum, CXX, 1026, 1027; Bulla Jlammea, Id.,
CXIX, 1021 1025; Helix tenera, Gm., lb., 1028, 1030; Bulimus bicarinatus,
Brug.,List., 37; Melanie buccino'ide, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 8.

(3) Bulla virginea, L., Chemn., IX, cxvii, 1000, 1003; X, clxxiii, 1682, 3.

(4) Bulimus glam,Brug. , Chemn., IX, cxvii, 1009, 1010.

336

MOLLUSCA.

Onchidium, Buchan.(l)

A broad, fleshy mantle, in the form of a shield, overlapping the foot
at all points, and even covering the head when it contracts^ two
long retractile tentacula, and on the mouth an emarginated veil,
formed of two triangular and depressed lobes.

The anus and respiratory orifice are under the posterior edo-e of
.the mantle, where, a little more deeply, we also find the pulmonary
cavity. Close to them, on the right, opens the female organ of ge-
neration, that of the male, on the contrary, is under the right great
tentaculum, the two openings being united by a furrow, which ex-
tends along the under part of the whole of the right margin of the
mantle. These animals, destitute of jaws, have a muscular gizzard,
followed by two membranous stomachs. Several of them inhabit
the sea-shore, but in places where the ebb leaves them uncovered
so that they can readily breathe the natural air(2).

The aquatic Pulmonea, with complete shells, were also
placed by Linnaeus in his genera Helix, Bulla and Voluta,
from which it has been found necessary to separate them.

In the first were comprised the two following genera, where
we find the internal edge of the aperture crescent-shaped, as
in Helix.

Planorbis, Brug.(3)

The Planorbes had already been distinguished from the Helices by
Brugieres, and even previously by Guettard, on account of the slight
increase of the whorls of their shell, the convolutions of which are

(1) Onciiidium, a name given to this genus because the first species (OncMdlum
typhas, Buchan., Lin. Soc.Lond., V, 132) was tuberculous; I now know one that
is smooth, tlie Onchidium laevigatum, Cuv., and four or five that are tuberculous:
Onch. Peronii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, 6;0nch. Sloanii, Cuv., Sloane, Jam., pL

27o, 1 and 2; Onch. verruculatum, Descr. de I'Eg., Moll. Gaster., pi. ii, f. 3-

Onch. celticum, Cuv., a small species from the coast of Brittany.

N.B. M. de Blainville has changed the name of Onchidium into that of Pehosia,
and applied the former to the Vaginulx. These Peronii he places among h\l
Ctciobhanchiata, but I can see no real difference between their respiratoiy
organ and that of the other Pulmoneje.

(2) See Chamisso., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XI, part I, p. 348, and Van Hassel.,
Bullet. Univers., 1824, Sept., Zool., 83.

(3) Hel. vortex. H. cortiea;H. spirorbissH. jiolygyraiH. coniorta^H.
nitidui H. alba,H. similis.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 337

nearly in one plane, and because the aperture is wider than it is
high. It contains an animal with long, thin, filiform tentacula, at
the inner base of which are the eyes, and from the margin of whose
mantle exudes a quantity of a red fluid, which is not, however, its
blood. Its stomach is muscular and its food vegetable, like that of
the Limnsei, of which, in all our stagnant waters, it is the faithful
companion. The

LiMN^us, Lam.(l)

Separated from the Bulimi of Brugiere by M. Delamark, has, like
a Bulimus, an oblong spine and the aperture higher than it is wide;
but the margin, like that of a Succinea, is not reflected, and there
is a longitudinal fold in the columella, which runs obliquely into the
cavity. The shell is thin; the animal has two compressed, broad,
triangular tentacula, near the base of whose inner edge are the eyes.
They feed on plants and seeds, and their stomach is a very muscular
gizzard, preceded by a crop. Like all the Pulmonea, they are her-
maphrodites, and the female organ of generation being far from the
other, they are compelled so to copulate, that the individual which
acts as a male for one, serves as a female for a thirds long strings of
them may be observed in this position.

They inhabit stagnant waters in great numbers; they also abound
with the Planorbes in certain layers of marl or calcareous strata,
which they evidently prove were deposited in fresh water(2).

PhysAj Drap.

The Physae, which were gratuitously placed among the Bullae,
have a shell very similar to that of a Lymnaea, but without the fold
in the columella and reflected edge, and very thin. When the ani-
mal swims or crawls, it covers its shell with the two notched lobes
of its mantle, and has two long, slender and pointed tentacula, on
the greatly enlarged internal base of which are the eyes. They in-
habit springs, &c.

One of them, Bulla fontinalis, L., which is sinistral, is found
in France(3).

See the quotations of Gmel., and add, Draparnaud, pi. I, f. 39 51, and pi. ii,

f. 122.

(1) Hel. siagnalis, L., of which H. fragilis is a variety; H. palustris; H. pe-
regra,H. Umosa,H. auricularia. See Drap., pi. ii, f. 28, 42, and pi. iii, f. 1, 7.

(2) The mantle of the Limn, glutinosus, like that of the Physse, is sufficiently
ample to envelope its shell. It is the genus Amphipeplea, Nilson, Moll. succ.

(3) The neighbouring species. Bull, hypnorum, L., aniPhysa acuta, and Scat-
uriginum, Drap., require an examination of their animals. Vide, Drap., p. 54,
et seq.

Vol. II. 2 S

338 MOLLUSCA.

According to the observations of Van Hasselt, we should place
here the

ScARAB^uSj Montf.

Which has an oval shell, the aperture narrowed by projecting
and stout dentations on the side next to the columella, as well as
towards the external margin; this margin is enlarged, and as the
animal renews it after each semi-whorl, the shell projects most on
two opposite lines, and has a compressed appearance.

They feed on aquatic plants in the Archipelago of India(l).

The two following genera were among the Volutae.

Auricula, Lam.

Differing from all the preceding aquatic Pulmonea in the columella,
which is marked with wide and oblique flutes. Their shell is oval
or oblong, the aperture elevated as in Bulimus, and the margin
tumid. Several are large; we are not certain whether they inhabit
marshes like the Lymnsei, or their borders like the Succineae.

Auricula myosotis, Drap. Ill, 16, 17; Carychium myosotis,
Feruss. The only species in France; the animal has but two ten-
tacula and the eyes are at their base; from the shores of the
Mediterranean(2).

CoNOvuLus, Lam. Melampes, Montf.

Projecting folds in the columella, as in the Auriculas, but the mar-
gin of the aperture is not tumid, and the internal lip is finely stri-
ated; the general form of the shell is that of a cone, of which the
spire forms the base. They inhabit the rivers of the Antilles(3).

(1) Helix scarahaeus, L.

(2) Add, Valuta auris Midae, L., Martini, II, xliii, 436 38; Chemn., X, cxlix,
1395, 1396; Valuta auris Judae, L., Martini, II, xliv, 449 51; Vol. auris Silent,
Born., IX, 3 4; Vol. glabra, Mart., II, xliii, 447, 448; Vol. coffea, Chemn.,
IX, cxxi, 1044.

(3) Valuta minuta, L., Mart., II, xliii, f. 445, or Bulimus coniformis, Brug.;
Bui. monile, Krug., Mart., lb., f. 444; Bui. ovulus, Br., Mart., lb., 446.

GASTEROPODA NUDIBK ANCHIATA. 339

ORDER 11.

NUDIBRANCHTATA(l).

The Nudibranchiata have no shell whatever; neither are
they furnished with a pulmonary cavity, their branchiog being
exposed on some part of the back. They are all hermaphro-
ditical and marine animals, frequently swimming in a reversed
position, with the foot on the surface, concave like a batteaux,
and employing the margin of their mantle and their tentacula
as oars. In the

Doris, Cuv.(2)

The anus opens on the posterior part of the back, the branchiae being
arranged in a circle round it, under theforn^ of little arbusculcc, the
whole resembling a sort of flower. The mouth is a small proboscis,
situated under the anterior margin of the mantle, and furnished with
two little conical tenlaculu. Two other claviform tentacula arise
from the anterior superior part of the mantle. The openings of the
genital organs are approximated under its right margin. The sto-
mach is membranous. A gland interlaced with the liver excretes a
peculiar fluid through a hole near the anus. The species are nu-
merous, and some of them large. They are found in every sea,
where their ova, resembling gelatinous bands, are diff'used over
stones, sea-weed, &:c.(3) The

(1) My four first orders are united by M. de Blainville in what he terms a sub-
class, desig-nating them by the name of Paracepuaxophora Monoica. He makes
two orders o( my J^udibra7ichiata; in the first, or the Ctclobraxchiata, he places
Doris and other analogous genera; in the second, or the PoirBRANCHiATA, are
Tritonia and the following genera, which he divides in two families, according to
tlie presence of two or four tentacula.

(2) A name first applied by Linnaeus to an animal of this genus, which, how-
ever, he characterized badly. It was afterwards extended by Mulkr and Gmclin
to almost the whole of the Nudibranchiata, and restored by me to its original sig-
nification.

(3] Species witli an oval mantle projecting beyond the foot: Doris verrucosa,
L., Guv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxiii, 4, 5; Doris argo, L., Bohatsch, Anim. Mar.,
V, 4, 5; Doris obvelata, Miill., Zool. Dan., XLVIII, 1, 2; Doris fusca. Id., lb.,
LXVII, 6, 9; Doris stellata, Bomme, Act. Fless., I, iii, 4; Doris pilosa, Miill.,
loc. cit. LXXXV, 5 8; Z). Isevis, Id., lb., XLVII, 35,D. muricata. Id.,
LXXXV, 2 4; O. tuherculata, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxiv, 5; O. limbata.

340 MOLLUSCA.

Onchidora, Blainv.

Only differs from Doris in the separation of the genital organs, the
orifice of which communicates by a furrow running along the right
side as in Onchidium(l). In the

Plocamoceros, Leiick.

We find all the characters of the Onchidorx, in addition to which
the anterior margin of their mantle is ornamented with numerous
branched tentacula(2).

Polycera, Cuv.

The branchi^, as in Doris, on the hind part of the body, but more
simple, and followed by two membranous laminae, which cover them
in moments of danger^ anterior to the claviform tentacula, similar
to those in Doris, are four, and sometimes six others, simply point-
ed(3).

Tritonia, Cuv.

The body, superior tentacula and genital organs as in Dorisj but the
anus and the orifice through which the peculiar liquid is excreted,
are on the right behind the organs of generation: the branchis,
which resemble little trees, are arranged along the sides of the back,
and the mouth, provided with broad membranous lips, is armed in-
side with two horny and trenchant lateral jaws, which maybe com-
pared to a pair of sheep-shears.

Trit. Hombergii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., I, xxxi, 1, 2, and the

lb., Id.,3; -D. soka,Id., lb., 1, 2;D. scabra, Id., lb., p. 446; D. maculosa,ld.,
Ih.;n. tomentosa. Id., Vo.,D. nodosa, Montag-., Lin. Trans., IX, vii, 2; Z>.
mcrgmate, Lin., Trans., VII, vii, \i. U;D. nigricans, Qito., Nov. Act. Nat.
Cur., XIII, p^rt II, pi. xxvi, f. \,D. grandijlora. Id., lb., XXVII, f. 3; ZJ.
tigrina, Sav. E.g'yp., Gasterop., pi. i, p. 3; A concentrisca, lb., f. 5;D.marmo-
rata, lb., f. 6, &c.

Prismatic species, where the mantle is almost as narrow as the foot: Doris
lacera,C\iv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxiii, f. 1 and 2; i). atromarginata. Id., lb.,
Ixxiv, &;D. pustulosa, Id., lb., p. 473; Z>. gracilis, Rapp., Nov. Act. Nat.
Cur. XIII, part II, pi. xxvii, f. lu. See also Van Hassel. Bullet. Univ., 1824,
Octob., Zool., p. 235.

(1) Onchidora Lcachii, Bluinv., Malac, pl. xlvi, f. 8.

(2) Phcamoceros oceUatus, Leuck., App. Ruppel., Invert., pi. 5, f. 3.

(3) Dons quadrilineata, Milll., Zool., Dan., I, xvii, 46, and better, lb.,
cxxxviii, 56;~D. cornuia, lb., cxiv, 1, 2, 3,D. flava, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, p.
84; Polyceralineata, Risso, Hist., Nat., IV, pl. i, f. 5.

GASTEROPODA NUDIBRANCHIATA. 341

Journ. de Phys., 1785, October, pi. ii. A large species of a
copper colour, from the coast of France.

The same locality produces many others which vary greatly
in size and the form of their branchia2(l)5 several of them are
very small(2).

Thethys, Lin.(3)

Two rows of branchiae resembling branching tufis along the back,
and a very large membranous and fringed veil on the head, which
shortens as it curves under the mouth; this latter is a membranous
proboscis without jawsj on the base of the veil are two compressed
tentacula, from whose margin projects a small conical point. The
orifices of the genital organs, of the anus, and of the peculiar fluid
are situated as in the Tritoniae. The stomach is membranous and
the intestine very short.

T. fimbria^ L.; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XII, xxiv(4). Grey,
spotted with whitej a beautiful species from the Mediterranean.

ScYLL^A, Lin.

Body compressed; the foot narrow and marked with a furrow which
enables it to clasp the stems of the fuci; no veilj the mouth resem-
bling a little proboscis; orifices as in Thethys; the compressed ten-
tacula terminated by a cavity, from which issues a little uneven
point, and two pairs of membranous crests on the back, the internal
surface of which is furnished with pencils of filaments, which are
the branchiae. The middle of the stomach is invested with a fleshy
ring, internally armed with horny and trenchant laminse, like knives.

(1) Such are Trit. elegans, Bescr. de I'Eg., Zool., Gaster.,pl. 2, f. l;Trit.
rubra, Leuck., App. , Rupp., Invert., pi. 4, f. I5 Tr. glauca, lb., f. 2; T. cyano-
branchiafa, lb., f. 3; T. arborescens, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., VI, Ixi, and three
others, at least closely allied; Doris arborescens, Straem., Act. Hafn., X, v, 5;
Doris frondosa, Ascan., Act. Dronth., V, v, 2, and Doris cervina, Bomme, Act.
Fless., I, iii, 1.

(2) Doris coronata, Bomme, lb., and Doris pinnatijida, Lin. Trans., VII, vii,
which is closely allied to it; Doris Jimbriatu, Miill., Zool. Dan., CXXXVIII, 2,
and probably Doris clavigera. Mull., lb., XVII, 1 3. Perhaps the Doris lacera,
Zool. Dan., CXXXVIII, 3, 4, should also be referred to this genus.

(3) From S-sB-uav, a name employed by the ancients to designate the Ascldise;
Linnaeus applied it to this genus.

(4) The difference observed between the Thethys fimbriata, Bohatsch., Anim.
Mar., pi. V, and the Thethys leporina. Fab., Column., Ag., pi. xxvi, appears to me
to be the result of a greater or less degree of preservation.

342 MOLLUSCA.

S. pelagica, L.; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., VI, Ixi, 1, 3, 4. Com-
mon on the floating fucus of almost every sea.

GlaucuSj Forster.

Body elongated; orifices of the anus and of the genital organs as in
the preceding; four very small conical tentacula, and on each side
three branchiae, each of which are formed of long slips arranged
like the sticks of a fan, which also aid them in swimming. They
are beautiful little animals, that inhabit the Mediterranean and the
Atlantic, prettily coloured with blue and nacre; they swim on their
back with great swiftness. Their anatomical structure is very simi-
lar to that of the Tritonia, but the species are not yet well ascer-
tained(l).

Laniogerus, Blainv.

Two series, on each side, of small and finely pectinated lamina,
which are the branchiae; the body shorter and thicker than that of a
Glaucus, but there are four small similar tentacula(2).

EOLIDIA, Cuv.

Resembles a small Limaxin form; four tentacula above, and two on
the sides of the mouth; the branchiae composed of laminae, arranged
like scales, mere or less crowded, on each side of the back. Found
in every sea(3).

Cayolina, Brug.,

The tentacula of the Eolidiae, with retiform branchiae, arranged in
transverse rows on the back(4).

(1) Doris radiafa, Gm., Dup., Phil. Trans., LIII, pi. in; Scyll^e macree, Bosc,
Hist, des Vers; Glmtcus atlanticus, Blumenb., fig-., Nat. Hist., pi. 48, and Manuel.,
fr. trans., I[, p. 22; Cuv., Ann. du Mas., VI, Ixi, ii, P^ron, Ann. Mus. XV,
iii, 9.

(2) Laniogerus Elfortii, Blainv., Malac.,pl. xlvi, f. 4.

(3) Doris papulosa, Zool. Dan., CXLIX, 1 4; Dorf's hodoensis. Gunner., Act.
Hafn., X, 170; Z>om mwu'ma, Forsk., Tc, xxvi, li;-~Doris fasciculata, Id., lb.,
0;~Doris branchialis, Zool. Dan. CXLIX, 57;Dorisc(Brulea, Lin. Trans., VII,
vii, S4;Eolidia histrix, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XI, xxxviii, 2, &c.

(4) Doris j)eregrina, Gm., Cavolini, Polyp. Mar., VII, 3;Eolidia annuUcornis,
Chamisso, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XI, part II, pi. xxiv, f. 1; Doris longicornis, Lin.
Trans., IX, vii, 114?

N.B. This genus must not be confounded with the Carolina of Abildgard,
which is the Hyalasu.

GASTEROPODA NUDIBRANCHIATA. 843

Flabellina, Cuv.

The tentacula of the Eolidae, with radiating rectiform branchiae,
supported by five or six pedicles on each side; they are closely allied
to the Glauci, and in fact to all the Nudibranchiata, whose branchije
are situated on the sides of the back(l).

Tergipes, Cuv.

The form of the Eolidise, but only two tentacula, with a range of cyl-
indrical branchiae on both sides of the back, each of which is termi-
nated by a little sucker or cup, and which are used by the animal as
feet, to walk on its back. The species known are very small(2).

BusiRiSj Risso.

The body oblong, and back convex; two filiform tentacula, and be-
hind them, on the nape, two plumiform branchi3e(3).

Placobranchus, Van Hasselt.

Two tentacula and as many labial lobes; the whole back, widened
by its margin, is covered with numerous radiating striae, which are
the branchi^. In its ordinary condition the widened borders of the
mantle are turned up, and cross each other to form an envelope for
the branchiae, which are thus enclosed, as in a cylindrical case.
They are small MoUusca, from the Indian Ocean(4).

ORDER III.
INFEROBRANCHIATA.
The Inferobranchiata have nearly the same form and or-

(1) Dorisaffinis, Gm., Cavol., Polyp. Mar., VII, ,4.

(2) Limax iergipes, Forsk.. XXVI, ,, or Doris lacinulata, Gm.; Doris macu-
lata, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, 34; Doris pennata, Bomme, Act. Fless., I, lii, 3?

(3) Busiris griseus, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mar., IV, pi. i, f. 6.

(4) In the species known {Placobranchus Hasselti, Cuv.), the branchial stris are
green, and the body a brown-grey sprinkled with little ocelli, Van Hasselt., Bul-
let. Univ., Oct., 1824, p. 240. Messrs Quoy and Gaymard found it at the
Friendly Islands.

344 MOLLUSCA.

ganization observed in Doris and Tritonia, but their branchiae,
instead of being placed on the back, resemble two long series
of laminae, situated on the two sides of the body, under the
projecting margin of the mantle.

Phyllidia, Cuv.

The mantle naked, usually coriaceous, and without any shell; the
mouth, a small proboscis, each side of which is furnished with a
tentaculum; two others project from above two small cavities in the
mantle. The anus is on the hind part of the mantle, and the genital
orifices forward, under the right side; the heart near the middle of
the back; the stomach simple and membranous, and the intestine
short.

Several species inhabit the Indian Ocean(l).

DiPHYLLIDIA, CuV.

The branchiae similar to those of the Phyllidise, but the posterior
part of the mantle more pointed; on each side of the semicircular
head a pointed tentaculum and a slight tubercle; the anus on the
right side(2).

ORDER IV.

TECTIBRANCHIATA(3}.

The branchise along the right side or on the back, composed
of laminae more or less divided, but not symmetrical ; they are

(1) Phyllidia trilineata, Seb., Ill, i, 16; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xviii, 1; and
Zool., Voy. Freycln., pi. 87, f. 7 10; Ph. ocellata, Cuv., lb. 7; PA. pustulosa,.
Id. lb. 8, and some new species.

(2) Diphyllidia Brugmansii, Cny . ,Diphyll. lineata, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat.
Cm., X, yii, or Pleuro-phyllidia, Meckel., Germ. Archiv., VIII, p. 190,pl. ii,.
delle Chiaie, Mem., X, 12.

N.B. The Linguelle of Elfort, Blalnv., Malac, pi. xlvii, f. 2, does not appear to
differ from our first species.

(3) M. de Blainville has given to this order the name of Monopi.euiiobrak^

CniATA.

GASTEROPODA TECTIBRANCHIATA. 345

more or less covered by the mantle, in which a small shell is
generally contained. They approach the Pectinibranchiata in
the form of the organs of respiration, and like them inhabit
the Ocean ; but they are all hermaphrodites like the Nudi-
branchiata and the Pulnionea.

Pleurobranchus, Cuv.

The body equally overlapped by the mantle and by the foot, as if it
were between two shields. In some species a little oval calcareous
lamina is contained in the mantle, and a horny one in that of others;
the mantle is emarginated above the head. The branchiae are attach-
ed along the right side in the furrow, between the mantle and the
jfe* foot, forming a series of pyramids divided into triangular laminulae.
The mouth, a small proboscis, is surmounted by an emarginated lip
and by two tubular and cleft tentacula; the genital orifices are be-
fore, and the anus behind the branchix. There are four stomachs,
the second of which is fleshy and sometimes armed with bony ap-
pendages, and the third, furnished internally with salient longitudi-
nal laminae^ the intestine is short.

Various species inhabit both the Mediterranean and the At-
lantic, some of which are large and marked with the most
beautiful colours(l).

Pleurobranch^a, Meckel. Pleurobranchidium, B1.

The branchiae and genital orifices situated as in Pleurobranchus;
but the anus is above the branchiae, the margin of the mantle and
foot project but little, and on the fore part of the former are four
short, distant tentacula, forming a square that reminds the observer
of the anterior disk of the Acerae. I can find but one stomach,
which is merely a dilatation of the canal, with thin parietes.

(1) Pleurohranchus Peronii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xviii, 1, 2; PI. iubercu-
latus, Meckel., Anat. Compar., I, v, 33 40; and some new species, such
as the Pleur. oblongus, Descr. de I'Eg-., Moll. Gaster., pi. iii, f. 1; PI. aurantiacus.
Id., Risso., Hist. Nat. Merid. IV, pi. i, f. 8; PI. luniceps, Cuv.; PI. Forskalli,
Forsk., pi. xxviii, and Leuckai-d, App., lluppel., An. Invert., pi. v; PI. citrinus,
lb., f. 1.

The genus Lameliaria, Montag'., Lin. Trans., XI, pi. xii, f. 3 and 4, does not
appear to me to differ in any essential point from Pleurohranchus; the same obser-
vation applies to the Berthelia of Blainv., Malac, pi. xliii, f. 1. The latter is
distinguished merely because the mantle is not emarginated above the head, as is
the case in many species of Pleurohranchus. The PI. oblongus would belong to
it, and even the PI. luniceps.
Vol. II. 2 T

-'m

346

MOLLUSCA.

A multifidous glandular organ opens behind the genital orifices;
there is no vestige of a shell.

Pleuroh. Meckelii, Leve, Diss, de Pleur., 1813(1). The only
species known; from the Mediterranean.

Aplysia, Lm.(2)

The margin of the foot turned up into flexible crests, surrounding
the back, and even susceptible of being reflected over it; the head
supported by a neck more or less long; two superior tentacula ex-
cavated like the ears of a quadruped, with two flattened ones on the
edge of the lower lip; the eyes above the former. The branchix are
on the back, and consist of highly complicated Iamell< attached to
a broad membranous pedicle, covered by a small membranous man-
tle, in the thickness of which is a flat and horny shell. The anus
opens behind the branchi and is frequently concealed under the
lateral crests; the vulva is before on the right, and the penis pro-
jects from under the right tentaculum. The seminal fluid is con-
ducted in coitu, from the penis to the vulva by a groove, which ex-
tends from one to the other. An enormous membranous crop leads
to a muscular gizzard, armed internally with cartilaginous and py-
ramidal corpuscles, which is followed by a third stomach sown with
sharp hooks, and by a fourth in the form of a csecum. The intes-
tine is voluminous, and the animal feeds on fucus. A limpid hu-
mour, secreted by a particular gland, and which in certain species is
said to be extremely acrid, is exuded through an orifice near the
vulva, and from the edges of the mantle oozes an abundant liquid of
a deep purple colour, with which, when in danger, the animal tinges
the water for a considerable extent. The ova are deposited in a
kind of long, interlaced, glairy net work, of extreme tenuity. In
the seas of Europe we have:

Apl.fasciata^ Poiret; Rang. Apl., pi. vi, vii. Black; margined
with lateral red crests; one of the large species.

^pl punctata, Cuv.; Ann. du Mas. tome II, p. 287, pi. 1, f.
2 -4; Rang, Apl., pi. xviii, f. 2. Lilac, sprinkled with green-
ish points.

(1) It is the genus Pleurohrancliidium of Blainv., Malac, pL xllii, f. 3; but not
as he thinks the Pleurohranchus tuberculatus of Meckel.

(2) A7rA!/<r;a, which cannot clean itself, a name given by Aristotle to certain
Zoophytes. Linnaeus erroneously applied it as above. The animals here spoken
of were well known to the ancients, who styled them Sea-Hares, and attributed to
them many fabulous properties.

GASTEROPODA TECTIBRANCHIATA. 347

pl. depilans, L.; Bohatch., Anim. Mar. pi. i and iij Rang,
pi. xvi. Blackish, with large greyish, clouded spots.
Several other species are found in distant seas(l).

DoLABELLA, Lam.

The Dolabellae only differ fi-om the Aplysioe in the position of the
branchiae and their surrounding envelope; they are at the posterior
extremity of the body, which resembles a truncated cone. Their
lateral crest presses closely on their branchial apparatus, merely
leaving a narrow furrow; their shell is calcareous. They are found
in the Mediterranean and in the Indian Ocean(2).

NOTARCHUS, CuV.

The lateral crests united and covering the back, a longitudinal emar-
gination excepted, that leads to the branchiae, which have no man-
tle to cover them, but are otherwise like those of the Aplysiae ; the
rest of their organization is always the same(3). In the

BuRSATELLA, Bkinv.

The lateral crests are united in front in such a manner as only to
leave an oval aperture for the transmission of water to the branchiae,
which are also deprived of a protecting mantle(4).
These two genera, however, probably form but one.

(1) ^plysia IrcLsiliana, Rang', pi. viii, 1, 2, 3; A. dadylomela. Id., IX; A. pro-
tea, Id., X, 1; A. sorex. Id., X, 4, 5, 6; Jl. tigrina. Id., XI; A. maculata. Id.
XII, 1 5; d. marmorata, Blainv., Jourii. de Phys., Janv., 1823, Kang, XII, 6,
7; A. Keraudrenii, Id., XIII; A. Lessotiii, Id., XIV; A. camelus, Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., and R.angjXV, 1;A. alba, Cuv., lb., and Rang-, XV, 2, 5; A. napolUana,
Id., XV, bis; yi. virescens, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mer., pi. 1, 7. It is well, iiowever,
to observe, that most of the Aplysis having' been drawn from specimens preserved
in spirits, the ti-uth of the specific characters of some of them may be doubted.

(2) DolaheUa Rumphii, Ciiv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxix, 1; and Rumph. Thes.
Amb., pi. X, 6, from the MoUuccas, or Aplysia Rumphii, Rang-, pi. i; -ipl. ecau-
data, Rang, pi. ii; A. trumata. Id. ;./?. teremidi. Id. Ill, 1; .5. gigas. Id., Ill,
4; A. Hasseltii, Id., XXIV, 1.

(3) Notarchis gelatinosus, Cuv., to which M. Rang associates the Bursatella Sa-
vigniana, Descr. de I'Eg., Zool., Gaster., pi. ii, f, 1; 2, and Rang, ApL, pi. xx,and
his Apl. Pleii, pi. xxi, and some small species.

(4) Bursatella Leachii, Blainv., Malac, pi. xliii, f. 6.

N.B. Authors have also approximated to the Aplysiae the Apl. viridis, IMontag.,
Lin. Trans., VII, pi. vii, which forms the genus Act;uon of Oken, and which is at
least closely allied to the Elysie timide, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mer., IV, pi. i, f- 3, 4;
as I am not acquainted with the branchiae of either, I cannot class them.

348 MOLLUSCA.

Akera, Muller.

The branchiae covered, as in the preceding genera, but their tentacula
are so shortened, widened and separated, that they seem to be totally-
wanting, or rather to form a large, fleshy, and nearly rectangular
shield, under which are the eyes. Independently of this, the herma-
phroditism of these animals, the position of their genital organs, the
complication and armature of their stomach, and the purple liquid
effused by several of their species, approximate them to the Aplysiae.
The shell, of such as have any, is more or less convoluted, but with
little obliquity, and is without a projecting spire, emargination, or
canal^ the columella, projecting convexly, gives a crescent-like figure
to the aperture, the part opposite to the spire being always the
broadest and most rounded.

M. de Lamarck names those in which the shell is concealed in
the thickness of the mantle, Bull^a. It has but very few whorls,
and the animal is much too large to be drawn into it.

Bullaea aperta, Lam.; Bulla aperta and Loharia qicadriloba,
Gm.; Phyline quadripartita, Ascan.; Miill., Zool. Dan., Ill, pi.
cij Blanc, Conch. Min. Not., pi. xi; Cuv., Ann. du Mus. t. I,
pi. xii, 6(1). The animal is whitish, and about an inch longj
the fleshy shield, formed by the vestiges of its tentacula, the
lateral swellings of its foot, and the mantle occupied by the
shell, seem to divide its upper surface into four lobes. Its thin,
white, semi-diaphanous shell, is nearly all aperture, and its giz-
zard is armed with three very thick rhomboidal pieces of bone.
It is found in almost every sea, where it lives on oozy bottoms.
M. de Lamarck leaves the name of Bulla(2) to those species
whose shell, merely covered with a slight epidermis, is large enough
to shelter the animal. It is somewhat more convoluted than in
BuUsea.

Bulla lignaria, L.j Martini, I, xxi, 194, 95j Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., XVI, 1; Pol. Test. Neap., Ill, pi. xlvi. The oblong shell.

(1) The Sormet, Adans., Senegal, pi. i, f. 1, is a species closely allied to Bul-
Ixa; but I cannot establish a genus, or even a species, upon so imperfect a docu-
ment.

(2) The genus Bulla, Lin., not only comprised the Merse, but also the Auri-
culas, Agatinse, Physae, Ovulse and Terebella, animals between which there is much
difference. Bnigieres commenced the work of reformation by separating the
Agatinae and the Auriculae, which he united to the Lymnei in the genus Bulimus,-
M. de Lamarck finished it by creating all the genera we have just named.

GASTEROPODA TECTIBRANCHIATA. 349

with its concealed spire and ample aperture, very wide anteri-
orly, resembles a loosely rolled lamina, streaked in the direction
of its whorls. The stomach of the animal is armed with two
large semi-oval osseous pieces, and with a small compressed
one(l).

Bulla ampulla, L.; Martini, I, xxii, 20, 204; Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., XVI, 1. The shell oval, thick, clouded with grey and
brown; the stomach furnished with three black, very convex,
rhomboidal pieces.

Bulla hydatis, L. ; Chemn. IX, cxviii, 1019; Cuv., Ann. du

Mus., XVI, 1. Shell round, thin, and semi-diaphanous; the last

whorl, and consequently the aperture, higher than the spire;

three small scutelliform pieces in the gizzard(2).

We reserve the name of Akera, properly so called, Doridium,

Meek., LoBAKiA, Blainv., for those species which have no shell

whatever, or only a vestige of one behind, although their mantle has

its external form.

A small species, Bulla carnosa, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1;
Meek., Anat. Compar., II, vii, 1, 3; Blainv. Malac, pi. xlv, f.
3, is found in the Mediterranean. The only armature of the
stomach is the mantle; its fleshy oesophagus is extremely thick.
A tuberculous species, Doridium Meckelii, Delle Chiaie Me-
mor., pi. X, f. 15, inhabits the same sea. The

Gastropteron, Meek.

Appears to be an Akera, the margin of whose foot is extended into
broad wings, used in natation, which it effects on its back. It has
no shell, nor has the stomach any armature; a slight fold of skin is
the only vestige of a branchial operculum that is perceptible.

G. Meckelii; Rosse, Diss, de Pteropodum Ordine, Halse, 1813,
f. 11 13; and Blainv., Malacol., pi. xlv, f. 5; or Clio amatiy
Delle Chiaie, Memor., pi. ii, f. 1 8. A small animal an inch
long and two broad, the wings being extended. From the Me-
diterranean.

(1) Gioeni having' observed this stomach separate from the animal, mistook it
for a shell, and made a genus of it, to which he gave his own name (The Tricla
of Retzius, Char, Brug.). Gioeni even went so far as to describe its pretended
habits. Draparnaud was the first who perceived this mixture of error and fraud.

(2) Add, Bulla naucum; Bulla physis. Muller describes smaller ones, such
as the Akera bullata, Zool. Dan., LXXI, or Bulla akera. Cm.

350 MOLLUSCA.

Gastroplax, Blainv. Umbrella, Lam.

Until the anatomy of this singular genus be more closely investi-
gated, we are compelled to place it among the Tectibranchiata, and
even near Pleurobranchus. The animal is large and circular, the
foot projects considerably beyond the mantle, and its upper surface
is studded with tubercles. The viscera are in a round, superior,
and central part. The mantle is only visible by its slightly pro-
jecting and trenchant edges, along the whole of the front and of the
right side. The lamellated pyramidal branchiae, like those of Pleu-
robranchus, are under this slightmargin, and behind them is a tubu-
lar anus. Under this same margin and forwards, are two tentacula,
longitudinally cleft, as in Pleurobranchus, at whose internal base are
the eyes; 'between them is a kind of proboscis, which may possibly
be the organ of generation. There is a large concave space in the
anterior margin of the foot, the edges of which are susceptible of
being drawn up like the mouth of a purse, and at the bottom of
which is a tubercle, pierced by an orifice, which perhaps is the
mouth, and surmounted by a fringed membrane. The inferior sur-
face of the foot is smooth, and serves the animal to crawl on, as in
the other Gasteropoda.

The shell is stony, flat, irregularly rounded, thickest in the mid-
dle, with trenchant edges, and marked with slightly concentric striag.
It was at first thought to be attached to the foot, but more recent
observation has proved that it is on the mantle and in the usual
place(l).

(1) In the specimen from the British Museum described by M. de Blainville,
Bullet. Phil., 1819, p. 178; by the name of Gastroplax, the shell is, in fact,
attached to the under part of the foot, and by what means it is difficult to deter-
mine; the mantle, however, is so thin, that it seems as if it must have been pro-
tected by the shell. M. Reynaud has just brought to France a specimen which
had lost its shell, but where, it appears, traces of the membranes which attached
it to the mantle can be perceived, notwithstanding which, no remains of muscles
are visible. A similar shell is also found in the Mediterranean; its animal, how-
ever, has not yet been observed.

GASTEROPODA HETEROPODA. 351

ORDER V.

HETEROPODA, Lam.(i)

The Heteropoda are distinguished by their foot, which, in-
stead of forming a horizontal disk, is compressed into a vertical
muscular lamina, which they use as a fin, and on the edge of
which, in several species, is a dilatation forming a hollow cone,
that represents the disk of the other orders. Their branchiae,
composed of plumiform lobes, are situated on the hind part of
the back, directed forwards, and immediately in their rear
are the heart and a small liver, with part of the viscera and
the internal organs of generation. Their body, a gelatinous
and transparent substance lined with a muscular layer, is elon-
gated and usually terminated by a compressed tail. There is
a muscular mass belonging to the mouth, and a tongue fur-
nished with little hooks; the oesophagus is very long; their
stomach thin ; two prominent tubes on the right side of the
visceral bundle afford a passage to the faeces, semen and ova.
They usually swim on their back with the foot upwards(2).
They have the faculty of distending their body by filling it
with water, in a way not well understood. Forskahl comprised
them all in his genus

(1) M. de Blainville makes a family of the Hetehopoda, which he names Nec-
TOPODA, and unites them in his order of the Nucieobranchiata with another
family that he calls Pteropoda, and which, of all my Pteropoda, only includes the
Limacina. He joins the Argoiiauta with it, on account of some conjecture, of
which I am ignorant.

(2) This mode of natation induced Peron to think that the natatory blade was
on the back, and the heart and branchis under the belly, and has given rise to
many errors as respects the place of these animals. A simple inspection of their
nervous system led me to suppose, in my Memoirs on the Mollusca, that they
were analogous to the Gasteropoda. A more exact anatomical investigation, made
since then, with that given by M. Poll in his vol. Ill, fully confirms my supposition.
The fact is, that there is but little difference between the Heteropoda and the
Tectibranchiata, notwithstanding which, M. Laurillard believes their sexes to be
separated.

352 MOLLUSCA.

Pterotrachea, Forsk.,
But we have been compelled to subdivide them.

Carinaria, Lam.(l)

The nucleus formed of the heart, liver and organs of generation,
covered by a slender, symmetrical shell, the point of which is bent
backwards and frequently relieved by a crest, under whose anterior
edge float the feathers of the branchiae; two tentacula on the head,
and the eyes behind their base.

One species, Carinaria cymbium, Lam.; Peron, Ann. du Mus.,
XV, iii, 15; Poli, III, xliv; Ann. des So. Nat., tome XVI, pi.
1, inhabits the Mediterranean.

Another, the Carinaria fragilis, Bory Saint-Vincent, Voy.
aux Isles d'Afr., I, vi, 4(2), is found in the Indian Ocean.
The Argonauta vitrea of authors, Favanne, vii, c, 2; Martini, I,
xiii, 163, must be the shell of a large Carinaria, but the animal is
not yet known.

Atlanta, Lesueur(3).

The Atlantse of Lesueur, according to the recent observations of M.
Rang, are animals of this order, the shell of which, instead of being
well opened like that of a Carinaria, has a narrow cavity, spirally
convoluted on one plane; its contour is relieved by a thin crest.

They are extremely small MoUusca from the Indian Ocean, in
one of which Lamanon thought he had discovered the original
Cornu Ammonis(4) Atlanta Peronii and Atlanta Keraudrenii,
Lesueur, Journ. de Phys., Ixxxv, Novemb. 1817; and Rang,
Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., tome III, p. 373, and pi. ix.

Firola, Peron.
The body, tail, foot, branchiae and visceral mass as in the Carinaria,

(1) Forskahl comprised all these animals in his genus Ptehothachea, for which
name lirugiere substituted that of Firola. Peron having divided the genus,
appropriated the name of Carinaria to those with a shell, and that of Firola to the
others. Rondelet gives the Carinaria, but without its shell " De Insect. Zooph.
cap. XX."

(2) Add: Carinaria depressa, Rang, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Feb. 1829, p. 136.

(3) We must not confound the Mlantw of Lesueur with the Mas described by
him in the same place, and which, so confused is his description, I do not knov-
how to class.

(4) Voyage de Lapeyrouse, IV, p. 134, and pi. 63, f. 1 4.

GASTEROPODA HETEROPODA. 353

but no shell has ever been observed; the snout is elongated into are-
curved proboscis, and the eyes are not preceded by tentacula. From
the end of the tail is frequently observed to proceed a long articu-
lated fillet, which Forskahl took for a Tsenia, and whose nature is not
yet very clearly ascertained.

One species, the Pterolrachea coronata, Forsk.; Peron., Ann.
du Mus. , XV, ii, 8, is very common in the Mediterranean, and
M. Lesueur describes several from the same sea, which he con-
siders as different Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., Vol. I, p. 3,
but which require further comparison(l).
M. Lesueur distinguishes the Firoloid^e, where the body, instead
of terminating in a compressed tail, is abruptly truncated behind
the visceral bundle, lb. p. 37(2).

To these two, now well known genera, I presume we must add,
when better understood, the

TiMORiENNA, Quoy and Gaym.

Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi. Ixxxvii, f. 1, which appears to be a Fi-
rola divested of its foot and bundle of viscera; and the

MONOPHORA, Id. (3),

Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi. Ixxxvii, f. 4, 5, which has nearly the
form of a Carinaria, but is without a foot, distinct bundle of viscera,
and shell.

We are not so certain that we should place there the

Phylliroe, Peron. J

Ann. du Mus., XV, pi. ii, f. 1, where the transparent and strongly
compressed body has a snout before, surmounted by two long tenta-
cula without eyes, a truncated tail behind, and which allows its
heart, nervous system, stomach, and genital organs of both sexes to
be seen through the integuments. The genital orifices and that of
the anus are on the right side, and sometimes a tolerably long penis

(1) Firola mutica,- F. gibbosa,- F. Forskalea,- F. Cuviera, which is the Ptero-
trachea corotiata, Forsk,; F. Frederica, copied Malacol. IJlainv., pi. xlvii, f. 4;
F. Feronii. Add: Pterolrachea rufa, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool.
pi. 87, f. 2 and 3.

(2) Firolo'ida Demarestia; Fir. Blainvilliana,- Fir. aculeata. Less.

(3) We must not confound them with the Monophorae of M. Bory Saint-Vin-
cent, (Voy. aux Isles d'Afr.,) which are Pyrosomae.

Vol. II. 2 U

354 MOLLUSCA.

is visible; I can find no other organ of respiration than its thin and
vascular skin(l).

ORDER VI.
PECTINIBRANCHIATA(2).

This order forms beyond all comparison the most numerous
division, inasmuch as it comprises the whole of the spiral uni-
valves; and several that are simply conical. Their branchise,
composed of numerous lamellae or strips laid parallel with each
other, like the teeth of a comb, are attached on one, two, or
three lines, according to the genus, to the ceiling of the pulmo-
nary cavity, which occupies the last whorl of the shell, and
which has a large opening between the edge of the mantle
and the body.

In two genera only, Cydostoma and Helicina, do we find,
instead of branchicB, a vascular network, covering the ceiling
of a cavity, that is otherwise similar ; they are the only ones
that respire the natural air ; all the others respire water.

All the Pectinibranchiata have two tentacula and two eyes,
sometimes placed on particular pedicles, and a mouth resem-
bling a more or less elongated proboscis ; the sexes are sepa-
rated. The penis of the male, attached to the right side of
the neck, cannot usually be retracted within the body, but is
reflected into the cavity of the branchiae ; it is sometimes very
stout, and the Paludina is the only one which can retract it
through an orifice perforated in its right tentaculum. The
rectum and oviduct of the female also run along the right

(1) These observations are made from individuals presented to me by M. Quoy.
M. de Blainville makes a family of Philliroe, which he names Psiliosoma, and
which is the third of his AroaoBiiANCHiATA: the others are Ilyalse, &c.

(2) M. de Blainville's sub-class Pahacephaiophora Dioica.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBUANCIIIATA. 3.55

side of this cavity, and between them and the branchiae is a
pecnliar organ composed of cells, from which exudes an ex-
tremely viscid fluid, that forms a common envelope which
contains the ova, and which is deposited with them. The
figure of this envelope is often very complex and singular(l).

Their tongue is armed with little hooks, and by slow and
repeated rubbing acts upon the hardest bodies.

The greatest difference in these animals consists in the pre-
sence or absence of the little canal formed by a prolongation
of the edge of the pulmonary cavity of the left side, and which
passes through a similar canal or emargination in the shell, to
enable the animal to breathe without leaving its shelter. There
is also this distinction between the genera some of them have
no operculum ; the species differ from each other by the fila-
ments, fringes, and other ornaments of the head, foot, or
mantle.

These Mollusca are arranged in several families according
to the forms of their shells, which appear to bear a constant
relation to that of the animal.

FAMILY L

TROCHOIDA.

This family is known by the shell, the aperture of which
is entire, without an emargination or canal for a siphon of the
mantle, as the animal has none, and is furnished with an oper-
culum or some organ in place of it(2).

Trochus, Lin. (3)

The external margin of the angular aperture approaching more or
less to a perfect quadrangular figure, and in an oblique plane, with
respect to the axis of the shell, because the part of the margin next
to the spire projects more than the rest. Most of these animals

(1) For Murex, see Lister, 881, Baster, Op. Subs., I, vi, 1, 2; {or JBuccinum,
Baster, lb. V, 2, 3.

(2) They are the Pahacephaiophotia Dioica Asiphonoiiranchiata of Blain-
ville.

(3) This great g-enus constitutes the family Gontostoma, Blainv.

356 MOLLUSCA.

have three filaments on each edge of the mantle, or at least some
appendages to the sides of the feet.

Of those that have no umbilicus, there are some in which the co-
lumella, that has the form of a concave arch, is continuous with the
external margin, without any projection. It is the angle and projec-
tion of this margin which distinguishes them from Turbo Tecta-
RiuM, Montf.(l)

Several are flattened, Avith a trenchant edge, which has caused
them to be compared to the rowel of a spur Calcar, Montf.(2)

Some again are slightly depressed, orbicular and shining, with a
semi-round aperture, the columella convex and callous Rotella,
Lam. (3)

The columella of others is distinguished near the base by a little
prominence, or vestige of a tooth, similar to that of the Monodontes,
from which these Trochi only differ in the angle of their aperture,
and the projection of their margin. The aperture is usually about
as high as it is wide Cantharis, Montf.(4)

In some of them, on the contrary, the aperture is much wider
than it is high, and their convex base approximates them to the Ca-
lyptracea Infundibulum, Montf.(5)

In others again, where the aperture is also much wider than it is
high, the columella forms a spiral canal(6).

Those Avhich have a turreted shell approach Cerithium Tele-
scopiuM, Montf.(7)

Among the umbilicated Trochi, there are some in which there is
no projection in the columella^ most of them are flattened, and have
the external angle trenchant. Of this number is

TV. agglutinans^'L.', Chemn., V, clxxii, 1688,9. Remarka-
ble for the habit of glueing to its shell, and even incorporating

(1) Troth, inermis, Chemn., V, clxxiii, 1712 13; Tr. Coohii, Id., clxiv,
1551; Tr. cxlatus. Id., clxii, 1536 37; Tr. imbricatus, lb., 1532 33; Tr.
tuber. Id., clxv, 1573 74; Tr. sinensis, lb., 1564 65; Turho pagodus. Id.,
clxiii, 1541 42; Turbo tedum-persicum, lb., 1543 44.

(2) Turbo calcar, L., Chemn., V, clxiv, 1552; T.stellaris, Id., 1553; T. acu-
leatus. Id., 1554 57\ T. imperialis. Id., 1714.

(3) Tr. vestiarius, L., Chemn., V, clxvi, 1601.

(4) Tr. iris, Chemn., 1522 23; Tr. gi-anatum, lb., 1654 55; Tr.
zyzyphinus, lb., clxvi, 1592 98; Tr. conus, clxvii, 1610; Tr. maculatus,
clxviii, 1617 18; Tr. americanus, clxii, 1534 35; Tr. conulus, Gualt.,
LXX, M.

(5) Trochus concavus, Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1620, 21.

(6) Trochus foveolaius, Chemn., V, clxi, 1516 19;' Tr. mauritianus, Id.,
clxiii, 1547 48; Tr. fenestratus, lb., 1549 50; Tr. obeliscus, clx, 1510
12.

(7) Trochus telescopium, Chemn., V, clx, 1507 9.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 357

with it, as fast as it increases in size, various foreign bodies,
such as little pebbles, fragments of other shells, 8cc.; it fre-
auently covers its umbilicus with a testaceous plate(l).
The margin of others, however, is rounded, such as

Tr. cinerarius, L.j Chemn., V, clxxi, 1686. A small species,
and the most common on the coast of France; greenish, obliquely
streaked with violet.
Some umbilicated Trochi have a prominence near the bottom of
the columella(2),

And, finally, there are others in which it is longitudinally cre-

nate(3). The

Solarium, Lam.

Is distinguished from all other Trochi by a very broad conical spire,
at the base of which is an extremely wide umbilicus in which may
be seen the internal edges of all the whorls, marked by a crenated
cord(4).

EvoMPHALus, Sowerby.

Fossil shells resembling a Solarium, but wanting the dentations on
the internal whorls of the umbilicus(5). The genus

Turbo, Lin. (6)

Comprehends all the species with a completely and regularly turbi-
nated shell, and a perfectly round aperture. Close observation has
caused them to be greatly subdivided. In the

Turbo, Lam.

The shell is round or oval, and thick; the aperture completed on
the side next to the spire, by the penultimate whorl. The animal

(1) Add; Trochus indicus, Chemn., V, clxxli, 1697 98; Tr. imperialis,
clxxiii, 1714, and clxxiv, 1715; Tr. solans, lb., 1701 1702, and 17161717;
Tr. planus, lb., 1721, 1722.

(2) Tr. virgatus, Chemn., V, clx, 1514 15; Tr. niloticus, Chemn., V, clxvii,
16057, clxviii, 1614; Tr. vermis. Id., clxix, 1625 26; Tr. inasqualis,
clxx, 1636 37; Tr. magnus, clxxi, 1656 57; Tr. conspersus, Gualt., Ixx,
B.; Tr. jujuUniis, clxvii, 1612 13.

(3) Tr. maculaius, clxviii, 1615 1616; Tr. cosfatus, clxix, 1634; Tr. viri-
dis,c[xx, 16U;Tr.radlatus, lb., 164042.

(4) Tr. perspectivus, L. Chemn., V, clxxii, 1691 96; Tr. stramineiis, lb.,
1699; Tr. variegatus, lb., 1708 1709; Tr. infundibuliformis, lb., 17061707.

(5) Evomphalus pentangulatus, Sowerb., Min. Conch., I, pi. xlv, f. 2;Ev. no-
dosiis. Id., xlvl, &c.

(6) This great genus constitutes the family Cricostoma of Blainvillc.

358 MOLLUSC A.

has two long tentacula, and the eyes placed on pedicles at their ex-
ternal base; the sides of the foot are provided with membranous
wings, some times simple, at others fringed, and occasionally fur-
nished with one or two filaments. It is to some of these that belong
those petrous and thick opercula observed in cabinets, which were
formerly employed in medicine under the name of Unguis odoralus.
Some of them, Meleager, Montf.(l) are nmbilicated, and
others, Turbo, Montf.(2), are not.

Delphinula, Lani.

The shell thick, as in Turbo, but convoluted in nearly the same
plane; the aperture completely formed by the last whorl, and the
margin not tumid; the animal similar to that of a Turbo.

The most common species, Tlwrfto delphinus, L.; List., 608,
45, takes its name from the ramous and convoluted spines,
which have caused it to be compared to a dried fish(3).

Pleurotoma, Defr.

Fossil shells with a round aperture, on the external margin of
which is a narrow incision which ascends considerably; it is proba-
ble that it corresponded, like that of the Siliquariae, to some cleft
in the branchial part of the mantle.

M. Deshayes already makes upwards of twenty fossil species.
The Scissurell^ of M. d'Orbigny are living species of the same.

Turritella, Lam,
The same round aperture as in Turbo properly so called, and

(1) Turbo pica, L. List., 640, 30; T. argyrosfomiis, Chemn., V, clxxvii,
1758 61; T. margaritaceus, lb., 1762; 7T versicolor, List., 576, 29; 7^. mespi-
lus, Chemn., V, clxxvi, 1742 43; T. granulatus, lb., 44 46; T. Indus, lb.,
48, 49; r. diadevia, Id., p. 145; T. cinereus, Born., XII, 25, 26; J", torquatus,
Chemn., X, p. 295; T. imdulaius, lb., clxix, 1640 41.

(2) Turbo petholatus, List., 584, 39; Tl cockhis, lb., 40; T chrysostomus,
Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1766; T. rugosus. List., 647, 41; T! marmoratus, Id., 5S7,
46; T. sarmaiicus, Chemn., V, clxxix, I777 18, I78I; T. cornutus, lb., 1779
80; 7'. olearius. Id., clxxviii, 1771, 72; T. radiatus. Id., clxxx, 178889;
T. imperialis, lb., 1790; 7'. coronatus, lb., 179I 93; T'. canaUculutus, Id.,
clxxxi, 1794; T. setosus, lb., 95 96; T. spinosus, lb., 1797; T. sparverius,
Ih., \798;T. Molikianus, lb., 99-1800; 7\ Spengkriunus, lb., 1801 2; r.
castanea. Id., clxxxii, 1807, 1814; T- creniilatus, lb., 1811 12; T. smarag-
dulus,lh.,\B,lSl6;T. cidaris, Chemn., V, clxxxiv; T. helicinus, Born., XII,
2324.

(3) Add; Ttirbo nodidosus, Chemn., V, clxxiv, 1723 24; T. carinaius. Born.,
XlII, 3 4; irgonauta, cornu, Fichlel and Moll., Test. Micros., I, a, e, or Lip-
piste, Montf.

GASTEROPODA PECTINTBRANCHIATA. 359

completed, also, by the penultimate whorl; but the shell is thin, and
is so far from being convoluted in one plane, that its spire is pro-
longed into a turreted obelisk. The eyes of the animal are placed
on the external base of its teutacula; the foot is small(l).

They are found in great numbers among fossilsj the Proto,
Defr., should be approximated to them.

ScALARiA, Lam.

The spire, as in Turritella, elongated into a point, and the aper-
ture, as in Delphinula, completely formed by the last whorl; it is
moreover surrounded by a ridge, which is formed from space to
space as the shell of the animal increases in size, resembling so
many steps. The tentacula and penis of the animal are long and
slender.

One species celebrated for the high price it commands(2),
the Turbo scalaris, L.j Chemn., IV, clii, 1426, Sec. vulg. Sca-
lata^ is distinguished by the whorls only coming in contact at
the points where the ribs unite them, the intervals being open.
A second species, the Turbo dathrus, L. ; List., 588, 50, 51,
is not marked by this peculiarity; it is more slender, and very
common in the Mediterranean.

Some terrestrial or fresh water subgenera, in which the
aperture is entire^ round, or nearly so, and operculated, may
be placed here. Of this number is the

Cyclostoma, Lam. (3)

The Cyclostomse should be distinguished from all the others be-
cause they are terrestrial, as instead of branchiae, the animal has
merelv a vascular network spread over the parietes of its pectoral
cavity. In every other respect, however, it resembles the other
animals of this family; the respiratory aperture is formed in the

(1) Turbo imhricatus. Martini, IV, clii, 1422; T, replicatus, lb., cli, 1412; List.,
590,55; T. acutangulm. List, 591, 59; T. dupUcutus,MsiV\!\m, IV, cli, 1414;
T. exoletui; List., 591, 58; T. tcrehra. Id., 590, 54; T. variegatus. Martini, IV,
clii, 1423; jT. obsoletus. Born., XIII, 7.

(2) Enormous sums have been paid for this shell, which is the Wentletrap of
collectors and dealers. One in Bullock's Museum, London, was valued &ttwo
hundred guineas, and four specimens, at one sale, brought from sixteen to twenty
odd pounds sterling- each. The price now is reduced, but a decent specimen is
still worth several guineas. Am. Ed.

(3) The Cyclmtomse and the Helicines form the order of the Polmonea Opercti-
LATA of M. de Ferussac.

360 MOLLUSCA.

same way above the head by a great solution of continuity^ the sexes
are separated,- the penis of the male is large, fleshy, and reflected
into the pectoral cavity^ the two tentacula are terminated by blunt
tubercles, and two other tubercles, placed on their external base,
support the eyes.

The shell is a spiral oval, with complete whorls, transversely and
finely striated, and its aperture, in the adult, is surrounded with a
small ridge. It is closed by a small round operculum. Found in
woods, under moss, stones, 8cc.

The most common is the Turbo elegans, List., 27, 25, about

six lines in length and of a greyish colour; found under all the

mosses(l).

ValvatAj Mull.

The Valvatae inhabit fresh water; their shell is convoluted in
almost one plane like that of a Planorbis, but the aperture is round,
and furnished with an operculum; the animal, which has two slen-
der tentacula, with the eyes at their anterior base, respires by means
of branchiae. In a species found in France,

Valv. cristata, Mull.; Drap., I, 32, 33; Gruet-Huysen, Nov.
Act. Nat. Cur. X, pi. xxxviii, the branchiae, formed like a
feather, project from unde.r the mantle and float externally,
vibrating with the breathing of the animal. On the right side
of the body is a filament which resembles a third tentaculum.
The foot is divided, anteriorly, into two hooked lobes. The
penis of the male is slender, and reflected into the branchial
cavity. The shell, which is hardly three lines broad, is greyish,
flat, and umbilicated. Found in stagnant water(2).

It is here that we must place the completely aquatic shells,
or those respiring by branchiae, which belonged to the old
genus Helix ; i. e., those in which the penultimate whorl
forms, as in the Helices, Lymnsese, &c., a depression which
gives the aperture more or less of the figure of a crescent(3).

The three first genera are still closely allied to Turbo.

(1) Add Turbo lincma, List., 26, 24; T. labeo, List. 25, 23--T. dubius,llorn^
XIII, 5, 6;T. limbatus, Chemn., IX, cxxiii, 1075.

We should distinguish, among the fossils, the Cyclostoma mumia of Lam.,
Brongn., Ann. du Mus., XV, xxii, 1.

(2) Add, Valmta planorbis, Drap., I, 34,35; T. mmte,Id., 3638.

(3) They constitute the Eilipsostoma of M. de Blainville.

GASTEROPODA PECTlNIBltANCHIATA. 361

Paludina, Lanio

This genus has lately been separated from the Cyclostomae, because
there is no ridge round the aperture of the shellj because there is a
a small angle to that aperture as well as to the operculum, and finally,
because the animal, being provided with branchiae, inhabits the
water, like all other genera of this family. It has a very short snout
and two pointed tentacula; eyes at the external base of the latter, but
on no particular pedicle, and a small membranous wing on each side
of the fore part of the body. The anterior edge of the foot is double,
and the wing of the right side forms a little canal which introduces
water into the respiratory cavity, the incipient indication of the si-
phon in the following family.

The common species, Helix vivipara, L.; Drap., I, 16, whose
smooth and greenish shell is marked with two or three purple,
longitudinal bands, and which abounds in stagnant waters, in
France, produces living young ones: in the spring of the year
they may be found in the oviduct of the female, in every stage
of development. Spallanzani assures us that if the young ones
be taken at the moment of birth and be reared separately, they
will reproduce without fecundation, like those of the Aphis.
The males, however, are nearly as common as the females; they
have a large penis which protrudes and retracts, as in Helix,
but through a hole pierced in the right tentaculum, a circum-
stance which renders that tentaculum apparently larger than
the other, and which furnishes us with a mode of recognizing
the male(l).
The Ocean produces some shells which only differ from the Palu-
dinse in being thick. They form the

LiTTORiNA; Feruss.,

Of which the common species, Le Vigneau Turbo Uttoreus, L. ,
Chemn. V, clxxxv, 1852, abounds on the coast of France, where it
is eaten. The shell is round, brown, and longitudinally streaked
with blackish. The

MoNODONj Lam.

Only differs from Liitorina in having a blunt and slightly salient tooth
at the base of the columella, which sometimes has also a fine notch.

(1) Add: Cyclost. achatinum, Drap. I, 18; C. impurum. Id., 19, 20, or Helix
tentaculala, L., &.C.; and the small species of salt-water ponds described by Beu-
dant, Ann. du Mus., XV, p. 199.
Vol. II. 2 V

362 MOLLUSCA.

The external edge of the aperture is crenulated in several species.

The animal is more highly ornamented, and is generally furnished

with three or four filaments, on each side, as long as its tentacula.

The eyes are planted on particular pedicles at the external base of

the tentacula; the operculum is round and horny.

A small species, the Trochus tesselatus, L.j Adans., Seneg.,
XII, 1; List., 642, 33, 34, with a brown shell spotted vyith
whitish, is very abundant on the coast of France(l).

Phasianella, Lam.

An oblong or pointed shell, similar to that of several Bulimi and
Lymnaese; the aperture also higher than it is wide, and furnished
with a strong operculum; base of the columella sensibly flattened,
but no umbilicus.

They inhabit the Indian Ocean, and are much sought for by col-
lectors on account of the beauty of their colours. The animal is
provided with two long tentacula, with eyes placed on two tubercles
at their external base, and with double lips that are emarginated and
fringed, as well as the wings, each of which has three filaments(2).

Ampullaria, Lam.

A round, ventricose shell, with a short spire, as in most of the He-
lices; the aperture higher than it is wide, and provided with an oper-
culum; the columella umbilicated.

They inhabit the fresh or brackish Avaters of hot countries. The
animal has long tentacula, and eyes placed on pedicles at their base.
In the roof of the respiratory cavity, by the side of a branchial comb,
according to the observations of Messrs Quoy and Gaymard, is a
large pouch, without an issue, that is filled with air, and which may
be considered as a natatory bladder(3).

The LANisTiE, Montf., are Ampullaria?, with a large, spiral, con-
voluted umbilicus(4).

(1) Add: Trochus labeo, Adans., Sencg., XII, Ust, 68, U2;Troch. Fharao-
nius, List., 637, 25; Tr. rustlcus, Chemn., V, clxx, 1645, 46, Tr. nigerrimus,
lb., 47; Tr. segyptius. Id., clxxi, 1663, 4;Tr. viridulus, lb., 1677; Tr.
carneus, lb., 1682; Tr. albidus. Born., XI, 19, 20- Tr. asper, Chemn., lb.,
clxvi, 1582; Tr. dtrinus, Knorr., Del., I, x, 7;Tr. granatum, Chemn., V,
clxx, 1654 55; Tr. crocatus. Born., XII, 11, 12; Turbo atratus, Chemn., V,
clxxv'i, 1754 55; Turbo dentatus. Id., clxxviii, 1767, 8, &c.

(2) Buccinum tritonis, Chemn., IX,cxx, 1035, lQo6; Helix solida. Born., XIII,
18, 19.

(3) Helix ampidlacea,L,., List,, VoO;Bulimus wrccjfs, Brug., List., 125, 25.

(4) Ampulla carinata, Oliv., Voy. en Turq., pi. xxxi, f. 7, copied Blainv.,
Malac, xxxiv, 3.

CASTEKOPODA PECTINI15R ANCHIATA. 363

Helicina, Lam.(l)

Judging by the shell, the Helicincc are Ampullariae in which the
margin of the aperture is reflected(2).

When this reflected margin is trenchant, they are the Ampullin^,
Blainv. ; and when it is in an obtuse ridge, the Olygir^, Say.

There is one species which is remarkable for a border and stony
traverse, on the internal face of its operculum(3).

The organs of respiration in these animals are arranged as in the
Cyclostomx, and like the latter they can live out of water(4).

Melania, Lam.

A thicker shell; the aperture, higher than it is wide, enlarges oppo-
site to the spire; the columella without plicae or umbilicus; length of
the spire very various.

The MelaniiE inhabit rivers, but are not found in France, the ani-
mal has long tentacula, the eyes being on their external side, and at
about the third of their length(5). The

RissoA, Frcminv. Acmea, Hartm.

Differs from Melania, because the two edges of the aperture unite
above(6). The

Melanopsis, Feruss.,

Where the form is nearly that of a Melania, differs from it in a
callus on the columella, and in a vestige of an emargination near the

(1) Montfort has changed the name HeUcina into Pltonnilla, but it has not been
adopted, and can only be quoted as a synonyme.

(2) The Hel. striata, Blainv., Malac, xxxv, iv.

(3) The Hel. neritella. List., LXI, 59, copied Blainv., Malac, xxxix, 2.

(4) It is from this circumstance that M. de Fenissac has been induced to class
this subgenus with that of the Cyclostomx in an order which he names tlie Pul-
monea Operculata. See the Monograph of this genus by M. Gray, Zool. Joum.,
Nos. 1 and 2.

(5) Mekmie thiarc {Melania amarula, Lam.), Chemn., Tab., 134, f. 1218 and
1219; from the Isle of France and Madagascar.

Add: Mel. truncata. Lam., Encyclop-, pi. 458, f. 3, a b; Mel. coardata. Id.,
Encyclop., pi. 458, f. 5, a b., and a great many fossil species, among which are,
Mel. semi-placata, Defr.; Mel. Cuvieri, Desh., Coq. Foss., des environs de Paris,
tome II, pi. xil, f. 1, 2; Mel. constellata, Lara.

(6) M. de Freminville describes seven species in the Nouv. Bullet, des Sc.
Nat. de la Soc. Phil., 1814, p. 7, and M. Audouin, three, in the Descr. de I'Eg.:
Riss. Freminvillii, Coq., pi. iii, f. 20; Riss. Desmarestii, lb-, 21; Riss. Orbignii,
lb., f. 22.

364

MOLLUSCA.

bottom of the aperture, which seems to indicate a relation with the
Terebrse of Brugieres(l). In the

PiRENA, Lam.,

^ We not only find this little sinus below, but likewise a second on
the opposite side(2).

These two subgenera, as well as the Melanise, inhabit the rivers
of southern Europe and of all hot countries.

There are two genera, detached from the Volutse, which, but
that they are operciilated and have but two tentacula, would
resemble the Auriculse, that we think may come here, viz.

Action, Montf.(3) Tornatella, Lam.,

Where the shell is elliptical, the spire but slightly salient, the aper-
ture lengthened into a crescent and widened below, and the base of
the columella marked by one or two large plicse or oblique callosi-
ties(4); and the

Pyramidella, Lam.

Where the spire is turreted,the aperture crescent-like and wide, and
the base of the columella obliquely contorted and marked with sharp
spiral plicse(5).

Janthina, Lam. (6)

The form of the animal separates the Janthinsc from all the prece-
ding genera. Their shell, however, is similar to that of the terres-
trial Limaces, the columellar margin being also indented, but
slightly angular at the external edge, and the columella somewhat
extended beyond the half-oval, which, without this prolongation,
would be formed by that edge.

(1) Melan. buccinoidea, Feruss., Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, tome I,
pi. vii, f. 111, &c. See Sowerby, No. XXII.

(2) Fir. terebrans. Lam.; List., Tab. 115, f. 10; PiV. madagascariensis, Encycl.,
pi. 458, f. 2, a, b, &c.

(3) Which must be carefully distinguished fvom the Actions of Oken that ap-
pear to be allied to the Jlplysise.

(4) Valuta tornatilis, and bifasciata, L., Martini, II, xllii, 442, 443; F. sulcata,
and V. solidula, lb., 440, 441; F". Jlammea, lb., 439; T. Jlava, lb., 444; F:
pusilla, lb. 446.

(5) Trochus dolabratus, L. Chemn., V, clxvii, 1063, 1064; Bulimus terebellum,
Brug., List., 844, 72.

(6) This genus forms the family of the Oxtstom^e, Blainv.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 365

The animal has no operculum, but the under surface of its foot is
furnished with a vesicular organ resembling a bubble of foam, but
composed of a solid substance, which prevents it from crawling, but
allows it to float on the surface of the water. The head, a cylindri-
cal proboscis, terminated by a vertically cleft mouth, and armed
with little hooks, has a bifurcated tentaculum on each side.

The common species. Helix Janthina, L.; List., 572, 24, has

a pretty violet shell, and is very abundant in the Mediterranean.

When the animal is touched, it diffuses a thick fluid of a deep

violet colour that dyes the surrounding water.

Nerita, Lin.(l)

The columella of the Neritae being in a straight line, renders the
aperrure semicircular or semi-elliptical. This aperture is generally
large in comparison with the shell, but is always furnished with an
operculum which completely closes it. The spire is almost effaced,
and the shell semi-globular.

Natica, Lam.

Neritse with an umbilicated shell; the animal of the species known
has a large foot, simple tentacula with the eyes at their base, and a
horny operculum(2).

Nerita, Lam. Peloronta, Oken.

The umbilicus wanting; shell thick, columella dentated, and oper-
culum stony; the eyes of the animal on pedicles by the side of the
tentacula, and a moderate foot(3). The

Velata, Montf.,

Where the side of the columella is covered with a calcareous,
thick and convex layer(4), is distinguished from it, but perhaps
without any good reason; also the

Neritina, Lam.,
Where the shell has no umbilicus and is thin, with a horny oper-

(1) M. cleBlainville forms his family of the IlEMiCTCLosTOMJE.from this g'emis.

(2) For the species see the first div. of Gm. and Chemn., V, pi. clxxxvi
clxxxix.

(3) For the species see the third div. of Gm. and Chemn., V, pi. clxxxx
clxxxxiii, and Sowerby, Gen. of Sh., No. XV.

(4) Nerita perversa, Gm., a large fossil species; Chemn., IX, cxiv, 975, 976,

366 MOLLUSC A.

culum; the animal is like a true Nerita, and most generally the
columella is not dentated. It inhabits fresh water.

A small species, very prettily coloured, abounds in the rivers

of France; it is the Nerita fluviatilis, L. ; Chemn., IX, cxxiv,

188(1).

The columella in others, however, is finely crenulated(2), and of

this number there are some in which the spire is armed with long

spines Clithon, Mont. (3)

FAMILY II.

CAPUL0IDA(4).

Recent researches liave convinced us that it is to the Tro-
choida that we must approximate this family, which contains
five genera, four of which are taken from the Patellse.. They
all have a widely opened, scarcely turbinated shell, with nei-
ther operculum, emargination nor siphon; the animal resem-
bles the other Pectinibranchiata and has the sexes separate.
There is but one branchial comb transversely arranged on the
roof of the cavity, and its filaments are frequently very long.

Capulus, Montf. Pileopsis, Lam.

A conical shell with a recurved and spiral summit, which has long
caused it to be placed among the Patellse; the branchiae are in one
range under the anterior margin of the branchial cavity; the pro-
boscis is long, and there is a closely plaited membranous veil under
the neck; the eyes are at the external base of the conical tenta-
cula(5). The

HiPPONYx, Defr.

Would appear from the shell to be a fossil Capulus, very remark-

(1) Add, Nerifa turrita, Chemn., IX, cxxiv, 1085.

(2) Nerita puUigcra, Chemn., loc. cit., 1878 1879; iV. virginea, List, 604,
606.

(3) Nerita corona, Chemn., 1083, 1084.

(4) M. deBlainville places most of them among' his hermaphroditical, nonsym-
metrical Paracephalophm-a; but they all appear to me to be dixcious.

(5) Patella hungarica, List., 544 32; Pa/, calyptra, Chemn., X, clxix, 1643
44; Pat. mitrula, Gm., List., dxliv, 31.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBIIANCHIATA. 367

able, however, for a bed formed of calcareous matter, on which it
rests, and which probably exuded from the foot of the animal(l).

Crepidula, Lam.

The shell oval, with an obtuse horizontal point, directed obliquely
backwards and laterally; the aperture forming- the base of the shell,
which is half closed beneath and behind by a horizontal plate. The
abdominal sac which contains the viscera is on this plate, the foot
beneath, and the head and branchix forwards. The latter consist
of a range of long filaments attached under the anterior margin of
the branchial cavity. The eyes are at the external base of two coni-
cal tentacula(2). The genus

PiLEOLUs, Sowerby,

Appears to consist of Crepidulse, in which the transverse plate oc-
cupies half the aperture; their shell, however, is more like that of
a Patella(3). They are only found fossil.

Septaria, Fer. Navicella, Lam. Cimber, Montf., 82.

The shell resembles a Crepidula, except that the summit is symme-
trical and laid on the posterior margin, and that the horizontal plate
is less salient. The animal is also provided with an additional,
irregularly shaped, testaceous plate, horizontally connected with the
superior surface of the muscular disk of its foot, and covered by the
abdominal sac, which it partially supports. It is probably analo-
gous to an operculum, but does not exercise its functions, being, in
a measure, situated internally. The animal has long tentacula, at
whose external base are pedicles which support the eyes. They in-
habit the rivers of hot countries(4). In the

(1) Patella cornucopix, Lam., Knorr., Petrlf., II, part ii, pi. 131, f. o, andBlainv.,
Malac

(2) Patella foTmicata, L-ist. 545, 33,35; P. aculeata, Chemn., X, clxviii, 1624
25; P. Goreensis, Martini, I, xiii, 131, 132; P. solea, Naturf., XVIII, ii, 15; P.
crepidula, Adans. Seneg-., I, ii, 9; P. poreellana. List., 545, 34.

S (3) Pileolus plkatus, Sowerb.; Pil. lasvis. Id., Genera of Shells, No. IX; Pil.
ncritoides, Desh., Ann. desSc. Nat., I, xiii, 3, a, b, c.

(4) Patella nerito'idea. List., 545 36, and Naturf., XIII, v, 1, 2; Pat. borbon-
ica, Bory Saint-Vincent, Voy. I, xxxvii, 2; and tor the ajiimal, Quoy and Gaym-,
Voy. de Freycin., pi. 71, f. 3 6.

368 MOLLUSCA.

Calyptr^Aj Lam.

We observe a conical shell, in the hollow of which is a little lamina
that projects inwards, resembling the commencement of a columella,
and that interposes itself between a fold of the abdominal sac. The
branchiae are composed of a range of numerous filaments, long and
slender, like hairs.

In some of them this lamina adheres to the bottom of the cone,
being itself bent into a portion of a cone or of a tube, and descend-
ing vertically(l).

In others it is almost horizontal, and adheres to the sides of the
cone, which is marked above by a spiral line that establishes some
relation between their shell and that of a Trochus(2).

SiPHONARiA, Sowerby.

The shell of the Siphonarise, v/hich have been recently separated
from the Patellae, at the first glance seems very similar to a flattened
Patella, with radiating sulci; but its margin projects rather more on
the right side, and it is excavated beneath by a slight furrow, which
terminates at this prominence of the margin, to which there is a
corresponding lateral hole in the mantle, for the introduction of
water into the branchial cavity, placed on the back, that is closed
on every other point. The respiratory organ consists of a few small
lamellae, arranged in one transverse line on the roof of that cavityj
the tentacula seem to be wanting, the head being merely furnished
with a narrow veil(3).

There are some species, in which even this slight appearance of
the canal, in the shell, is effaced, resembling in toto that of a
Patella, except in its summit, which is behind(4). In the

SiGARETUs, Adans.
The shell is flattened, its aperture ample and round, and the spire

(1) Patella equestris, L., List., 54^6 Z2>; Pat. sinensis, lb., 39;Pat.trochi-
formis. Martini, I, xiii, 135; Pa^. auricula, Chemn., X, clxviii, 1628 29; Pat.
plicata, Nat. Forsch., XVIII, 11,12; Paif. striata, lb., 13.

(2) Patella contorta, Nat. Forsch., IX, iii, 34, VIII, 11 14; Pa^. depressa, lb.,
xviii, ii, 11.

(3) Patella sipho; Siphonovia concinna, Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. XXI; ^S*.
exigua, Id., lb. See Savigny, Descr. de I'Eg., Zool. Gaster., pi. iii, f. 3, and
Coq., pi. i, f. 1. Some years ago M. Gray proposed a genus Gadinia, (Philos.
Magaz., April 1824) which is precisely the same as Siphonaria.

(4) Siphonariatriste?isis, Sow erh., loc. cit.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBUANCHIATA, 369

very moderate, its whorls rapidly enlarging and seen within, but
concealed during the life of the aninial in the thickness of a fungous
shield, which projects considerably beyond it, as well as the foot,
and which is the true mantle. Before this mantle are an emargina-
tion and a semi-canal, which serve to conduct water into the bran-
chial cavity, and which form the passage to the following family,
but of which there are no impressions on the shell. The tentacula
are conical, with the eyes at their external basej the penis of the
male is very large.

Some species are found on the coast of France. The

CoRiocELLA, Blainv.,

Consists of Sigareti, the shell of which is horny and almost mem-
branous, like that of the Aplysie(l).

Cryptostoma, Blainv.

The shell, resembling that of a Sigaretus, with the head and abdo-
men, which it covers, supported by a foot four times its size, cut
square behind, and forming before a fleshy, oblong bundle that con-
stitutes nearly one-half of its mass. The animal has a flat head, two
tentacula, a broad branchial pecten on the roof of its dorsal cavity,
and a penis under the right tentaculum; but I can find no emargina-
tion in the mantle(2).

FAMILY III.

BUCCINOIDA.

This family has a spiral shell, in the aperture of which, near
the extremity of the columella, is an emargination or a canal
for transmitting the siphon or tube, which is itself but an elon-
gated fold of the mantle. The greater or less length of the
canal, when there is one, the size of the aperture, and the

(1) The Coriocelle noire, Blainv., Malac, XLII, f. 1. This animal is not de-
prived of a shell, as the author of the genus imag-ined, but It Is thin and flexible.

(2) Besides the species in the British Museum {Cr. Leachii, Blainv. Malac,
XLII, 3), we have one {Cr. carolinum, Cuv. ) sent from Carolina by M. L'Hermi-
nier.

Vol. II. 2 W

^^^ MOLLUSCA.

form of the columella, furnish the grounds of its division into
genera, which may be variously grouped(l).

CoNus, Lin. (2)
So called from the conical shape of the shell, the spire, either per-
fectly flat, or but shghtly salient, forms the base of the cone, the
apex bemg at the opposite extremity, the aperture is narrow, ;ecti-
hnear. or nearly so, extending from one end to the other without
enlargement or fold, either on its edge or on the columella. The
rr" :l TT' " ^^^^P-^--^ to the narrowness of the
p r are through whxch it issues, its tentacula and proboscis are
highly protractile, the eyes are placed on the outer side of the
ormer, and near the point, the operculum, situated obliquely on
the h,nd part of the foot, is too narrow and short to close the whole
oi the aperture.

beaTuff.t'^f ^ '^'" ^'""'' ^'^"^ "'^''^"y ornamented with the most

Z2rf '^r';? '''' '""" "^ ^^'^^"^^^' The seas of Europe
produce very few(3). ^

p re; by he whorls being tuberculated or not; by its being more
salient and even pointed, and furnished, or no,, with tubercles
thel^'r' T f""; '" "'"'^ "= ''''"' '" '"ffi^ently salient to give

ir'.iiTu';:.'!.':;;:);'''^^"""' '" "'"^- '^-^ " --^ '- ^'"^- -<"'
deltitiTbtcrs"' """""' ^^'" '^ ^"""' '" ''^' ''''^' - --

Cypr^a, Lin.
The spire projecting but little, and the aperture narrow and extend-

In placing here the genera with a straight aperture, we must not be understood

therfi 7 ''""'"I' ''' ^ ^'" P--^^^^'"^ ^-''y' butonlyto p sent
^!:^:r' ''' ^^^"^^^-te. of an those wLh i:e Z

(3) For the species of this beautiful genus see the article and the plates of
Brug.eres m the Encycl. Method., where they are extremely well d crfb d and

and'of thictth'"''" ' """"''' 'P"'" '''"' "^""''^'' ^^ ^ ^'-" --'^ nought for,
and ot which there are many varieties, Encycl. Method nl '^16 f i r

, , i^iic, pi. ^17^ t, 5;~Co7i. arenatus, Brug., Encycl, n] '520 f fi fc^

Speces with a simple spire: Con. Ktteratus, L., E.cyc n] 303 f 1 ' rl

ug., n^nc, pi. 0^6, f. 7i~Cm. virgo, Bnig. Enc. pi. 326, f. 5, &c.

GASTEROPODA PFXTINIiilJANClIlATA. 371

ing from one extremity to the other; but the shell, which is protu-
berant in the middle, and almost equally narrowed at both ends,
forms an oval, and the aperture in the adult animal is transversely
wrinkled on each side. The tnantle is sufficiently ample to fold
over and envelope the shell, which at a certain age it covers with a
layer of another colour, so that this difference, added to the form
acquired by the aperture, may easily cause the adult to be taken for
another species. The animal has moderate tentacula, with the
eyes at their external base, and a thin foot without an operculum.

The colours of these shells, also, are extremely beautiful; they are
extremely common in cabinets, though with very few exceptions
they all inhabit the seas of tropical countries(l). In the

OvuLA, Brug.

The shell is oval, and the aperture narrow and long, as in Cyp^r^a,
but without plicae on the side next to the columella; the spire is con-
cealed, and the two ends of the aperture equally emarginated, or
equally prolonged in a canal. Linnaeus confounded them with the
Bullae, from which Brugieres has very properly separated them.
The animal has a broad foot, an extended mantle which partly folds
over the shell, a moderate and obtuse snout, and two long tentacula,
on which, at about the third of their length, arc the eyes.

Montfort particularly designates, by the term Ovulm, those in
which the external margin is transversely sulcated(2).

Those in which the two extremities of the aperture are prolonged
into a canal, and in which the external margin is not sulcated, he

calls NaVETTES VoLViE(o).

When this external margin is not sulcated, nor the extremities of
the aperture prolonged, he styles them Calpurnje(4).

TerebelluM;, Lam.
An oblong shell, with a narrow aperture, without plicae or wrinkles,

(1) For the species see the genus Cyprsca, Gmel., and the fig-ures collected by
Brugieres for the Encyclop., the Gen. of Shells of Sowerby, No. XVII, and par-
ticularly a Monograph by M. Gray, published in the Zool. Journal, Nos. 2, 3,
and 4.

(2^ Bulla ovum, L., List., Tli, 65, Encyclop., 358, 1.

(3) Sulla volva, L., List., 711, 63, Encycl., 357, 3; B. hirostris, Enc3'-cl.,357
1; Sowerb., lb.

4) Bulla verrucosa, L., List., 712, 67, Encyc, 357, 5, from which we do not
separate the Ultim;b, Montf. : or 5w//a ^tZi^osa, L., List., 711, 64, Encyc. 357, 4.

372

MOLLUSC A.

and increasing regularly in width to the end opposite the snire
whxch.s more or less salient, according- to L srecksr Th.'

animalis not known. The ^ne species(l> The

VoLUTA, Lin.

Varies as to the form of the shell nnrl iU.^ e .u

recomiized hv ti. ^"e snell and that of the aperture, but is

OuvA, Brug.,

~r:^lZl'''' """"^ ^"^ ^'"P""' ^^^P^ f "-e shell, the
sZ which i'.":'","' '''"' '"" ""-S'-ed PP-i.e to the

and resemble stn.-e; the whorls are sulciform. These shells are
quite as beautiful as the Cyprsa;(2)
The animal has a large foot, the anterior part of which fbefore

1 nh The I '" """ " """ "'' '""^ ""= "'""= of 'heir
length. The proboscis, siphon and penis are tolerably long, but it

dage on .ts po ter.or portion, which enters the sulcus of the whorls

five r r 7 r"' ' ''' ''""' ^'"'^ "" >f'"""ds divided into
five, by M. de Lamarck(3). The ""laea into

VoLVAEiA, Lam.,

Closely resembles the Oliva in its oblong or cylindrical form; but

he aperture is narrow, and its anterior edge ascends , the ton

the spiie, which ,s excessively short. There is one plica, o I'severa.

at the foot of the coliimpll-, Ti i ^ . :>c\tia.,

a.esuch,thatonsor:^::;j^:::::-^

(1) Terebellumsubulatum, Lam., ulla terebellum, L. List., 736, f. 30, Encyc
o60 .,-rereb convolutum. Lam., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. vi '

P^rphy^ra, Vol. okva, and, m general, all the cylindrical Volut. of Gm., p. 3438,

S'i St'r'f ST'^^^^^--^ ^3/^^//^ already mentioned.

(4) Volv. monihs, L.; Volv. triticea. Lam., &c.

(5) Volvariabulloides, Lam., Encyc. Method., pi. 384, f. 4.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 373

VoLUTA, Lam.,

The aperture is ample, and the columella marked with large
plicae, the one furthest from the spire being the largest. The degree
of projection in the spire varies greatly.

In some of them, Cymbium, Montf. ; Cymba, Sovverb., the last
\vhorl is ventricose; the animal has a large, thick and fleshy foot,
and a veil on the head, from the sides of which issue the tentacula.
The eyes are on this same veil outside of the tentacula. The pro-
boscis is tolerably long, and there is an appendage on each side of the
base of the siphon. They attain a large size, and many of them are
extremely beautiful(l).

In others, Voluta, Montf., the last whorl is conical, becoming
narrower at the extremity opposite to the spire(2). The foot of the
animal is not so large as that of the preceding ones; their shells are
frequently remarkable for the beauty of their colours or their ar-
rangement.

Marginella, Lam.

Form of the shell, similar to that of a true Voluta; but the exter-
nal margin of the aperture is tumid; the emargination is but slightly
marked. The foot of the animal, according to Adanson, is very
large, and has no operculum. By turning up the lobes of its mantle
it partly covers the shell. The eyes are on the external side of the
base of its tentacula(3).

M. de Lamarck also distinguishes the Colombella, in which the
plic9e are numerous, and the varix of the external margin is inflated
in the middle(4). It appears that the operculum is wanting.

(1) Folv. aethiopica. List., 797, 4; V. cymbium, 796, 3, 800, 7; F- olla, 794,
1; V. Neptuni, 802, 8; V. navicula, 795, 2; V. papillaris, Seb., Ill, Ixiv, 9;
V. indica. Martini, III, Ixxii, 772, 773; genus Meio, Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No.
XXVIII; cymbiola, Chemn., X, cxlviii; 1385, 1586; V. prseputium. List., 798,
1; V. spedibiliSj'DsLyih, I, viii, S.

(2) Voluta mMSj'ca, List., 805, 14, 806, 15; V. scapha, 799, 6; V. vespertilio,
807, 16, 808, 17; r. hoebrea, 809, 18; T. vexillum. Martini, III, cxx, 1098; F.

^a^cans, lb., xcv, 922, 923; V. undulata. Lam., Ann. du Mas, &c. For the
other species consult the Memoir of M. Broderip, Zool. Journ., April 1825.

(3) Voluta glabella, Adans., IV, genus, X, 1; Voluta f aba, Ih., 2; Vol. pru-
num, lb., 3; Vol. persicula, lb., 4, and all pi. xlii, vol. II, of Martini; Vol. mar-
ginata. Born., IX, 5, 6.

(4) Voluta mercatoria. List., 824, 43; Vol. rustica, List., 824, 44; Vol. mendi-
caria, and nearly all plate xliv of Martini, vol. II; Col. sfrombiformis,- Vol. labi-
osa; Vol. punctata, &c., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. IX.

374

MOLLUSCA.

MiTRA, Lam.

o.,"::::r::: ::1:^^e;:^;f ;j;!:Jt^ '" -':r "-^^

trade a nrnh '' ' "'^''''^' '^"^'''' ^"^ ^^ ^''^^i^ently pro-

trudes a proboscis longer than its shell. i y pio

Cancellakia, Lam.
The last whorl ventricose, aperture ample and round, the internal
margin forming a plate on the columella. The spire i salient 2
Pomted^ and the surl.ce of the shell marked witr:^::^;;:^ T^.

BucciNUM, Lin. (3)
arises all the shelh
inflected to the le:
plicae

Comprises alHbe shells furnished with an emargina.ion o,- a short
al .nneclcd ,o .he left, and in which the columella is des.i.ut:?

r ,?'""'' ^""'' I"'" f '"l'''=l' have been a^ain subdi

v.ded by Messrs de Lamarck and Montfore. The

BucciNUM, Brug.
Includes the emarginated shells without any canal, whose general
. form, as well as that of the aperture, is oval. The animals-fl sud
as are known, are deprived of the veil on the head, but are furni
.vuh a pro oscis, two separated tentacula, on the external el "

:t :' ::: 2^-" '^-^ - '-^ ^^--^-^ ^^^-^ ^^p^-- emends

yol. ca,dmahs,8o8, 65. Add Fol. patnarchalis. Vol. pcrtussa, 82^. 40 Vo/
vulpecula, Martini, IV, cxiviii, 1366;- Fb/. pKcaria List <?9n 4 rVl '
suo-a list S91 . irj ff ,x P ^^''^> '^^^^>^^^' -^^-^Vol. sangui-

c vi 493' 1494 r./ f "' f """' '^' ^^'^'"=' ^^^^' I3r0;-r./. acus,U.,

loa;-Fol.nodulosa, lb., 1385\Fol. spadlcea Id rl l-,09 i^ . ,,

wi^'..ot7sh^ni;v"'"""""' "-''"' -'-- ^0,^, .o.-S.
L'lis t,i cat genu;,, which he calls the Enotomostoma.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 375

The name of Buccinum is especially applied by M. de Lamarck to
those in which the columella is convex and naked, and the margin
without plicae of varix. Their foot is moderate, their proboscis long
and thick, and their penis, frequently, excessively large(l). In the

Nassa, Lam.,
The side of the columella is covered by a more or less broad and
thick plate, and the emargination is deep, but without a canal. The
animal resembles that of a true Buccinum, and there are gradual
transitions among the shells, from one subgenus to the other(2). M.
Delamarck calls

Eburna, Lam.,

Those, which to a smooth shell without a plicated margin, add
a widely and deeply umbricated columella. The general form of
their shell is closely allied to that of the Olivae. Their animal is
unknown(3).

Ancillaria, Lam.

The same smooth shell, and at the lower part of the columella a
marked lip; there is no umbilicus, neither is the spire sulcated.
The animal of several species resembles that of the Olivae, the foot
being still more developed(4). The same naturalist calls

DoLiuM, Lam.
Those in which projecting ribs, that follow the direction of the

(1) Buccinum undulatum, L., List., 662, 14 5 Bucc- glaciale,'L.t, B. angUcum,
List., 963, 17; B. porcatum, Martini, IV, cxxvi, 1213, 1214; B. laevissimiun. Id.,
cxxvii, 1215, 1216; B. igneum, lb., 1217; B. carinatum, Phips, Voy., XII, 2;
B. solutum, Naturf., XVI, ii, 5, 4; B. strigosum, Gm., No. 108, Bonan., Ill, 38;
B. glaberrimum. Martini, IV, cxxv, II77, 1182; 5. strigosum, lb. 1183, 1188;
B. obtusum, lb., 1193; B. coronaium, CXXI, 1115, 1116.

(2) Buccinum arcularia, List., 970, 24, 25; B. pullus, List., 971,26; B. gib-
bosulum, List, 972, 27, and 973, 28; B. tessellatum, List., 975, 30; B. fossile.
Martini, III, xciv, 912,914; B. marginatum, Id. cxx, llOJ, 1102; B.reticula-
turn, List., 966, 21; B. vulgatutn, Martini, IV, cxxiv, 162, 166; B. stolatum,
lb., 1167, 1169;^. glans. List., 981, 40; 5. papillosum, List., 969, 23;^. niti-
dulum. Martini, IV, cxxv, 1194, 1195-

(3) Buccinum glabratum. List., 974, 29; B. spiratum, List., 981, 41; B.
zeylunicum. Martini, IV, cxxii, 1119.

(4) Ancillaria cinnamomea. Lam., Mart., II, pi. &5, f. 731; Vbluta ampla, Gm.,
Mart., lb. f. 722, and the species described by M. de Lamarck and figniredinthe
Encyc. Method., 393. See also the Monograph, No. 06, p. 72, of the Ancillai-irc
by M. W. Swainson, Journ. of the So. and Arts, No. 36, p. 272.

^^^ MOLLUSCA.

Whorls, render the margin undulated; the inferior whorl is ample
and ventricose. Montfort subdivides them into
^ DoLiuM properly so called, where the lower partof the columella
IS twisted(l), and mto

Perdix, where it is trenchant(2).

Their animal has a very large foot, widened before; a proboscis
longer than xts shell, and slender tentacula, on the external side of
vvhich and near the base, are the eyes, the head has no veil, nor has
the toot an operculum.

Harpa, Lam.

rib^t fh"'''? 'r T"' '"g"i^^<l l-y '1'^ projecting, transverse
nbs on the whorls; the las, of which forms a lip on the margin.
The shell ,s beaut.ful, and the animal has a very large foot, poinld

by wo deep emarg.nattons. The eyes are on the sides of the tenta-
cula, and near their base. It has neither veil nor operculum; 3). The

Purpura, Brug.
Is known by its flattened columella, which is trenchant near the
end opposite to the spire, and which, with the external margin
forms a canal there, sunk in the shell, but not salient. The P -'
pur. were scattered among the Buccina and the Murices of Lin-
naeus. The animal resembles that of a true BuccinumC4).

si JiJarTth "^p"'"' ^^-^^'-MoNocKRos,Lam., consists of shells
s milai to the Purpura, but in which the external edge of the emar-
gination is furnished with a salient spine(5).

Others, also resembling the Purpura, in which the columella or

galea, Ust89S18-,--B.dohurn,Ust, 899, 19 -^-B. fascialum, Bru^. Mart ITT
cxviu, 108l;-B.pomuvi, Id., II, xxxvi, 370, 371. ^ ' '

(2) Bucc. perdix. List. , 984, 43

iu/u, iu., yo, 4,s H. trochlea, B. lamlhi') M\ a^t: 10 in t,^

Id. 990, 50.,-Mar.kistn., Martini, lit c!" zl^rt' W ' '^l-f '"^^ Z^-'
7, 8. 957 q_in ?i^ 2.' ' ^^^5; .'J/ar. mancinella,Ust., 956

r ; 1 9-105-^'-- hippocastanum. List., 955, 996, 990, 991

(5) ^Mccmwm TO07io(/ora, Gm Martini TTT .- t^-, -n

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 377

at least the margin is provided, in the adult, with teeth which narrow
the aperture, form the Sistra, Montf., or the Ricinula, Lam.(l)

CoNCHOLEPAS, Lam.

The general characters of the Purpura, but the aperture is so
enormous, and the spire so small, that the shell has almost the ap-
pearance of a Capulus, or one of the valves of an Arcaj a small
salient tooth is visible on each side of the emargination. The ani-
mal resembles that of a true Buccin^, with the exception of its
foot, which is enormous in width and thickness, and that it is attached
to the shell by a muscle shaped like a horse-shoe, as in the Capulij
it has a thin, narrow, and horny operculum.

Buta single species is known, iheBuccinum concholepas,Br\ig.;
Argenv., pi. ii, f. F, D; and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. VI.
From the coast of Peru.

Cassis, Brug.

The shell oval; aperture oblong or narrow; the columella covered
with a plate as in Nassa, and that plate transversely plicated, as.well
as the external margin; the emargination terminating in a short
canal, that is reflected and pushed back, as it were, to the left:
varices are frequently observed on it. The animal resembles that
of a true Buccinum, but its horny operculum is denticulated, in
order to pass between the plicas of the external margin.

In some, the lip of the margin is denticulated externally near
the emargination(2).

In others it is entire(3). The

MoRio, Montf. Cassidaria, Lam.

Was separated from Cassis by Montfort. The canal curves less
suddenly, and the whole shell leads directly to certain Murices. The
animal resembles that of a Buccinum, but its foot is more develop-
ed(4).

(1) Murex ricinus, L., Seb., Ill, Ix, 37, 39, 42; Mur. neriio'ideus, Gm., No.
43, List., 804, 1213.

(2) Buccinum vibex, Martini, II, xxxv, 364, 365; B. glaucum. List., 996, 60;
B. erinaceus. List., 1015, 73.

(3) The Buccinum of the second division of Gmelin, except the B. echinopho-
rum, strigosum, No. 26, and tyrrhenum, which are Cassidariae. It must also be re-
collected, that, among the true Cassides, Gmelin appears to have several repeti-
tions.

(4) Buccinum caudatum, L., List., 940, 36; B. echiniphorum, List., 1003, 68;
B. strigosiim, Gm,No. 26, List., 1011, Tl, f.; Bucc. tyrrhenum, Bonam., Ill, 160,

Vol. II. 2 X

378 MOLLUSCA.

Terebra, Brug. '

The aperture, emargination and columella of a true Buccinuinj
but the general form is turriculated, that is to say, the spire is length-
ened into a point(l). In the

Cerithium, Brug.,

Very properly separated from the Murex of Linnseus, we observe a
shell with a turriculated spir^ the aperture is oval, and the canal
short, but well marked, and reflected to the left or backwards. The
animal has a veil on its head, and is furnished with two separated
tentacula, on the side of which are the eyes, and with a round, horny
operculum.

Many are found fossil(2). M. Brongniart separates from the Ce-
rithia the

PoTAMiDA, Brongn.

Which, with the same form of shell, has a very short and scarcely
emar^inated canal, no sulcus on the upper part of the right margin,
and the external lip dilated. The Potamidse inhabit rivers, or at
least their mouths, and fossil specimens are found in strata, which
contain other fresh-water or land species only(3). The genus

(1) The whole of the last subdivision of the Buccina, Gmelin, such as, Bucci-
num maculatum, L., 846, 74;Bucc. crenulatum, L. List., 846, 75;Bucc. dimidi-
atum, L., List., 843, 7l--,Bucc. subulatum, L., List., 842, 70, &c.

M. de Blainville separates from them the g-enus Subuia, which he founds on a
difference in the animal, and moreover on the presence of an operculum.

(2; Murex vertagus, List., 1020, 83; M aluco,Usl., 1025, 87;--M. annularis.
Martini, IV, clvii, I486; M. cingulatus, lb., 1492; M. terehella. Id., civ, 1458,
9\M.fuscatus, Gualt., 56, H;M. granulatus, Martini, IV, clvii, 1483; if. mo-
luccanus, lb., 1484, S. &c., with the numerous fossil species described by M. de
Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. M. Deshayes has separated from the Cerithia, under the
name of Nevinea, some small species, where the margin is prolonged into the
aperture, and divides it into three distinct orifrees.

It is also near the Cerithia that we must place several fossil shells, which form
the genus Nerinea of M. Defrance, and which is distinguished by strongly marked
plicse on each whorl and on the columella, the centre of which, besides, is hollow
throughout. Nine species are already ascertained.

(3) See Brongn., Ann. du Mus., XV, 367. In this subgenus should be placed
the Cerithium atrum, Brug., List., pi. 115, f. 10; Ce?-. palustre, f. lb., 836, f.
62; C. muricatum, lb., 121, f. \7, &c., and among the fossils, the Potamida La-
markii, Brongn., loc. cit. pi. xxii, f. 3.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBHANCHIATA. 379

MuREX, Lin.(l)

Comprises all those shells in which ihere is a salient and straight
cana](2). The animal of each subgenus is furnished with a pro-
boscis, long approximated tentacula on the external side of which
are the eyes, and with a horny operculum; the veil on the head is
wanting; and, the length of the siphon excepted, it otherwise re-
sembles that of the Buccina. Brugiere divides them into genera,
which have been since subdivided by Messrs Lamarck, and Monifort.
The

MuREx, Brug.

Includes all those which have a salient and straight canal, with vari-
ces across the whorls(3).

Lamarck appropriates this name to those in which the varices are
not contiguous on two opposite lines.

If their canal be long and slender, and the varices armed with
spines, they become the Mukex, properly so called, of Montfort(4).

When, with this long canal, the varices are mere knobs, they form
the Brontis, Montf.(5)

Some of them, which, with a moderate canal, have projecting
tubes that penetrate into the shell between spiny varices, constitute
the Typhis, Montf.(6)

When, instead of spines, the varices are furnished with plicated
lamellae, slashed, or divided into branches, they are the Chicora-
CEA, Montf.(7) Their canal is long and moderate, and their foli-
aceous productions vary infinitely in figure and complication.

When, with a moderate or short canal, the varices are mere knots,

(1) This great genus forms the family Siphonostoma, Blainv.

(2) To which Linnseus also added several Purpurse in which the canal is not
salient, and all the Cerithia in which it is recurved.

(3) Varices are knobs with which tlie animal borders its mouth, at, each inter-
ruption in the growth of its shell.

(4) Murex tribulus. List., 902, 2%Mur. brandarls, Li^t., 900, 20; Jfwn cor-
nidus, List., 901, 21; Mur. senegalensis, Gm., and the costatus of No. 86, Adans.
Seneg., VlII, 19.

(5) Murex haustellum, List., 903, 23; Mur. caudatus. Martini, Conch., Ill, f.
1045, 1049; Mur. pyrum.

(6) Murex tuhifer, Roissy, Brug., Journ. d'Hist. Nat., I, xi, 3: Montfort, 614

(7) Murex ramosus. List., 946, 41, and all its varieties; Martini, 111, cv, ex, cxi;
Mur. Scorpio, Martini, cvi; Mur. saxatilis. Martini, cvii, cviii, and several
others not vet well characterized.

^^ MOLLUSCA.

and the ^ j^ ^^^.^^^ ^^ ^^^.^.^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^

Monif Several species inhabit the coast of FranceO)
If the umbilicus be wanting, they are his Lotohium(2).
Finally, when the canal is short, the spire elevated, and the vari-

c s siniple, they are his Tkxxoni.m. Their mouth is usua ly p -

::" f E^:^r" '" "^^^^^"^- "^^^ '-^^ - ^^^^ ^-

The varices are sometimes numerous, compressed, and almost
membranous, constituting the Tkopho.a, Montf (4)
numbr^ " '''"' '''' "^ ^om,.ess.,, very salient, and but few in
M. de Lamarck separates from all the Murices of Brugi^re, the

Ranella, Lam.,
Characterized by opposing varices, so that the shell is bordered
wuhtl-^monboth sides. -Their canal is short, and th ir sutrce
studded wuh ,ere tubercles; margins f the aperture pHc tedf/r
1 he Apolles, Montr., are merely umbilicated Ranelte(7). The

des'tUrorvarLt"' """ ' ''^"''^ "-''' "-' ^'"^'- =>-

When the spire projects, the columella is without plies, and the

margin ts enttre, they are the Fss properly so called Lam , whi h

usus(8). 1 he shortest and most ventricose gradually approach

cix 1019 9n M ; .7 ' ' ^'i; -^"'- trunculus, Martini, Ilf

cix, 1U18, 20-,Mur. milians, Id., ii, Vie-n 16 \ 'i ht '

IX, 22-.-Mur. decussafus, lb., 21. ^ ' '-''-^^"''- ^'^~^"'-. Adans.,

(2) Mur. lotorium, L., Martini, IV, cxxx \oM a. m. r
\m,-Mur. triqueter. Born., XI, 1, 2. '^"^^-^-^-Mur. femorale. Id., cxi,

(3) Mur. tritonis,L., List.. 959,' 12, -Mur. maculosus, Martini, IV, cxxxii 1257
1258; .Tii^r. aw^/ra/is, Lam., Martini, IV cxxxvi 128i M \', ^^^"' -^25r,
IV, -XXX 124? 4.<i AQ M I cxxxvi, 1284;~Mur. pikare. Martini,
IV, -XXX, i^4o, 4, 49; JfMf. arp-;;,^, Mart ni IV rvwi Io^k lo-r^ L

cufo. Id., cxxxii, 1259, 1267. ' " ''' 1256;_ilfun mZ-e-

(4) Mur. magellanicus' Martini, IV, cxxxix ?29r

^^(5) 3Iur. trl^terr.. Born., X, 18, ^,,-Mur. obeUscus, Martjnl, 1,1, exi, 1033,

(6; NB. They are the Mur. kifo, Montf., 5n;-Mur. rana List 99^ 99
Mur. retiaiaris, Ust 9'^^ 90- OT,,^ /r j , '^"'iff, i-isi., 995, 28;

(7; iMi.rragyj, List., 939, 3 ,.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIURANCHIATA. 381

the form of the Buccina(l). When provided with an umbilicus they
are his Lathira(2). ^

The Struthiolarije are distinguished from the true Fusi by a bor-
der which surrounds their aperture, and which covers the coLumella.
The margin of the adult is inflated, which connects them with
Murex(3).

When the spire is salient, the columella without plicae, and there
is a small indentation- or well marked emargination of the margin
near the spine, they are the Pleurotoma, Lam. (4)

The Clavatul^e, in which the emargination is wide and reaches
to the spire, are also properly distinguished.

When the spire is but slightly marked, flattened or rounded, and
the columella is without plicae, they are the Pyrula, Lam. Some are
umbilicaied(5), and others not(6).

From these Pyrulse, Montfort again separates the species with a
flattened spire, internally striated near the lip, by the name of Ful-
gur(7). They are a sort of Pyrulse with a plicated columella, the
plicae being sometimes almost insensible.

Among these divisions of the Fusi of Brugieres, the Fasciolarije,
Lam., are distinguished by some oblique and well marked plicae on
the columella, near the origin of the siphon(8). The

culatus. Martini, III, Ixvii, 742, 743; Mur. candidus. Martini, IV, cxllv, 1339;
Mur. ansatus. Id. lb., 1340; M-. Isevigatus, Martini, cxli, 1319, Io20;Mur. Ion-
gissimus, lb., 1344; 3fur. undatus, lb., 1343; Mur. coins, L., List, 917, 10;
Mur. striatulus, lb., 1351, 1352; Mur.pusio, List., 914, 7; Mur. verrucosus, lb.,
1349, 1350, &c., and the numerous fossil species described by M. de Lamarck.

(1) Mur. islandicus, Martini, IV, cxli, 1312, 1313, &c.; Mur, antiquus, lb.,
cxxxviii, 1294, and List., 962, 15; 3Iur. despecius. Martini, 1295.

(2) Mur. vespertilio, Id., cxlii, 1323, 24.

(3) Mur. stramineus, Gm., Encyc. Method., 431, 1, a, b; Struthiolaria crenu-
lata. Lam.

(4) Mur. babilonius, L., List., 917, 11; Mur. javanus, Martini, IV, 138, and thQ
immense number of fossil species described by Lamarck and other conchyliologists.

(5) Mur. rapa, Martini, III, Ixviii, 750, 753; Buccinutn bezoar, Gm., Martini,
III, Ixvlii, 754, 755.

(6) Bulla Jicus, L., List., 750, 46; Murexficus,lh., 74.1.

(7) Murex perversus, L., List., 907, 27; Mur. aruanus. List, 908, 28; Mur.
canaliculatus, Martini, III, Ixvi, 738, 740, and lx\ii, 742, 3; Mur. spirillus, Mar-
tini, III, cxv, 1069; Pyrula canaliculuta, Lam., Montf., 502, whlcli appears to me
the same as the Mur. carica. Martini, III, Ixvii, 744.

(8) Mur. tulipa, L., List., 910, 911; Mur. trapezium. List., 93, 26; Mur. poly-
gonus, List., 922, 15; Mur. infundibulum, List., 921, 14; Mur. striatulus. Mar-
tini, IV, cxlvi, 1351, 1353; Mur. versicolor, lb., 1348; Mur. pardalis. Id. cxlix,
1384; Mur. cosiutus, Knorr., Petrif., C, n. 7; Mur. lancea. Martini, IV, cxlv,
1347.

382

MOLLUSCA.

^ TuRBiNELLA, Lam.,

Also consists of shells with a straight canal, but yithout varices, dis-
tinguishable by the large transverse plicae on their columella, which
extend the whole length of the aperture, and which closely approxi-
mate them to the conical Volutse; they only differ from the latter in
the elongation of their aperture into a sort of canal(l)j the line that
separates them is not easily traced. The genus

Strombus^ Lin.,

Includes those shells with a canal that is either straight or inflected
towards the right, of which the external margin of the aperture di-
lates with age, but still preserves a sinus near the canal, under
which passes the head of the animal, when it extends itself.

In most of them the sinus is at some distance from the canal. They
are subdivided by M. de Lamarck into two subgenera. The

Strombus, Lara.

In which the margin expands into a wing of more or less extent,
but not digitated. The foot is proportionably small, and the eyes are
supported by lateral pedicles of the tentacula, thicker than the ten-
tacula themselves. The operculum is horny, long and narrow, and
placed on a thin tail(2). In the

Pterocera, Lam.

The margin, in the adult, is divided into long a,nd slender digita-
tions, varying in number, according to the species. The animal is
the same as that of the true Strombus(3).

In other Strombi, the sinus of the external margin is contiguous
to the canal, forming the Rostellaria, Lam. There is usually a
second canal ascending the spire, formed by the external margin
i^nd by a continuation of the columella.

(1) Mur. scolymus, Martini, IV, cxlli, 1325; Valuta pyrum, Martini, III, xcv,
916, 917; Valuta ceramica, List., 829, 51; Valuta rhinoceras, Chemn., X, 150, f.
1407, U08; Valuta turbinellm, List, 811, 20; Fb/. capitellum. List., 810, 19;
Vul. globulus, Cheni., XI, 178, f., 1715; Val. turritu, Gm.

(2) Nearly all the Strombi comprised in the second and third division of Gmelin,
observing, that owing to the various degrees of development acquired by the ex-
ternal margin, there are several repetitions.

(3) Strombus lambis. Rondel., 79; Martini, III, Ixxxvi, 555;Str.chiragra,Ust.,
870; Str. millepeda, List., 868, 869; Sir. scorpius, List., 867.

GASTEROPODA PECTfNIBRANCHIATA. 383

In some of them, the margin is still digitated. Their animal
resembles that of a Murex, but has only a very small operciilum(l).

In others, we merely observe a dentated margin. Their canal is
long and straight(2).

In some again, that margin is entire; they are the Hippocrenes,
Montf.(3)

ORDER VII.

TUBULIBRANCHIATA.

The Tubulibraiichiata should be detached from the Pectini-
branchiataj with which they are very closely allied, because
the shell, which resembles a more or less irregularly shaped
tube, only spiral at the commencement, attaches itself to vari-
ous bodies ; they consequently are deprived of copulating
organs, and fecundate themselves. In the

Vermetus, Adans.,

We remark a tubular shell whose whorls, at an early age, still form
a kind of spire, but then continue on in a tube more or less irregu-
larly contorted, or bent like the tubes of a Serpula. ^This shell usually
attaches itself by interlacing with others of the same species, or is
partly enveloped by Lithophytes: the animal, having no power of
locomotion, is deprived of a foot, properly so called; but the part
which in ordinary Gasteropoda forms the tail, is here turned under
it, and extends to beyond the head, where its extremity becomes
inflated and furnished with a thin operculum; when the animal
withdraws into its shell, it is this mass which closes the entrance;
it is sometimes seen with various appendages, and in certain species,
the operculum is spiny. The head of the animal is obtuse, and has
two moderate tentacula, on the external sides of which, at the base.

(1) Strombus pes pelecani, h., hist., 865,866.

(2) Stromhusfusus, L., List, 854, 11, 12, 916, 9.

(3) Stromhus amplus, Brander., Foss., Hant, VI, 76, or Rostellaria macroptera.
Lam.; Sir . Jissurella, Lam., Encycl. Method., p. 411, .3, a, b, which is not that of
Martini, IV, clviii, 1498, 1499, &c.

384 MOLLUSCA.

are the eyes. The mouth is a vertical orifice, beneath which is a
filament on each side, that has all the appearance of a tentaculum,
but belonging in reality to the foot. Thebranchise form but a single
range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity. The
right side is occupied by the rectum and the spermatic canal, which
also transmits the ova. There is no penis, the animal fecundating
itself.

The species are numerous, but not very distinct. Linnseus
left them among the Serpulce(l).
The Vermili^, also left by M. de Lamarck near the Serpulse, are
similar to the Vermeti(2).

Magilus, Montf.,

The Magili have a longitudinally carinated tube, which is at first
regularly spiral, and then extends itself in a line more or less straight;
although the animal is unknown, it is highly probable that it should
be placed near the Vermeti(3). The

SiLiQUARiA, Brug.

Resembles Vermetusinthe head, the position of the operculum, and
in the tubular and irregular shell; but there is a fissure on the whole
length of this shell which follows its contour, and which corresponds
to a similar cleft in that part of the mantle which covers the branchial
cavity. Along the whole side of this cleft is a branchial comb, com-
posed of numerous, loose and tabular-like lamellae. Linnaeus left
them with the Serpulae, and till very lately they were considered as
belonging to the cliJss of the Annelides(4).

(1) Serpiila lumhricalis, L., Adans., Senegal, XI, 1, and several new species.

(2) Serpula triquetra, Gm., Born., Mus., pi. xviii, t. 14.

(o) Magilus antiquus, Montf., II, pi. 43, and Guettard, Mem., Ill, pi. Ixxi, f. 6.

(4) Serpula anguina, L.; Serpula muricata. Born., Mas., XVIII, 16.

N.B. M. de Lamarck considered the Siliquariae and the VermiliK as heig-h-
bours of the Serpulae. M. de Blainville has approximated them to the Vermeti;
M. Audouin has lately observed and described the animal, and to him dp we owe
what is stated above.

GASTEROPODA SCUTIBUANCHIATA. 385

ORDER VIII.

SCUTIBRANCHI ATA( I ).

The Scutibranchiata comprise a certain number of Gastero-
poda, similar to the Pectinibranchiata, in the form and position
of the branchise, as well as in the general form of the body,
but in which the sexes are united, in such a way, howeverj as
to allow them to fecundate themselves. Their shells are very
open, without an operculum, and most of them without the
slightest turbination, so that they cover these animals, and
particularly their branchiae, in the manner of a shield. The
heart is traversed by the rectum, and receives the blood from
two auricles, as is the case in the greater number of bivalves.
The

Halyotis, Lin. (2)

Is the only genus of this order in which the shell is turbinated; it is
distinguished from that kind of shell by the excessive amplitude of
the aperture, and the flatness and smallness of the spire, which is
seen from within. This form has caused it to be compared to the
ear of a quadruped. In the

Halyotis, Lam,,

Or the true Halyotes, the shell is perforated along the side of the
columella by a series of holes; when the last hole is not terminated,
it gives to that part the look of an emargination. The animal is one
of the most highly ornamented of all the Gasteropoda. A double
membrane, cut into leaves and furnished with a double range of
filaments, extends, at least in the most common species, round the
foot and on to the mouth; outside its long tentacula, are two cylin-
drical pedicles which support the eyes. The mantle is deeply cleft
on the right side, and the water, which passes through the shell,
penetrates through it into the branchial cavity; along its edges we

(1) M. de Blainville unites this order and the following one (the Chltones ex-
cepted) in his sub-class of the PARACEniALOPHOHA Hermaphrodita.

(2) The Paracephaloph. Hermaph. Otid., Blainv.

Vol. II. 2 Y

386

MOLLUSCA.

observe three or four filaments which the animal can protrude through
these holes. The mouth is a short proboscis(l).

The Padoll^, Montf., have an almost circular shell, in which the
holes are nearly obliteA'ated, and there is a deep sulcus that follows
the middle of the whorls, and is marked externally by a salient ridge;
Padole briquets^ Montf., II, p. 114.

Stromatia, Lam.

The shell more hollow, the spire more salient, and the holes want-
ing? otherwise resembling that of the Halyotides, which it thus con-
nects with certain species of Turbo. The animal is much less orna-
mented than that of the Halyotides(2).

In the following genera, which are separated from the Pa-
tellse, the shell is perfectly symmetrical, as well as the posi-
tion of the heart and branchise(3). In the

FissuRELLA, Lam.,

We perceive a broad fleshy disk under the belly, as in the Patellae,
a conical shell placed on the middle of the back, but not always
completely covering it, and perforated at its summit by a small ori-
fice, which affords at once an issue for the feces and a passage to
the water, required for respiration; this orifice penetrates into the
cavity of the branchiae, situated on the fore part of the back, and in
the bottom of which terminates the anus? a cavity otherwise widely
opened above the head. A branchial comb is symmetrically arranged
on each side; the eyes are on the external base of the conical tenta-
cula, and the sides of the foot are furnished with a range of fila-
ments(4).

(1) All the Halyotides, Gm., cxc&Tpt \h& imperforata axid. \h& perversa.

This genus, althoug-h it has been denied, most certainly has its counterpart
among the fossils. M. Marcel de Serres has described a species found in the cal-
careous strata of Montpellier {Hal. Fhilberti), Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XII, pi.
xlv, f. A.

(2) Halyotis imperforata, Gm., Chemn., X, clxvi, 1600, 1601.

(3) They are the Pahacepualoha Cebtico-branchije Hiianciiifera, Blainv.

(4) All the Patellx of the fifth division ofGmelin, except Pat. fissura,- among
others, Pat. grseca. List., 527, 1, 2; P. nimbosa. List., 528, 4. We have a spe-
cies in which the shell, at least six times the size of the mantle, simply surrounds
the hole of tlie summit like a ring, Flssurella annulata, Cuv.

GASTEROPODA SCUTIBRANCHIATA, 387

Emarginula, Lam.

The structure of the Emarginulje is similar to that of a Fissurella,
except that instead of the hole in the summit, there is a small cleft
or emargination in the anterior margin of their mantle and shell,
which also penetrates to the branchial cavity^ the margin of the man-
tle envelopes and covers a great part of that of the shell; the eyes are
placed on a tubercle of the external base of the conical tentacula, and
the margin of the foot is furnished with a range of filaments(l).

Parmophorus, Lam.

A great portion of the shell curved by the reflected margin of the
mantle, as in the Emarginulse^ the shell itself oblong, slightly coni-
cal, and without hole or emargination; the branchiae and other or-
gans, as in the preceding genera(2).

ORDER LX.

CYCL0BRANCHIATA(3).

The branchiae of the Cyclobranchiata resemble small 1am-
ellsB, or little pyramids forming a cordon more or less com-
plete under the borders of the mantle, very nearly as in the
Inferobranchiata, from which they are distinguished by the

(1) Patella Jissura, L., List., 543, 28, &c. The Palmaria, Montf., must be allied
to this g-enus.

(2) Fatella ambiguu, Chemn., CXCII, 1918.

N.B. Fissurdlse, Emarginulx, and Parmaphori are also found fossil.

(3) M. de Blainville, who calls the order in which he places Doris Ctclobrait-
cHiATA, makes an order of the Patellae, and of the three preceding genera, which
he names Certicobranchiata, which he divides into the Retifera and the Branchi-
fera. The Retifera are the Patellx, because he supposes that they respire through
the medium of a network in the cavity which is over their head. 1 have vainly
sought for it, however, nor could I discover there any other organ of respiration
than the cordon of lamellx which extends round the under part of the margin of
the mantle. See Anat. of the Patella in my Mem. on the MoUusca.

388 MOLLUSCA.

nature of their hermaphroditism ; for, like the preceding ge-
nus, they have no copulating organ, but fecundate them-
selves. Their heart does not embrace the rectum, but varies
as to situation. But two genera of this order are known, in
both of which the shell never approaches in the least to the
turbinated form.

Patella, Lin.

The entire body covered with a shell, formed of a single piece, in
the form of a broad-based cone; a cordon of little branchial lamellae
under the margin of the mantle; the anus and genital orifices some-
what to the right and above the head, which is furn-ished with a
thick and short snout, and two pointed tentacula, on the external base
of which are the eyes; the mouth is fleshy, and containing a spiny
tongue, which inclines backwards, and is reflected deeply in the in-
terior of the body. The stomach is membranous, and the intestine
long, thin, and greatly flexed; the heart is forwards, above the neck,
and a little to the left(l).

Some species abound on the coast of France.

Chiton, Lin.

A range of testaceous and symmetrical scales along the back of the
mantle, but not occupying its Avhole breadth; edges of the mantle
coriaceous, and furnished either with a naked skin or little scales,
which give it the appearance of shagreen, or with spines, hairs, or
setaceous fasciculi. Under these edges, on each side, is a range of
lamellar, pyramidal branchiae; and before, a membranous veil on
the mouth supplies the want of tentacula. The anus is under the
posterior extremity. The heart is situated behind, on the rectum;
the stomach is membranous, and the intestine very long and greatly

(1) I separate from the Pateils!: and arrange among the TnocnoTn.n, all the
animals comprised in the genera, Crepidula, Navicella, Caltptii7T3a of M. do
Lamarck, to which I add the Capcli; and his genera Fissurella, Emarginuia,
and Parmophoha, or Patella ambigua, Chemn., XI, 197, 1918, I place among the
SciTTiBRAxcHiATA. The Umbhella, Scutus, Montf., Patella umbrella, Martini, II,
VI, 18, IS one of the Tectibranchiata. The Pat. anomala, Miill., belongs to the
Bhaciiiopoda and is my genus Orbiculus. The other species quoted by Gm.
remain in the genus Patella.

GASTEROPODA CYCLOBRANCHIATA. 389

contorted. The ovary is situated over the other viscera, and appears
to open on the sides by two oviducts.

A few small species are found on the coast of France; very
large ones abound in the seas of hot climate3(l).

(1) The Chitonelli of Lamarck, and all the species of Chiton of authors, should
be left in this genus, of which M. de Blainville has thought proper to make a se-
parate class, called Polypiaxiphoka, supposing that it leads to the Articulated
Animals.

390 MOLLUSC A.

CLASS IV.

ACEPHALA.

The Acephala have no apparent head ; but a mere mouth
concealed in the bottom, or between the folds of their mantle.
The latter is almost always doubled in two, and encloses the
body as a book is clasped by its cover ; but it frequently hap-
pens, that, in consequence of the two lobes uniting before, it
forms a tube ; sometimes it is closed at one end, and then it
represents a sac. This mantle is generally provided with a
calcareous bivalve, and sometimes multi valve shell, and in two
genera only is it reduced to a cartilaginous, or even mem-
branous nature. The brain is over the mouth, where we also
find one or two other ganglia. The branchiae usually consist
of large lamellsD covered with vascular meshes, under or be-
tween which passes the water; they are more simple, howe-
ver, in the genera without a shell. From these branchiae the
blood proceeds to a heart, generally unique, which distrib-
utes it throughout the system, returning to the pulmonary
artery without the aid of another ventricle.

The mouth is always edentated, and can only receive the
molecules brought to it by the water : it leads to a first sto-
mach, to which there is sometimes added a second ; the length
of the intestines is extremely various. The bile is thrown by
several pores into the stomach, which is surrounded by the
mass of the liver.

All these animals fecundate themselves, and in several spe-
cies, the young ones, which are innumerable, pass some time

ACEPHALA. 391

in the thickness of the branchiae previously to being brought
to light(l). All the Acephala are aquatic(2).

ORDER I.

ACEPHALA TEST ACE A.

Testaceous Acephala, or Acephala ivithfour branchial leaf-
Iefs{3), are beyond all comparison the most numerous. All
the bivalves, and some genera of the multivalves belong to
this order. Their body, which contains the liver and viscera,
is placed between the two laminae of the mantle; forwards, and
still between these laminse are the four branchial leaflets,
transversely and regularly striated by the vessels: the mouth
is at one extremity, the anus at the other, and the heart to-
wards the back ; the foot, when it exists, is inserted between
the four branchiae. On the sides of the mouth are four tri-
angular leaflets, which are the extremities of the two lips,
and serve as tentacula. The foot is a mere fleshy mass, the
motions of which are eff'ected by a mechanism analogous to
that which acts on the tongue of the Mammalia. Its muscles
are attached to the bottom of the valves of the shell. Other
muscles, which sometimes form one mass and sometimes two,
cross transversely from one valve to the other to keep them
closed, but when the animal relaxes these muscles, an elastic

(1) Some naturalists are of the opinion that the very minute bivalves, which in
certain seasons fill the external branchis of the Anodontes and Mytilus, are not the
progeny of those JNIolIusca, but a different and parasitic species. See, on this
subject, the Dissertation of M. Jacobsen. The difficulty seems to be removed by
the observations of Sir Ev. Home.

(2) M. de Lamarck at first changed my name of Acephala into that of Acephalata.
M. de Blalnville forms a class, which he calls Acephalophoua, from my Acephala
and my Brachiopoda.

(3) M. de Lamarck, in his last work, has made his class of the CoNCHiFEnA from
my Testaceous Acephala,- and M. de Blainville has converted the same into his order
of the Acephalophora Lamelubraxchiata: but it is always the same thing.

392 MOLLUSCA.

ligament placed behind the hinge opens the valves by its con-
traction.

A considerable number of bivalves are provided with what
is termed a byssus, or a fasciculus of threads more or less
loosely connectedj which issues from the base of the foot, and
by which the animal adheres to various bodies. It uses its
foot to direct the threads and to agglutinate their extremities;
it even reproduces them when cut, but the nature of the pro-
duction is not thoroughly ascertained. Reaumur considered
these threads as a secretion, spun and drawn from the sulcus of
the foot ; Poli thinks they are mere prolongations of tendi-
nous fibres.

The shell essentially consists of two pieces, called valves, to
which in certain genera are added others, connected by a
hinge that is sometimes simple and sometimes composed of a
greater or smaller number of teeth and plates, which are re-
ceived into corresponding cavities.

There is usually a projecting part near the hinge called the
suminit or nates.

Most of these shells fit closely when the animal approxi-
mates them, but there are several which exhibit gaping por-
tions either before or at the extremities.

FAMILY I.

OSTRACEA.

The mantle is open, without tubes or any particular aper-
ture.

The foot is either wanting in these Mollusca or is small ;
they are mostly fixed by the shell or byssus to rocks and other
submerged bodies. Those which are free, seldom move ex-
cept by acting on the water by suddenly closing their valves.

In the first subdivision there is nothing but a muscular mass
reaching from one valve to the other, as seen by the single
impression left upon the shell.

It is thought proper to class with them certain fossil shells,

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 393

the valves of which do not even appear to have been held to-
gether by a ligament, but which covered each other like a vase
and its cover, and were connected by muscles only. They form
the genus

AcARDA, Brug. OsTRAciTA, La Peyr.,

Of which M. de Lamarck makes a family that he names Rudista.
The shells are thick, and of a solid or porous tissue. They are now-
divided into the

Radiolites, Lam.,

In which the valves are striated from the centre to the circumfe-
rence. The one is flat, the other thick, nearly conical and fixed(l).

Sph^rulites, Lameth.,

Where the valves are roughened by irregularly raised plates. It
is also thought we may add the

Calceola,

One valve of which is conical but free, and the other flat and even
somewhat concave, so that they remind us of a shoej and even the

HiPPURITES,

Where one valve is conical or cylindrical with two obtuse, longi-
tudinal ridges on the insidej the base even appears to be divided into
several cells by transverse septa(2)5 the other valve fits like a cover.
The

Batolithes, Montf. 334,
Are cylindrical and straight Hippuritesj they are frequently found

(1) The species of Brugiere, 173, f. 1, 23, which forms the g-enus Acakda, Lam.,
appears to be nothing- more than a double epiphysis of the vertebra of some ceta-
ceous animal. The Discin;e, Lam., are Orbiculae; it is also thought that his
Craniae should be approximated to them. The Jodamies of M. de France or
BinosTHiTEs, Lam., are mere moulds of Sphosrumtes or at least of the bodies
always found in their interior, although they do not adapt themselves to their form.
See M. Charles Desmoulins on tlie SpheniUtes.

(2) See Deshayes, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Juue, 1825; and Ch. Desmouhns, loc. cit.
Several Hlppurites have been described by La Peyrouse under the improper
nsime o( Orthocerailies. The Cornucopia: of Thompson, Journ. de Phys. an. X, pi.
ii, is also one of them.

Vol. II. 2 Z

394 MOLLUSCA.

greatly elongated. There is much incertitude however with respect
to all these bodies(l).

As to the well known living testaceous Acephala, Linnaeus
had united in the genus

OsTREAj Lin.,

All those which have but a small ligament at the hinge, inserted
into a little depression on each side, and without teeth or projecting
plates.

OsTREA, Brug.

The true Oysters have the ligament as just described, and irregu-
lar inequivalve and lamellated shells. They adhere to rocks, piles,
and even to each other, by their most convex valve.

The animal Peloris, Poli, is one of the most simple of all the
bivalves, possessing nothing remarkable but a double fringe round
the mantle, the lobes of which are only united above the head, near
the hingej but there is no vestige of a foot.

O. edulis, L. The common oyster is well known to everyone.
Its fecundity is as astonishing as its flavour is delicious. Among
the neighbouring species we may observe,

O. cristata, Poli, II, xx, or the little Mediterranean oyster.
Among the foreign species we have,

O, parasitica, L.; Chemn., VIII, Ixxiv, 681. Round and flatj
it adheres to the roots of such mangroves and other trees of the
torrid zone, as the salt-water can reach.

O. folium, L.; lb., Ixxi, 662, 666. Ovalj the margin plicated in
zig-zag; it attaches itself by the indentations in the back of its
convex valve to the branches of the Gorgoniae and other Litho-
phytes(2).
M. de Lamarck separates by the name of

(1) The observations of M. Deshayes and Audouin even lead us to believe that,
in apart of these shells, there were two muscular impressions.

(2) The various species of Oysters, on account of their irregularity, are not
easily distinguished: to this genus are referred the Ost. orbicularis; 0. fornicata,-
0. sinensis; 0. PorshahUi; 0. rostruta; 0. virginicu; 0. co7-nucopix; 0.
senegalensis; 0. stellata;0. ovalis; 0. papyracea, and the Mytilus crista-galli;
M. hyotis; M. frons, Gmel., and those figured by Brugiere in the Encyc. Me-
thod., pi. 179, 188.

It is almost certain, however, that several of these pretended species are mere
varieties.

The Ost. semi-aurita, Gualt., 84, H, is a young AviculaMrundo.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 395

Gryphjea, Lam.,

Certain 03'sters, mostly fossil, of the ancient calcareous and schist-
ous strata, in which the summit of the most convex valve greatly
projects and curves more or less into a hook, or is partially spiral;
the other valve is frequently concave. The greater number of these
shells appear to have been free; some of them, however, seem to
have adhered to other bodies by their hook(l).

G. tricarinata. The only living species known.

Pecten, Brug.,

The Pectens, very properly separated from the Oysters by Bru-
giere, although they have the same kind of hinge, are easily distin-
guished by their inequivalve semi-circular shell, almost always regu-
larly marked with ribs, which radiate from the summit of each
valve to the edge, and furnished with two angular productions called
cars, which widen the sides of the hinge. The animal, Argus,
Poli, has but a small oval foot(2) placed on a cylindrical pedicle be-
fore a sac-like abdomen that hangs between the branchiae. Some
species, known by a deep emargination under their anterior ear, are
furnished with a byssus. The others cannot adhere, and even swim
with rapidity by suddenly closing their valves. The mantle is sur-
rounded with two ranges of filaments, several of the external ones
being terminated by a little greenish glpbule. The mouth has nu-
merous branched tentacula in place of the four, usual, labial leaflets.
The shell is frequently tinged with the most lively colours.

The great species of the French coast, Ostrea maxima, L.,
has convex valves, one whitish, the other reddish, with four-
teen ribs each, that are broad and longitudinally striated. The
animal is eaten.

We may also remark the Sole of the Indian Ocean, Ostrea so-
lea, Chemn., VII, Isi, 595, with extremely thin and almost equal
valves, one brown, the other white, and internal ribs, fine as
hairs, approximated two by two(3).

(1) See Brug., Encyc. Method., pi. 189.

(2) Improperly styled by Poll the abdominal trachea.

(3) Add the ninety-one species of Ostrea, Gmel. ; we must remember, however,
that some of them are far from established on a solid foundation. For the fossil
species, consult Sowerby (Mineral Concholog-y), and Brongniart, App. Cuv., Oss.
Foss. tome IF, Env. de Paris.

396 MOLLUSC A.

Lima, Brug.

The Limse differ from the Pectens in the superior length of their
shell in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, the ears of which are
shorter, and the sides less unequal, thus forming an oblique oval.
The ribs of most of them are relieved with scales. The valves can-
not join during the life of the animal, whose mantle is furnished
with numberless filaments of different lengths without tubercles, and
more internally, with a large border which closes the opening of the
shell, and even forms a veil in front. The foot is small and the bys-
sus trifling. The Limse swim with rapidity by means of their

valves.

One species, the Ostrea lima, L.; Chemn., VII, Ixviii, 651,

of a fine white, inhabits the Mediterranean. It is eaten(l).

Pedum, Brug.

The oblong and oblique shell with small ears, of the Limsej but
the valves are unequal, and the one only that is most convex has a
deep emargination for the byssus. The animal is similar to that of
a Lima, but its mantle is only furnished with a single range of small,
slender tentacula. Its byssus is larger.

But a single species is known; it inhabits the Indian
Ocean(2).

Certain fossils may be placed here which have the hinge,
ligament, and central muscle of the Ostrese, Pectines, and
Lirase, but are distinguished by some of the details of the
shell.

HiNNiTA, Defr.

The Hinnitse appear to be Ostrea or Limae with small ears, and
adhering, irregular and very thick shells, the convex valve in parti-
cular. A depression is observed on the hinge for the ligament(3).

(1) Add: Ostrea glacialis, Chemn,, VII, Ixviii, 652, 653; Os^r. excavatu, lb.,
654; OsM fragilis, lb., (>5Q-0str. Mans, Gualt., LXXXVIII, FF, G. For the
fossil species see Lamarck, Ann. duMus., VIII, p. 461; Brocchi, Conch. Foss.,

and Sowerb., Min. Conch.

(2) Ostrea spondyloidea, Gm., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxii, 669, 670.

(3) Some living species have very lately been referred to the genus HiifNiTA,
Defr. M. Gray, Ann. of Phil., August 1826, describes one by the name o{ Hin-
nita gigantea; Sowerby, Zool. Jonrn. IX, p. 67, adds a second by that of H.
corallina; finally, M. Deshuies refers the Ostrea sinuosa, L , to this genus, and de-

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 397

PlagiostomAj Sowerb.

The oblique shell of a Lima, flattened on one side; very small ears;
the valves more convex, striated, vpithout scales, the opening for the
byssus smaller(l). Found in formations anterior to chalk.

Pachytes, Defr.

Nearly the same form as that of the Pectinesj shell regular, with
small ears; a flattened transverse space between their summits,
which in one of the valves is marked by a deep triangular notch, in
which passed the ligament. Found in chalk(2). In the

DiANCHORAj Sowerb.,

The values are oblique and irregular, one of them adherent and with
a perforated summit, the other free and with ears(3).

PoDOPsis, Lam.

Regular striated valves without opercular the summit of one of them
more salient, truncated and adherent, frequently very thick, and
forming a sort of pedestal to the shell(4).

Although multivalve, we should approximate the

Anomia, Brug.

To the Ostreae. The Anomise have two thin, unequal, irregular
valves, the flattest of which is deeply notched on the side of the
ligament, which is similar to that of the Ostreae. The greater part
of the central muscle traverses this opening to be inserted into a

scribes a fourth living species under the name o{ Hinnita Defrandi; M. Defrance
also admits two fossil species, the H. Cortesii, Blainv., Malac, pi. Ixi, f. 1, and the
H. Dubuissonii.

(1) Flagiostoma gigas, Sowerb., Encyc. Method., Test, pi. 238, f. 3; Pl.lae-
vigatum. Parkins., Org. Rem., Ill, pi. xiii, f. 6; and the other species given by
Sowerby, IMin. Conch., pi. 113, 114, and382.

(2) Puchytos spinosus, Fr. Sowerb., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, Env. de Paris, pi. iv,
2, A, B, C, and IJlainv., Malac, pi. Iv, f. 2: Pack, hoperi, Sowerb., 380.

(3) Dlanch. striata; D. lata, Sowerb., Min. Conch., pi. 80.

(4) Podops. truncaia, Encyc. pi. 188; f. 2, 6, 7; Cuv., Oss. Foss.; Env.de
Paris, pi. V, f. 2.

N.B. M. de Blainville considers these four last genera as more nearly related to
the Terebrutulx. M. Deshayes, on the contrary, Ann. des So. Nat. Dec. 1828, ap-
proximates them to the Spondyli.

398 MOLLUSCA.

third plate that is sometimes stony and sometimes horny, by which
the animal adheres to foreign bodies, and the remainder of it (the
muscle) serves to join one valve to the other. The animal, Echion,
Poll, has a small vestige of a foot, similar to that of a Pecten, -which
slips between the emargination and the plate that closes it, and per-
haps serves to direct water to the mouth which is close to it(l).

These shells are found attached to various bodies like the Ostrese.
They are found in every sea(2).

Placuna, Briig.

A small genus allied to the Anomise, in which the valves are thin,
unequal, and frequently irregular, as in the latter, but both entire.
Two projecting ribs, en chevron, are seen on the inside of one of
them, near the hinge.

The animal is not known, but it must resemble that of the Ostreae,
or that of the Anomie(3).

Spondylus, Lin.

A rough and foliaceous shell as in the Ostrese, and frequently spiny;
but the hinge is more complex; besides the cavity for the ligament,
analogous to that of the Ostrese, there are two teeth to each valve
that enter into fosscE in the opposite one; the two middle teeth. be-
long to the most convex valve, which is usually the left one, and
which has a projecting heel, flattened as if sawed through behind
the hinge. The animal, like that of a Pecten, has the borders of its
mantle furnished with two rows of tentacula, some of the external
ones being terminated by coloured tubercles; before the abdomen is
a vestige of a foot formed like a broad radiated disk on a short pe-
dicle, and endowed with the faculty of contraction and expansion(4).
From its centre hangs a filament, terminated by an oval mass, the
use of which is unknown.

The Spondyli are eaten like oysters. Their shells are frequently

(1) This foot escaped the notice of M. Poli.

(2) Anomia epldppium, Gm. ; Jl. cepa,- A. electrica,- A. squamula,- A. acu-
leata; A. squama,- A. punctata,- A. undulata,- and the species added by Bru-
gieres, Encyc. Method., Vers., I, 70, et seq.; and pi. 170, 71-

The other Anomise of Gmelin are Placunx, Terebratulse, and Hyalm.

(3) Anomia placenta, Chemn., VIII, Ixxix, 716; An. sella, lb., 714. See also
pi. 173 and 174, Encyc. Method., Vers.

(4) Called by Poli " the abdominal trachea" in the Spondyli, &c.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 399

tinged with the most brilliant colours. They adhere to all sorts of

bodies(l).

Plicatula, Lam.

The Plicatulse, separated by Lamarck from the Spondyli, have
nearly the same kind of hinge but no heel, and flat, almost equal,
irregular, plicated and scaly valves, as in many of the Ostre3e(2).

Malleus, Lam.

A simple pit for the ligament as in the Ostrese, where the Mallei
were left by Linnaeus, on account of their having the same irregular
and inequivalve shell, but distinguished by a notch on the side of
this ligament for the passage of a byssus.

The most known species, Ostrea malleus, L.; Chemn., VIII,
Ixx, 655, 656, which ranks among the number of high-priced
and rare shells, has the two ends of the hinge extended and
forming something like the head of a hummer, of which the
valves, elongated in a transverse direction, represent the han-
dle. It inhabits the Archipelago of India.
There are some others, possibly young ones of the same species,
in which the hinge is not prolonged. We must be careful not to
confound them with the Vul3ell3e(3).

Vulsella, Lam.

A little salient plate inside of the hinge of each side, from one of
which to the other extends the ligament, otherwise similar to that
of the Ostreae. By the side of this plate is a notch for the byssus,
as in the Mallei. The shell is elongated in a direction perpendicu-
lar to the hinge.

The most known species inhabit the Indian Ocean(4).

Perna, Brug.
Several parallel cavities across the hinge, opposed to each other in

(1) Spondylus gxderopus, Chemn., VII, xliv, et seq., IX, cxv; Sp. regius. Id.,
xlvi, 471.

(2) Spond. plicatus,\j., Chem. VII, xlvii, 479, 482; Plicat. xgyptia, Suvign. ,
Egyp. Coq., pi. xiv, f. 5.

(3) Ostrea vulsella, Chemn., VIII, Ixx, 657, of which the Ostrea anatina, lb.
658, 659, is probably a mere accidental Variety.

(4) My a vulsella, Chemn., VI, ii, 10, II; V. spcmgiarum. Lam., Savig., Eg.,
Coq. pi. xiv, f. 2; V. Mans, Lam., Sav., lb., f. 3.

400 MOLLUSC A.

the two valves, and lodging as many elastic ligaments; the irregular
and foliaceous shell marked on the anterior side and under the hinge
by a notch traversed by the byssus. The Pernae were also left by
Linnaeus among; the Ostrese(l).

Crenatula, Lam.

The Crenatulse, lately separated from the Pernae, instead of hav-
ing transverse cavities on a broad hinge, are furnished with oval
ones on the very margin, where they occupy but little of its breadth.
The byssus seems to be wanting, and they are frequently found
among sponges(2).

It is thought that we may approximate to the Pernae, certain fos-
sil shells, in which the hinge is also furnished with cavities more
or less numerous, that correspond to each other, and thus appear to
have furnished points of attachment to ligaments: thus those of the

Gervilia, Defr.

Have a shell closely resembling that of the Volucellae, but with a
kind of double hinge, externally with opposed cavities, receiving as
many ligaments, and internally furnished with very oblique teeth in
each valve. Their impressions are found along with Ammonites in
compact limestone(3). The

Inoceramus, Sowerb.

Is remarkable for the elevation and inequality of the valves, the
summit of which curves in a hook towards the hinge, and which
has a lamellated texture(4).

Castillus, Brong.

Independently of the depressions for the ligament, the Castilli are
marked by a conical sulcus, sunk in a lip, which is bent at a right
angle to form one of the margins of the shell. The valves are about

(1) Ostrea isogriomum, Chemn., VK, lix, 584; 0. perna, lb., 580; 0. legu-
men, lb., 578; 0. ephippium, lb., Iviii, 57&:, 0. mytiloides, Herm., Nat. Berl.,
Schr. II, ix, 9.

(2) Ostrea pida, Gm., Chemn., VII, Iviii, 575, or Crenatula phasionopiera,
Lam., Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 216, f. 2; Crenatula avicularis. Lam., Ann. du
Mus, III, pi. ii, f. 3, 4;Cr. mytiloides. Id., lb. f. 1 and 2. See also the great
work on Egypt, Coq. pi. xii.

(3) Gervilia sokno'ides, Defr., Blainv., Malac, Ixi, 4. G. pernoides, Deslon-
champs,Soc. Lin. du Calvados, I, 116. G. siliqua. Id. lb., &c.

(4) Inoceramus concentricus. Parkins., Cuv., Oss. Foss., 11, pi. vi, f. 11;
Inocer. sulcatus. Id., lb., f. 12.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 401

equal, and of a fibrous texture. They appear to have had a bys-

sus(l).

PuLviNiTES, Defr.
A regularly triangular shell, in which the lew depressions diverge
from the summit on the inside. The impression is found in chalk(2).

In the second subdivision of the Ostracea, as well as in al-
most all the bivalves which follow, besides the single trans-
verse muscidar mass of the preceding genera, there is a fasci-
culus which is placed before the mouth, and extends from one
valve to the other. It is apparently in this subdivision that
we must place the

Etheria, Lam.

Large inequivalve shells, as irregular as those of the Ostreae, and
more so; no teeth to the hinge; the ligament partly external and
partly internal. They differ from the Ostreas in having two muscular
impressions. The animal is not seen to produce a byssus(3).
They have lately been discovered in the Upper Nile(4).

AvicuLA, Brug.

An equivalve shell with a rectilinear hinge, frequently extended into
wings by its extremities, furnished with a narrow and elongated
ligament, and sometimes with small notches near the mouth of the
animal; in the anterior side, a little beneath the angle of the side of
the mouth, is a notch for the byssus. The anterior transverse mus-
cle is excessively small.

The species with less salient ears form the Pintadin/e, Lam.,
or Margarit.1:, Leacli.

The most celebrated, Mytilus margaritiferus, L., Chemn.
VIII, Ixxx, 717, 721, has nearly a semicircular shell, greenish
without, and ornamented with the most beautiful nacre within.
The latter is employed in the arts, and it is from the extravasa-
tion of this substance that are produced the oriental or fine
pearls, taken by the divers at Ceylon, in the Persian Gulf, &c.
The name of Avicula is appropriated to such as have more

(1) Catillus Cuvieri, Brong., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, pi. iv, f. 10.

(2) Pulvinites Jldansoniif Defr., Blalnv., Make, Ixii, bis, 3.

(3) Etheria elliptica, Lam., Ann. du Mas. X, pi. xxix, and xxxi; Eth. trigo-
nula,Vo., pi. XXX; Eth. seminulans, lb., pi. xxxii, f. 1,2; Eth. transversa, lb.,
f. 3, 4.

(4) Eth. Caillaudi, Voy. de Caillaud a Meroe, II, pi. Ixi, f. 2, 3.

Vol. XL 3 A

402 MOLLUSCA.

pointed ears, and a more oblique shell. The vestige of a tooth, of
which traces are visible in the Pintadinae, is observed on the hinge,
before the ligament.

One species, Mytilus hirundo, L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxi, 722
728, that inhabits the Mediterranean, is remarkable for the
pointed ears which extend its hinge on each side. Its byssus is
coarse and stout, resembling a little tree(l).

Pinna, Lin.

The Pinnse have two equal valves, forming a segment of a circle,
or resembling a half-opened fan, which are closely united by a liga-
ment along one of their sides. The animal, the Chimjera, Poli, is
elongated, like its shell; the lips, branchiae, and other parts are in
the same proportion. The mantle is closed along the side of the liga-
ment; the foot resembles a little conical tongue excavated by a sul-
cus; it is furnished with a small transverse muscle situated at the
acute angle formed by the valves, near which is the mouth, and with
a very large one in their broader portion. By the side of the anus,
which is behind this large muscle, is a conical appendage, peculiar
to the genus, susceptible of expansion and elongation, the use of
which is unknown(2).

The byssus of several species of Pinna is as fine and brilliant as
silk, and is employed in fabricating the most precious stuffs. Such
is the

P. nobilis, L., Chemn. VIII, Ixxxix; which is moreover re-
cognized by the valves being roughened with recurved and semi-
tabular plates. It remains half buried in the sand, and anchored
by its byssus(3). In the

Arca, Lin.(4)

The valves are equal and transverse, that is to say, the hinge occu-
pies the longest side. It is furnished with a large number of small
teeth, which interlock with each other, and, as in the subsequent ge-
nera, with two fasciculi of transverse and nearly equal muscles, in-

(1) Several species are now made of it. See Lam., An. sans Verteb., VI,
part I, p. 146, et seq.

(2) M. Poli calls it also an abdominal trachea, just as erroneously as he applies
the same name to the foot of the Pedines, &c.

(3) The whole genus Pinna may remain as it is in Gmelin: it is well to remem-
ber, however, that some of his species may be found to form but one. See also
Lam., An. sans Vert., VI, part I, p. 130, et seq., and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells,
No, XXVI.

(4) M. de Blainville forms his family of the Akcacea or Poltodoktes, from the
genus Arca.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 403

serted into the extremities or the valves, which serve to close them.
In the

Arca, Lam.,

Or the Arcae properly so called, the hinge is rectilinear, and the
shell most elongated in a direction parallel to it. The summits are
generally convex, and curve over the hinge, but are separated from
each other. The valves do not close perfectly in the centre, because
there is a horny plate or tendinous fillet before the abdomen of the
animal(l) that serves for a foot, and by which it adheres to sub-
merged bodies. They are found in rocky bottoms near the shore,
and are usually covered with a haii-y epidermis. They are not much
esteemed for the table.

Some species are found in the Mediterranean(2), and a great
many fossil, in strata anterior to chalk, particularly in Italy.

Certain Arcfe in which the teeth of the two ends of the hinge as-
sume a longitudinal direction, are distinguished by Lamarck under
the name of Cucull^a(3).

We ought also, it is probable, to separate the species with well
marked ribs, and completely closing and interlocking edgesj for we
must presume that their animal is not fixed, but rather resembles
that of a Pectunculus(4).

We have a still better warrant for removing the Area tortuosa,
Chemn., VIII, liii, 524, 525, in its fantastic figure and unequally
oblique valves(5).

Pectunculus, Lam.

The hinge forming a curved line, and the shell lenticular; the valves
always close completely, and their summits are approximated. The
animal, Aximea, Poll, is furnished with a large compressed foot
with a double inferior margin which enables it to crawl. They live
in ooze. Some species are found on the coast of France(6).

(1) The Daphne, Poll.

(2) ^rca JVox, Chemn., VII, liii, 529, 5Sl;jlrca harbata. Id., liv, 535, 537;
A. ovata, lb., 538; A. magellanica, lb. 539; A. reticulata, lb. 540; A. Candida,
Id., Iv, 542, 544; A. indica, lb., 543; A. cancellata, Schrosd., Intr., Ill, ix, 2.

(3) Arca cucullata, Chemn., VII, liii, 526, 528; Cuculkea crassatina. Lam.,
Ann. du Mas., VI, 338.

(4) Arca antiquata, L. Chemn., VII, Iv, 548, 549; A. senilis. Id., Ivi, 554, 556;
A.granosa, lb. 557; A. corhiculata, lb., 558, 559; A. rhombo'i'dea, lb., 553;
A. jamaicensis. List., 229, 64.

(5) It forms the genus Trisis, Oken.

(6) Arca pilosa, L., Chemn., VII, Ivii, 565, 566; Arc. glycimeris, lb., 564;
A. decussata, lb., 561; i. sequilatera, lb., 562; A. undata, lb., 560; A. marmo'
rata, lb., 563; A, pectunculus, Id., Iviii, 568, 569; A. pcctinata, lb., 570, 571-

404 MOLLUSCA.

NucuLA, Lara.

The Nuculse are Arcae, in which the teeth are arranged on a
broken line. Their form is elongated, and narrowed near the pos-
terior extremity. Their animal is unknown, but is probably not far
removed from those of the preceding shells(l).

This has long been the place assigned to the

Trigonia, Brug.

So remarkable for the hinge, which is furnished with two plates en
chevron, crenulated on both faces, each of which penetrates into two
cavities, or rather between four plates of the opposite side, similarly
crenulated on their internal surface.

The internal impressions on the shell had already warranted the
supposition that the animal was not provided with long tubes.
Messrs Quoy and Gaymard have lately discovered living specimens
of this genus, and in fact, its mantle, as in the Arcse, is open and
without any separate orifice, even for the anus. The foot is large,
its anterior portion trenchant and like a hook.

The living Trigoniae resemble the Cardise in the form of their
shell, and the ribs which furrow it: its interior is composed of
nacre(2).

The fossil Trigoniae are different. Their shell is flattened on one
side, oblique, longest in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, and
traversed in a contrary direction by series of tubercles(3).

FAMILY IL

MYTILACEA.

In the second family of the testaceous Acephala, the mantle
is open before, but has a distinct aperture for the fseces.

All these bivalves have a foot, used in crawling, or at least
serving to draw out, direct and place the byssus. They are
commonly known under the generic name of Muscles.

(1) Area pellucida, Chemn., VII, liv, 541; Area rostrata, L., Id., Iv, 550, 551;
Arc. pella, lb., 546; Arc. nucleus. Id., Iviii, 574.

(2) The Trigonie nacree,'Lsim., Ann. du Mus. IV, Ixvii, 1.

(3) Trig, scabra, Encyc. Method., pi. 237, f. 1; Tr. nodulosa, lb., 2\-Tr.
navi,s, lb , 3; Tr. aspera, lb. 4- See also Pai-kins., Org. Rem., Ilf, pi. xii.

acephaTla testacea. 405

Mytilus, Lin.

The true Mytili or Sea-Muscles have a closed shell, with equal,
convex and triangular valves. One of the sides of the acute angle
forms the hinge, and is furnished with a long, narrow ligament.
The head of the animal is in the acute angle; the other side of the
shell, which is the longest, is the anterior one, and allows the pas-
sage of the byssus; it terminates in a rounded angle, and the third
side ascends towards the hinge, to which it is joined by an obtuse
angle; near this latter is the anus, opposite to which the mantle forms
an opening or small particular tube. The animal Callitriche, Poli,
has the edges of its mantle provided with branched tentacula near
the rounded angle, as it is there that the water enters required for
respiration. Before, and near the acute angle is a small transverse
muscle, and a large one behind, near the obtuse angle. Its foot re-
sembles a tongue.

In the true Mytili the summit is close to the acute angle.
Some of them are striated and others smooth.

Myt. edulis, L. This common Muscle is frequently seen sus-
pended in extended clusters, along the whole coast of France,
to rocks, piles. Sec. 8cc. It forms a considerable item of food,
but is dangerous if eaten to excess(l).
Some of them are found fossil(2). In the

Modiolus, Lam.

Separated from the Mytili by Lamarck, the summit is lower and
near the third of the hinge. This summit is also more salient and
rounded, approximating the Modioli more closely to the ordinary
form of the bivalves(3). We may also separate from the Mytili the

(1) Add Mytilus barbatus, L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxiv, 749; if. angulatus, lb.,
756; M. bldens, lb., 742, 74:5; M. afer, lb., Ixxxlii, 739 741 ; il/. smaragdinus,
lb., Y45;M. versicolor, lb., 748; if. lineatus, 753; M. exustus, lb., 754;.^.
striatulus, lb., 744; if. bilocularis, lb., Ixxxii, 7o&;M. vulgaris, lb., 732; ilf.
sea;a<j7;5, Rumph., Mus. xlvi, I>;M.fulgidus, Arg-env., xxii, D; probably the
same as the Mya perna, Gm., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxiii, 738; ii; aztireus, lb. H;
M. murinus, lb., K;M. puniceus, Adans., I, xv, 2;M. niger, lb., 3,-31. Isevi-
gatus, lb., 4, &c.: some of these, however, may be mere varieties.

(2) M. Brongniart has formed them into a subgenus by the name of Mttiioida,
Ap. Cuv. Oss. Foss. tome II, pi. iii, f. 4.

(3) Mytilus modiolus, Chemn., VIII, Ixxxv, 757760, and that of Mull., Zool.
Lan., II, Iii, which appears to be another species; M. discors, Chemn., VIII,
Ixxxiv, 764 768; M. testaceus, Knorr., Vergn., IV, v, 4, &c.

406 MOLLUSC A.

LiTHODOMUS, CuV.,

In which the shell is oblong, and almost equally rounded at the
two ends, the summit being close to the anterior extremity. The
species of this subgenus at first simply attach themselves to stones
like the common Mytili; subsequently, however, they perforate
aud excavate them in order to form ceils, into which they enter, and
which they never quit afterwards. Once entered, their byssus ceases
to grow(l).

One of them, the Mytilus lithophagus, L., Chemn., VIII,
Ixxxii, 729, 730, is very common in the Mediterranean, where
from its peppery taste it is esteemed as food.

A second, Modiola caudigera, Encyc. pi. 221, f. 8, has a very
hard small appendage at the posterior extremity of each valve,
which perhaps enables it to excavate its habitation.

Anodontea, Brug.

The anterior angle rounded like the posterior, and that next to the
anus obtuse and almost rectilinear^ the hinge of the thin and mode-
rately convex shell has no appearance of a tooth whatever, being
merely furnished with a ligament which extends along the whole of
its length. The animal, LimnjEA, Poli, has no byssus; its foot,
which is very large, compressed and quadrangular, enables it to
crawl upon the sand or ooze. The posterior extremity of its mantle
is provided with numerous small tentacula. The Anodontes inhabit
fresh water.

Several species are found in France, one of which Mytilus
cygneitSy L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxv, 762, is common in ponds,
Sec, with oozy bottoms. Its light and thin shells are used for

(1) M. Sowerby doubts this fact, which is, however, well attested by M. Poll
from ocular demonstration Test. Neap., II, p. 215. The pi. xxxii of the same
work, fig. 10, 11, 12, 13, also proves that the animal resembles that of a Mytilus,
and not that of a Pholas or a Petricola.

The mode in which the Lithodomi, Pholades, Petricolae, and some other bivalves
perforate stones, has been the subject of mucli discussion; some of the disputants
holding it to be effected by the mechanical action of the valvesj and others sim-
ply by solution. See the Mem. of M. Fleuriau de Bellevue, Journ. de Phys.,
an X, p. 345; Poli, Test. Neap., II, 215, and Edw. Osier, Phil. Trans, part III,
1826, p. 342. All thing's considered, the first of these opinions, whatever be the
difficulties it presents, seems to us to come nearest to the truth.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 407

milk-skimmers, but its flesh is not eaten on account of its insi-
pidity(l).
An oblong species, in which the hinge is granulated throughout
its whole length, is distinguished by M. de Lamarck under the name
of Iridina(2); the hind part of its mantle is somewhat closed(3).

Dr Leach distinguishes another by that of Dipsada, where the
angles are more decided, and in which there is a vestige of a tooth
on the hinge,

Unio, Brug.

These Mollusca resemble the Anodontes both in their animal and
shell, with the exception of their hinge, which is more complex.
There is a short cavity in the anterior part of the right valve, which
receives a short plate or tooth from the left one, and behind it is a
long plate which is inserted between two others on the opposite side.
They also inhabit fresh water, preferring running streams.

Sometimes the anterior tooth is more or less stout and unequal,
as in

My a margaritifera, L.; Drap., X, 17, 19. A large thick spe-
cies, the nacre of which is so beautiful that it is employed as
pearls. Found in France; as is the

Unio littoralis, Lam., Drap., X, 20. A smaller and square
species.
Sometimes the anterior tooth is lamiuiform, as in the

Mya pictorum, L.; Drap., XI, 1, 4. An oblong and thin spe-
cies known to every one(4).
Lamarck distinguishes the

Hyria, Lam.,

In which the angles are so decided that the shell is nearly triangu-
lares).

(1) Add, M. anatinus, Chemn., VIII, Ixxxvi, 763; M. fluviatilis. List., clvii,
12; M. stagnalis, Schroed., Fluv., I, 1; M.. zellensis, lb., II, 1; if. diibius,
Adans., XVII, 21; and the pi. 201, 202, 203, and 205, of the Encyc. Method.,
Test.

(2) Irid. exotica, Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 204; Add Irid. nilotica, Caillaud,
Voy. a M^roe, pi. Ix, f. 11.

(3) See Deshayes, Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1827, III, p. 1, pi. 1.

(4) Numerous species, remarkable for size or form, inhabit the rivers and lakes
of the United States. Messrs Say and Barnes, who have described them, have
estabhshed some new subgenera among them.

(5) Hyria rugosa, Encyc. Method., ph 247, 2.

408 MOLLUSCA.

Castalia, Lam.,

Where the slightly codiform shell is striated in radii; the teeth
and plates of the hinge are transversely sulcated, which gives them
them some affinity with the Trigoni3e(l).

There are certain Marine Mollusca which have a similar animal,
and about the same kind of hinge, that should be placed near the
Unios; the summits of the shell, however, are more convex, and it is
marked by projecting ribs extending from the summits to the edge.
They form the

Cardita, Brug.(2)

Which are more or less oblong or codiform, the inferior margin, in
some, gaping(3).

CypricardiAj Lara.

Carditse, in which the tooth under the summit is divided into two or
three. Their form is oblong, and their sides unequal(4).
M. de Blainville also separates the

CoRALLiopHAGAj Blainv.j

Where the shell is thin, and the lateral plate considerably effaced,
which may cause their approximation to Venus.

One of them is known which excavates coralline masses to form
its habitation(5). The

VenericardiAj Lam.

Only differ from the Carditse, in the circumstance that the pos-
terior plate of their hinge is shorter and more transverse, which
caused their approximation to Venus; their form is almost round.

(1) Castalia ambigua, ham., Blainv., Make, LXA^I, 4.

(2) Chama antiquata, Chemn., VI, xlvii,488 491; Ch. trapezia, Ch. semior-
bimlata; Ch- cordaia,ld., 502, 503; and among the fossil species, one of the most
singular, Cardita avicularia, Lam., Ann. du Mus., IX, pLix, f. 6, provided it should
not be separated.

(3) Chama caliculata, Chemn., VII, i, 500, 501; Cardita crassicosta, Brug., En-
cyc. pi. 234, f. 3.

(4) Chama oblonga, Gm., Chemn., VII, 1, 504, 505, or Cardita carinata, Encyc,
pi. 234, f. 2, or Cypricardede Guinee, Blainv., Malac, LXV, bis, f. 6.

(5) Chama coralliophaga, Gm., Chemn., X, clxii, 1673, 1674, or Cardita dacty-
lus, Brug., Encyc, pi. 234, f. 5; Coralliophaga carditoides, Blainv., Malac,
LXXVI, 3.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 409

Judging from the impressions of its muscles on them, their animal
must resemble that of the Carditae and Unios(l).

Both of them approach the Cardia in their general form and the
direction of their ribs. I suspect that this is also the place for the

Crassatella, Lam., Paphia, Roiss.,

Which has sometimes been approximated to Mactra, and at others
to Venus; the hinge has two slightly marked lateral teeth, and two
very strong middle ones, behind which, extending to both sides, is a
triangular cavity for an internal ligament. The valves become
very thick by age, and the impression made by the margin of the
mantle leads to the belief that there are no protractile tubes(2).

FAMILY IIL

CHAMACEA.

The mantle closed and perforated by three holes, through
one of which passes the foot ; the second furnishes an entrance
and exit to the water requisite for respiration, and the third
for the excretion of faeces : these two latter are not prolonged
into tubes as in the subsequent family. It only comprises the
genus

Chama, Lin.,

Where the hinge is very analogous to that of a Unio, that is to say,
the left valve near the summit is provided with a tooth, and further
back vi^ith a salient plate, which are received into corresponding
fossse of the right valve. This genus has necessarily been divided
into the

Tridacna, Brug.,
The shell greatly elongated transversely, and equivalve; the su-

(1) Venus imhricata, Chemn., VI, xxx, 314, 315, and the fossil species. Lam.,
Ann. du Mas., VII and TX, pi. xxxi and xxxii.

(2) Venus ponderosa, Chemn., VII, Ixix, A D, or Crassatella tumida, Lam.,
Ann. du Mus., VI, 408, 1; perhaps the Mactra cygnus, Chemn., VI, xxi, 207;
Venus divaricata, Chemn., VI, xxx, 317 319. This genus also comprises many
fossil species, particularly abundant near Paris. See the work of M. Deshayes.

Vol. IL 3 B

410 MOLLUSCA.

perior angle, which answers to the head and summit, very ob-
tuse.

The animal is very singular, inasmuch as it is not, like most of
the others, placed in the shell, but is directed, or, as it were, press-
ed out before. The anterior side of the mantle is widely opened for
the passage of the byssusj a little below the anterior angle is an-
other opening which transmits water to the branchiae, and in the
middle of the inferior side is a third and smaller one which cor-
responds to the anus, so that the posterior angle transmits nothing,
and is only occupied by a cavity of the mantle open at the third
orifice, of which we have just spoken.

There is but a single transverse muscle, corresponding to the
middle of the margin of the valves. In

Tkidacna, Lam.,

Or the Tridacnae properly so called, the front of the shell as well
as of the mantle has a wide opening with notched edges for the
transmission of the byssus, which latter is evidently tendinous, and
continues uninterruptedly with the muscular fibres.

Such is the celebrated and enormous shell of India, the Cha-
ma gigas, L..; Chemn., VII, xlix, which is decorated with
broad ribs relieved by projecting semi-circular scales. Speci-
mens have been taken that weighed upwards of three hundred
pounds. The tendinous byssus which attaches them to the
rocks, is so thick and stout that the axe is required to sever it.
The flesh, though tough, is edible. In

Hippopus, Lam.
The shell is closed and flattened before as if truncated(l). In the

Chama, Brug.,

Or the true Chamae, the shell is irregular, inequivalve, usually
lamellar and rough, adhering to rocks, corals, &c., like that of an
Oyster. Its summits are frequently very salient, unequal, and
curled up. The internal cavity frequently has the same form with-
out any external indication of the fact. The animal, Psilopus,
Poli, has a small foot bent almost like that of man. Its tubes, if it
have any, are short and disjointed, and the aperture in the mantle,

(1) Chama lazarus, Chemn., VII, li, 507, 509;Ch.gryphoides, lb., 510, 5l3;
Ch. archhiella. Id. lii, 522, 523; CA. macrophylla, lb., 514, 515; CA. foliacea,
lb., 521; Ch. citrea, llegenf., IV, 44; Ch, bicornis, lb., 516520.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 411

which transmits the foot, is not much larger. Some species are
found in the Mediterranean.

There are also several that arc fossil(l).

DicERAs, Lam.

Between Diceras and the Chamae there is no essential differ-
ence; the cardinal tooth of the former is very thick and the spiral
lines of the valves are sufficiently prominent to remind us of two
horns(2). In the

TsocARDiA, Lam.,

We observe a free, regular, and convex shell, with spirally curled
summits, divided anteriorly. The animal, Glossus, Poli, only
differs from that of an ordinary Chama in having a larger and more
oval foot, and because the anterior opening of its mantle begins to
resume its ordinary proportions.

A large, smooth, red species, the Chama cor, L. ; Chemn.,
VII, xlviii, 483, inhabits the Mediterranean(3).

FAMILY IV.

CARDIACEA.

The mantle is open before, and there are, besides, two
separate apertures, one for respiration, the other for the
faeces, which are prolonged in tubes, sometimes distinct, and
at others united in one single mass. There is always a trans-
verse muscle at each extremity, and a foot generally used for
crawling. It may be considered as a general rule, that those
which are furnished with long tubes, live in ooze or in sand.
This mode of organization may be recognized on the shell by
the more or less depressed contour described by the inser-

(1) See the Conchiol. Foss. Subap., of Brocchi, and the Coq. Foss. des Env.
de Paris of M. de Lamarck.

(2) Fossil shells from the Jurassic strata. Die. arietina, Lam. de Saussure,
Voy. aux Alpes, I, pi. ii, f. 1 4.

(3) Add Ch. moltkiana, Chemn., VII, xlviii, 484487.

412 MOLLUSC A.

tion of the edges of the mantle previous to its uniting with the
impression of the posterior transverse muscle(l).

Cardium, Lin.

The Cardia, like many other bivalves, have an equivalve, convex
shell, with salient summits curved towards the hinge, which, when
viewing it sidewise, gives it the figure of a heart; hence its name of
Cardium, heart, &c. Ribs, more or less elevated, are regularly
distributed from the summits to the edges of the valves; but what
chiefly distinguishes the Cardia, is the hinge, through which, in the
middle, are two small teeth, and at some distance before and behind
a projecting tooth or plate. The animal, Cerastes, Poli, has ge-
nerally an ample aperture in the mantle, a very large foot forming
an elbow in the middle and with its point directed forwards, and
two short or but moderately long tubes.

Numerous species of Cardia are found on the coast of France,
some of which are eaten, such as the

C. edule,L,.; Chemn., VI,xix, 194. Fawn-coloured or whitish,
with twenty-six transversely plicated ribs.

Under the name of Hemicardium, Ave might separate those spe-
cies in which the valves are compressed from before backwards,
and strongly carinated in the middle; for it seems almost certain,
that a modification of the animal must be a necessary consequence
of this singular configuration(2).

DoNAX, Lin.

The Donaces have nearly the same kind of hinge as the Cardia, but
their shell is of a very different form, being a triangle, of which the
obtuse angle is at the summit of the valves, and the base at their
edge, and of which the shortest side is that of the ligament, or
the posterior side, a rare circumstance in this degree, among bi-
valves. They are generally small, and prettily striated from the
summits to the edges; their animal Peron^ea, Poli, is furnished

(1) They form the family of the Conchacea, Blainv.

(2) Cardium car dissa, VI, sir, 143 146; Care?, roseum, lb., 147; Card, mm-
strosum, lb. 149, 150; Card, hemicardium. Id., xi, 159 161.

The other Cardia of Gmelin may remain where they are, the C. gaditanum ex-
cepted, which is a Pectunculus. There are several fossil species described by
Messrs Lamarck, Brocchi, and Brongniart.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 413

with long tubes which are received into a sinus of the mantle.
Some of them are found on the coast of France(l). The

Cyclas, Brug.

Separated from Venus by Brugiere, like the Cardia and Donaces,
has two teeth in the middle of the hinge, and before and behind, two
salient, and sometimes crenulated plates; but the shell, as in several
species of Venus, is more or less rounded, equilateral, and trans-
versely striated. The animal has moderate tubes. The external
tint is usually grey or greenish. The Cyclades inhabit fresh water.
One species, the Telllna cornea, L.j Chemn,, VI, xiii, 133, is

very common on the coast of France(2). M. Lamarck separates

the

Cyrena, Lam.

Where the shell is thick, slightly triangular and oblique, covered
with an epidermis, and otherwise distinguished from the Cyclades
by having three cardinal teeth. The Cyrense also inhabit rivers,
but there are none in France(3).

Cyprina, Lam.

Also separated from the Cyclades by Lamarck; the shell is thick,
oval, with recurved summits, and three stout teeth; further back is

(1) Donaxrugosa, Chemn., VI, xxv, 250 252; D. trunculus, lb., xxvi, 253,
254:; D. striata, Knorr., Delic, VI, xxviii, 8;D. denticulata, Chemn., I, c, 256,
257\D. faba, lb., 266; Z). spinosa, lb., 258. Fossil species are numerous in
the environs of Paris. See Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., VIII, 139, and Deshayes,
Coq- foss. des Env. de Paris, I, pi. xvii, xviii.

The Donax irregularis, from the Environs of Dax, described by M. Bastorat in
the Mem. de la See. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, t. II, pi. iv, f 19, A, B, is the type of a
new genus lately established Bullet, de la Soc. Lin. de Bourdeaux, II, by M.
Charles Desmoulins, under the name of Ghatelupia. It is distinguished from the
Donaces by the presence of several dentiform lamellae which accompany the car-
dinal teeth.

Several species of Venus, and some Madras, are mixed with these true Donaces
by Gmelin.

(2) Add TelUna rivalis, Miill., Drap., X, 4, 5;Cyclas fontinalis, Drap., lb.,
8 12; Ci/cl. caliculata, lb., 13, IA:;Tellina lacustris, Gm., Chemn., XIII, 135;
Tell, umnica, lb., 134; Tell. Jluviatilis; Tell. Jiuminalis, Chemn., VI, xxx,
320.

(3) Tell, fluminea, Chemn., lb., 322, 323; Femts coaxans. Id., xxxii, 336, or
Cyrena ceylanica. Lam., Encyc. Method., pen., pi. 302, f. 4; Venus borealis, Id.,
VII, xxxix, 312, 314; Cyclas cardiniana, Bosc, Shells., Ill, xviii, 4. Fossil spe-
cies abound near Paris. See Deshayes, Coq. Foss., I, pi. 18, 19.

414 MOLLUSCA.

a plate, and under the teeth a large cavity, which receives a part of
the ligament(l).

GalathjEA, Brug.

The shell triangular; three teeth on the summit of one valve, and
two on the other, en chevron; the lateral plates approximated(2).

But a single species is known; it inhabits the fresh waters of
the East Indies.

It is here also that must be placed another genus separated
from Venus, the

CoRBis, Ciiv. FiMBRTA, Megerl.

Marine testaceous Acephala, transversely oblong, which have also
stout middle teeth, and well marked lateral plates; their external
surface is furnished with transverse ribs so regularly crossed by
rays, that it may be compared to wicker-work.

The impression of their mantle exhibiting no flexure, their tubes
must be short(3).

Some of them are fossil(4). In the

Tellina, Lin.

There are in the middle, one tooth on the left and two teeth on the
right, frequently forked, and at some distance before and behind,
on the right valve, a plate, which does not penetrate into a cavity
of the opposite one. There is a slight plica near the posterior ex-
tremity of the two valves, which renders them unequal in that part,
where they are somewhat open.

The animal of the Tellinse Pkron^a, Poll, like that of the Dona-
ces, has two long tubes for respiration and for the anus, which with-
draw into the shell, and are concealed in a duplicature of the mantle.

Their shells are generally transversely striated, and decorated
with beautiful colours.

Some of them are oval and thick.

Others are oblong and strongly compressed.

(1) Venus islandica, Chemn., VI, xxxli, 342, Encyc. pi. 301, f. 1; a large fossil
species is found in the hills of Siennois and near Uax, of Bourdeaux.

(2) The Egeria, Roiss., or Galathxa, Drug-., Encyc, 249, and Lam., Ann. du
Mus.,V, xxviii, and FerausAermap^rorftte, Chemn., VI, xxxi, 327 329? or Verms
subviridis, Gm.

(3) Venus Jimbriaia, Chemn., VII, 43, 448.

(4) See Ueshayes, Coq. Foss. des Envir. de Paris, I, xiv; Brongn., Mem. sur Ic
Vicentur.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 415

Some again are lenticular, where, instead of a plica, there is fre-
quently nothing but a slight deviation of the transverse striae(l).

We might separate certain oblong species which have no lateral

teeth(2), and others, which, with the hinge of the Tellinae, have not

the plica of the posterior extremity they are the Tellinides,

Lam.(3)

It is necessary to distinguish from the Tellinae, the

LoRIPES, Poli,

In which the middle teeth of the lenticular shell are almost effaced,
and where there is a simple sulcus for the ligament behind the nates.
The animal is furnished with a short double tube, and its foot is pro-
longed into a kind of cylindrical cord. Besides the usual impres-
sions, we may observe, on the inside of the shell, a line running ob-
liquely from the print of the anterior muscle, which is very long,
towards the nates. There is no flexure in the print of the mantle for
the retractor muscle of the tube(4).

LuciNA, Briig.

Separated lateral teeth, as in the Cardia, Cyclades, &c., that pene-
trate between the plates of the other valve; in the middle are two
teeth, frequently, but slightly apparent. The shell is orbicular, and
without any impression of the retractor muscle of the tube; that of
the anterior constrictor, however, is very long. Possessing similar
traits of character with the Loripedes, their animals must be analo-

gous(5).

The living species are much less numerous than those that

are fossil; the latter are very common in the environs of Paris(6).

We should approximate to the Lucinae, the Unguhn^, which also

have an orbicular shell and two cardinal teeth; the lateral ones, how-

(1) These are the three divisions of Gmelin, but we must abstract from his genus
Tellina: 1st. Tell. Knorrii, which is a polished Capsa; 2d. Tell, inxquivalvis,
which is the genus Pandora,- 3d. Tell, cornea; T. lacustris,- T. amnica; T. Jiumi-
nalis; T. fluminea; T. Jluviatilis, which are Cyclades or Cyrense.

(2) Tell, hyalitia, Chemn., VI, xi, 99i Tell- vitrea, lb., 101.

(3) Tellinides timorensis. Lam.

(4) Tellina lactea.

(5) Venus pennsylvanica, Chemn., VII, xxxvii, 394 396, xxxix, 408, 409; V.
edentula, Id., xl, 427, 429.

(6) lAicina saxorum. Lam., Deshayes, Coq. Foss. des Env. de Paris, I, pi. xv,
f. 5, 6; Luc. grata, Defr.; Ibid. pi. xvi, f. 5, 6; Luc. concentrica. Lam., Desh.,
lb., xvi, f 11, 12.

416 MOLLUSCA.

ever, are wanting, and the anterior muscular impression is not so
long(l). The genus

Venus, Lin.

Comprises many Testacea whose general character consists in the
teeth and plates of the hinge being approximated under the summit,
in a single group. They are usually more flattened and elongated, in
a direction parallel to the hinge, than the Cardia. The ribs, when
there are any, are almost always parallel to the edges, being directly
the reverse of their arrangement in the Cardia.

The ligament frequently leaves an elliptical impression behind the
summits, which has received the appellation of vulva^ and before
these same summits there is almost always an oval impression term-
ed the anus or lunula{2).

The animal is always furnished with two more or less protractile
tubes, sometimes united, and with a compressed foot, which enable
it to crawl.

M. Lamarck appropriates the name of Venus to those which have
three small diverging teeth under the summit. This character is
particularly well marked in the oblong and slightly convex spe-
cies(3).

Some of them the Astart^, Sowerb., or CRAssiNiE, Lam., have
only two diverging teeth on the hinge, and approach the Crassatellse
in their thickness and some other characters(4).

Among the cordiform species, that is, those which are shorter
and have more convex nates, and with more closely approximated
teeth, we should remark those where the plates or transverse striae
terminate in crests(5) or tuberosities(6), and those that have longi-
tudinal ribs and crests elevated behind.

(1) Ungulina transversa, Kam., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. X.

(2) These fantastic appellations of vulva and anus, have pi-obably caused the
extremity of the shell, which corresponds to the true anus of the animal, to be
styled the anterior, and that where the mouth is situated, the posterior. We
have restored to these extremities their true denominations. We must recollect
that thehgament is always on the posterior side of the summits.

(3) Venus litterata, Chemn., VII, xh; V. rotunda, lb., xlii, 441; V. textilis,
lb., 442; V. decussata, xliii, 456, &c.

(4) Venus scotica, Hans Lerin, VIII, tab. 2, f o\Crassina danmoniensis,ham.;
and among the fossil species, ^st. lucida, Sower., Min. Conch., II, pi. 137, f. 1;
Ast. Osmalii, Lajonkere, Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, I, tab. 6, f. 1.

(5) Venus dysera, Chemn., VI, 27, 299iVen. plicata, Encyc pi. 275, 3, a, b,
Ven. crebisulica, lb., f. 4, 5, 6.

(6) Venus puerpera, Encyc, 278; Fen. corbis, Lam., Encyc. pi. 276, f 4.

ACEPHALA TEST ACE A. 417

We subsequently and gradually come to the Cythere.-e, Lam.,
which have a fourth tooth on the right valve, projecting under the
lanula, and received into a corresponding cavity in the right one.

Some of them have an elliptical and elongated form(l); others are
convex(2), and it is among these latter that we must place a cele-
brated species {Venus Dione, L., Chemn., VI, 27, 271), from whose
form originated the application of the name Venus to the genus.
Its transverse plates terminate behind in salient and pointed spines.

There are some species of an orbicular form, and with slightly
hooked summits, in which the impression of the retractor of the
tubes forms a large and almost rectilinear triangle(3).

When their animals are better known, we shall most probably
have to separate from the Cythereae,

1. Those species of a compressed lenticular form, in which the
nates are united into a single point. The fold of the contour of the
mantle is wanting, and shows that their tubes are not protractile(4)j

2. Those of a convexly orbicular form, in which the fold is not
only wanting, but where, as in the Lucinae, the impression of the
anterior muscle is very long(5)j

S. The thick species with radiated ribs, in which the fold is
also wanting, and which connect the genus Venus with that of the
Venericardia(6). In the

Capsa, Brug.

Already separated from the former, there are two teeth on the
hinge on one side, and a single, but bifid one on the other; the lunula
is wanting, the shell convex and the fold, indicative of the retrac-
tor of the foot, considerable(7).

Petricola, Lam.

Also separated from the same genus; the Petricolae, on each side,
have two or three very distinct teeth on the hinge, one of which is
forked. The shell is more or less cordiform, but as they inhabit
the interior of stones, it sometimes becomes very irregular. Judg-

(1) Venus gigantea, Encyc, 28, 3; Ven. chione, Chemn., VI, 32, 343; Ven.
erycina, lb., 347; Ven. maculata, lb., 33, 345.

(2) Ven. meretrix; Ven. lusoria,- Ven. castrensis.

(3) Venus exoleta, Chemn., VII, 38, 404 the genus OHBicuLrs, Megerle.

(4) Ven. scripta, Chemn., VII, 40, 422.

(5) Ven. tigrina, Chemn., VII, 37, 390; Ven. punctata, lb. 397-

(6) Ven. pedinata, Chemn., VII, 39, 419 the genus Arthemis, Oken.

(7) Ven. deflorata, Chemn., IV, ix, 7982.

Vol. II. 3 C

418 MOLLUSCA.

in g from the marginal impressions of their mantle, their tubes must
be very large(l).

CoRBULA^ Brug.

Similar in form to the triangular Cythereae, or cordate; but a single
stout tooth in the middle of each valve, corresponding to the side of
its antagonist. The ligament is internal; the tubes must be short,
and the valves but rarely equal(2).

The fossil species are much more numerous than the living
ones(3).

Some of them live in the interior of stones(4).

Mactra, Lin.

The Mactrs are distinguished from the other Testacea of this family
by their ligament being internal, and lodged throughout in a trian-
gular depression, as in the oysters; they all have a compressed foot
fitted for crawling. In the

Mactra, Lam.,

Or the Mactrse properly so called, the ligament is accompanied
to the left valve, before and behind, by a projecting plate which is
received between two others on the right one. Close to the ligament,
near the lunule, is a little plate en chevron. The tubes are united
and short(5).

Some of them are found on the coast of France.

In the Lavignons, the lateral plates are almost effaced, but a sin-
gle small tooth is observable near the internal ligament; there is
also a second and internal ligament. The posterior side of the shell is

(1) Fen. lapicida, Chemn., X, 172, 1664, and the Rupeliahia of M. Fleriau de
Bellevue; Ven. perforans, Montag., Test. Brit. pi. iii, f. 6; Donax irus?
Chemn., VI; xxvi, 270.

(2) See Encyc. Method., Vers, pi. 230, f. 1, 4, 5, 6,

(3) Corbula gallica,- G. complanata,- G. omhonella, Desh., Coq. Foss., des Env.
de Paris, 1. 1, pi. 7, 8, 9.

(4) Venus monstrosa, Chemn., VII, 42, 445 446.

(5) After abstracting* the Lavignones and Lutrarix, the genus Mactha of Gme-
lin may remain as it is; the species, however, are far from being well distinguished.
Add, Mya australis, Chemn., VI, iii, 19, 20.

The Erycinje, Lam., are neighbours of the Mactrse, and are but badly charac-
terized. See Ann. du Mus., IX, xxxi, and Deshayes, Coq. Foss., I, vi; part of
them, perhaps, belong to the Crassatellae. The Amphidesm^, Lam., or Libui;e,
Montag., appear to approach the Mactrse, but they are too imperfectly known to
have any distinctive character assigned to them.

ACEPIIALA TESTACKA. 419

the shortest; the valves are somewhat open, and the tubes are sepa-
rate and very long, as in the Tellings.

There is one found on our coast, 31ya hispanica, Chemn. VI,
iii, 21, which lives in the ooze at the depth of several inches'!).

FAMILY V.

INCLUSA(2).

The mantle open at the anterior extremity, or near the
middle only, for the passage of the foot, and extended from
the other end into a double tube, which projects from the
shell, whose extremities are always gaping. Nearly all of
them live buried in sand, stones, ooze or wood. Those of the
genus

Mya, Lin.

Have but two valves to their oblong shell, the hinge of which varies.
The double tube forms a fleshy cylinder, and the foot is compressed.
The different forms of the hinge have furnished Messrs Daudin, La-
marck, &c., with the following subdivisions(3), in the first three of
which the ligament is internal.

LuTRARiA, Lam.,

The Lutrariae, like the Mactrae, have a ligament inserted into a
large triangular cavity of each valve, and before that cavity a small
tooth en chevron; but the lateral plates are wanting; the gap of the
valves is very wide, particularly at the posterior extremity, through
which passes the thick, double, fleshy, respiratory and anal tube, a
disposition which attaches them to this family. The foot, which
issues at the opposite end, is small and compressed.

(1) Improperly called by Gmelin Madra piperata.

Add Madra papyracea, Chemn., VI, xxiii, 231; Mad. complanata, Id., xxiv,
238; Ml/a nicobarica, Id., iii, 17, 18.

(2) M- de Blainville makes two families of this one, his PnoRiDEA and Adesma-
CEA. The last includes Pholas, Teredo, and Fistulana,- the first, all the others,
and even Aspergillum. There are numerous genera established in this family too
slightly characterized to permit us to adopt them-

(3) N.B. Half the Myae of Gmelin neither belong to this genus, nor even to this
family, but to Vulsella, Unio, Mactra, &c.

420 MOLLUSC A.

Some of them are found in the sand at the mouths of rivers
in France(l). In the

Mya, Lam.,

Or the Mya properly so called, one valve is furnished with a
plate which projects into the other, and this latter with a cavity.
The ligament stretches from this cavity to that plate.

Some species are found in the sand along the coast of

France(2).

Anatina, Lam.

The Anatinse of Lamarck should be approximated to the preceding
Myse. Each of their valves has a small projecting plate inside with
the ligament extending from one to the other.

One oblong and excessively thin species is known, the valves
of which are supported by an internal ridge(3); and another of
a squarer form without the ridge(4). In the

SoLEMYA, Lam.

The ligament is seen on the outside of the shell, part of it re-
maining attached to a horizontal internal cuilleron on each valve.
There is no other cardinal tooth, and a thick epidermis projects
beyond the edges of the shell.

One species, the Tellina togata, Poli, II, xv, 20, is found in
the Mediterranean(5).

Glycymeris, Lam. Cyrtodaria, Daud.

Neither teeth, plates, nor cavities on the hinge, but a simple cal-
lous enlargement, behind which is an external ligament. The ani-
mal resembles that of the Myse.

The most common species Myasiliqua, L.; Chemn. XI, 193,
f. 194, is from the Arctic Ocean.

(1) Madra lutraria, List., 415, 259; Chemn., VI, xxiv, 240, 241; Mya oUonga,
Id., lb., ii, 12;Acosta, Brit. Conch., XVII, 4; Gualt., 90, A, fig-, min.

(2) Myatruncata, L., Chemn., VI, i, 1, 2; M. arenaria, lb., 3, 4.

(3) Solen anatinus, Chemn., VI, vi, 46 48.

(4) Encyc, 230, 6, under the name of Corbule,- An. hispidula, Cuv., An. sans
vert., Egyp. Coq. pi. vii, f. 8. I suspect that the Rupicoi.^ of F. de Bellevue
(Voy. Roissy, VI, 440) must approach this subgenus. They live in the interior of
stones, like the Petricolx, Pholades, &c.

(5) New-Holland furnishes a second species, the Sol. australis, Lam.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 421

Panopea, Mesnard, Lagr.

* A stout tooth, anterior to the callous enlargement of the preced-
ing subgenus, and immediately under the summit, which decussates
a similar one on the opposite valve, a character which approximates
the Panopex to the Solens. A large species is found in the hills
at the foot of the Appenines in so high a state of preservation, that
it has been mistaken for a recent sea-shel!(l).

There is another fossil species, which may perhaps be separated
from it, that is completely closed at its anterior extremity(2).

After these various modifications of the Myae, we may place the

Pandora, Brug.

In which one valve is much flatter than the other; the internal
ligament is placed transversely, accompanied in front by a project-
ing tooth of the flattened valve. The posterior side of the shell is
elongated. The animal withdraws more completely into its shell
than the preceding ones, and its valves shut more closely its habits
however are the same.

But a single species is well known; it inhabits the seas of
Europe(3).

Here also we find a group of some small and singular genera,
such as

Byssomia, Cuv.

Where the oblong shell, which has no marked tooth, has the opening
for the foot at about the middle of its edge and opposite the sum-
mits. The Byssomise also penetrate into stone, corals, &c.

A species which is provided with a byssus, abounds in the
Arctic Ocean(4).

HiATELLA, Daud.

The shell gaping, to allow the passage of the foot, near the middle

(1) Mya glycimeris, L., Chemn., VI, iii- A neighbouring, but shorter species
inhabits the Mediterranean. Another, fossil species is found near IJourdeaux.

(2) Panope de Favjas, Mesnard, Lagr., Ann. du Mas., IX, xii.

Here should be the place of the Saxicata of M. F. de Bellevue, small Testacea
which perforate stones. See Roiss., VI, 441.

(3) Tellina insequivalvis, Chemn., VI, xi, 106, and for the animal, Poli, II, xv, 7.

(4) 3fyftlus pkoladis, Miill., Zool., Dan., Ixxxvii, 1, 2, 3, or Mya byssifera,
Fabr., Groenl.

422 MOLLUSCA.

of its edgesj but the tooth of the hinge is better marked than in the
preceding genus. Ranges of salient spines are frequently observed
on the hind part of the shell. They are found in sand, among Zoo-
phytes, &c.

The North sea produces a small species(l).

SoLEN, Lin.

The shell only bivalve, oblong or elongated, but the hinge always
furnished vi'ith salient and well marked teeth, and the ligament ex-
ternal. In the

SoLEN, Cuv.,

Or the Solens properly so called, the shell is cylindrically elon-
gated, and has two or three teeth in each valve near the anterior
extremity, where the foot issues. The latter is conical, and enables
the animal to bury itself in the sand, which it excavates with con-
siderable rapidity on the approach of danger.

Several species are found along the coast of France(2).

We might distinguish those species in which the teeth approxi-
mate to the middle; some of them still have a long and narrow

shell(3).

In others it is wider and shorter; their foot is extremely thick.
Two of the latter inhabit the Mediterranean(4). In

Sanguinolaria, Lam.,

The hinge is nearly the same as in the wide Solens, and has two
teeth in the middle of each valve; but the two latter, which are oval,
are much closer at the two extremities, where they merely gape, like
certain Mactr3e(5).

PsAMMOBiA, Lam.
The Psammobiae differ from the Sanguinolariae, in having but a

(1) Sokn minutus, L., Chemn., VI, vi, 51, 52, or Mya ardica, Fabr., Groenl.,
which appears to be the same as the Hiat- d une fente, Bosc, Coq. IIF, xxi, 1;
the Hiat. d deux fentes, Id., lb., 2.

(2) Solen vagina, Chemn., VI, iv, 26 28; S. siliqua, lb., 29; /S. ensis, lb.,
30; S. maximiis, lb., v, 55; S. culfellu.t, lb., 37-

(3) Solen legumen, Chemn., VI, v, 32, 34.

(4) Solen strigilatus, Chemn., VI, vi, 41, 43; S. radiatus, Id., v, 38 40; &
minimus, lb., 31; S- coarctatus, vi, 45; S. vespertinus. Id., vii, 60. These two
divisions have become the genus Solecuhtb of M. de Blainville.

(5) Solen sanguinolentus, Chemn., VI, vii, 56; S, roseus, lb., 55.

ACEPHALA TEST ACE A. 428

single tooth in the middle of one valve, which penetrates between
two on the opposite one(l).

PsAMMOTH^A, Lam.

But a single tooth to each valvej otherwise resembling the Psam-
mobi3e(2).

Pholasj Lin.

The Pholades have two broad valves, convex towards the mouth,
narrow and elongated on the opposite side, and leaving a large ob-
lique opening at each extremity; their hinge, like that of a true Mya,
is furnished with a plate projecting from one valve into the other,
and with an internal ligament running from that plate into a cor-
responding cavity. Their mantle is reflected externally upon the
hinge, where it sometimes contains two or three supernumerary
calcareous bodies. The foot issues through the aperture on the side
next to the mouth, where it is widest, and from the opposite one
project the two tubes, which are united and susceptible of inflation
in every direction.

The Pholades inhabit canals which they excavate, some in ooze
and others in stone, like the Lithodomi, Petricolse, 8cc. They are
much sought for on account of their agreeable flavour.

Several species are found on the coast of France: such is the
Dail commun; Pholas dactyhis, L.; Chemn., VIII, ci, 859(3).

Teredo, Lin.

The mantle extended in a tube much longer than the two small,
rhomboidal valves, and terminated by two short tubes, the base of
which is furnished on each side with a stony and movable kind of
operculum or palette. These Acephala, while quite young, pene-

(1) TeUina gari, L., Poli, 15, 23; Solen vespertinus, Chemn., V!, 7, 59;
FsammoUa maculosa, Lam.? Egyp., Coq. pi. 8, f. 1; Psamm. elongata, Lam.,
Egyp., pi. 8, f. 2.

(2) Psammotheaviolacea, Lam., &;c.

N.B. These two genera are united in one by M. de Blainville, called Psammo-
coLA. On the whole, they differ but very slightly from the Sanguinolariae. Great
care is requisite in studying the shell, as the teeth are generally broken.

(3) Add Pholas orientalis, lb., 860, which is, perhaps, a mere variety of ddcty-
lus; Phol. costata, lb., 863; Phol. crispata. Id., cii, 872, 874; Phol. pusilla,lh.,
867, 871-,Phol. striata, lb., 864, 866.

424 MOLLUSCA.

trate and establish their habitations in submerged pieces of wood,
such as piles, ships' bottoms, &c., perforating and destroying them
in every direction. It is thought, that in order to penetrate as fast
as it increases in size, the Pholas excavates the wood by means of
its valvesj but the tubes remain near the opening by which its en-
trance was effected, and through Avhich, by the aid of its palette, it
receives water and aliment. The gallery it inhabits is lined with a
calcareous crust which exudes from its body, and which forms a
second kind of tubular shell for it. It is a noxious and destructive
animal in the sea ports of Europe.

Teredo navalis, L. This species, which is the most common,
and is said to have been introduced into Europe from the torrid
zone, has more than once threatened Holland with ruin by the
destruction of its dikes. It is upwards of six inches in length
and has simple palettes.
Larger species inhabit hot countries, whose palettes are articu-
lated and ciliate. They should be remarked for their analogy to the
Cirrhopoda. Such is the Teredo palmulatus, Lam., Adans., Ac.
des Sc, 1759, pi. 9, f. 12.

FisTULANA, Brug.

Separated from Teredo; the external tube is entirely closed at its
larger end, and is more or less like a bottle or club. The Fistula-
nse are sometimes found buried in submerged fragments of wood or
in fruits, and the animal, like that of a Teredo, has two small valves,
and as many palettes. Recent specimens are only obtained from
the Indian Ocean, but they are found fossil in Europe( 1). We should
approximate to them the

Gastroch^na, Spengler.

Where the shells are deprived of teeth, and their edges being wide
apart anteriorly, leave a large oblique opening, opposite to which
there is a small hole in the mantle for a passage of the foot. The
double tube, which can be retracted completely within the shell, is

(1) Teredo clavd, Gmel., Spengl., Naturforsch., XIII, 1 and 2, copied Encyc.
Method., Vers., pi. clxvii, f. 6 16. \t is i\ie Fistulana gregata. Lam.; Teredo
utriculus, Gm., Naturf., X, i, 10; probably the same as the Fistulanu lagenula^
Lam., Encyc, Method., I, c, f. 23; Fistulana clava. Lam., lb., 17, 22.

It 48 probable that the Pholas teredula, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., 11, vi, 25, is also
a Fistulana.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 425

susceptible of being greatly elong'ated. It appears that they are cer-
tainly furnished with a calcareous tube(l).

In some of them, as in the Mytili, the summits are at the anterior
angle(2); in others they are placed near the middle(3).

They inhabit the interior of Madrepores, which they perforate.

Two genera of Acepbala furnished with tubes, have been
detected among fossils, but the first of them, the

Tehedina, Lam.,

Has a little cuilleron on the inside of each of its valves, and a small,
free, shield-shaped piece on the hinge(4). In the second,

Clavagella, Lam.,

One of the valves is clasped by the tube, leaving the other, however,
free(5).

A single living species is found in the Madrepores of the Sici-
lian seas, which has been described by M. Audouin.

Some naturalists think we'should also place in this family
the

Aspergillum, Lam.,

The shell of which is formed of an elongated conical tube, closed at
its widest extremity by a disk perforated with numerous small tu-
bular holes J the little tubes of the outer range being longest, form a
kind of corolla round it. The reason for approximating them to
the Acephala with tubes is found in the fact that there is a double
projection on one part of the cone which really resembles the two
valves of the Acephala. The affinity between these little tubes
and those which envelope the tentacula of certain Terebella, for-
merly caused this animal to be referred to the Annelides.

The species most known, Asper. javannm, Mart., Conch., I,
pi. 1, f. 7, is seven or eight inches in length(6).

(1) This tube has been observed by Messrs Turton, Deshayes, and Audouin.
^ ^. (2) Fholas Mans, Chemn., X, clxxii, 1678, 1679.

(3) Id., 1681, a veiy different species from the preceding-, not properly distin-
guished by Chemnitz.

(4) Teredina personata. Lam., and Desh., Foss. de Par. I, pi. i, f. 23, 28.

(5) CI. echinata, Lam., Ann. du Mus., XII, xlii, 19, CI. coronata, Desh., Foss., I,
V, 15, 15.

(6) Add the Arrosoir a mancheftes, Savig., Egyp., Coq. pi- xiv, f. 9.

Vol. II. 3 D

436 MOLLUSCA.

ORDER II.

ACEPHALA NUDA(l).

The naked Acephala(2) are not numerous, and are suf-
ficiently removed from the ordinary Acephala, to form a
distinct class, were such a division considered requisite.
Their branchiae assume various forms, but are never divided
into four leaflets ; the shell is replaced by a cartilaginous sub-
stance which is sometimes so thin that it is as flexible as a
membrane. We divide them into two families.

FAMILY I.

SEGREGATA(3).

This family comprises those genera in which the individuals
that compose them are insulated and without any mutual or-
ganic connection, although frequently living in society. In the

BiPHORA, Brug. ^Thalia, Brown, Salpa and Dagysa,

Gmelin,

The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope are oval or cylindrical, and
open at the two extremities. Near the anus, the opening is trans-
verse, wide, and furnished with a valve which permits the entrance
of water, but not its exitj near the mouth, it is simply tubular. Mus-
cular bands embrace the mantle and contract the body. The animal
moves by taking in water at the posterior aperture, and forcing it
out through that near the mouth, so that it is always propelled
backwards, a circumstance which has led some naturalists into

(1) Since called by De Blainville Acephalopiioka hetkrobranchiata. As to
Lamarck, he makes a separate class of them, which he calls the Tuxicata, and
which he places between his Radiata and his Vermes,- but these animals having a
brain, nerves, a heart, vessels, liver, &c. this arrangement is inadmissible.

(2) Or the Acephales sans coquilles of our author. Am. Ed.

(3) As this family has received no name from our author, I have been com-
pelled, in conformity with the plan adopted from the commencement of the
work, to remedy the omission, for such 1 consider it, by the above word; in the
selection of which I have been governed by that which the Baron himself affixes
to the second family, or his AggregSs. Jim. Ed-

ACEPHALA NUDA. 427

error by causing them to mistake the posterior opening for the true
moulh(l). It usually swims on its back. The branchiae form a single
tube or riband, furnished with regular vessels, placed obliquely in
the middle of the tubular cavity of the mantle, in such a manner
that it is constantly bathed by the water as it traverses that cavi-
ty(2). The heart, viscera, and liver are wound up near the mouth
and towards the back; but the position of the ovary varies. The
mantle and its envelope when exposed to ihe sun exhibit the colours
of the rainbow, and are so diaphanous, that the whole structure of
the animal can be seen through them: in many they are furnished
with perforated tubercles. The animal has been seen to come out
from its envelope without appearing to suffer pain. The most cu-
rious circumstance respecting them, is their remaining united for a
long time, just as they were in the ovary, and thus swimming in
long chains where the individuals are disposed in different ways,
but each species always according to the same order.

M. de Chamisso assures us that he has verified a still more sin*
gular fact relative to these animals; it is, that the individuals which
have thus issued from a multiplex ovary, are not furnished with a
similar one, but produce insulated young ones of various forms,
which have an ovary like that which produced their parent, so that
there is, alternately, a generation of a few insulated individuals, and
another of numerous and aggregate ones, and that these two alter-
nating generations do not resemble each other(3).

It is very certain that in some species little individuals have been
observed adhering to the interior of large ones, by a peculiar kind of
sucker, which were different in form from those that contained
them(4).

These animals are very abundant in the Mediterranean and the
warmer portions of the ocean, and are frequently phosphorescent.

(1) This has also happened to M. de Chamisso, in his Dissert, de Salpis, Berl.,
1819, and to others after him, but it is evident that there is no good reason for
changing- the denomination of parts in an animal merely because it swims on its
back, with the head behind. It is thus that naturalists have been led into error
with respect to the organization of the Pterotracheata, which always swim on their
back, a mode of natation common to numberless Gasteropoda both testaceous and
naked.

(2) Some^uthors assert that this tube is perforated at both ends, and that the
water traverses it; I have endeavoured to convince myself of the truth of this
assertion, but in vain.

(3) Chamisso, loc. cit, 1, p. 4.

(4) See my Mem. sur les Biphores, f II.

428 MOLLUSC A.

The Thalije, Brown, have a small crest or vertical fin near the
posterior extremity of the back(l).

Of the Salp^, properly so called, some have a gelatinous dark co-
loured plate, in the substance of the mantle and above the visceral
mass, which may be the vestige of a shell(2).

In others it is a simple prominence, of the same nature as the rest
of the mantle, but thicker(3).

Others again have neither plate nor prominence, but their mantle
is extended by points, and of these

Some have a point at each extremity(4).

Others have two at the extremity nearest the mouth(5), and even
three or more(6).

Some have but a single one at this same extremity(,7).

The greater number is simply oval or cylindrical(8). In the

AsciDiA, Lin. Theyton of the AncieiitS;

The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope, which is frequently very
thick, resemble sacs everywhere closed, except at two orifices, which
correspond to The two tubes of several bivalves, one serving to admit
water and the other affording a passage to the faeces. The branchiae
form a large sac, at the bottom of which are the mouth and the vis-

(1) Holothuria Thalia, Gm., Brown's Jam., xliii, 3; .0". caudata,lh., A; H.
denudata, Encyc. Method., Vers., Ixxxviii; Salpa crisiata, Cuv., Ann. du Mas.,
IV, Ixviii, 1, figured under the name of Dagysa by Home, Lect. on Compar.
Anat. II, Ixiii; Salpa pinnata, Forsk., xxv, B.

(2) Salpa scuiigera, Cuv. Ann. da Mus., IV, Ixviii, 4, 5, probably the same as
the Salpa gihha, Bosc, Vers, II, xx, v.

(3) Salpa Tilesiiy Cuv., loc. cit. 3; 5*. punctata, Forsk., xxv, C; S.pelagica,
Bosc, loc. cit., 4; S. infimdibul/formis, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin.,
Zool. 74, f. 13.

(4) Salpa maxima, Forsk., xxxv. A; S. fusiformis, Cuv., loc. cit., 10, perhaps

the same as Forsk., xxxvi; S. mucronata, lb., D; S. aspera, Chamisso, f. iv;

S. runcinata. Id., f. v, G, H, I. But, according' to the author, it is the ag-gregate
generation of a species, of which the other generation is cylindrical.

(5) Salpa democruiica,Fovsk.,xxxvi; S. longicauda, Quoy and Gaym., loc. cit.,
pi. 73, f. 8:,S. constata, lb., f. 2.

(6) Salpa tricuspis, lb., f. 6; S. spinosa. Otto., Nov. Ac. Nat. Cur., t. pi.
xlii, f. 1.

(7) Holothuiia zonaria, Gm., Pall., Spic, X, i, 17; T/ialia lingulata,Blumenh.,
Abb-, 30. ^

(8) Salpa odofora, Cuv., loc. cit., 7; perhaps the same as the small Dagysx,
Home, loc. cit., Ixxiii, 1; 5'. africana, Forsk., xxxvi, C;S. fasciata, lb., D;
S. confederata, lb.. A; perhaps the same as the S. gibba, Bosc, loc. cit., 1, 2, 3;
S. polycratica, lb., ;S. cylindrica, Cuv., loc. cit., 8 and 9;^I)agysa strumosa.
Home, I, c, Ixxi, 1; S. ferruginea, Chamiss., Xp aS. cse^-ulescens. Id., ix,- *S'. va-
ginata. Id., vii, and several others.

ACEPHALA NUDA. 429

ceral mass. The envelope is much larger than the mouth, which is
fibrous and vascular, and on which, between the two tubes, is one of
the ganglions. These animals attach themselves to rocks and other
bodies, and are deprived of all power of locomotion; the chief sign
of vitality which they exhibit, consists in the absorption and evacu-
ation of water through one of their orifiices; when alarmed they eject
it to a considerable distance. They abound in every sea, and some
of them are eaten(l).

Some species are remarkable for the long pedicle which supports

theni(2).

FAMILY II.
AGGREGATA.

The second family consists of animals more or less analogous
to the AscidisBj but united in a common mass, so that they
seem to communicate organically with each other, and in this
respect to connect the Mollusca with the Zoophytes ; but in-
dependently of their peculiar organization, these animals, ac-
cording to the observations of Messrs Audouin and Milne Ed-

(1) The whole g-enus Ascidia, Gm., to which must be added the Asc. gelatinosa,
Zool. Dan., sliii; ^sc. pyriformis, lb., clvl; Salpasipho^ Forsk., xliii, C; Ascidia
microsma, Redi, Opusc, III, Pi., App., Vll, the same as the Asc. sulcata, Coque-
bert. Bullet, des Sc. Avril, 1797, I, \;Asc. glandiformis,Co(i\xe.h.,\h. N.B.
The Ascidia canina, Mull, Zool. Dan., Iv, J.sc. intestinalis, Bohatsch, X, 4, and
perhaps even the Asc.patula, ]Mull., Ixv, and A. corrugata, Id., Ixxix, 2, appear to
form but one species. There are also some interversions of synonymes, and the
species, generally, are far from being well ascertained.

M. de Savigny has endeavoured to subdivide the Ascidise, Mem. sur les Anim.
sans vert., part II, 1816, into several subgenera, siich as,,

1st. The Cynthi.e, whose body is sessile and branchial sac longitudinally pli-
catedi their envelope is coriaceous;

2d. Tlie Phallusije, which differ from the Cynthise in the branchial sac which is
not p]icated;their envelope is gelatinous;

3d. The Ct.AVELi.ix;E, whose branchial sac is without plicae, and does not pene-
trate to the bottom of the envelope, and whose body is supported by a pedicle;
their envelope is gelatinous;

4th. The Bolteni^, whose body is pediculate, and the envelope coriaceous.

He also takes into consideration the number and form of tlie tentacula which
internally surround the branchial orifice, but these characters, which, are partly
anatomical, cannot be applied with certainty to a great number of species.

M. Macleay (Lin. Trans., XIV, part III) estabUshes two more, Cystixgia and
Dendrodoa, founded on similar characters.

(2) Ascidia peduncukda, Edw., 356; and Asc. clavata, or Vorticella Boltenii, Gm.

430 MOLLUSCA.

wards, at first live and swim separately, only becoming united
at a certain subsequent period, a fact which is in direct oppo-
sition to this opinion.

Their branchise, as in the Ascidise, form a large sac, tra-
versed by the aliment before it arrives at the mouth ; their
principal ganglion is also situated between the mouth and the
arms; a nearly similar disposition obtains with respect to the
viscera and ovary(l).

Notwithstanding this, some of them, like the Biphora, have
an opening at each extremity. Such is the

BoTRYLLUs, Gsert.,

Of an oval form, fixed on various bodies, and united by tens or
twelves, like the rays of a star. The branchial orifices are at the
external extremities of these rays, and the anus terminates in a com-
mon cavity, which is in the centre of the star. If an orifice be irri-
tated, but a single animal contracts; if the centre' be touched they all
contract. These very small animals attach themselves to certain
Ascidise, Fuci, 8cc.(2)

In some particular species, three or four stars appeared to be
piled one on the other(3).

Pyrosoma, Peron.

The Pyrosomse unite in great numbers, forming a large hollow
cylinder, open at one end and closed at the other, which swims in
the ocean by the alternate contraction and dilatation of- the indivi-
dual animals Avhich compose it. The latter terminate in a point on
the exterior, so that the whole external surface of the tube is bris-
tled with them; the branchial orifices are pierced near these points,
and the anus debouches in the internal cavity of the cylinder. A
Pyrosoma may thus be compared to a great number of stars of Bo-
trylli strung together, the whole of which is movable(4).

' ^ ' --f.-'^';

(1) It is to M. de Savigny that we are indebted for our recent knowledge of the
singular organization of the whole of this family, formerly confounded with the
Zoophytes pi'operly so called. At the same time, Messrs Desmarets and Lesueur
made known the particular structure of the Botrylli and Pyrosomse. See the ex-
cellent work of M. Savigny in his Mem. surles anim. sans verteb., part II, fasc. I.

(2) See Desmarets and Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc. May \i\5\Boiryllus stdlatus,
Gaertner, or Alcyunium, Schlosseri, Gm., Pall., Spic. Zool., X, iv, 1 5.

(3) Botryllus conghmeratus, Gaert., or Mcyonium. conglomeratum, Gm.; Pall.,
Spic. Zool. X, iv, 6.

(4) See Desmarets and Lesueur, loc. cit.

ACEPHALA NUDA. 431

The Mediterranean and the Ocean produce large species, the
animals of which are arranged with but little regularity. They
exhibit a phosphorescent appearance during the night(l).

A smaller species is also known(2) where the animals are
arranged in very regular rings.

The remainder of these aggregated Mollusca, like the ordi-
nary Ascidise, have the anus and branchial orifice approximated
to the same extremity. The species known are all fixed, and
till now they have been confounded with the Alcyonia. The
visceral bundle of each individual is more or less extended
into the common cartilaginous or gelatinous mass, more or less
narrowed or dilated in certain points ; but each orifice always
forms a little six-rayed star on the surface. We unite them
all under the name of

Polyclinum(3).

Some of them are extended over bodies like fleshy crests(4).

Others project in a conical or globular mass(5),

Or expand into a disk comparable to that of a flower or of an
Actinia(6), or are elongated into cylindrical branches supported by
slender pedicles, &c.(7), or form parallel cylinders(8).

Recent observations even seem to show that the Eschars, hitherto
placed among the Polypi, belong to this family of the Mollusca(9).

(1) Several of the PolycUna and ApUdia of Savig'ny.

(2) Pyrosoma atlanticum, P^ron., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxii; Pyrosoma gigas,
Desmar., and Lesueur, Bullet, des So. June 1815, pi. v, f. 2.

(3) The Pyrosome elegant, Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc, June 1815, pi. v, f. 2.

(4) It is from the number of strangulations, that is to say, tlie greater or less
separation of the branchiae, stomach and ovary, that M. de Savigny has formed his
PoLYcuNUM, Aphdium, Didemmum, Euc^ium, Diazona, SiGiiLiNA, &c. whicfa,
in our opinion, need not be retained. Here, also, should come the Mcyonium
Jicus, Gm.; the Distomus variolosus, Gsertn., or Mcyonium ascidiotdes, Gm., Pall.,

Spic. Zool., X, iv, 7.

(5) The Eucoelium, Savig.; the Distomi are arranged in the same manner.

(6) The genus Diazowa, Sav., consisting of a large and beautiful purple species
discovered near Ivice by M. Delaroche.

(7) The' genus Sigillina, Sav., whose cylindrical branches are frequently a foot
long, and the animals, slender as threads, but three or four inches.

(8) The genus Synocium, Lam.

(9) Messrs Audouin and Milne Edwards on the one hand, and M. de Blainville
on the other, have lately verified this fact, which the obsei'vations of Spallanzani
previously seemed to announce.

432 MOLLUSCA.

CLASS T.

BRACHIOPODA(l).

The Mollusca Brachiopoda, like the Acephala, have a bi-
lobed mantle which is always open. Instead of feet they are
provided with two fleshy arms, furnished with numerous fila-
ments, which they can protrude from, and draw into the shell.
.The mouth is between the base of the arms. Neither their
organs of generation, nor their nervous system are well known.

All the Brachiopoda are invested with bivalve shells^ fixed
and immovable. But three genera are known.

LiNGULA, Brug.

Two equal, flat, oblong valves, the summits of which are at the
extremity of one of the narrow sides, gaping at the other end, and
attached between the two summits to a fleshy pedicle, which sus-
pends them to the rocks; the arms become spirally convoluted pre-
viously to entering the shell. It appears that the branchiie consist
of small leaflets, disposed around the internal face of each lobe of
the mantle.

But a single species Lingula anafina, Cuv., Ann. du Mus.,.

I, vi, Seb., Ill, xvi, 4, is known. It inhabits the Indian Ocean,

and has thin, horny and greenish valves(2).

(1) M. de Blainville has given to my Brachiopoda the name of Pallioekan-
CHIATA, and makes an order of them in his class of the AcEPHALOPkoaA-.

(2) Linn?eus, who knew but one of the valves, called it Patella unguis. So-
lander and Chemnitz, who were aware of its having; two, called it, the one, 3'Iytilus
lingua, and the other, Pinna unguis. Brugieres knew its pedicle, and conse-
quently made a genus of it by the name of Likguia, Encyc. Method., Vers, pk
250. . It Is singular that before us, no one had remarked that it is well figured
with its pedicle by Seba, loc. cit.

BRACHIOPODA. 433

Terebratula, Brug.

Two unequal valves united by a hinge; the summit of one, more
salient than the other, is perforated to permit the passage of a fleshy-
pedicle which attaches the shell to rocks, madrepores, other shells,
8cc. Internally, a small bony piece of frame-work is observed, that
is sometimes very complex, composed of two branches which arti-
culate with the unperforated valve and that support two arms edged
all round with a long, close fringe, between which, on the side next
to the large valve, is a third, simply membranous and much longer
appendage, usually spirally convoluted, and edged, like the arms,
with a fine and close fringe. The mouth is a small vertical fissure
between these three large appendages. The principal part of the
body, situated near the hinge, contains the numerous muscles which
reach from one valve to the other, and between them are the viscera,
which occupy but little space. The ovaries appear to be two rami-
fied productions, adhering to the parietes of each valve. I have not
yet been able to ascertain exactly the position of the branchise.

Numberless Terebratulse are found fossil or petrified, in certain
secondary strata of ancient formations(l). The living species are
less numerous(2}.

The shell of some is transversely broader or longer, in a direction
perpendicular to the hinge, with an entire or emarginated contour,
with two or several lobes^ some of them are even triangular ; the
surface is smooth, sulcated in radii, or veined; they are thick or
thin, and even diaphanous. In several of them, in lieu of the hole
in the summit of the thin valve, there is a notch, and this notch is
sometimes partly formed by two accessory pieces. Sec. It is probable
that when better known their animals will present generic differ-
ences. Already in the

Spirifer, Sowerby,

Two large cones have been recognized, formed of a spiral thread,
which appear to have supported the animal(3). In

(1) M. Defrance distinguishes upwards of two hundred.

(2) Anomia scobinata, Gualt., 96, A; An. aurita, Id., lb., B; An. retiina,- An.
truncaia, Chemn., VIII, Ixxvii, 711; An. capensis, lb., 703; An. pubescens, Id.,
Ixxviii, 702; An. detruncata, lb., 705; An. sanguinolenta, lb., 706; An. vitrea,
lb., 707, 709; An. dorsata, lb., 710, 711; An. psittacea, lb. 713; An. cranium, &c.

For the fossil species see Enc)'c. Method. Vers, pi. 239 246.

(3) For this genus see Sowerb., Min. Conch, and the article Spirifere of M.
Defrance, Diet, des Sc. Nat. t. L.

Vol. II. 3 E

434 MOLLUSCA.

ThecideAj Def.

The pedicle seems to have been incorporated with the small

valve(l).

Orbicula, Cuv.

The Orbiculae have two unequal valves, one of which, that is
round and conical, when viewed by itself, resembles the shell of a Pa-
tella; the other is flat and fixed to a rock. The arms of the animal,
Criopus^ Poli, are ciliated and spirally recurved like that of the
Lingulse.

The seas of Europe produce a small species, Patella anomala.

Mull., Zool. Dan. V, 26,- Anomia turbinata, Poli, XXX, 15;

Brett. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pi. xxvi, f. 1.
The Discing, Lam., are Orbicula, the inferior valve of which is
marked by a fissure. The

Crania, Brug.

Should be approximated to the Orbiculae. The arms of the animal
are also ciliated, but the shells have deep and round internal muscu-
lar impressions, that have caused it to be compared to the figure of
a skull.

One of them inhabits European seas; Anomia craniolaris, L.;
or Crania personata, Bret., Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pi. xxv,
f. 3. Several are fossil; such as the Cran. antiqua, and the
others of which M. Hoeninghaus has given an excellent Mono-
graph.

(1) Thecidea mediterranea, Risso, Hist. Nat. de la Fr. Merid., IV, f. 183; T'/i.
radiata, Fauj. Mont, de St Pierre, pi. xxvii, f. 8. Further and more precise ob-
servations are requisite to enable us to class the Magas of Sowerby, the Stbigo-
cEPHAiA of Defrance, and some other neighbouring groups-

435

CLASS VI.

CIRRHOPODA(l).

[Lepas and Triton, Lin.]

The Cirrhopoda, in several points of view, are intermediate
between this division and that of the Articulata. Enveloped
by a mantle, and testaceous pieces which frequently resemble
those seen in several of the Acephala, their mouths are fur-
nished with lateral jaws, and the abdomen with filaments named
cirri, arranged in pairs, composed of a multitude of little
ciliated articulations, and corresponding to a sort of feet or
fins similar to those observed under the tail of several of the
Crustacea. Their heart is situated in the dorsal region, and
the branchiae on the sides ; the nervous system forms a series
of ganglions on the abdomen. These cirri, however, may be
considered as analogous to the articulated appendages of cer-
tain species of Teredo, while the ganglions in some respects
are mere repetitions of the posterior ganglion of the bivalves..
The position of these animals in the shell is such, that the
mouth is at the bottom and the cirri near the orifice. Between
the last two cirri is a long fleshy tube, that has sometimes, but
erroneously, been taken for their proboscis, and at the base of
which, near the back, is the opening of the anus. Internally,

(1) M. Delamarck has changed this name into Cibuipeda. making it a class.
M. de nlainville also makes a class of them, but he changes the name to Nemato-
roDA, and places them with the Chitones, in what he calls his type of the Malen-

TOZARIA.

436 MOLLUSCA.

we observe a stomach inflated by a multitude of small cavities
in its parietesj which appear to fulfil the functions of a liver;,
a simple intestine, a double ovary, and a double serpentine
oviduct, whose walls produce the prolific fluid, and which,
prolonged in the fleshy tube, open at its extremity. These
animals are always fixed. Linnaius comprised them all in one
genus Lepas, which Brugieres divided into two, that have
in their turn been subdivided(l).

Anatifa, Brug.

A compressed mantle, open on one side find suspended to a fleshy
tube, varying greaily as to the number of testaceous pieces with
which it is furnished; twelve pair of cirri, six on each side, those
nearest to the mouth being the thickest and shortest. The branchiae
are elongated pyramidal appendages that adhere to the external base
of the whole of the cirri, or of part of them.

The two principal valves, of the most numerous species (Penta-
LASMis, Leach,) resemble those of a Mytilus; two others seem to
complete a part of the edge of the Mytilus opposite to the summit,
and an azygous fifth one unites the posterior edge to that of the op-
posite valvej these five pieces cover the whole of the mantle. From
the usual place of the ligament arises the fleshy pedicle; a strong
transverse muscle unites the two first valves near their summit; the
mouth of the animal is concealed behind it, and the posterior extre-
mity of its body, with all the little articulated feet, is a little beyond
it, between the four first valves.

The most common species of the European seas, Lepas ana-
tifera, L., owes its specific appellation to the fable which repre-
sents it as producing the Bernacles and -Macreuses, a story
founded on the rude resemblance that has been observed to exist
between the pieces of this shell and a bird. The Anatifse adhere
to rocks, piles, keels of vessels, 8cc.(2) We may distinguish
from them:

(1) This name of Lepas formerly belonged to the Patellas. Linnseus, suppos-
ing that some of these Cirrhopoda existed which had no shells, gave them the
name of Triton: but the existence of these Tritons is not confirmed, and we are to
conclude that Linnaeus merely saw the animal of an Anatifa torn from its shell.

(2) Add Lepas anserifera, Chemn., VIII, c, 856; Anat. dentata, Brug., Encyc.
Method., pi. 166, f. 6, or Pentalasmis falcata, Leach, Edinb. Encyc.

CIRKHOPODA. 437

PoLLiciPEs, Leach,

Where, besides the five principal valves, there are several small
ones near the peclicle(l), some of which, in certain species, are
nearly as large as the formcr(2) ; frequently there is an azygous
valve, opposite to the ordinary one of the same description. In the

CiNERAs, Leach,

The cartilaginous mantle contains but five small valves, which do
not occupy the whole of its extent(3). In the

Otion, Leach.

The cartilaginous mantle contains but two very small valves, with
three little grains which hardly merit that name, and has two tubu-
lar auriform appendages(4).

Tetralasmis, Cuv.

But four valves, which surround the aperture; two of them longer
than the others. The animal is partly confined within the pedicle,
which is large, and covered with hair. They are a kind of tubeless
Balani(5).

Balanus, Bnig.

The principal part of the shell of the Balani consists of a testaceous
tube attached to various bodies, the aperture of which is more or less

(1) Lepas pollidpes, L., or Poll, cornucopia, Leach; Encyc. Method., pi. 266, f.
10, 11; Poll, villosiis, Leach, Edinb. Encyc.

(2) Lepas mitella, Chemn., YIIl, 849, 850, Encyc. Method., pi. 266, f. 9, or
Polylepe couronne, Blainv., Malac; Poll, scalpellum, Chemn., VIII, p. 294, or
Folylepe vulgaire, Blainv., Malac, Ixxxiv, f. 4. It is the genus Scalpellum,
Leach, loc. cit.

(3) Cineras vittata. Leach, Edinb. Encyc, or Lepas coriacea, Poll, vi, 20, or
Gymnolepas Cranchii, Blainv., Malac, Ixxxiv, 2.

(4) Otion Cuvieri, Leach, or Lepas leponna, Poli, I, vi, 21, or Lepas aurita,
Chemn., V!II, pi. c, f. 857, 858. M. de Blainville unites Cineras and Otioti in his
genus Gymnolepa.

(5) Tetral. hirsutus, Cuv., Moll. Anatif., f. 14.

N.B. The LiTHOTiiiAs of Sowerby, converted by Blainville intoLiTiioLEPA, may
be, as is conjectured by Rang, merely an Anatifa accidentally fixed in a hole ex-
cavated by some bivalve-

The Alepas, Rang, should be Anatifx, whose cartilaginous mantle is without
any shell whatever; I have never seen tliem- At all events, they must not be con-
founded with the 7'riton of Linnaeus, which was the animal of an An.atifa separated
from its mantle and shell.

438 MOLLUSCA.

closed by two or four valves. This lube is formed of various pieces,
which appear to be detached, and separated in proportion as the
growth of the animal requires it. The branchiae, mouth, articulated
tentacula, and the anal tube, differ but little from those of the Ana-
tifae. In

Balanus

Properly so called, the tubular portion is a truncated cone formed
of six projecting pieces, separated by as many depressed ones, three
of which are narrower than the others. Their base is usually formed
of a calcareous lamina, and fixed to various bodies. The four valves
of their operculum close the orifice exactly.

The rocks, shells, &c., on the coast of Europe, are, in a man-
ner, covered with a species of Balanus, the Lepas balanus, L.,
Chemn., VIII, xcvii, 826, 1(1). Naturalists have separated
from it

The AcAST^, Leach, whose base is irregular, convex towards the
exterior, and which does not become fixed; most of them are found
in sponge(2);

The CoNi^, Blainv. , the tube of which has but four salient pieces(3).

The AsEM^, Ranzani, where the tube has no decidedly salient
pieces(4);

The Pyrgomje, Savigny, whose tubular position, forming a strongly
depressed cone, has but a very small orifice, almost like the shell of
a Fissurella(5);

The OcTHOsi^, Ranzani, which have but three salient pieces in
the tube and only two valves to the operculum(6)j

The Creusi^, Leach, with four salient pieces, and two valves to
the operculum(7).

(1) Add, Lepas halano ides, Cliemn., VIH, xcvii, 821 825; L. tiniinnabulum,
lb , 828 831; L. minor, lb., 827; L. porosa, Id., xcviii, 836; L. verruca, lb.,
840, 841; L. angusta, lb., 835; L.clongata, Tb., 838;~L. patellaris, lb., 839;
L. spinosa, lb., 840; L. v'lolacea. Id.,' xcix, 842; L. iulipa, Ascan. Icon., X; L.
cylindrica, Gvonov., Zooph., XIX, 3, 4; L. canosa, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., II,
y'i, 24, A, B.

(2) Acasta Montagui, Leach, Edinb. Encyc, copied Blainv., Malac, Ixxxv, 3;
Lepas spongites, Poli, I, vi, 5.

(3) Conia radiata, Blainv., Malac, Ixxxv, 5.

(4) Lepas porosus,Gm., Chemn., VIII, xcviii, 836, 837, Encyc. Method., pi.
165, f. 9, 10.

(5) Pyrgoma cancellatu. Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainv., Malac, Ixxxv, 5.

(6) Lepas SlrcBmii, Mull., Zool Dan., Ill, xciv, 14.

(r) Creusia spintilosa. Leach, loc cit., copied Blainv,, Malac, Ixxxv, 6.

CIRRHOPObA. 439

M. Delamarck, under the name of CoRONULiE, separates the very
wide species, where the parietes of the cone are occupied by cells
so large that they resemble chambers(l); and under that of

TuBiciNELLiE, those in which the tubular portion is elevated,
narrower near the l)ase, and divided into annuli, which mark its
growth(2).

There are some species of these last two subgenera, which affix
themselves to the skin of the Balaenae, and even penetrate into their
blubber.

To the preceding subgenera must be added the

DiADEMA, Ranz.

Where the tubular portion"is almost spherical, and which has but
two small valves almost hidden in the membrane which closes the
operculum. The opercular valves would not effectually close the
orifice without the membrane vs'hich unites them.

They also live on the Balaenae, and Otiones are frequently observed
attached to their surface(3).

(1) Lepas halamaris, L., Chemn., VIII, xcix, 845, 846;--Z. iestudinanus, lb.,
847, 848, which attaches itself to the shell of Tortoises.

(2) The Tubicinella, lj!xm., Ann. duMus., I, xxx, 1, 2.

(3) Lepas diadema, Chemn., VIII, xcix, 843, 844.

THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL

KINGDOM.

ANIMALIA ARTICULATA.

This tliird general form is as well characterised as that of
the Vertehrata ; the skeleton is not internal as in the latter,
neither is it annihilated as in the Mollusca. The articulated
rings which encircle the body, and frequently the limbs, sup-
ply the place of it, and as they are usually hard, they furnish
to the powers of motion all requisite points of support, so that
here, as among the Vertebrata, we find the walk, the run, the
leap, natation and flight. Those families only are restricted to
reptation which are either deprived of feet, or in which the
articulations are membranous and soft. This external position
of the hard parts, and the internal one of the muscles, reduce
each articulation to the form of a sheath, and allow it but two
kinds of motion. When connected with the neighbouring
parts by a firm joint, as happens in the limbs, it is fixed there
by two points, and can only move by gynglymus, that is, in
one single plane, a disposition which requires a greater number
of joints to produce a same variety of motion. A greater loss
of muscular power is also the result, and consequently more
general weakness in each animal, in proportion to its size.

But the parts which compose the body are not always arti-
culated in this way ; most generally they are only united by
flexible membranes, or they fit into each other, and then their
motions are more various, but have not the same force.
Vol. II. 3 F

442 ARTICULATA.

The system of organs in which the Articiilata resemble each
other the most, is that of the nerves.

Their brain, which is placed on the esophagus, and fur-
nishes nerves to the parts adhering to the head, is very small.
Two cords which embrace the esophagus are extended along
the abdomen, and united at certain distances by double knots
or ganglia, whence arise the nerves of the body and limbs.
Each of these ganglia seems to fulfil the functions of a brain to
the surrounding parts, and to preserve their sensibility for a
certain length of time, when the animal has been divided. If
to this we add, that the jaws of these animals, when they have
any, are always lateral and move from without, inwardly, and
not from above, downwards, and that no distinct organ of smell
has hitherto been discovered in them, we shall have expressed
all that can be said of them in general. The existence how-
ever of the organs of hearing, the existence, number and form
of those of sight, the product and mode of generation(l), the
kind of respiration, the existence of the organs of circulation,
and even the colour of the blood present great differences,
which must be noticed in the various subdivisions.

Distribution of the Articulata into four Classes.

The Artie ulata, whose mutual relations are as varied as
numerous, present however four principal forms, either inter-
nal or external.

The Annelides, Lam., or Red-blooded Worms, Cuv.,
constitute the first. Their blood, which is generally red, like
that of the Vertebrata, circulates in a double and closed sys-
tem of arteries and veins, sometimes furnished with one or
several visible hearts or fleshy ventricles. Respiration is per-
formed in organs which are sometimes developed externally.

(I) M. llerold has made a remarkable discovery on this subject, viz. that in the
ovum of llie Crustacea and Arachnides, the vitelkis communicates with the inte-
rior by the back. See his Dissert, on the ovum of Spiders, Marburg, 1824, and
that of M. Rathkeon that of the Astaci, Leipzig-, 1829,

ARTICULATA. 443

and at others remain on the surface of the skin or dip into its
interior. Their body, more or less elongated, is always divided
into numerous rings, the first of which, called the head,
scarcely differs from the rest, except in the presence of the
mouth and the principal organs oif the senses. The branchise
of several are uniformly distributed along their body or on its
middle; in others, which are generally those that inhabit tubes,
they are all placed anteriorly. They never have articulated
feet, but most of them, in lieu thereof, are furnished with
setse or fasciculi of stiff and movable hairs. They are mostly
hermaphrodites, and some of them require a reciprocal coitus.
The organs of their mouth sometimes consist in jaws, more or
less strong, and at others of a simple tube, those of the exter-
nal senses in fleshy, and sometimes articulated tentacula, and
in certain blackish points, considered as eyes, but which do
not exist in all the species.

The Crustacea constitute the second form or class of arti-
culated animals. They are provided with articulated and
more or less complex limbs, attached to the sides of the body.
Their blood is white : it circulates by means of a fleshy ven-
tricle placed in the back, which receives it from the branchiae,
situated on the sides of the body, or under its posterior por-
tion, and to which it returns by a ventral and sometimes
double canal. In the last or lower species, the heart or dor-
sal ventricle is itself extended into a tube. They all have
antennae or articulated filaments inserted in the fore- part of
the head, usually four in number, several transverse jaws and
two compound eyes. A distinct ear is only to be found in
some species.

The Arachnides form the third class of the Articulata.
Their head and thorax, as in many of the Crustacea, are united
in one single piece, furnished, on each side, with articulated
limbs ; but their principal viscera are inclosed in an abdomen
connected to the posterior portion of that thorax. Their
mouth is armed with jaws, and their head furnished with sim-
ple eyes, that vary as to number, but the antennsB are always
wanting. Their circulation is effected by a dorsal vessel,

444 ARTICULATA.

which gives off arterial branches, and receives venous ones
from them ; but their mode of respiration varies, some of them
still having true pulmonary organs which open on the sides
of the abdomen, while others receive air by tracheae, like
Insects. In both of them, however, we observe lateral open-
ings or true stigmata.

The Insecta constitute the fourth class of the Articulata,
and the most numerous of all the animal kingdom. With the
exception of some genera, the Myriapoda, in which the body
is divided into numerous and nearly equal parts, it is always di-
vided into three portions : the head, furnished with the anten-
nse, eyes and mouth; the thorax, to which are appended the
feet and wings, when they exist ; and the abdomen, which is
suspended behind the thorax and contains the principal viscera.
Those which have wings, only receive them at a certain age,
and frequently pass through two more or less diflterent forms
before they assume that of the winged insect. In all their
states they respire by tracheae ; that is, by elastic vessels which
receive air through stigmata pierced on their sides, and dis-
tribute it by infinite ramifications to every part of the body.
A vestige of a heart only is perceptible, consisting of a dorsal
vessel which experiences an alternate contraction and dilata-
tion, but to which no branch has ever been discovered, so that
we are forced to believe that nutrition is effected in this class
of animals by imbibition. It is, probably, this sort of nutri-
tion which necessitated the kind of respiration proper to in-
sects; for as the nutritive fluid is not contained in vessels(l),
and could not be directed towards pulmonary organs in search
of air, it was requisite that this air should be diffused through-
out the body to reach the fluid. This is also the reason why
insects have no secretory glands, but are provided with mere
spongy vessels, which, by the extent of their surface, appear

(1) M. Carus has observed regular movements in the fluid which fills the bodies
of certain larva: of Insects; but this movement does not take place in a system of
closed vessels, as in the superior animals. See his treatise entitled " Discovery of
a simple circulation of the blood, &c." in German, Leipzig, 1827, 4to.

ARTICULATA. 445

to absorb the peculiar juices they are to produce, from the
mass of the nutritive fluid(l).

Insects vary infinitely as to the form of the organs of the
mouth, and those of digestion, as well as in their industry and
mode of life ; the sexes are always separated.

The Crustacea and Arachnides were long united with the
Insecta under one common name, and resemble them in many
points of their external form, in the disposition of their or-
gans of motion, and of the sensations, and even in those of
manducation.

(1) On tins subject see my Memoir on the nutrition of Insects, printed 1799,
3Jem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris. Baiidouin, an vii, 4to, p. 32.

446 ARTICULATA.

CLASS I.

ANNELIDES(l).

The Annelides are the only invertebrate animals that have
red blood. It circulates in a double system of complicated
vessels(2).

Their nervoul system consists in a double knotted cord,
like that of insects.

Their body is soft, more or less elongated, and divided into
a, frequently, considerable number of segments, or at least of
transverse plicsB.

They nearly all inhabit the water theLumbrici or Earth-
worms excepted ; several penetrate into holes at the bottom,
or construct tabes there with the ooze or other matters, or
even exude a calcareous substance, which envelopes them with
a sort of tubular shell.

Division of the Annelides into three Orders.

This class, which contains but few species, presents a suffi-
cient basis of division in its organs of respiration.

(1) I established this class, distinguishing- it by the colour of its blood and other
attributes, in a Memoir read before the Institute in 1802. See Bullet, des Sc,
Mesidor, an X, where I desci-lbed the organs of the circulation.

M. Lamarck has adopted and named it dnnelides. Brugieres previously united
it to the order of the intestinal worms, and before him, Linnaeus placed part of
these animals among the Mollusca, and the rest among the Intestini.

(2) It has been asserted that the blood of the Aphrodit2e is not red. I tliink I
have observed the contrary in the Jlphrodita squamata.

ANNELIDES. 447

The branchiae of some resemble tufts or arbusculse, attached
to the head or anterior part of the body : they, nearly all,
inhabit tubes. We will call them the TuBicoLiE.

Those of others resemble trees, tufts, laminae or tubercles
in which vessels ramify, and are placed on the middle of the
body: most of them inhabit mud or swim in the ocean, the
smaller portion being furnished with tubes. We name them

the DORSIBRANCHIAT^.

Others again have no apparent branchiae, and respire, either
by the surface of the skin, or as some authors opine, by the
internal cavities. Most of them live free in mud or water ,
some of them only, in humid earth. They are the Abran-
chiate.

The genera of the first two orders are all furnished with
stiff setae, of a metallic colour, that issue from their sides,
sometimes simply, and at others in fasciculi, which serve in lieu
of feet ; but there are some genera in the third order which
are deprived of that support(l).

The special attention paid by M. Savigny to these feet or
organs of locomotion, has resulted in the distinction of the
following parts : 1 . The foot itself, or the tubercle which sup-
ports the set3e; sometimes there is but one to each ring, and
at others there are two, one above the other, styled a simple
or double oar. 2. The setae, which compose a fasciculus for
each oar, and which vary greatly in form and consistence,
sometimes constituting true spines, and at others fine and flex-
ible hairs, frequently dentated, barbed, &c. (2) 3. The cirri
or fleshy filaments adhering to the foot, either above or be-
neath.

The head of the Annelides of the two first orders is gene-

(1 ) M. Savigny has proposed a division of the Annelides, to be founded on the
presence or absence of these locomotory setae? those in which they are wanting
being- reduced to Leeches. M. de Blainville, who has adopted this idea, forms
his class of the Entomozoarive Chetopodes with tlie Annelides with setae, and
that of the Entomozoahi.ts Apoues with those which have none, but in mixing
many of the Intestini with the Apodes, he has done what M. S. did not do.

(2) See on this subject the Mem. of M. Savigny on the invertebrate animals,
and those of Messrs Audouin and M. Edwards on the Annelides.

448 ANNELIDES.

rally furnished with teiitacula or filaments, to which, notwith-
standing their fleshy nature, some modern naturalists give the
name of antennse; and several genera of the second and third
are marked with black and shining points, usually considered
as eyes. The organization of their mouth varies greatly.

ORDER I.

TUBICOLiE(l).

Some of the Tubicolae form a calcareous, homogeneous tube,
probably the result of transudation, like the shell of the Mol-
lusca, with which however they have no muscular adhesion ;
others construct one by agglutinating grains of sand, fragments
of shells and particles of mud, by means of a membrane, also
unquestionably transuded ; the tube of others again is entirely
membranous or horny. To the first belongs the genus

Serpula, Lin.

The calcareous tubes of the Serpulse twine round anc^ cover stones,
shells, and all submarine bodies. The section of these tubes is some-
times round, and sometimes angular, according to the species.

The body of the animal is composed of numerous segments; its
anterior portion is spread into a disk, armed on each side with seve-
ral bundles of coarse hairs, and on each side of its mouth is a tuft
of branc